P62 7 Dikompresi

PREFACE
Bangkokthonburi University is the institution of education that focuses on

increasing the academic knowledge by supporting the researchers, scholars and the
graduate students to create and develop their works for developing the new knowledge
in the community and country level which responds to the objective of creation the
academic strength, and to support for creating the development, spreading the
knowledge, exchanging the experiences, and creating the cooperation in creating the
interdisciplinary.
Bangkokthonburi University shall arrange the eighth national symposium and
the fourth International symposium Schedule of online conference program.
under the title of “Research study and innovation for the socially sustainable
development” which will be cooperated from the public and private section, such
as, National research council of Thailand, The association of researchers of Thailand,
Rajamangala university of technology Rattanakosin, Chandrakasem rajabhat University,
Phanomwan college of technology, Sport authority of Thailand, Kent state University,
Fo guang University, Guizhou normal University, Universitys negeri medan, Bauman
Moscow state technical University, Riga technical University, Western Sydney University.
Bangkokthonburi University hopes that this conference will be the opportunity
in creating the beneficial knowledge for developing the interdisciplinary in various
fields, and lead to the academic development in the future.
(Associate Professor Dr.Bangon Benjatikul)

President of Bangkokthonburi University
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Research Presentation Page
Subject group: Health Sciences
1 Comparison of Bone Density and Quantity in Posterior Mandibular

Region for Miniscrew Implant Placement: a Cone Beam Ct Study.
Nattapat Patanasittangkur, Yosananda Chantravekin, Eduardo Yugo Suzuki
and Boonsiva Suzuki.................................................................................................................. 1
2 Effectiveness of Augmented Corticotomy Assisted Orthodontics, Using

Concentrataed Growth Factor.
Suchanard Visetsiri, Eduardo Yugo Suzuki, Boonsiva Suzuki and
Thongnard Kumchai ......................................................................................... 10
3 The anthelmintic effects of Senna alata (L.) Roxb. extract against
Gastrothylax crumenifer.
Sutthida Minsakorn, Khwannapa Nuplod, Runglawan Chawengkirttikul,
Panupong Puttarak and Panat Anuracpreeda............................................. 20
4 Molecular occurrence of rickettsia and protozoa infections in naturally
infected dogs in Thailand.
Napassorn Poolsawat, Keiichiro Tazawa, Witchuta Junsiri, Amaya
Watthanadirek, Runglawan Chawengkirttikul, Nitipon Srionrod,
Pacharaporn Khumpim, Sutthida Minsakorn and Panat Anuracpreeda 32
Subject group: Science and Technology
5 Assessment of the battery aging parameters affect on maximum

capacity using battery dynamic model analysis.
Nitikorn Junhuathon, Promphak Boonraksa and Udoum Chhor .......... 45
6 Short-Term Forecasting Model for Photovoltaic Generation Systems

Using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System.
Hussein Swalehe, Promphak Boonraksa and Terapong Boonraksa .... 51
7 The Reducing of Regenerative Braking Loss of the Bangkok MRT by
Using On-board Energy Storage.
Guntinan Sakulphaisan.................................................................................... 59
TABLE OF
Research Pag
8 Study of the PV panel installation on electric vehicles to reduce

battery size.
Nitikorn Junhuathon, Promphak boonraksa .............................................. 70
9 Comparison of Performance Cuk, SEPIC converters and PSO Algorithm

for MPPT on Solar Panel.
Promphak Boonraksa, Terapong Boonraksa.............................................. 76
10 A Study of Cuk Converter for Maximum Power Point Tracker on 80 W

Mono-Crystalline Solar Panel.
Promphak Boonraksa,Tanakorn Thongpan, Monthicha Datraweeroj,
Sutanee Aimarom and Terapong Boonraksa ............................................ 86
11 Performance of Maximum Power Point Tracking Using SEPIC Converter
on Photovoltaic Generation Systems.
Promphak Boonraksa, Channarong Salakham, Satawat Phumpakwan,
Sarawut Pringpro and Terapong Boonraksa.................................................. 97
Subject group: Social Sciences & Humanities
12 Needs Analysis of Communication Tasks for English-Major Students

at King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology Ladkrabang.
Thaweesak Linkhome, Angcharin Thongpan........................................................109
13 A Study on the Traditional and Functions of Dong’s Folk Songs and

the Bipa-Lute Music in Guangxi, China.
Li Yanxi.......................................................................................................................121
14 The Marriage Custom and Culture of the Bu Yi Ethnic Minority in

Guizhou Province.
Zhang Yan, Panya Roongruang...............................................................................131
15 A Study of Eastern Asian Songs to Create a Contemporary Music

“Sound of the Dawn” for the Mixed Thai and Western Ensemble.
Panya Roongruang, Suchat Detdee, Sirirak Charoenmongkolkit....................140
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Research Presentation Page
16 The Work of Michael Bakan with Regards to Music and Autism.
Andrew Shahriari......................................................................................................155
17 Creative Music Phleng Ramwong Set For The String Combo.

Kampanat Gatemuan, Orawan Banjongsil, Nopporn Dansakun, and
Sukhontha Yimsaengyat..........................................................................................162
18 Pi’s sound system of Por-kru Kuanda Chiangta.

Ponlawat Rujayakornkul, Pranote Meeson.........................................................173
19 A Creative Work: Program music on Vi-hok Leong-rom Song for Trombone

Quartet and String combo.
Thitinun Charoensloong, Satana Rojanatrakul, Phuriwatt Buranakiatsakul
and Sakchai Hirunrax....................................................................................................184
20 “SODTAWINYAN” the Composition Derived from Song of Luang

Wichitwathakan’s history for Saxophone and Guitar.
Krisada Daoruang, Chutasiri Yodwised, Pranote Meeson, and
Narongsak Sribandasakwatcharakorn...................................................................191
21 A study of Phra Abhidhamma Royal Chanting Case study: Dhamma

ceremony, Bowonniwet Vihara Bangkok.
Tanit Kongkumnerd, Chalermphol Ngamsuthi and krissadatharn Chanthako. 201
22 The instructional package of Compressor effect for Cubase.

Nut Chiangthong, Parinya Panyanunt..................................................................213
23 Project developing the sound receiver set for Thai music instruments:
Phin Phia
Saksit Smithitam, Lim Sin Mei and Pramote Danpradit..................................225
24 Enhancing the Life Quality of the Elderly.

Satit Niyomyaht, Saowanee Samantreeporn.....................................................237
TABLE OF
Research Presentation Pag
Subject Subject
group: Social
group:Sciences & Humanities
Social Sciences &
25 Roles of Human Resource Managers in the Contextof Globalization:
A Case Study of Training and Development Domain.
Satit Niyomyaht, Chiab Thaiying, Boonlert Pairin and Chairin Suankaew. 245
26 Determination of Antimony Compounds With Aas and Hg-Qfaas

Technique for Environmental Analysis.
Herlinawati, B. Buchari & Amran. M.B...........................................................................252
27 Preliminary study for optimization frying oil condition in pan-frying

and deep-frying method using a bulk and the packaged palm frying
oil in potato.
Marini Damanik, Siti Nadia Nofia and Eliana Hanum.......................................263
28 The satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running shoe.
Oam To-aj and Jarupat To-aj.................................................................................275
29 The Influence of Project Based Learning Model Based on Lesson

Study With Animation Media on Students' Critical Thinking Skills on
The Reaction Rate Material.
Retno Dwi Suyanti, Veren Raenovta, and Nanda Alwardah............................286
30 Improving Paragraph Writing Ability Using Process Approach of Thai

Tertiary Students
Prapaisri Holumyong, Patariya Ruaysamran.......................................................300
31 The effect of inquiry-based learning and eXe Learning towards

science process skill of chemistry teacher candidates on the topic
of complexometric titration.
Anna Juniar, Albinus Silalahi and Retno Dwi Suyanti.......................................306
32 The Identity of Tradition in art Creation (Dialectics In The Change of

Era).
Zulkifli, Nurwani and dan Ilham Rifandi.............................................................317
TABLE OF
Research Pag
33 A new latent fingerprint method using natural powder purple sweet

potato (Ipomoea batatas L. Poiret).
Sri Adelila Sari, Yudika Sinaga, Jasmidi, Mahmud and Tita Juwitaningsih 329
34 Clean drinking water from air conditioner

Suravut Snidvongs , Pol Polsen and Kajonsak Vongsumran...........................344
35 Proactive Service Delivery of the Old Age, Living Expenses : A Case

Study of Paktor Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Paktor District,
Rajburi Province.
Preeyaporn Haetrakool, Brent Kin-Iway, Nattawan Sasingha,
Choosak Chuengpanit and Sakda Siripattarasophon.......................................356
36 People’s Expectations of Public Services Provided by Khao-Din Subdistrict

Administrative Organization, Bangpakong District, Chacherngsao Province.
Chana Rattanapakdee, Ringen Wanbe, Siriporn Wanitthananantha,
Kamolporn Kalyanamitra and Peera Intaratood...................................................366
37 People’s Participation in the Administration of Singha Subdistrict

Administrative Organization Traiyoke District, Kanchanaburi Province
Traiyoke District, Kanchanaburi Province.
SurapornSimakunthorn, Brent Kin-Iway,Kamolporn Kalyanamitra,
Tassanee Lakkanapichgonchat and Poorivat Poonyawutpreeda..................376
38 Some mistakes in English Usage of Public Administration Students

Studying at BTU.
Satit Niyomyaht, Wiwat Impraiwan.....................................................................386
APPENDIX
Appointment of Persons in Charge of the Arrangement for the Symposium. 397

The Eighth National Symposium and the Fourth International Symposium
Bangkokthonburi University
Research Presentation
Subject group: Health Sciences
The Eighth National Symposium and the Fourth International
Symposium
1
Comparison of Bone Density and Quantity in Posterior

Mandibular Region for Miniscrew Implant Placement:
a Cone Beam Ct Study
Nattapat Patanasittangkur1, Yosananda Chantravekin2, Eduardo Yugo Suzuki3
and Boonsiva Suzuki4
1master student, 2-4Instructor, Faculty of Dentistry, Bangkokthonburi University, Tel. 0-5327-4420
e-mail: hydelakuru@hotmail.com
Abstract
Nowadays miniscrew implants are widely used as anchorage in orthodontic
treatment. Adequate amount of bone, bone density and cortical thickness are the key
factors to obtain primary stability and increase success rate of the miniscrew implants. In
this study, total bone length, bone density, and cortical bone thickness were evaluated
to find the appropriate site and angulation for miniscrew implant placement. From 75
cone beam CT images, the cortical bone thickness, angulation of insertion, total bone
length, and bone density were measured from mesial side of first molar to distal side of
second molar at the levels of 3 to 7 mm apical to crestal bone. The data were analyzed
using one-way ANOVA and multiple comparisons test. In the interradicular area between
first and second molars, maximal cortical bone thickness and total bone length were
found. Insertion angulation tended to increase with more posterior and apical positions,
whereas bone density in each position was not different. The result showed that the
area between first molar and second molar is the most appropriate site for miniscrew
insertion, followed by the area distal to second molar.
Keywords: Orthodontic Anchorage, Miniscrew Implant, Bone Density, Cortical Bone

Thickness
Introduction
Nowadays the miniscrew implants play an important role in modern orthodontic
treatment. The advantages of this technique include an absolute anchorage, small
size, easy manipulation, both insertion and removal, possibly immediate loading
force and the patient’s compliance. This technique has many indications, such as
molar distalization, molar uprighting, intrusion, extrusion, expansion, correction of
dental midline and correction of canted occlusal plane.
2 The Eighth National Symposium and the Fourth International
Symposium Bangkokthonburi University
Although miniscrew implants are very useful, their failure rate is quite high with
range from 0.0 to 40.8% (Papageorgiou et al., 2012). Many factors contribute to implant’s
failure including decreased cortical thickness and low bone density. Moreover, miniscrew
placement in limited space may cause root contact which leads to implant failure. So
complete understanding about the anatomy as well as the bone characteristics in
each placement site is necessary to determine the appropriate site and angulation
for miniscrew implant placement.
Objectives and Hypothesis

The objectives of this study were:
1. To evaluate total bone length and cortical bone thickness in the
interradicular area of the posterior mandibular regions.
2. To evaluate the density of cortical and cancellous bone in the
interradicular area of the posterior mandibular regions.
Review of Literatures
Miniscrew Implant
Miniscrew implant or temporary anchorage device (TAD) is one technique of
skeletal anchorage. The technique has many advantages, including easy insertion and
removal, ability for immediate loading force, ability of placement in various location
as well as the good patient’s compliance. From the meta-analysis, miniscrew implant
placement is more effective than conventional methods, especially as anchorage
reinforcement during en-masse retraction (Antoszewska-Smith et al., 2017).
Nowadays there are numerous miniscrew implant systems in the market.
They can be divided into many types, according to the implant-bone contact
(osseointegrated and non-osseintegrated), the mechanical use (direct anchorage and
indirect anchorage), and the insertion method (self-drilling and pre-drilling required)
(Alkadhimi and Al-Awadhi, 2018).
Miniscrew Placement in Posterior Mandible

In the mandible, the common sites for miniscrew implant placement are the
interradicular spaces, as well as the mandibular buccal shelf (MBS). Each placement
site has the different bone quantity and quality. Paggio et al. used volumetric tomographic
images to provide an anatomical map, including the posterior mandibular region, for
Symposium
3
clinician in interradicular miniscrew placement (Poggio et al. 2006). These interradicular
spaces were different in the different dentofacial skeleton patterns (Chaimanee et al.,
2011). Liu et al. studied the MBS region and found that the area between the distal
root of first molar and the mesial root of second molar should be the first choice for
miniscrew implant placement in the MBS area (Liu et al., 2019).
The Study of Bone Density

The study of jaw bone density is originally and primarily concerned in the
implant dentistry field. The bone classifications commonly used are those of Lekholm
and Zarb, and Misch.
1. Lekholm and Zarb’s Classification
In 1985 Lekholm and Zarb used radiographs to classify bone qualities that were
found in the anterior regions of the jawbone into four types. Type 1: homogenous compact
bone. Type 2: thick layer of compact bone surrounding dense trabecular bone. Type 3:
thin layer of compact bone surrounding dense trabecular bone. Type 4: thin layer of
cortical bone surrounding low density trabecular bone (Lekholm and Zarb, 1985).
2. Misch’s Bone Density Classification
Bone has an internal structure described in term of density that reflects the
strength of the bone. Carl E. Misch classified bone density that was found in all
regions of the maxilla and mandible into four types based on macroscopic trabecular
and cortical bone (Misch & Judy, 1987). D1 is the hardest bone which displays dense
cortical bone with less trabecular bone that lead to the highest primary stability of
implant. More contact surface between implant and bone is achieved. D2 is a high
bone density with a porous thick cortical and coarse trabecular bone, lead to
adequate for primary stability of implant. D3 is a low bone density that has a thin
porous cortical bone with fine trabecular bone. D4 is a very low bone density due to
a very thin cortical bone and fine trabecular bone within.
Base on tactile sense can be classified into 4 types. D1 bone is similar to drilling
into oak or maple wood, D2 bone tactile sense like a white pine or spruce, D3 bone is
similar to drilling into a balsa wood, and D4 bone is similar to drilling into Styrofoam.
Base on Computed tomography (CT) can be classified into 5 types. D1
bone density greater than 1250 Hounsfield units (HU), D2 bone density within 850-
1250 HU, D3 bone density within 350-850 HU, D4 bone density within 150-350 HU,
and D5 less than 150 HU.
In miniscrew implant field, there were some studies about the effects of bone
density on the miniscrew success/failure. In the insertion torque study, the 6-8 mm
miniscrews were inserted into the synthetic bones with various densities and natural
bones. The sufficient mechanical stability of miniscrew implant needed at least 1-2
mm of cortical bone thickness with cancellous bone, then the cancellous bone
influenced to improve the implant stability (Fernandes et al., 2015). The results
conformed to the micro CT study which found that cancellous bone was important
for primary stability of miniscrew implants (Marquezan et al., 2013).
Conceptual Framework
Research Methodology
Volumetric tomographic images of 75 mandibles retrieved from the records of
patients receiving orthodontic treatment at BTU Orthodontic Clinic since 1 December
2016 to 30 November 2019 (age range was 20 to 45 years old). The patients with
systemic diseases or medications affecting bone metabolism, periodontal bone loss,
tooth missing and history of mandibular fracture were excluded.
Setting of the reference planes and measurement techniques were modified
from the described standard method (Poggio et al. 2006). Points of measurements in
antero-posterior direction were 1) between second premolar and first molar, 2) mid-
buccal of first molar, 3) between first and second molars, 4) mid-buccal of second
molar and 5) distal to second molar, whereas the points in vertical direction were 3,
5 and 7 mm apical to the crestal bone level (Figure 1).
The measured parameters include 1) cortical bone thickness, 2) insertion
angulation, 3) total bone length, and 4) bone density (in HU). All parameters were
Symposium
5
measured in bucco-lingual direction which conformed to clinically miniscrew implant
placement direction (Figure 2). The research protocol was approved by BTU Ethics
Committee (Approval Number 4/2562).
Figure 1 Measurement point, including bone quality, bone quantity,

and insertion angulation, in different areas
a b
Figure 2 a) average of crestal bone level was set as shown in blue line, b) average
long axis of posterior teeth was set as reference in red line, c) long axis of tooth was
set in 90 as reference angulation, 3mm-5mm-7mm below from crestal bone level
in vertical direction were set as different point of insertion, all parameters were
measure following these lines.
Research Results
For cortical thickness, at 3 mm apical to crestal bone level, means of the
thickness ranged from 3.20 to 3.92 mm. The thickest area was interradicular area
between first and second molars (3.92 mm) which differed from the area between
second premolar and first molar, and mid-buccal areas of first and second molars
(p<0.05). The second highest thickness was found distal to second molar (3.80 mm).
At 5 and 7 mm, cortical bone thickness tended to increase with more posterior
positions (Figure 3). For insertion angulation, the means of angle ranged from 42.2 to
76.5 degrees. Insertion angulation tended to increase with more posterior and apical
positions (Figure 4).
Figure 3 The mean cortical thickness, at 3, 5 and 7 mm from crestal bone level. At 3
mm below crestal bone level between the first molar and second molars, the most
cortical bone thickness was revealed, whereas at 5 and 7 mm below crestal bone,
cortical bone thickness tended to increase in posterior regions.
Figure 4 The angulation of insertion, at 3, 5 and 7 mm from crestal bone level.

Insertion angulation tended to increase with more posterior and apical positions.
Symposium
7
For the total bone length study, the distances in the interradicular areas
tended to be greater than those of mid-buccal areas. In the more apical positions,
total bone lengths tended to decrease (Figure 5). For the bone density analysis, in
the more apical position, bone density tended to decrease, and the density gradually
increased from anterior to posterior respectively, but there was no statistical
difference (Figure 6).
Figure 5 The total bone lengths in different position and depth. Interradicular area
had significantly greater insertion length than mid-buccal area of the teeth
Figure 6 The bone density in Hounsfield Units (HU). The density gradually increased
from anterior to posterior respectively, but there was no statistical difference.
Conclusions, Discussion and Recommendations

Throughly understanding of the bone anatomy and bone quality is necessary
for clinician to place the miniscrew implant successfully. From literature review,
implant failure rate is higher in the cases with decreased cortical thickness and
decreased bone density. Placement of miniscrew implant may cause root contact
which leads to root damage and implant failure. However, most of previous studies
focused on finding the “safe zone” for miniscrew implant placement (Poggio et al.,
2006; Chaimanee et al., 2011; Liu et al., 2019).
For cortical thickness study, at 3 mm apical to crestal bone level, means of
the thickness ranged from 3.20-3.92 mm. The thickest area was interradicular area
between first and second molars (3.92 mm). At 5 and 7 mm, cortical bone thickness
tended to increase with more posterior positions. This trend was similar to the results
from the study of Liu et al. which found that the buccal cortical thickness increased
from the premolar to molar regions. However, Liu et al. found that the cortical
increased from to crestal to the apical areas, which differed from our findings, and
the mean of thickness in Liu et al.’s study ranged from 1.02 to 7.61 mm, whereas our
study found the range from 3.18 to 3.92 mm. These differences may be caused by
the angle of measurement, the more oblique placement, the more cortical bone
thickness measured. The means of angulation of insertion of our study ranged from
42.2 to 76.5 degrees which correlated to the clinical practice, so our cortical
thickness results should be useful.
For total bone length study, we measured both interradicular and mid-buccal
regions and found that the distances in the interradicular areas tended to be greater
than those of mid-buccal areas. In the more apical positions, total bone lengths
tended to decrease. The mean cortical thicknesses in the interradicular areas ranged
from 8.4 to 12.2 mm. Compared to the study of Poggio et al., the mean total bone
lengths ranged from 8.9 to 13.4 mm and tended to increase in more apical position
(Poggio et al., 2006). However, degree of difference was minimal and it may not
affect the clinical implication.
Although some studies indicated the effects of bone density on the success/
failure of miniscrew implants, there was no previous study about the bone density in
the interradicular implant placement from our review. The mean of bone density
from our study ranged from 934 to 1156 HU, which was categorized as D2 (850-1250
HU) in the Misch’s Classification. The D2 bone can withstand stress well and it serves
as a good bone type for osseointegrated implant, so the bone quality in posterior
mandible from our study was good for miniscrew implant placement.
For conclusions. the area between first molar and second molar is the most
appropriate site for miniscrew insertion, followed by the area distal to second molar,
because of good cortical bone thickness and total bone length. The angulation of
Symposium
9
insertion is in the acceptable range, whereas the average bone density in the posterior
is in the D2 group.
References
Alkadhimi A, Al-Awadhi EA. (2018). Miniscrews for orthodontic anchorage: a review of
available systems. J Orthod, 45:102-14.
Antoszewska-Smith J, Sarul M, Lyczek J, Konopka T, Kawala B. (2017). Effectiveness of
orthodontic miniscrew implants in anchorage reinforcement during en-masse
retraction: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Orthod Dentofacial
Orthop, 151:440-55.
Chaimanee P, Suzuki B, Suzuki EY. (2011). “Safe zones” for miniscrewimplant
placement in different dentoskeletal patterns. Angle Orthodontists, 81:397-403.
Fernandes D, Elias C, Ruellas A. (2015). Influence of screw length and bone thickness
on the stability of temporary implants. Materials, 8:6558-69.
Lekholm U, Zarb GA. (1985). Patient selection and preparation.In: Branemark PI, Zarb
GA, Albrektsson T, editors. Tissue integrated prostheses: osseointegration in
clinical dentistry. Chicago: Quintessence Publishing Company, 199–209.
Liu H, Wu X, Tan J, Li X. (2019). Safe regions of miniscrew implantation for distalization of
mandibular dentition with CBCT. Progress Orthod, 20:45. doi:10.1186/s40510-
019-0297-6.
Marquezan M, Lima I, Lopes RT, Sant’Anna EF, de Souza MMG. (2013). Is trabecular
bone related to primary stability of miniscrews? Angle Orthodontist, 84:500-7.
Misch CE,Judy KW. (1987). Classification of partially edentulous arches for implant
dentistry. Int J Oral Implantol, 4:7-13.
Papageorgiou N, Zogakis IP, Papadopoulos MA. (2012). Failure rates and associated
risk factors of orthodontic miniscrew implants: a meta-analysis. Am J Orthod
Dentofacial Orthop, 142:577-95.
Poggio PM, Incorvati C, Velo S, Carano A. (2016). "Safe zones": a guide for miniscrew
positioning in the maxillary and mandibular arch. Angle Orthodontist, 76:191-7.
Effectiveness of Augmented Corticotomy Assisted Orthodontics,

Using Concentrataed Growth Factor
Suchanard Visetsiri1, Eduardo Yugo Suzuki2, Boonsiva Suzuki3

and Thongnard Kumchai4
1master student, 2-4Instructor, Faculty of Dentistry, Bangkokthonburi University, Tel. 0-5327-4420
e-mail: suchanard_prang@hotmail.com
Abstract
Augmented Corticotomy Assisted Orthodontics (ACAO) can reduce treatment
time and increase alveolar bone width. However, the effect of ACAO combined with
concentrated growth factor ( CGF) , which can deliver growth factors to the site of
application, has never been evaluated. Therefore, the aim of this study is to determine
the reduction of Little’s irregularity index before surgery, one week after surgery, one
month after surgery, three months after surgery, six months after surgery, one year
after surgery and 12 months after surgery. The complications as well as the patient’s
satisfaction and pain were recorded. The data were analyzed by Friedman test followed
by pairwise comparison in related sample (paired Wilcoxon signed-rank test). From
the results, first week after surgery, application of CGF in ACAO showed significant
reduction in Little’s irregularity index which gradually decreased after one month,
three and six months. 7 from 8 patients were satisfied with the results of treatment.
Moreover, there was no severe complications. In conclusion, this technique was
found to be effective in adult patient with periodontal disease.
Keywords: Augmented Corticotomy Assisted Orthodontics, accelerated tooth movement,

Concentrated Growth Factor
Introduction
Recently, different methods have been suggested for reducing orthodontic
treatment time (Nimeri, Kau, Abou-Kheir, & Corona, 2013). Several approaches have
been proposed for increasing the rate of tooth movement. Surgically assisted orthodontic
tooth movement has been used since the 1800s. Corticotomy-facilitated tooth movement
can reduce orthodontic treatment time and allow a predictable outcome of treatment
in older patients (W. Wilcko & Wilcko, 2013). Moreover, Amit, Kalra, Pankaj, Suchinder,
Symposium
1
& Parul, 2012 explained that periodontally-accelerated osteogenic orthodontics (PAOO)
can reduce treatment time, increase alveolar bone width, increase post-treatment
stability, and decrease the amount of apical root resorption. In this study, Augmented
Corticotomy Assisted Orthodontics (ACAO) will be used with concentrated growth factor
(CGF), which is a new growth factor, developed by Sacco, 2006. CGF improves the
thickness and promotes the healing of soft tissue (Ying, Chen, & Luo, 2017). As ACAO
can increase the rate of tooth movement, and CGF is effective in bone formation, this
study is designed to determine the overall effectiveness of ACAO combined with CGF.
Objective and Hypothesis

1. To evaluate the length of orthodontic treatment time using ACAO
combined with CGF.
2. To evaluate patient satisfaction and pain with the ACAO combined with CGF.
3. To record possible complications from using the ACAO combined with CGF.
Review of Literatures
Adult orthodontics
Adult patients usually require additional treatment other than orthodontic
treatment alone and comprehensive treatment involving multidisciplinary treatment
approach. Quality of periodontal and restorative can be improved by correcting the
malocclusion and the treatment outcomes can provide esthetic benefits also
(Ahmed Meeran, 2012). Various factors must be given considerations for treating adult
patient, which demand special consideration for adults. For example the psychosocial
factors, perio-restorative problems, age related considerations, lack of growth potential,
aging of tissues, vulnerability to root resorption, vulnerability to temporomandibular
disorder (Bagga, 2010).
Accelerated tooth movement

The duration of orthodontic tooth movement is influenced by many factors
(Mavreas & Athanasiou, 2008). It has been suggested that a regional acceleratory
phenomenon (RAP) can help accelerate orthodontic tooth movement (M. T. Wilcko,
Ferguson, Makki, & Wilcko, 2015). Wilcko et al., 2009 suggested that rapid tooth
movement occurring after corticotomy may be due to a demineralization-remineralization
process that produces a regional acceleratory phenomenon (RAP) of bone remodeling.
The RAP begins within a few days of injury, peaks at one to two months, usually last
four months in bone and may take 6 to more than 2 years to subside. RAP facilitates
orthodontic tooth movement by reducing regional bone density and accelerating
bone turnover.
Concentrated growth factor (CGF)

CGF is a new generation platelet derivative which consist of autologous
osteoinductive platelet growth factors and an osteoconductive fibrin matrix. This can
obtain from blood samples and standardized separation protocol, by a specific
centrifuge (Medifuge; Silfradent Srl, Sofia, Italy) (Kavitha & Kathiravan, 2018). In the
CGF centrifuge technique, the red phase consists of concentrated red and white
blood cells, platelets and clotting factors (Mansour & Kim, 2010). The mechanism
involves high quantities of growth factors in the platelets which can stimulate cell
proliferation.
Patient’s satisfactory and pain

The treatment option of corticotomy-assisted orthodontics was unpopular
because of patient’s fear from pain and surgery (Zawawi, 2015). A study reported
that half of the patients experienced severe pain during meals on the day after
corticotomy (Al-Naoum, Hajeer, & Al-Jundi, 2014). However, the pain gradually
receded within the next week, while approximately 60% to 70% of patients reported
no pain or only mild discomfort. Post-surgical pain completely disappeared within a
7 to 10 days period (Basu, Baumgaertel, Wu, & Kopchick, 2017; Viwattanatipa &
Charnchairerk, 2018; W. M. Wilcko, Wilcko, Bouquot, & Ferguson, 2001).
Visual analogue scales (VAS) have been used in clinical and research settings
since the 1920’s (Wewers & Lowe, 1990). These scales have been used in the social
and behavioral sciences to measure a variety of subjective phenomena. A VAS is a
straight line which are labeled as the extreme boundaries of the sensation, feeling, or
response to be measured. Subjects respond to the VAS by placing a mark through
the line at a position which best represents their current perception of a given
phenomenon between the labeled extremes. From previous studies, VAS can also
use to record the patient’s satisfaction (Magro-Filho et al., 2015& Bremerich, 2010).
Symposium
1
Complications
The oral cavity has a large number of organisms that promotes bacterial
growth which can cause infection in a surgical region and delay normal wound
healing. Surgical site infection are common complications following oral surgery. A
study found that for patient who experience prolonged operation duration are
significant risk factors for postoperative complications ( Shigeishi, Ohta, & Takechi,
2015). Accidental and operative trauma produce injury to blood vessels and bone,
giving rise to hemorrhage. Surgical trauma can be reduced by handling soft and hard
tissue with the greatest of care. The tearing of tissue should be avoided. Tissue
should be severed from its attachment by sharp dissection. Blunt dissection may be
used when tissue is being separated, but only to a point at which the tissue is not likely
to be torn (Antioch, 1959). Flap advancement is required as a part of Periodontally-
Accelerated Osteogenic Orthodontic treatment. Failure to attain tensionless closure
may result in a soft tissue dehiscence along the incision line that can cause a poor
outcome and/ or postoperative complications (Greenstein, Greenstein, Cavallaro,
Elian, & Tarnow, 2009).
Different methods have been suggested for reducing orthodontic treatment.
Of these, none of them showed the satisfied clinical outcome due to the loss of
alveolar bone during decortication process contributing to periodontal problems. In
the ACAO technique is the treatment with corticotomy-facilitated bone augmentation
approach but the bone augmentation can dislodge. To overcome this problem, CGF
mixed with particulate bone powder to make sticky bone and CGF membrane will be
added after bone graft. Therefore, this study aimed to develop ACAO combined with
CGF technique and evaluate the overall effectiveness of this technique.
Studied Samples
Eight patients who follow the inclusion criteria were selected from the Orthodontic
Clinic, Faculty of Dentistry, Bangkokthonburi University. The inclusion criteria were as
followings; adult patients, thin labial plate, thin gingival biotype, controlled mild to
moderate periodontitis. The exclusion criteria were as followings; smoking patient,
patient with diabetes, devitalized area within bone, long term use of anti-inflammatory
drugs (NSAIDs) and corticosteroid during the study, use of bisphosphonate drugs
before and during the study, active periodontitis, compromised patient with surgical
procedure.
Orthodontic process -Bonding with self-ligated bracket (Tomy) and then
loading force on 0.016’’ NiTi (Sentalloy Tomy International Inc.) for at least 1 month.
Then immediately loading force on 0.016”’NiTi after the surgery and activating every
month.
Surgery process -Getting 40-60 cc of patient venous blood to prepare CGF using
centrifuge (Medifuge, Sil- fradent srl, Sofia, Italy). After full-thickness mucoperiosteal
flap opening, corticotomy was performed by cutting the vertical line 2-3mm below
the bony crest, 2 mm above the root apex. After that, connecting each vertical line
with horizontal line to make a perforation for a cortical bone layer, following with
the covering of sticky bone and CGF membrane respectively.
The data collection by
1. Measure the Little’s irregularity index with digital model in
Orthoanalyzer Program for evaluation of reduce in crowding before surgical procedure,
after surgical procedure 1 week, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months and 1 year. By measuring
the linear distance from anatomic contact point to adjacent anatomic contact point of
anterior teeth, the sum of five measurements representing the Little’s irregularity
Index.
2. Questionnaires to record patient satisfaction’s data and pain score (VAS score)
3. Record the complication that occur after treatment.
Statistical Analysis
Descriptive statistics including mean and standard deviation was used to represent
the general characteristics of 8 samples in this study. Additionally, to evaluate the
effectiveness of the ACAO combined with CGF, the reduction in Little’s irregularity
index in each arch in different period of time in 8 samples was analyzed by Friedman
test followed by pairwise comparison in related sample (paired Wilcoxon signed-rank
test).
Research Results
General Characteristics
The majority of samples were male ( 6 from 8 cases) with average age of
patients at 46. 5 years old ranging from 37 to 59 years old. Also, most samples
Symposium
1
underwent the experiment on both maxillary arch and mandibular arch (62.5 % ),
followed by maxillary arch (12.5 %), and mandibular arch (25.0 %).
ACAO Combined with CGF Evaluation
The effectiveness of ACAO combined with CGF was primarily investigated by
measuring the Little’s irregularity index across period of time including before
surgery, 1 week after surgery, 1 month after surgery, 3 months after surgery, 6 months
after surgery and 1 year after surgery. Figure 1 shows that the overall trend of Little’s
irregularity index continues reducing from after surgery to one year in both maxillary
arch (upper) and mandibular arch (lower) in all patients as expected.
Figure 1 The trend of the Little’s irregularity index in the upper and lower with
repeated measure in eight samples.
In order to support the decreasing trend of the Little’s irregularity Index in

Figure 1, Friedman test confirmed that the overall trend was statistically significant as
expected. (X2(5) = 60.53, p < 0.0001, n= 13) as shown in the figure 2. The Little’s
irregularity index before surgery (4.54 ± 2.97) was more than in one week (4.04 ±
2.79), 1 month (3.22 ± 2.15) and 3 months (2.69 ± 1.68) after receiving the ACAO
combined with CGF (paired Wilcoxon signed-rank test, p-value Bonferroni correction
method < 0.05). After that, the highly statistically significant difference was subsequently
observed in 6th month (2.16±1.21). and one year (1.55±2.10), compared with reference
index score (4.54±2.97) (paired Wilcoxon signed-rank test, p-value Bonferroni correction
method < 0.01).
Figure 2 The comparison of the Little’s irregularity index from before surgery to one
year in eight samples. *=p<0.05, **=p<0.01
Satisfaction and Complication

After Surgery, the majority of samples were satisfied with the treatment with
high satisfaction score up to 8 points (87.5 %) while moderately satisfaction (4 -7
points) accounted for 12.5 percent of the total. In addition to satisfaction score, 62.5
percent of samples experienced high pain score ranging from 7 to 10 points, but the
remaining (37.5 %) was between 0 and 3 points. Furthermore, the complication of
most samples equally underwent edema and flap dehiscence (25.0 %) followed by
hematoma (37.5 %) while 37.5 percent experienced none of any complication.
Discussion
From our results, this technique can relieve crowding in only six months after
surgical procedure, similar to the previous reports among the various methods of
accelerating treatment. Corticotomy has become very popular in the recent years
due to its effectiveness (M. T. Wilcko et al., 2015). It is based on the “Regional
Acceleratory Phenomenon (RAP)”, where an injury to bone causes a rapid outburst
of a localized remodelling which accelerates the healing process (Verna, 2016). W.
M. Wilcko et al., 2001 suggested that RAP in humans begins within a few days of surgery,
typically peaks at 1 to 2 months, and may take from 6 to more than 24 months to
subside. Our results showed that the reducing in regularity index was higher in first
week than other period of treatment. The Little’s irregularity index started reduction
significantly in first week after surgery then gradually reduced. Besides, the RAP may
continue to 1 year after surgery.
Symposium
1
From Wilcko et al., 2001 the PAOO technique was done in non-extraction
orthodontics for de-crowding with normal orthodontic forces and demonstrated
dramatic decreases in treatment times and an increased thickness of alveolar bone.
But in this report, we perform in both non-extraction and extraction cases and different
orthodontic mechanics in each case. Therefore, the result is varied in each case but
in overall this technique could decrease the severe crowding in 6 months period.
Various factors can affect the quality and rate of orthodontic tooth
movement. Age, sex hormones, and occlusal forces can alter the speed of tooth
movement by affecting bone density and remodeling (Aljehani & Baeshen, 2018;
Mavreas & Athanasiou, 2008). Also, some may believe that type of brackets such as self-
ligate bracket can accelerate tooth movement based on the lower friction between
brackets and orthodontic arch wire, but recent studies showed that there were no
significant differences during orthodontic tooth alignment. In our study, we used self
ligate bracket for lower friction to eliminate the unrelated factor (Chen, Greenlee,
Kim, Smith, & Huang, 2010).
Suggestion and recommendations

The main limitations of this study are an inadequate sample size in the
intervention group. Therefore, the larger sample size is recommended in the further
study in order to evaluate the clinical utility of this technique more effectively.
Conclusion
Little’s Irregularity index, pain, patient satisfactions and complications were
focused and compared between each time point. We have shown that this
technique successfully reduces the Little’s irregularity index in first week and first
month of treatment period and subjects were satisfied with the results with less pain
after few days and the complications were acceptable.
References
Ahmed Meeran, N. (2012). The Scope and Limitations of Adult Orthodontics. Indian J
Multidiscip Dent, 2(1),383-387.
Al-Naoum, F., Hajeer, M. Y., & Al-Jundi, A. (2014). Does alveolar corticotomy accelerate
orthodontic tooth movement when retracting upper canines? A split-mouth
design randomized controlled trial. J Oral Maxillofac Surg, 72(10), 1880-1889.
Aljehani, D., & Baeshen, H. A. (2018). Effectiveness of the American Board of Orthodontics
Discrepancy Index in predicting Treatment Time. J Contemp Dent Pract, 19(6),
647-650.
Amit, G., Kalra, J., Pankaj, B., Suchinder, S., & Parul, B. (2012). Periodontally accelerated
osteogenic orthodontics (PAOO)-a review. J Clin Exp Dent, 4(5), e292.
Antioch, R. J. (1959). Hemorrhage in oral surgery. Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine,J Oral
Pathol, 12(3), 265-276.
Bagga, D. (2010). Adult Orthodontics Versus Adolescent Orthodontics: An Overview. J
Oral Health Comm Dent, 4, 42-47.
Basu, R., Baumgaertel, N., Wu, S., & Kopchick, J. J. (2017). Growth Hormone Receptor
Knockdown Sensitizes Human Melanoma Cells to Chemotherapy by Attenuating
Expression of ABC Drug Efflux Pumps. Horm Cancer, 8(3), 143-156.
Chen, S. S., Greenlee, G. M., Kim, J. E., Smith, C. L., & Huang, G. J. (2010). Systematic
review of self-ligating brackets. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop, 137(6), 726
e721-726 e718; discussion 726-727.
Greenstein, G., Greenstein, B., Cavallaro, J., Elian, N., & Tarnow, D. (2009). Flap
advancement: practical techniques to attain tension-free primary closure. J
Periodontol, 80(1), 4-15.
Kavitha, P. D. M., & Kathiravan, D. S. (2018). Concentrated Growth Factor - Review. J
Pharm Biomed Anal, 7(03), 13-20.
Magro-Filho, O., Goiato, M. C., Oliveira, D. T. N., Martins, L. P., Salazar, M., Medeiros, R.
A. D., & Santos, D. M. D. (2015). Evaluation of Patients’ Satisfaction after Class
III Orthognathic Surgery. J Chin Diagn Res, 9(10), ZC23-ZC27.
Mansour, P., & Kim, P. (2010). Use of Concentrated Growth Factor (CGF) in implantology.
Aust Dent Pract, 21(2), 162-176.
Mavreas, D., & Athanasiou, A. E. (2008). Factors affecting the duration of orthodontic
treatment: a systematic review. Eur J Orthod, 30(4), 386-395.
Nimeri, G., Kau, C. H., Abou-Kheir, N. S., & Corona, R. (2013). Acceleration of tooth
movement during orthodontic treatment-a frontier in orthodontics. Prog Orthod,
14(1), 42.
Sacco, L. (2006). Lecture, International academy of implant prosthesis and osteoconnection.
Lecture, 12, 4.
Shigeishi, H., Ohta, K., & Takechi, M. (2015). Risk factors for postoperative complications
following oral surgery. J Appl Oral Sci, 23(4), 419-423.
Symposium
1
Verna, C. (2016). Regional Acceleratory Phenomenon. Front Oral Biol, 18, 28-35.
Viwattanatipa, N., & Charnchairerk, S. (2018). The effectiveness of corticotomy and
piezocision on canine retraction: A systematic review. Korean J Orthod, 48(3),
200-211.
Wewers, M. E., & Lowe, N. K. (1990). A critical review of visual analogue scales in the
measurement of clinical phenomena. Res Nurs Health, 13(4), 227-236.
Wilcko, M. T., Ferguson, D. J., Makki, L., & Wilcko, W. M. (2015). Keratinized Gingiva
Height Increases After Alveolar Corticotomy and Augmentation Bone Grafting.
J Periodontol, 86(10), 1107-1115.
Wilcko, M. T., Wilcko, W. M., Pulver, J. J., Bissada, N. F., & Bouquot, J. E. (2009).
Accelerated osteogenic orthodontics technique: a 1-stage surgically facilitated
rapid orthodontic technique with alveolar augmentation. J Oral Maxillofac
Surg, 67(10), 2149-2159.
Wilcko, W., & Wilcko, M. T. (2013). Accelerating tooth movement: the case for
corticotomy-induced orthodontics. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop, 144(1), 4-
12.
Wilcko, W. M., Wilcko, T., Bouquot, J. E., & Ferguson, D. J. (2001). Rapid orthodontics
with alveolar reshaping: two case reports of decrowding. Int J Periodontics
Restorative Dent, 21(1), 9-19.
Ying, X., Chen, Y., & Luo, N. (2017). The Use of Concentrated Growth Factors and
Autogenous Bone for Periodontal Soft Tissue Augmentation and Bone
Regeneration: A Case Report. Electronic J Biol, 13(3), 269-273.
The anthelmintic effects of Senna alata (L.) Roxb. extract

against Gastrothylax crumenifer
Sutthida Minsakorn1, Khwannapa Nuplod2, Runglawan Chawengkirttikul3,

Panupong Puttarak4, and Panat Anuracpreeda5
1,5 Institute
of Molecular Biosciences, Mahidol University, Salaya, Nakhon Pathom 73170, Thailand
2,4 Departmentof Pharmacognosy and Pharmaceutical Botany, Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences,
Prince of Songkhla University, Hat-Yai, Songkhla 90112, Thailand
3 Department of Microbiology, Faculty of Science, Mahidol University, Rama VI Road, Bangkok 10400, Thailand
5e-mail: panat.anu@mahidol.edu
Abstract
Paramphistomosis is an important disease that frequently occurs in tropical
countries including Thailand. Adult rumen flukes, Gastrothylax crumenife, are an
important cause of such disease, and can be found in both infected ruminants. The
objective of this study is to investigate the efficacies of crude plant extracts, using
relative motility (RM) value and survival index (SI) assay depending on concentrations,
all groups of crude plant extracts could reduce motility and cause death of adult
flukes as evaluated by the RM and SI.
In this study, we have evaluated the anthelmintic activities of Senna alata
crude extract (SaCE) and albendazole (ABZ) against adult G. crumenifer, using relative
RM, SI and observed by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The flukes were treated
with SaCE at 5, 7.5 and 10 mg/ml, the motility and RM decreased sharply through the
experimental period at rates better than ABZ. By SEM observation, the tegument
showed sequence of morphological changes after treatments with SaCE, including
swelling of ridges and folds, blebbing, rupturing of the blebs, erosion, lesion and
disruption of the tegument. Hence, in vitro study, the SaCE are highly effective in the
elimination of adult rumen flukes.
Keyword: Anthelmintic activity, Gastrothylax crumenifer, Senna alata (L.) Roxb.,

motility, survival, tegument, scanning electron microscopy.
Introduction
Paramphistomosis is an important disease caused by the rumen flukes,
Gastrothylax crumenife that found in the rumen of ruminants (Rolfe et al., 1991;
Symposium
2
Anuracpreeda et al., 2012). For paramphistome infection, great number of flukes cause
acute parasitic gastroenteritis with high morbidity and mortality rates, especially in
young ruminants (Hanna et al., 1988). The occurrence of paramphistomosis is high and
distributed in tropical and subtropical regions including Thailand (Anuracpreeda et al.,
2016). It causes substantial production and economic losses in cattle. Most farmers use
anthelmintic as prolong treatment for this infection resulting in drug resistance.
Presently, the resistance of anthelmintic drug has emerged and showed serious
problem as no other effective drugs are available (Prasitirat et al., 1997). The use of
phytochemical from medicinal plant extracts for effective elimination of parasite is an
alternative approach for removing fluke infections. Hence, this study aimed to
investigate on the anthelmintic effects of ethanol extract from leaves of S. alata on
motility, survival and tegument against adult G. crumenifer and observation by SEM.
Literature Review
Many plant extracts have been tested for their anthelmintic activities against
nematode, cestode and trematode parasites (Athanasiadou et al., 2007; Hossain et al.,
2012; Anuracpreeda et al., 2016, 2017), no similar studies have been performed on
Gastrothylax crumenifer. Senna alata (L.) Roxb, in Thai calls “Chumhettthet”, the
medicinal plant from Leguminaseae family, is widely distributed in South and
Southeast Asia including Thailand. This plant contains rich in anthraquinones and
polyphenols. Various parts of S. alata have been used in traditional medicine for
treatment of a variety of skin and respiratory diseases. It is also used for the treatment
of ringworm, eczema, pruritus, furuncles, psoriasis (Co 1989), scabies, athlete's foot
(Cortes-Maramba and Saludes 1993), herpes (Ladion 1985), and insect bites (De-Padua
et al., 1983). It has exhibited several biological activities, such as antimicrobial (Somchit
et al., 2003), antifungal (Villaseñor et al., 2002), anti-inflammatory (Moriyama et al.,
2003), analgesic (Palanichamy and Nagarajan 1990), and antiblood-sucking parasite
activity (Kamaraj et al., 2010).
Therefore, this study aimed to investigate on the anthelmintic effects of
ethanol extract of S. alata leaves on motility, survival and tegumental surface against
adult G. crumenifer and observation by SEM.
Objectives
1.To investigate the in vitro anthelmintic effects of ethanol extract Senna
alata (L.) Roxb. against adult Gastrothylax crumenifer by evaluating the viability of
parasite using the RM and SI.
2. To investigate the tegument surface alterations of the parasite using SEM.
Evaluating the viability of parasite using the RM and SI

Investigate the tegument surface alterations of the parasite
1. Collection and selection of the parasites
Collection and selection of adult flukes were done according to the method
described by Anuracpreeda et al., (2015, 2017) and Minsakorn et al. (2019 a, b). Briefly,
live adult G. crumenifer were collected from the rumen of infected cattle and buffaloes
killed for consumption at local slaughter house in Pathumthani province, Thailand.
They were washed several times with 0.85% NaCl solution and immediately used for
the experiments.
2. Preparation of plant materials
The leaves of S. alata were collected in Demonstrated Botanical Garden,
Songkhla Province, Thailand. The plant materials were purchased from Khuan Niang
district, Songkhla, and Thai traditional drug stores in Hat Yai, Songkhla,Thailand.
3. Preparation of crude extracts
The crude extracts were prepared by the method as per Anuracpreeda et al.
(2016, 2017) and Minsakorn et al. (2019 a, b). Briefly, the dried plant powder of S.
alata were macerated with 95% ethanol at room temperature for 3 days and filtered
through a filtering paper (Whatman® No. 1). The ethanol was removed under
vacuum by rotary evaporator at 45°C and evaporated to dryness in a vacuum. The
maceration processes were repeated three times. Finally, the crude S. alata extracts
(SaCE) were stored at -20°C until used in later experiment.
Symposium
2
4. In vitro anthelmintic activities
The stock solutions were prepared by dissolving 1 g powder of extract in 2
ml of dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO) (Sigma Co., St. Louis, MO). The RPMI-1640 culture
medium (Gibco) [pH 7.4 with HEPES 20 mM, supplemented with penicillin (50 IU ml),
streptomycin (50 µg/ml), gentamycin (50 µg/ml) and 20% fetal bovine serum (FBS)],
was mixed with the SaCE stock solution to obtain the desired concentrations at 5.0,
7.5 and 10.0 mg/ml in medium. Culture medium containing antibiotics similar to
those listed above and 0.1% (v/v) DMSO without crude extracts was used as the
negative control. A commercial anthelmintic, albendazole (ABZ) (Sigma Co.) at 100
µg/ml was used as the positive control. The negative and positive controls in this
experiment were used as per our previous studies (Anuracpreeda et al., 2016, 2017).
The anthelmintic activities were proceeded by the method as previously
described by Anuracpreeda et al. (2016, 2017) with some modification. Adult flukes
were randomly divided into five groups (120 flukes per group). Group 1 was the
negative control, group 2 was treated with 100 µg/ml of ABZ as the positive control,
and group 3-5 were treated with SaCE at each concentration.
Flukes were incubated in culture medium with 5% CO 2 at 37 °C for 24 h
and observed under a stereomicroscope for motility at 3, 6, 12 and 24 h of
incubation times (30 flukes per incubation time). The motility of flukes at each
incubation period was scored using the following criteria (Kiuchi et al. 1987): score 3
= moving the whole body, score 2 = moving only some parts of the body, score 1 =
immobile but not dead, unstained with 1% vital dye, and score 0 = immobile and
dead, stained with vital dye [the vital dye was composed of 1% methylene blue].
The RM value in experimental of flukes was corrected as follows:
RM value = MI test
× 100
MI control
Motility index (MI) = ∑ nN
∑N
n = score, N = number of flukes with the score of n

The survival index (SI) were evaluated by examining worms under a
stereomicroscope, and denoted the percentages of live worms at a given time after
treatment. The scoring system was as follows: score 3, 2, 1 = still alive and score 0 =
dead (immobile and stained with 1% methylene blue).
Survival index (SI) Number of live × 100
flukes Number of all
= flukes
5. Scanning electron microscopy (SEM)
Preparation of parasite specimens for SEM examination was performed
according to the method described by Anuracpreeda et al. (2015). Briefly, adult
parasites were fixed in 2.5% (v/v) glutaraldehyde in 0.1 M sodium cacodylate buffer
(Sigma-Aldrich, USA) containing calcium acetate, pH 7.2, at 4ºC for 2 h. The flukes
were washed three times with the same buffer, and post-fixed in 1% osmium
tetroxide (Sigma-Aldrich) in 0.1 M sodium cacodylate buffer, pH 7.2, at 4ºC for 1 h.
After washing in three changes of distilled water, they were dehydrated through
increasing concentration of ethanol (from 50 to 100%), and dried in a HCP-2 critical
point drying machine (Hitachi, Japan) using liquid carbon dioxide as a transitional
medium for 15 min. Thereafter, the parasites were mounted on aluminum stubs and
coated with gold in an ion-sputtering apparatus (SPI-Model sputter coater; Structure
Probe, USA) for 4 min. Finally, the specimens were observed in a high-resolution
scanning electron microscope (JEOL SEM) operating at 15kV.
Results
1. The effect of motility and survivor of G. crumenifer
As shown in Table 1 and Figure 1 and 2, the motility and survival scores of
G. crumenifer. In the negative control group (0.1% DMSO) showed active movement
of the whole body throughout the finish time of the incubation (RM = 100, SI = 100).
In the positive control group (100 µg/ml of ABZ), flukes showed moderate
antiparasitic activities at 12 h incubation (RM = 77, SI = 100). After 24 h incubation,
the flukes treated with ABZ showed 30% reduction of RM (RM = 70). The parasites
were treated with group of SaCE at 5.0, 7.5 and 10.0 mg/ml, the motility and RM
decreased through the experimental period at rates better than a group of ABZ. In
5.0 mg/ml with SaCE at 3 h, the flukes showed 70% moderate reduction of RM which
were 30. In 7.5 and 10.0 mg/ml of SaCE, RM was rapidly dropped from start to 6 h
(RM = 7, SI = 20; RM = 4, SI = 0), respectively. In 10.0 mg/ml of SaCE, the parasites
ceased to be mobile at 12 h, and most of them took up the vital dye which
indicated that they were killed and dead (RM = 0, SI = 0).
Symposium
2
Table 1 Relative motility (RM) and survival index (SI) for control and G. crumenifer
treated with albendazole (ABZ) and S. alata crude extract (SaCE) at 3, 6, 12 and 24 h
after incubation
RM and SI (%) of worms after in vitro incubation

Group 0h 3h 6h 12 h 24 h
RM SI RM SI RM SI RM SI RM SI
Negative control 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0.1% DMSO
Positive control 100 100 100 100 93 100 77 100 70 90
100 µg/ml of ABZ
SaCE
5.0 mg/ml 100 100 30 50 13 30 10 30 7 0
7.5 mg/ml 100 100 7 20 7 20 3 10 0 0
10.0 mg/ml 100 100 7 10 4 0 0 0 0 0
Figure 1 Relative motility (RM) values of adult G. crumenifer after in vitro incubations
in albendazole (ABZ) and S. alata crude extract (SaCE) at various doses and times.
Figure 2 Survival indices (RM) values of adult G. crumenifer after in vitro incubations
in albendazole (ABZ) and S. alata crude extract (SaCE) at various doses and times.
2. Alterations of tegumental surface as examined by SEM

The control flukes which were incubated for 24 h in the RPMI-1640
medium containing 0.1% DMSO showed normal tegument with no damage of the
surface architecture in all part of the parasite’s body (Figure. 3A). In group of ABZ-
treated with flukes, the tegument surface showed similar to the control group within
24 h after incubation. However, the parasites showed some swollen ridges, wide and
deep grooves of the tegument around the posterior part of the ventral surface
(Figure. 3B).
When examined under SEM, the treated adult G. crumenifer showed the
sequences of tegumental changes after treatment with SaCE. Three-hour post
incubation with 5.0 mg/ml of SaCE, the posterior part of the ventral surface showed
extensive swelling, erosion and large lesion particularly along the posterior sucker
(Figure. 3C). Following 6 h incubation with SaCE at 7.5 mg/ml, the treated flukes
exhibited body deformity, vast erosion and large lesion throughout the ventral
surface of anterior sucker (Figure. 3D). At 24 h incubation 10 mg/ml of SaCE, the
ventral surfaces of the posterior part appeared severe erosion, lesion and disruption
of the basement membrane, and showed extreme deformity and total destruction of
the tegument (Figure. 3E and F).
Symposium
2
Figure 3 SEM micrographs of the adult G. crumenifer treated with 0.1% DMSO (A),
albendazole (ABZ) for 24 h (B), and S. alata crude extract (C-F). (A) The anterior part of
the anterior sucker (As) exhibited normal tegumental surface. (B) The posterior sucker
(Ps) showed swollen surface (Sw) and deep grooves (Dg). (C) At 3 h incubation with 5.0
mg/ml of SaCE, the ventral surface of the posterior sucker (Ps) exhibited erosion (Er)
and large lesion (Le). (D) Following 6 h incubation in SaCE at 7.5 mg/ml, the ventral
surface of anterior sucker (As) showed deformed tegument with vast erosion (Er) and
large lesion (Le). (E and F) The flukes treated with 10 mg/ml of SaCE, the dorsal surface
exhibited severe erosion, lesion and disruption of the basement membrane, and
showed extreme deformity and total destruction of the tegument for 24h.
Discussions
Up to now, the plant extracts can be used as novel alternative sources for their
anthelmintic potential (Geary et al. 2012). Our study is the first report to investigate the
anthelmintic effect of S. alata leaves against adult G. crumenifer by evaluating the
highest mortality, relative motility (RM) value, survival index (SI) and tegumental
surface alterations as observed by SEM. Depending on concentrations, SaCE reduced
motility and showed death of adult flukes as evaluated by the RM values. The RM
values treated with 5.0-10.0 mg/ml of SaCE have been began to clearly decrease
from 3 to 6 h incubation, and complete immobilization (RM = 0) were detected in

the treated with 10.0 mg/ml of SaCE for 12 h. These findings indicated that the crude
extract could kill the parasites and showed 100% mortality at suitable dosages.
Unlike the previous studies, for example, Kundu et al., (2015) who reported that the
leaves of Senna occidentalis (L.) Link showed the highest concentration at 40.0 and
80.0 mg/ml, which killed Hymenolepis diminuta (tape worms) in 20.42±0.21
and 12.82±0.24 h, respectively. In addition, 100.0 mg/ml of alcohol extract from the
leaves of C. alata was investigated for the anthelmintic activity on Pheretima posthuma
and Ascardia galli showing maximum effects against both worms in shortest time of
paralysis (8 and 5min), and death (28 and 29 min), respectively (Anbu et al., 2015).
Moreover, in this study, SEM has been used to investigate the vital tegumental
surface alterations of the parasites. The alterations of parasites’ tegument were
similar to those in adult Fasciola gigantica and Fischoederius cobboldi incubated
with crude extracts Terminalia catappa (Anuracpreeda et al., 2016, 2017), and G.
crumenifer treated with Rhinacanthus nasutus crude extract (Minsakorn et al.,
2019b). These results showed that the tegument was an important organ of the
flukes because it was directly contacted with the crude extract such as SaCE.
Conclusions
This study showed that the ethanol extract of Senna alata leaves (SaCE) can
kill and destroy G. crumenifer. Hence, the SaCE has a potential to be efficacious
natural anthelmintic agent for treatment of paramphistomum.
Suggestions
In the future work, the pure compounds of SaCE could be extracted and
tested for the anthelmintic activity against the parasites.
Acknowledgments
This work was financially supported by Research Grants from Agricultural
Research Development Agency (ARDA), National Research Council of Thailand (NRCT)
and TRF Research Career Development Grant co-funded by The Thailand Research
Fund and Mahidol University to Panat Anuracpreeda.
Symposium
2
References
Anuracpreeda, P., Panyarachun, B., Ngamniyom, A., Tinikul, Y., Chotwiwatthanakun, C.,
Poljaroen, J. and Sobhon, P. (2012). Fischoederius cobboldi: a scanning electron
microscopy investigation of surface morphology of adult rumen fluke.
Experimental Parasitology 130, 400-407.
Anuracpreeda, P., Phutong, S., Ngamniyom, A., Panyarachun, B. and Sobhon, P. (2015).
Surface topography and ultrastructural architecture of the tegument of
adult Carmyerius spatiosus Brandes, 1898. Acta Tropica 143, 18-28.
Anuracpreeda, P., Chankaew, K., Puttarak, P., Koedrith, P., Chawengkirttikul, R., Panyarachun,
B., Ngamniyom, A., Chanchai, S. and Sobhon, P. (2016). The anthelmintic
effects of the ethanol extract of Terminalia catappa L. leaves against the
ruminant gut parasite, Fischoederius cobboldi. Parasitology 143, 421-433.
Anuracpreeda, P., Chawengkirtikul, R., Ngamniyom, A., Panyarachun, B., Puttarak, P.,
Koedrith, P. and Intaratat, N. (2017). The in vitro anthelmintic activity of the
ethanol leaf extracts of Terminalia catappa L. on Fasciola gigantica. Parasitology
144, 1931-1942.
Anbu, J., Murali, A., Sathiya, R., Saraswathy, G.R. and Azamthulla, M. (2015). In vitro
anthelmintic activity of leaf ethanolic extract of Cassia alata and Typha
angustifolia. SASTech Journal 41-44.
Athanasiadou, S., Githiori, J. and Kyriazakis, I. (2007). Medicinal plants for helminth
parasite control: facts and fiction. Animal 1, 1392-1400.
Co, L.L. (1989) Common medicinal plants of the Cordillera Region. Bustamante, Quezon
Cortes-Maramba, N.P. and Saludes, J. (1993) Guidebook on the proper use of
medicinal plants. PCHRD, Manila
De-Padua, L.S., Lugol, G.C. and Pancho, J.V. (1983) Handbook on Philippine medicinal
plants, 3rd edn. University of the Philippines, Los Baños
Geary, T.G., Chibale, K., Abegaz, B., Andrae-Marobela, K. and Ubalijoro, E. (2012). A new
approach for anthelminthic discovery for human. Trends in Parasitology 28, 176-
181.
Hanna, R.E.B., Williamson, D.S., Mattison, R.G. and Nizami, W.A. (1988). Seasonal
reproduction in Paramphistomum epiclitum and Gastrothylax crumenifer,
rumen paramphistomes of the indian water buffalo, and comparison with the
biliary paramphistome Gigantocotyle explanatum. International Journal for
Parasitology 18, 513-521.
Hossain, E., Chandra, G., Nandy, A.P., Mandal, S.C. and Gupta, J.K. (2012). Anthelmintic effect
of a methanol extract of Bombax malabaricum leaves on Paramphistomum
explanatum. Parasitology Research 110, 1097-1102.
Kamaraj, C., Rahuman, A.A., Bagavan, A., Elango, G., Rajakumar, G., Zahir, A.A.,
Marimuthu, S., Santhoshkumar. and Jayaseelan, C. (2010). Evaluation of
medicinal plant extracts against blood-sucking parasites. Parasitology
Research 106, 1403-1422.
Kundu, S., Roy, S., Nandi, S., Ukil, B. and LARISHA, M.L. In vitro anthelmintic effects of
Senna occidentalis (L.) link (Leguminosae) on rat tapeworm Hymenolepis
diminuta.
Kiuchi, F., Miyashita, N., Tsuda, Y., Kondo, K. and Yoshimura, H. (1987). Studies on
crude drugs effective on visceral larva migrans. I. Identiﬁcation of larvicidal
principles in betel nuts. Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin 35, 2880-2886.
Ladion, H. (1985) Healing wonders of herbs. Philippine Publishing House, Manila
Minsakorn, S., Nuplod, K., Puttarak, P., Chawengkirttikul, R., Panyarachun, B.,
Ngamniyom, A., Charoenkul, T., Jaisa-Aad, M., Panyarachun, P. and
Anuracpreeda, P. (2019a). The anthelmintic effects of medicinal plant extracts
against paramphistome parasites, Carmyerius spatiosus. Acta Parasitol. 64, 566-
574.
Minsakorn, S., Nuplod, K., Chawengkirttikul, R., Puttarak, P., Sutjarit, S., and
Anuracpreeda, P. (2019b). The anthelmintic effects of Rhinacanthus
nasutus extract against adult rumen flukes, Gastrothulax crumenifer. In
the Proceeding of the 51th Kasetsart Univarsity Annual Conference (Subject:
Veterinary medicine). Kasetsart Univarsity, Bangkok 235-242.
Moriyama, H., Iizuka, T., Nagai, M., Miyataka, H. and Satoh, T (2003) Antiinflammatory
activity of heat-treated Cassia alata leaf extract and its flavonoid glycoside.
Yakugaku Zasshi 123, 607–611.
Palanichamy, S. and Nagarajan, S (1990) Antifungal activity of Cassia alata leaf
extracts. Journal of ethnopharmacology 29, 337-340
Prabakaran, G. and Pugalvendhan, R. 2009. Antibacterial Activity and Phytochemical
Standardization of Rhinacanthus nasutus (White Crane). Recent Research
in Science and Technology. 1 199-201.
Symposium
3
Prasitirat, P., Nithiuthai, S., Ruengsuk, K., Kitwan, P., Bunmatid, C., Roopan, S. and Itagaki, H.
1997. Efficacy of bithionol sulfoxide, niclosamide and fenbendazole against
natural rumen fluke infection in cattle. Helminthologia 34 155-157.
Rolfe, P.F. and Boray, J.C. 1988. Chemotherapy of paramphistomosis in sheep.
Australian Veterinary Journal 65 148-150.
Somchit, M.N., Reezal, I., Nur E.I. and Mutalib, A.R. (2003) In vitro antimicrobial activity
of ethanol and water extracts of Cassia alata. Journal of Ethnopharmacology
84, 1-4.
Villaseñor, I.M., Canlas, A.P., Pascua, M.P., Sabando, M.N. and Soliven, L.A.P. (2002)
Bioactivity studies on Cassia alata Linn. leaf extracts. Phytotherapy
Research16,93-96
Molecular occurrence of rickettsia and protozoa infections

in naturally infected dogs in Thailand
Napassorn Poolsawat1, Keiichiro Tazawa2, Witchuta Junsiri3, Amaya Watthanadirek4,

Runglawan Chawengkirttikul5, Nitipon Srionrod6, Pacharaporn Khumpim7,
Sutthida Minsakorn8 and Panat Anuracpreeda 1,*
1,4,6,7,9
Institute of Molecular Biosciences, Mahidol University, Salaya Nakhon Pathom 73170, Thailand
2
Worldwide Veterinary services Thailand, 12 Moo 11, Hang Dong, Chiang Mai 50230,Thailand
3,
8 Faculty of Veterinary Technology, Kasetsart University, Bangkok 10900, Thailand
5
Department of Microbiology, Faculty of Science, Mahidol University, Rama VI Road, Bangkok 10400, Thailand
9 Corresponding author, e-mail: panat.anu@mahidol.edu
Abstract
Rickettsia infections, including anaplasmosis caused by Anaplasma platys and
ehrlichiosis caused by Ehrlichia canis, and protozoa infection such as hepatozoonosis
caused by Hepatozoon canis. These are the important diseases that are easily
transmitted by tick which caused severity to death in dogs. The prevalence of these
rickettsia and protozoa infections occurring worldwide with a higher incidence in
tropical and and subtropical areas (Sainz et al., 2015).
The gold standard for detection is thin blood smear microscopic examination.
However, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) assay is another detection technique
increasing the sensitivity and specificity of test.
In this study, 50 and 100 EDTA blood samples were collected from dogs in
Nakhon Pathom and Chiang Mai provinces, respectively. For microscopic examination
and nested PCR assay 100 samples from Chiang Mai province showed that the
occurrence of infection was 2.0%, 4.0% and 4.0% (for microscopic examination), and
19.0%, 8.0% and 0% (for nested PCR) for A. platys, E. canis and H .canis, respectively.
In addition, 50 samples from Nakhon Pathom province revealed that the occurrence
of infection was 6.0% 12.0% and 0% (for microscopic examination) and 16.0%, 16.0%
and 0% (for nested PCR) for A. platys, E. canis and H .canis, respectively.
Hence, this study is the first report of blood rickettsia and protozoa infections
in both Northern and Central areas using nested PCR for rickettsia and protozoa
detections increasing the sensitivity and specificity of detection.
Keyword: Anaplasma platys, Ehrlichia canis, Hepatozoon Canis, nested polymerase

chain reaction, canine, rickettsia, protozoa
Symposium
3
Introduction
Rickettsia infections include anaplasmosis caused by Anaplasma platys and
ehrlichiosis caused by Ehrlichia canis, and protozoa infection such as hepatozoonosis
caused by Hepatozoon canis. These diseases had been distributed worldwide in
tropical and subtropical regions. These are the important diseases in dogs that were
easily transmitted by tick. It caused anemia, thrombocytopenia and autoimmune
disease leading to death in many dogs in Thailand.
The current method for diagnosis of canine blood parasite is based on direct
microscopic detection of the organisms using Giemsa-stained blood smears. However
due to the low parasitemia in animals, this method is not recommended for the
detection of subclinical animals or carriers and causing miss-diagnosis in some
animals and caused death. Hence, PCR should be used for detection of rickettsia and
protozoa infections.
Objectives
1. To screen Anaplasma platys, Ehrlichia canis and Hepatozoon canis in
naturally infected dogs in Chiang Mai and Nakhon Pathom provinces, Thailand.
2. To compare rickettsia and protozoa detection methods between of
nested PCR and routine blood smear for the detection of Anaplasma platys, Ehrlichia
canis and Hepatozoon canis in naturally infected dogs in Chiang Mai and Nakhon Pathom
provinces, Thailand.
Literature Review
The genus Anaplasma belong to the Procaryota kingdom, the family
Anaplasmataceae, which are obligate intracellular organisms, gram-negative bacteria
vectored by Rhipicephalus sanguineus (brown dog ticks) (Sainz et al., 2015). This
bacteria cause anaplasmosis disease in dogs which are infected in dog’s platelet and
caused thrombocytopenia, epistaxis and hemorrhage. Ehrlichia canis (E. canis) are
obligate intracellular organisms, gram-negative bacteria infecting in dogs that caused
canine monocytotropic ehrlichiosis (CME) by invading and replicating in dog’s
monocytes and macrophages. It is one of important disease that found in South East
Asia and also in Thailand. Ehrlichiosis is a tick-borne disease transmitted by R.
sanguineus. The prevalence of E. canis infection in Thailand was 3.9% from 181 stray
dogs ( Liu et al., 2016). Clinical signs in dogs included high fever, lethargy, anemia,
thrombocytopenia, epistaxis, petechial hemorrhage, jaundice and often death. In

addition, the establishment of E. canis concurrent infections in reservoir hosts was
likely to increase the risk of pathogen transmission among wildlife, domestic animals,
and humans. In addition, hepatozoonosis is a disease caused by Hepatozoon canis
protozoa infection in dog. The prevalence of H. canis infection was found in Africa,
Southern Europe, South America, Asia including Thailand (Baneth, 2011). This protozoa
was transmitted by ingestion of the R. sanguineus containing protozoa mature oocyst.
When it infected to leucocyte, severe cardiac and skeletal muscle infection (myositis)
were occurred. In addition, this can cause severe disease that often results in death
(Valenciano, 2014). Even though, diagnosis method for E. canis A. platys and H. canis
infections is direct microscopic detection of the organisms in Giemsa-stained blood
smears; however, this method is require microscopic expertise and diagnosis can be
missed in low parasitemia dogs (Aktas et al., 2015). Therefore, PCR assay is one of
detection method that can detect parasite infection in low parasitemia level with
higher sensitivity and specificity. For instance, Babesia gibsoni in dog’s blood samples
was detected by PCR with enough sensitivity to detect parasite DNA from 25 microliter
which had parasitemia of 0.000002% (Fukumoto et al., 2001)
Study areas and sample collection
This study was conducted on June 2017 to January 2019; 100 blood samples
randomly taken from free roaming dogs have been provided by Worldwide
Veterinary Services (WVS) care for dogs foundation in Chiang Mai province. Fifty blood
samples taken from free roaming dogs have also been provided by at rebuilding the
Symposium
3
Phuttamonthon (Dog island) shelter in Nakhon Pathom province. Three milliter of
blood samples were collected into ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) tubes (BD
Vacutainer®, USA) and kept on ice during transport to laboratory. Two microliter of
blood samples were performed for blood smear and the remaining samples were
stored at -20ºC for DNA extraction.
Chiang Mai
Nakhon Pathom
Figure 1 Study areas consist of Chiang Mai and Nakhon Pathom provinces.
Thin blood smears

Two microliter of blood samples were smeared on clean glass slide by
spreader slide. Blood smear slides were dry, fixed with methanol for 1 min and
stained in Giemsa stain for 20 min. The slides were rinsed with tap water, air-dried
and examined using a 100× oil immersion objective lens at least 100 fields of view.
DNA extraction and nested PCR amplification

Genomic DNA of A. platys, E. canis and H. canis was extracted from 250 µl
blood samples of dogs by Tissue DNA Extraction Kit (OMEGA, bio-tex, USA) following
the manufacturer’s instructions. The DNA samples were eluted in 50 µl MiliQ water
and stored at -20 °C until used. DNA purity and concentration were determined by
using NanoDrop™ 2000 Spectrophotometers (Thermo Scientific™) at the 260/280 and
260/230 ratios. A. platys and E. canis were amplified to detect 16s rRNA gene of
bacteria by nested PCR using 2 pairs of specific primers. In the first step of
amplification, universal primers for rickettsia (F 5´ AGA-ACG-AAC-GCT-GGC-GGC-AAG-CC 3

´, R 5´ CGT-ATT-ACC-GCG-GCT-GCT-GGC-A 3´) were used. In the second step, the
specific primer: PLATYS F 5´ TTT-GTC-GTA-GCT-TGC-TAT-G 3´ and GA1U R 5´ GAG-TTT-
GCC-GGG-ACT-TCT-TCT 3´ were used for A. platys and CANIS 5´ CAA-TTA-TTT-ATA-
GCC-TCT-GGC-TAT-AGG-A 3´ and HE3 5´ TAT-AGG-TAC-CGT-CAT-TAT-CTT-CCC-TAT
3´were used for E. canis (Piratae et al., 2019) For H. canis detection, HCF 5´-ATA-CAT-
GAG-CAA-AAT-CTC-AAC-3´ and HCR 5´-CTT-ATT-ATT-CCA-TGC-TGC-AG-3´ were used to
detect 18srRNA gene (Otranto et al., 2011)
PCR reactions containing approximately 50 ng of DNA template, 0.2 µM each
of the primers, 200 µM of each deoxynucleoside triphosphate (dNTPs), 1x standard
Taq reaction buffer, nuclease free water and 1.25 U Taq DNA polymerase (BioLabs®,
USA), were performed in a thermal cycler (Bio-Rad, USA) with the following
conditions: 35 cycles of denaturation at 95ºC for 45 sec, annealing at 60ºC and 63ºC
for the 1st and 2nd steps of A. platys, annealing at 60ºC and 53ºC for the 1st and 2nd
steps of E. canis, annealing at 43ºC of H. canis for 45 sec, extension at 72ºC for 90
sec and final extension at 72ºC for 5 min. The PCR products were stained with
FluoroStainTM DNA Fluorescent Staining Dye (SMOBIO, Taiwan) and analysed by gel
electrophoresis using 1.2 % agarose gels.
Results
Blood smears
Of the 100 blood samples from Chiang Mai province, 2.0% (2 dogs), 4.0% (4
dogs) and 3.0% (3 dogs) were observed as positive for A. platys, E. canis and H. canis,
respectively. Of the 50 blood samples from Nakhon Pathom, 6.0% (3 dogs), 12% (6
dogs) and 0% were observed as positive for A. platys, E. canis and H. canis,
respectively (Figure. 2 A-D and Table 1).
Symposium
3
Figure. 2 Microscopic examination from dog’s thin blood smear. (A) Uninfected dog
with normal platelets and monocyte. (B) A. platyst morulae in infected platelets
(arrow). (C) E. canis morulae in infected monocyte (arrow). (D) Intracytoplasmatic
ellipsoidal-shaped gamont of H. canis infected in neutrophil (arrow).
Table 1 Summary of rickettsia and protozoa infection in dogs from the Northern and
Central regions
Positive samples/ no. of tested animals (%)

Parameters Thin blood smear PCR
Ap Ec Hc Ap Ec Hc
Provinces
Chiang Mai 2/100 4/100 3/100 19/100 8/100 4/100
(2.0%) (4.0%) (3.0%) (19.0%) (8.0%) (4.0%)
Nakhon Pathom 3/50 6/50 0/50 8/50 8/50 0/50
(6.0%) (12.0%) 0% (16.0%) (16.0%) (0%)
Total 5/150 10/150 3/150 27/150 16/150 4/150
(3.33%) (6.67%) (2.0%) (18.0%) (10.67%) (2.67%)
Table 1 Summary of rickettsia and protozoa infection in dogs from the Northern and
Central regions
Positive samples/ no. of tested animals (%)

Parameters Thin blood smear PCR
Ap Ec Hc Ap Ec Hc
Breed
Native 2/10 3/10 0/10 3/10 4/10 0/10
(20.0%) (30%) (0.0%) (30.0%) (40.0%) (0%)
Mixed 3/140 7/140 3/140 14/140 12/140 4/150
(2.14%) (5.0 %) (2.14 %) (10.0%) (8.57%) (2.67%)
Total 5/150 10/150 3/150 27/150 16/150 4/150
(3.33%) (6.67%) (2.0%) (18.0%) (10.67%) (2.67%)
Gender
Male 0/82 4/82 0/82 16/82 6/82 1/82
(0.0%) (4.87%) (0.0%) (19.51%) (7.317%) (1.22%)
Female 5/68 6/68 3/68 11/68 10/68 3/68
(7.35%) (8.82%) (4.41%) (16.18%) (14.70%) (4.41%)
Total 5/150 10/150 3/150 27/150 16/150 4/150
(3.33%) (3.0%) (2.0%) (18.0%) (10.67%) (2.67%)
Note: Ap, Anaplasma platys; Ec, Ehrlichia canis and Hc, Hepatozoon canis
PCR assay
The size of PCR products, of A. platys, E. canis and H. canis were 373 bp, 356
bp and 633 bp, respectively (Figure. 3). Of the 100 blood samples from Chiang Mai
province, 19.0% (19 dogs), 8.0% (8 dogs) and 4.0% (4 dogs) were observed as positive
for A. platys, E. canis and H. canis, respectively (Table 1). In addition, 50 blood
samples from Nakhon Pathom 16.0% (8 dogs), 16.0% (8 dogs) and 0% were observed
as positive for A. platys, E. canis and H. canis, respectively (Table 1).
Symposium
3
Figure. 3 PCR assay showing A. platys-infected sample (lane 1), A. platys negative
control (lane 2), E. canis-infected sample (lane 3), E. canis negative control (lane 4),
H. canis-infected sample (lane 5) and H. canis negative control (lane 6).
Discussion
Microscopic examination of blood smear are the gold standard that used to
detect dog blood parasites. This study revealed that microscopic examination
showed some false negative samples when compared with PCR results. In addition,
due to the low parasitemia in animals or impractical of examiner, this method is not
recommended for the detection of subclinical animals or carriers and causing miss
diagnosis in some animals and caused death. Hence, molecular detection of blood
parasite infection are more accurate than microscopic examination and used to
detect the low parasitemia in dogs. In this study, nested PCR has been used to
increase the sensitivity and specificity of PCR reaction in detection of rickettsia which
are A. platys and E. canis, by reducing the non-specific binding template. Moreover,
this study is the first report in dogs in Northern region compared with Central region
which showed the variability of infection rate. In previous studies, the prevalence of
blood parasite infection in Northeasthern region such as Buriram province, was 30.6%
(15/49) of A. platys, 36.73% (18/49) of E. canis and 4.08% (2/49) of H. canis
(Rucksaken et al., 2019). In Kalasin province, The infection rate was to be 29.4% of A.
platys and 25% of E. canis (Piratae et al., 2019). In Mahasarakam province,
Piratae et al. (2015) showed the prevalence of infection that was to be 21.5% (17/79)
of E. canis and 10.1 % (8/79) of H. canis. These findings presented the prevalence
rate rather than that in our study. The results indicate that different habitat areas and
a number of ticks may be the external variable factors for transmission of disease
resulting in different infection rate. Moreover, PCR technique may be causes in the
different number of positive results. In addition, the results in the present study are
similar to the results reported by Liu et al. (2016) who revealed that the occurrence
of parasite infection in dogs in Songkla province was 3.3%, 1.1% and 8.8% of A.
platys, E. canis and H. canis, respectively. From these results, the prevalence of A.
platys, E. canis and H. canis infections has been found in all regions of Thailand
especially in Northeasthern region followed by Central, Northern and Southern
regions. Even though PCR gives higher sensitivity and specificity for blood parasite
detection in dogs, time consuming and cost are still limited so far.
Conclusions
This study is the first time to provide information on the microscopic
examination and molecular occurrence of rickettsia (A. platys and E. canis) and
protozoa (H. canis) in dogs in Chiang Mai and Nakhon Pathom provinces. The results
showed that PCR is an effective method for definitive diagnosis of rickettsia and
protozoa infections in dogs to overcome the low parasitemia infection.
Suggestions
Molecular genetic diversity and phylogenetic analysis could be studied in the
future work.
Acknowledgment
This work was financially supported by Research Grants from Agricultural
Research Development Agency (ARDA), National Research Council of Thailand (NRCT)
and TRF Research Career Development Grant co-funded by The Thailand Research
Fund and Mahidol University to Panat Anuracpreeda, and Research Grant from Royal
Golden Jubilee Ph.D. (RGJ-PHD) Scholarship [grant number PHD/0055/2561] to
Napassorn Poolsawat.
Symposium
4
References
Aktas, M., Özübek, S., Alta,y K., Ipek, S., Balkaya. İ., Utuk, E., Kırbas, A., Şimsek, S. and
Dumanlı, N. (2015). Molecular detection of tick-borne rickettsial and protozoan
pathogens in domestic dogs from Turkey. Parasites & vectors, 8, 1-6.
Baneth, G. (2011). Perspectives on canine and feline hepatozoonosis. Veterinary
Parasitology, 181(1), 3-11.
Fukumoto, S., Xuan, X., Shigeno, S., Kimbita, E., Igarashi, I., Nagasawa, H., Fujisaki, K.,
and Mikami, T. (2001). Development of a polymerase chain reaction method
for diagnosing Babesia gibsoni infection in dogs. Journal of Veterinary Medical
Science, 63(9), 977-81.
Liu, M., Ruttayaporn M., Saechan V., Jirapattharasate, C., Moumouni, P., Cao, S. Inpankaew,
T., Ybañez, A., Suzuki, H. and Xuan, X. (2016). Molecular survey of canine vector-
borne diseases in stray dogs in Thailand. Parasitology International, 65(4), 357-61.
Otranto, D., Dantas, F. and Weigl, S. (2011). Diagnosis of Hepatozoon canis in young
dogs by cytology and PCR. Parasites & vectors, 4, 55
Piratae, S., Pimpjong, K., Vaisusuk, K and Chatan, W. (2015). Molecular detection of
Ehrlichia canis, Hepatozoon canis and Babesia canis vogeli in stray dogs in
Mahasarakham province, Thailand. Annals of Parasitology, 61(3), 183-7.
Piratae, S., Senawong, P., Chalermchat, P., Harnarsa, W. and Sae-Chue, B. (2019).
Molecular evidence of Ehrlichia canis and Anaplasma platys and the
association of infections with hematological responses in naturally infected
dogs in Kalasin, Thailand. Veterinary world, 12(1), 131-135.
Rucksaken, R., Maneeruttanarungroj, C., Maswanna, T., Sussadee, M. and Kanbutra, P.
(2019). Comparison of conventional polymerase chain reaction and routine
blood smear for the detection of Babesia canis, Hepatozoon canis, Ehrlichia
canis, and Anaplasma platys in Buriram Province, Thailand. Veterinary world,
12(5), 700-705.
Sainz, Á., Roura, X., Miró, G., Estrada-Peña, A., Kohn, B., Harrus, S. and Solano-Gallego,
L. (2015). Guideline for veterinary practitioners on canine ehrlichiosis and
anaplasmosis in Europe. Parasites & vectors, 8, 75.
Valenciano, A. (2014). Hepatozoon canis, Atlas of Canine and Feline Peripheral
Blood Smears (Small Animal Laboratory Essentials) 1st Edition, p. 165
(online) https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/immunologyandmicrobiology/
hepatozoon-canis.
Symposium
4
Assessment of the battery aging parameters affect on maximum

capacity using battery dynamic model analysis
Nitikorn Junhuathon1, Promphak Boonraksa2 and Udoum Chhor3

1Faculty of Electric Engineering, Bangkok Thonburi University, Tel: 091-8866680
2Faculty of Electric Engineering, Bangkok Thonburi University, Tel: 095-3611555
3Faculty of Electrical Engineering, National Polytechnic Institute of Cambodia, Phnom Penh, 12000, Cambodia.
1e-mail : Nitikorn.ju@gmail.com, 2e-mail : promphak.dawan@gmail.com, 3e-mail : udoum.chh@gmail.com
Abstract
Nowadays, the battery is very useful for new technologies such as micro-grid,
electric vehicles, etc.al cause the impacts on the aging of batteries are popularly
interesting. Therefore, this paper proposes the assessment of the battery aging
parameters using battery dynamic model analysis to validate the impact of each
parameter consisted of the depth of discharge, charge and discharge current, temperature.
All of the simulations were simulated by MATLAB/Simulink. The simulation results
show the parameter the most impact aging parameters are discharge current and
temperature. And the temperature is one of the keys to increasing the life span of
battery if the battery can be maintained in the suitable point.
Keywords: battery aging parameter, battery life assessment and battery dynamic model
Introduction
Currently, there are many technological systems developed. Especially electrical
technology such as electric cars, renewable energy systems Micro grid system or smart
grid system etc. The mentioned technology group mentioned All batteries are important
components for energy storage for use in any times. battery usage characteristics affect
the performance and service life of the battery. The deterioration of the battery life
is needed due to the deterioration of the battery performance too low to use cause
batteries must be changed but the cost of changing the battery is quite high. Therefore,
considering the aging parameters of the battery to be adapted to suit the usage method
is interesting. Factors that affect the battery's renewal and battery capacity include
Amount of current while accumulating charge Amount of current while discharging
Amount of depth in charge formation And the temperature of the battery [1]-[4].
Therefore, this study presents an evaluation of the impact of factors that

affect the life of the battery and the maximum capacity of the battery by considering
the factors that affect the said. To identify the factors that affect the performance of
the battery.
Objectives
1. To assess battery aging parameters
2. To compare the impacts of aging parameters
Aging Parameters of Battery

In this paper, four aging parameters of the battery were considered consisted
of discharge and charge model that depends on temperature and DoD. All of the
aging parameters were described in this section.
Discharge and charge model
Discharge model depend on battery current(i), extracted capacity(it), low
frequency current(i*), internal temperature(T), ambient temperature(Ta) following
equation 1.
Q(Ta )
*
Dis(it, i , i, T, T )  E (T)  K *
 (i  it)  Aexp( Bit)  Cit (1)
(T) 
a Q(Ta ) 
it
Charge model
Charge model depend on battery current(i), extracted capacity(it), low
frequency current(i*), internal temperature(T), ambient temperature(Ta) following
equation 2.
Dis(it, i*, i, T, T )  E (T)  K Q(Ta i*  K (T) Q(Ta it  Aexp(Bit)  Cit
(T)  a )  )
0.1 Q(Ta )  it Q(Ta ) 
it (2)
Where E0 is constant voltage (V K is polarization constant (Ah−1), Q is maximum
battery capacity (Ah) A is exponential voltage (V), B is the exponential capacity (Ah−1)
,Tref is the nominal ambient temperature (K), C is nominal discharge curve slope
(V/Ah). For lithium-ion batteries with less pronounced discharge curves (such as
lithium iron phosphate batteries), this parameter is set to zero [5]-[8].
Symposium
4
Depth of Discharge
A lead-acid battery is chosen to store energy in the hybrid system. The
battery DoD value is related to the stored energy in the battery which is expressed as
CP
DoD 
CR (3)
Where CP is the Peukert capacity, CR is the capacity of the battery.

Aging effect
For the lithium-ion battery, the impact of aging (due to cycling) on the battery
capacity and internal resistance is represented by these equations
QBOL   (n)  (QBOL  QEOL ) ;if (k / 2  0)

Q(n)   (4)
 Q(n1) ; else
RBOL   (n)  (REOL  RBOL ) ;if (k / 2  0)

R(n)   (5)
 Q(n1) ; else
Where Th is a half-cycle period (s). A full cycle is obtained when the battery is
discharged and charged or conversely, QBOL is maximum capacity of battery in Ah, at
the beginning of life (BOL), nominal ambient temperature, EOL is battery maximum
capacity in Ah at the end of life (EOL), nominal ambient temperature, RBOL is battery
internal resistance in ohms at the BOL, nominal ambient temperature, REOL is battery
internal resistance in ohms at the EOL, nominal ambient temperature, ε is battery
aging factor depend on DoD. And The battery aging factor (ε) is expressed as
equation 6
 0.5 DoD(n  2)  DoD(n)
 (n1)  (2  ) ;if (k / 2  0)
e(n)  N (n1) DoD(n 1)
 
  (n1) ; else

(5)
Where N is the maximum number of cycles.
Simulation Model and Results

The simulation model of assessment aging parameters of battery consisted of
discharge model, charge model, temperature and DoD. The battery life and battery
capacity depended on aging parameters mentioned. The simulation diagram is shown
in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Simulation Model
In this study, the parameters besides aging parameters were kept constant as
follows Battery type is Lithium-Ion, nominal voltage 12.6 V, rated capacity 40 Ah,
initial state-of-charge is 100 %, battery response time 90 s, cut-off voltage is 10.5, full
charge voltage is 13.8 V, nominal discharge current is 20 A, internal resistance 0.015
Ohms.
After simulated, the simulation results show in Figure 2. At the beginning (0 s
to 0.7 x 106 s), maximum capacity are steady decreased until the temperature slightly
increase. At the second stage (0.7 x 106 s to 1.44 x 106 s), SoC decreased too much
(DoD increased) cause the rate of reduction of capacity were increased. At the third
stage (1.44 x 106 s to 2.16 x 106 s), the all of aging parameter was on nominal stage
cause the rate of reduction of capacity were reduced to the nominal point same as
the first stage. At the fourth stage (2.16 x 106 s to 2.88 x 106 s), the discharge current
of battery was highest cause cell temperature was increased and rate of reduction of
capacity were the most increased for this study. At the last stage (2.88 x 10 6 s to
end), the all of aging parameter was on nominal stage cause the rate of reduction of
Symposium
4
capacity were reduced to the nominal point same as the first stage and the third
stage.
From all of the simulation results, the discussion can be described that the
most aging parameter that effect to the maximum capacity is the highest discharge
current that cause temperature of cell was increased too much and fastest reduced
maximum capacity of battery.
Figure 2. Simulation results
Conclusion
this paper proposes the assessment of the battery aging parameters using
battery dynamic model analysis to validate the impact of each parameter consisted
of depth of discharge, charge and discharge current, temperature. All of simulations
were simulated by MATLAB/Simulink. The simulation results show the most aging
parameter that effect to the maximum capacity is the highest discharge current that
cause temperature of cell was increased too much and fastest reduced maximum
capacity of battery. And temperature is the one of keys to increase life span of
battery if the battery can be maintain in the suitable point.
Reference
[1] Kanapady, R., Kyle, K. Y., & Lee, J. (2017). Battery life estimation model
and analysis for electronic buses with auxiliary energy storage systems.
2017 IEEE Applied Power Electronics Conference and Exposition (APEC).
[2] Nute, H., Strickland, D., & Abedi-Varnosfaderani, M. (2018). A study of different
loss of life based calculations on batteries operating in enhanced
frequency response. 2018 53rd International Universities Power Engineering
Conference (UPEC).
[3] Wu, C.-Y., Ke, C.-H., Chang, C.-L., & Chiou, Z.-Y. (2018). Useful life
characteristics of a LiFePO4 battery for estimating state of battery health. 2018
IEEE International Conference on Applied System Invention (ICASI).
[4] Wirasanti, P., Srirattanawichaikul, W., & Premrudeepreechacham, S. (2018).
Online SoC and Battery Life Estimation: Results from Filed Test of
Electric Bus Transit. 2018 21st International Conference on Electrical
Machines and Systems (ICEMS).
[5] Omar N., M. A. Monem, Y. Firouz, J. Salminen, J. Smekens, O. Hegazy, H. Gaulous,
G. Mulder, P. Van den Bossche, T. Coosemans, and J. Van Mierlo. “Lithium
iron phosphate based battery — Assessment of the aging parameters and
development of cycle life model.” Applied Energy, Vol. 113, January 2014,
pp. 1575–1585.
[6] Saw, L.H., K. Somasundaram, Y. Ye, and A.A.O. Tay, “Electro-thermal
analysis of Lithium Iron Phosphate battery for electric vehicles.” Journal of
Power Sources. Vol. 249, pp. 231–238.
[7] Tremblay, O., L.-A. Dessaint, "Experimental Validation of a Battery Dynamic
Model for EV Applications." World Electric Vehicle Journal. Vol. 3, May 13–16, 2009.
[8]Zhu, C., X. Li, L. Song, and L. Xiang, “Development of a theoretically based
thermal model for lithium ion battery pack.” Journal of Power Sources. Vol.
223, pp. 155–164.
Symposium
5
Short-Term Forecasting Model for Photovoltaic Generation

Systems Using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System
Hussein Swalehe1, Promphak Boonraksa2 and Terapong Boonraksa3
1Tanzania Electric Supply Company Limited,Dar es salaam,Tanzania,Tel. +255 684 475 006
2 ElectricalEngineering Faculty Electrical Engineering Bangkokthonburi University, Tel +66953611555
3 School of Electrical Engineering, Rajamangala University of Technology Rattanakosin, Tel. +6633345771
1e-mail: Promphak.dawan@gmail.com
Abstract
Solar energy is more important nowadays because it can convert energy from solar
energy into electrical energy. This paper presents the Short-Term Forecasting Model for
Photovoltaic Generation Systems using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System. By using
the data of the solar power generation system in the area of Nakhon Ratchasima Province
as a case study. The forecasting results show that the model can predict the PV power
with the MAPE of 1.4642% and R-Squared of 0.995, it shows that the forecast results are
very accurate. The power forecasting of a solar power generation system is very important
for system installation investment analysis. The precise predictions will be useful for solar
energy investors.
Keywords: Short-Term Forecasting, Photovoltaic Generation Systems, ANFIS
Introduction
Solar energy is natural energy and is clean, pollution-free energy, which is
currently being used all over the world. It is a high potential renewable energy that
can be used indefinitely, especially the use of solar energy to generate electricity.
Which can increase the stability of the power distribution systems in Thailand and
also help reduce global warming. Thailand has the potential in the field of solar
energy. Especially in the south and north of the northeast region of Udon Thani and
some areas in the central region. Approximately 14.3% of the country receives
around 19-20 MJ/m2/day, while 50% of the country receives around 18-19
MJ/m2/day. Solar energy in Thailand has a goal of 6,000 MW by 2036 [1], [2].
Currently, many researchers are studying the power forecast of photovoltaic
power generation systems. Which is important for the analysis of sufficient energy
production with the load. Jahanbani and Riahy, studying the appropriate design of a
renewable energy systems. By creating a system component model and reliability

evaluation using particle swarm optimization (PSO) techniques [3]. Integrated power
prediction is proposed by combining PSO and Adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference system
(ANFIS) to predict photovoltaic energy, which the PSO was used to optimize the
ANFIS parameters [4]. A comparison of the efficiency of the 2 4 hours advance
forecast using artificial neural networks (ANN) is grouped to distinguish sunlight from
cloudy days. Cloudy days, the forecasting efficiency of both methods will decrease
[5]. Comparison of the main features of the artificial neural network using the hybrid
method is presented. Influence of different data set elements that affect the
predicted results [6].
Many researchers have studied the power forecasting efficiency of the solar
power generation system, which has been proposed in many ways. ANFIS is one of
many interesting methods due to its powerful predictions. Therefore, this paper
presented the Short-Term Forecasting Model for Photovoltaic Generation Systems
using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System. By using the electricity production
data of solar power plants as input for 1 month in January. After that, analyze the
power forecast results using MAPE and R-Squared values as an index of accuracy.
Objectives
This research was studied the Short-Term forecasting for photovoltaic generation
systems using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System (ANFIS)
Literature Review
1. Jahanbani and Riahy, studying the appropriate design of a renewable
energy systems. By creating a system component model and reliability evaluation
using particle swarm optimization (PSO) techniques.
2. Nespoli et.al., study a comparison of the efficiency of the 24 hours advance
forecast using artificial neural networks (ANN) is grouped to distinguish sunlight from
cloudy days. Cloudy days, the forecasting efficiency of both methods will decrease.
3.Pitalúa-Díaz et. al., study power prediction using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy
Inference System (ANFIS) Multiple Linear Regression (MLR) and Gradient Descent
Optimization (GDO) were applied as statistical methods to index accuracy. The results
of MLR is 6.9% for Sonora and 1.9% for Mexico City [9].
Symposium
5
1. This paper uses solar cell power generation system data in Nakhon
Ratchasima province with power of 14 MW as a case study.
2.This research applies the Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System (ANFIS)
method for predicting electric power.
1. Forecasting
Renewable Energy Forecast is a system for forecasting electricity generated
from renewable energy plants. Which evaluates the electricity production potential
of different types of renewable power plants during the interested period. The
forecasting is based on data from the changing nature of natural factors from the
installed measurement systems and various electrical data at that time. The data
center's processing system predicts electricity production from the existing renewable
energy power plants and sends it to the control center for capacity management.
The concept of electricity forecasting produced from renewable energy from solar
energy uses three components: wind speed, temperature, and solar intensity. Solar
energy values can be predicted using tools such as Geographic Information System
(GIS), Artificial Intelligence (AI) or satellite data analysis. Short-term forecasts can be
predicted in the next 7 days, which will be useful to the electricity network
controller. Which can be a supporting information for decisions related to the
planning and control of the electricity network system [7].
2. Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System (ANFIS)
Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems is an adaptive network based on the
framework of system adaptation, deduced by Fuzzy [8]. The fuzzy inference system
under consideration has 2 inputs (x) and (y) and 1 output (f) as shown in Figure 1.
Layer 1 Layer 4
Inputs
Layer 2 Layer 3
xy
Layer 5
A1
x w’1 w’1f1 Output
w1
∏ N
A2 ∑ f
B1 N w’2f2
∏ w’2
y w2
B2 xy
Figure 1 Structure of ANFIS

3. Accuracy of forecast results

The accuracy of the PV power forecast refers to how much the model's
predictions differ from the actual values. If the forecasting results have few
differences, then the model is highly accurate and reliable. There are many methods
used to accurately indicators of PV power predictions result. In this paper, we will
present only 2 indicators which are the Mean Absolute Percentage Error (MAPE) and R-
Squared value.
MAPE is the square mean of predictive error. Which can be calculated
according to Equation 1, where At is the actual power value measured by the PV
systems, Bt is the power value predicted by the ANFIS model and n is the total
amount of data.
1 n
A B (1)

MAPE(%)
 t t
100
n t At
1
R-Squared is a statistic used to measure mathematical models about how

they fit data. It is known in another sense as Coefficient of Determination or
Coefficient of Determination Coefficient of Multiple Determination for Multiple
Regression. The definition of R-Squared is the percentage of the variable response
that can be explained in this linear model or R-Squared = Power forecast – Mean
training power/ Training power - Mean training power [8] which can be written as
Equation (2).
n
2
R  Squared  
t
(B  t1
n
(2)
( A  A ) t 1
t
2
This research uses data for input to the predictive model, namely solar
intensity and temperature of solar panels. Using January data as input which shows
the solar intensity as shown in figure 2. After that, the data is input into the ANFIS
model with 2 inputs and 1 output and provides the actual power from the
photovoltaic power generation system as the training data. In this research, the
MATLAB program will be used as a tool for simulation.
Symposium
5
1.2
0.8
Solar Irradiation
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Days
Figure 2 Solar intensity
Results and Discussions

The PV power forecasting results as shown in Figure 3, which shows the
prediction results which are very similar. The accuracy analysis by comparing with
training power shows that the power error occurred which has 1.183 kW as shown in
Figure 4. R-Squared is used for the analysis of the equation between the power
predicted results and the training power values as shown in Figure 5.
14000
Training Power
Forecast Power
12000
10000
8000
Power
6000
4000
2000
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Days
Figure 3 Forecast power using ANFIS method

1400
Error Power
1200
1000
800
Error Power
600
400
200
-200
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Days
Figure 4 Error of forecast power
Linear Regression
14000
12000
10000
8000
Training
6000
4000
2000
0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000
Forecast Power
Figure 5 Linear regression of the PV power forecasting
Table 1: PV power forecasting results using the ANFIS method
Errortotal MAPE (%) R-Squared

128.772 kW 1.4642 0.995
Table 1 shows the results of the PV power forecast using the ANFIS method
showing that the total power error of 128.772 kW, the MAPE 1.4642% and the R-
Symposium
5
Squared 0.995. The low of MAPE shows the accuracy of the power prediction model.
In particular, the R-Squared value approaching 1 shows the model's reliability.
Conclusion
This article presents short-term power projections for photovoltaic power
generation systems. By using the ANFIS forecasting model. The solar intensity and the
PV power data are used as input and training. The results show that the model's
performance is very accurate which has only 1.4642 % of MAPE. This model can be
used for forecasting both electrical systems and other research. The power forecasting
of a solar power generation system is very important for system installation investment
analysis. The precise predictions will be useful for solar energy investors.
Reference
[1] Areas with solar power potential, Retrieved from
http://weben.dede.go.th/webmax/ content/areas-solar-power-potential.
[2] Dawan, P., Sriprapha, K., Kittisontirak, S., Boonraksa, T., Junhuathon, N.,
Titiroongruang, W., & Niemcharoen, S. (2020). Comparison of Power Output
Forecasting on the Photovoltaic System Using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference
Systems and Particle Swarm Optimization-Artificial Neural Network Model.
Energies, 13(2), 351. doi: 10.3390/en13020351.
[3] Jahanbani, F., & H., G. (2011). Optimum Design of a Hybrid Renewable
Energy System. Renewable Energy - Trends and Applications. doi:
10.5772/27085
[4] Li, H., Eseye, A. T., Zhang, J., & Zheng, D. (2017). A Double-Stage Hierarchical
Hybrid PSO-ANFIS Model for Short-Term Wind Power Forecasting. 2017
Ninth Annual IEEE Green Technologies Conference (GreenTech). doi:
10.1109/greentech. 2017.56.
[5] Nespoli, A., Ogliari, E., Leva, S., Pavan, A. M., Mellit, A., Lughi, V., & Dolara, A. (2019).
Day-Ahead Photovoltaic Forecasting: A Comparison of the Most Effective
Techniques. Energies, 12(9), 1621. doi: 10.3390/en12091621.
[6] Dolara, A., Grimaccia, F., Leva, S., Mussetta, M., & Ogliari, E. (2018). Comparison
of Training Approaches for Photovoltaic Forecasts by Means of Machine Learning.
Applied Sciences, 8(2), 228. doi: 10.3390/app8020228.
[7] Renewable Energy Forecast (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.greennetworkthailand. com/renewable-energy-forecast/.
[8] Yadav, H. K., Pal, Y., & Tripathi, M. (2018). Short-Term PV Power Forecasting
Using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System. 2018 IEEE 8th Power India
International Conference (PIICON). doi: 10.1109/poweri.2018.8704445.
[9] Pitalúa-Díaz, N., Arellano-Valmaña, F., Ruz-Hernandez, J. A., Matsumoto, Y.,
Alazki, H., Herrera-López, E. J., … Velázquez-Contreras, E. F. (2019). An ANFIS-
Based Modeling Comparison Study for Photovoltaic Power at Different
Geographical Places in Mexico. Energies, 12(14), 2662. doi:
10.3390/en12142662.
Symposium
5
The Reducing of Regenerative Braking Loss of the Bangkok MRT

by Using On-board Energy Storage
Guntinan Sakulphaisan
Electrical Engineer Faculty of Engineering Tel. 0840368288
e-mail: B5611850@gmail.com
Abstract
The Chalerm ratchamongkhon line or Blueline is the name of the first route
subway in Thailand. Currently, it serves tens of thousands of passengers with more
than eighteen trains. This operation of Blueline MRT uses a lot of electrical energy.
Each day, there is a lot of energy loss, such as transmission energy loss or
regenerative braking loss. The regenerative braking occurs during the train operating
in braking operation mode so that the object of this paper is reducing the
regenerative braking loss by using OBESS. This result of simulation after installation
the OBESS is reduced energy consumption 303.42 kWh or 49.54 %
Keywords: Train Performance Simulation, DC electrified, On-board energy storage device
Introduction
The first subway route of Thailand was built in 1999 to solve the problem of
traffic density in Bangkok, Thailand. Which was completed and opened for service in
the year Chaloem Ratchamongkhon Line route (Blue Line route). The total distance
of Bangkok MRT is 19.8 km (Not including extensions route), which consists of 19
passenger stations and 12 DC traction substations along the route. Nowadays, the
blue line MRT having problems with the schedule and the number of trains isn't
enough. The result is a lot of regenerative braking energy was convert to heat energy.
So that this paper will describe the installation simulation of the On-board Energy
storage device to evaluate the energy-saving and traction substation voltage level.
Objectives
1.To create the Train Simulation Performance (TPS) program, which used to
calculate the parameters of the train, including traction force, resistance force,
traction power, and energy consumption.
2.To reduce the energy loss of regenerative braking that occurs during the
train operating on braking mode.
3.To analyze the rail potential of the existing Blue line route of Bangkok MRT
when considers multi-train service operation.
Literature Review
This section collects a relative research paper that used to the study of
solving the problems of energy loss occurring in the Blue line of Bangkok MRT. Six
topics can be classified as follows.
A. Train Performance Simulation (TPS)
The TPS is the tools used to calculate the component of force such as traction
force of traction motor, resistance force, regenerative braking energy during the
braking operation and energy consumption. Moreover, the TPS is used to calculate
the movement of the train, such as the position of train and velocity, which is
important for the analysis of the power flow (Xu, G., Li, F., Long, J., & Han, D. 2016).
B. The dynamic motion of the train
The dynamic of the train model is an important component to simulate the
operation of train at each situation, such as to simulate the behavior of when
climbing up a steep path, to simulate the sudden braking, etc. (Rao Z.2005).
Moreover, the dynamic model can use to simulate the accident and optimize the
driving strategy to reduce energy consumption (Martin P.2008).
C. Regenerative Braking
Regenerative braking is one kind of electric braking technique. When the train
is operating in the braking mode, the kinetic energy of the train converted to
electrical energy. During the braking operation, the voltage source inverter (VSI)
doesn't serve electric energy to traction motor that effect the synchronous speed of
traction motor is lower than the rotor speed. So that the traction motor is changing
to a generator. The generator converts the kinetic energy of train to electric energy
and sends it to the energy storage device or other trains on the same traction
network (J, M., & M, A. 2019), (Sharma, P. 2015).
D. Energy Storage Device (ESD)
The railway energy storage technology is separated into two types, including
the on-board energy storage device and stationary energy storage device (wayside
energy storage device).
Symposium
6
E. On-board Energy Storage Device (OBESS)
OBESS used to gather the regenerative braking energy of the train and the
capacity of OBESS is smaller than SESS. The objective of OBESS is reducing the
energy loss of regenerative braking and peak power shaving during the train operating
with accelerating mode (Railway applications).
F. Stationary Energy Storage Device (SESS)
SESS is an energy storage device that installed at aside the railroad along the
route. This type of energy storage is popular on DC electrified, which can collect
regenerative braking energy of the train in the same traction network. SESS collects
the regenerative braking energy of braking train can be sent to the traction train on
the same traction network. But, the capacity of SESS is higher than OBESS because
SESS must collect a lot of regenerative braking of the train in the same traction
network (Ghaviha, N., Campillo, J., Bohlin, M., & Dahlquist, E. 2017).
G. Super Capacitor (SC)
Figure 1 shows the size of SC. SC is the high capacity of capacitors that widely
used in industries such as the automobile industry, appliance industry, and
transportation (Xu, G., Li, F., Long, J., & Han, D. 2016). In the DC electrified, the SC can
improve the voltage profile of traction substation, reduce the rail potential, and
shaving the peak power during a train operating in accelerating operation mode
(Khodaparastan, M., & Mohamed, A. 2017).
Figure 1 Various size of super capacitor

H. Current Injection Method (CIM)

Due to the problem of the current source of traction substation is non-linear,
this problem can't solve by node analysis. So that the CIM method used to solve a
non-linear problem of DC electrified system.
I. Rail Potential
Rail potential is the voltage difference between the running rail and the ground.
In the DC railway system, the running rail acts as a return conductor that the traction
current is sent from traction substation to train by using the third rail and return to
traction substation by running rail. The running acts as the resistor when the current
flow passes the running rail. It causes voltage drop along the rail (Mongkoldee, K.,
Leeton, U., & Kulworawanichpong, T. 2016).
1.The size of OBESS is 0.5 times of maximum regenerative braking energy.
2.The simulation route is the MRT blue line, which isn’t including the
extensions route.
3.The weight of the train is AW 3 or 180 tons on-peak period
Methodology
This section presents the method to calculate the traction force, resistance
force, power, velocity, and position of the train, which is an important part of
creating the TPS program. The detail is shown following.
A. Maximum traction effort calculation
The maximum traction effort is the highest value of force generated by
traction motor at each time step. If the traction value of the motor is higher than the
maximum traction effort, the rail wheels are slip, and the train will lose control. So
that the maximum traction effort can calculate by using equation (1)-(3) and Figure 2
shows the detail of the maximum traction effort curve.
F  TEmax
(1)
TEmax Vc1
F
v
(2)
TEmax Vc1 Vc 2
F
v2 (3)
Symposium
6
When TEmax is the maximum traction effort (kN)
Vc1 , Vc2 is base speed point (km/hr.)
V is the velocity of a train (km/hr.)
Maximum Traction Effort
Figure 2 maximum traction effort curve
B. Traction effort calculation

This equation based on 2nd law of newton and physics movement law to
calculate traction force, accelerating value, velocity, energy consumption and
position of train at each time step. The traction effort equation is shown at (4) which
consists of traction effort of locomotive and resistance force. The resistance force
acts on the train in the opposite direction of the traction force which includes the
rolling resistance force, curve resistance force, and gradient resistance force. The
rolling resistance force depends on the shape of the train, speed of train, or weight
of a train. To calculate the rolling resistance coefficient must be used to test the
actual route which the rolling resistance can be calculated by using equation (4)
Frunning
 a  bv(s)  (4)
cv(s)2
Where a,b,c is rolling resistance coefficient

The cause of the curve resistance force is the fiction of the outer rail wheel,
and the inner rail wheel is slower than the outer rail wheel which causes of wheel
slip. Generally, the curve resistance force can be calculated by using
Roeckl’s formula as shown in equation (5)-(6).
 6.3
m ; for r(s)  300 (5)
m
Fcurve r(s)  55
eff
 4.91 m ;mfor r(s)  300 (6)

 r(s)  30 eff
Where r is the radius of the curve (m)
meff is the effective mass of train (tons)
The last resistance force is a gradient resistance force. During the train runs
uphill or downhill. The train must generate the traction force to pass those
obstacles. In general, the gradient of routes will change depending on the level of
the passenger station. The gradient resistance force can calculate by using equation
(7) and the direction of the gradient resistance force as shown in Figure 3
FGrad  mg
(7)
x
Where %slope is the grade of the railway (%)

G is accelerating of gravity (m/s2)
Figure 3 Gradient resistance force
C. Power and energy consumption

The energy consumption of the train consist of 2 component is traction
energy and auxiliary energy. The traction energy depends on the traction force of the
train which can calculate by using equation (8)-(10). The total energy consumption is
the sum of traction energy and auxiliary energy as shown in equation (14)
gear  nnet _ motor _ motoring mod e
  ; Motoring Mode
  n 100
(8)

 gear net _ motor _ braking mod e ; Braking
Symposium
6
mod e
 100
 Ft  v
P 
; Traction mode (9)
t 
F  v ; Braking mode (10)

E  
 Pt t 
E (14)
total aux
3600

gear net _ motor _ motoring mod is the efficiency of traction motor on traction mode (%)
e
 is the efficiency of a generator on braking mode
gear net _ motor _ braking mod e
is the efficiency of transmission gear(%)
gear
is used to provide comfortable services to passengers.
Eaux
(kWh)
is traction power or regenerative power(kW)
Pt
v Velocity of train(m/s2)
Etotal Total energy consumption(kWh)
Results
The simulation result can separate into three parts. The first part shows the
speed profile of train, energy consumption along the route of a base case which isn't
installed OBESS. The second part same as the first part but simulation on install
OBESS case. The third part is comparing the rail potential between the first part and
the second part.
Table 1 the detail of the train
Maximum velocity 80 km/hr.

Maximum accelerate 1.2 m/s2
Maximum decelerate 0.96 m/s2
Total weight (AW3) 180 Ton
a 3.52 kN
Rolling resistance coefficient b 110 kg/s
c 13.867 kg/m
In the first part, Table 1 the detail to simulate the base case. After that use
the data on Table 1 simulation with TPS program the result such as speed profile,
position profile and energy consumption as shown in Figure 4 and energy
consumption during passenger at each station as shown in Table 2
Symposium
6
20
80
15
60
10
40
20 5
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
(B)
(A)
Figure 4 (A) speed profile, the position of the train

(B) the power profile of train
Table 2 energy consumption simulation result
Traction energy Regenerative braking loss Trip time

(kWh) (kWh) (Minute)
Simulation result 580.22 295.24 65.6
The second part shows the simulation result of the installation of the OBESS
for collecting the total of the regenerative braking energy which can reduce a part of
regenerative braking energy loss. Figure 5 shows the traction energy and SOC when
installs the OBESS and Table 3 shows the simulation result of the OBESS case.
Figure 5 power profile and SOC of OBESS case

Table 3 energy consumption result of installation OBESS
Traction energy Regenerative braking Energy consumption

(kWh) (kWh) (kWh)
AW3 without 584.32 295.55 584.32
OBESS (Energy loss)
AW3 with OBESS 598.25 303.42 294.83
Energy Saver (%) - - 49.54 %
The third part compares the voltage of traction substation which depends on
the traction current of a train. In the OBESS case, the total traction current was
served by two current sources which consist of traction substation and OBESS. So
that the voltage drop of traction substation is lower than the operation train without
OBESS as shown in Figure 6
Figure 6 The voltage profile of Hua lumpong traction substation
Discussions
The objective of the research paper is to study the voltage profile
improvement and regenerative braking loss reduction by using OBESS which consist
of 2 part.
Symposium
6
The first part discusses the energy loss of the train. In the DC electrified have
many energy losses on transmission systems such as energy loss of third rail or
energy loss of regenerative braking. This paper will reduce the energy loss of
regenerative braking which causes the non-optimize timetable. This problem was
solved by using the OBESS to collect the regenerative braking energy on the braking
operation mode and serve the train during the accelerating mode which can reduce
energy consumption up to 303.42 kWh along the route or 49.54% of energy saver.
The second is the benefit of OBESS installation which can improve the
voltage profile of traction substation. From Figure 5. The lowest voltage level of a
substation at base case (without OBESS) is 587 Vdc which is following the EN 50122
standard after that in case of OBESS installation. The lowest voltage is improved to
630 Vdc.
Reference
Ghaviha, N., Campillo, J., Bohlin, M., & Dahlquist, E. (2017). Review of Application of
Energy Storage Devices in Railway Transportation. Energy Procedia, 105, 4561–
4568. doi: 10.1016/j.egypro.2017.03.980
J, M., & M, A. (2019). A Review on Regenerative Braking Methodology in Electric
Vehicle. International Journal of Psychosocial Rehabilitation, 23(4), 220–
226. doi: 10.37200/ijpr/v23i4/pr190180
Khodaparastan, M., & Mohamed, A. (2017). Supercapacitors for electric rail transit
systems. 2017 IEEE 6th International Conference on Renewable Energy
Research and Applications (ICRERA). doi: 10.1109/icrera.2017.8191189
Martin P. Train performance simulation. In 2008 IET Professional Development Course
on ElectricTraction Systems. IET: Manchester, 2008; 215–230.
Mongkoldee, K., Leeton, U., & Kulworawanichpong, T. (2016). Single train movement
modelling and simulation with rail potential consideration. 2016 IEEE/SICE
International Symposium on System Integration (SII). doi: 10.1109/sii. 2016.
7843967
Railway applications. Fixed installations. Stationary energy storage system for DC
traction systems. (n.d.). doi: 10.3403/30296074
Rao Z. Train Traction Calculation. China Railway: Beijing, China, 2005.
Sharma, P. (2015). Regenerative Braking-Methods to Efficiently Use Regenerated

Energy. Journal of Electrical & Electronic Systems, 04(02). doi: 10.4172/
2332-0796.1000146
Xu, G., Li, F., Long, J., & Han, D. (2016). Train movement simulation by element
increment method. Journal of Advanced Transportation, 50(8), 2060–2076.
doi: 10.1002/atr.1445
Symposium
7
Study of the PV panel installation on electric vehicles

to reduce battery size
Nitikorn Junhuathon1, Promphak boonraksa2
1Facultyof Electric Engineering, Bangkok Thonburi University, Tel: 091-8866680
2Facultyof Electric Engineering, Bangkok Thonburi University, Tel: 095-3611555
1e-mail : Nitikorn.ju@gmail.com, 2e-mail : promphak.dawan@gmail.com
Abstract
This paper propose the study of the PV panel installation on electric vehicles
to reduce battery size because price of solar cells is discount rate higher than price
of battery cause reducing the size of the battery of electric vehicles by PV installation.
To validate the simulation results, speed profile designed for electric bus was used in
this simulation and all of simulations were simulated by MATLAB/Simulink program.
The simulation results demonstrates the installing solar cells on electric vehicle is
the one of key to reduce the size of the battery.
Keywords: battery size, electric vehicle, PV panel
Introduction
At present, the number of electric vehicles is continuously increasing the
category of hybrid electric vehicles and battery electric vehicles that use batteries
[1]. Resulting in the use of electric energy to charge. As a result, the research on
topic about the reduction of the electrical energy used from the main grid network
and the application of renewable energy to the electric vehicle charging station is a
very interesting [2]-[3]. Beside electric vehicle technology, another technology that is
currently being developed is solar cells that have both improved efficiency. And the
flexibility of the material for ease of attachment at various locations even on the
vehicles [4]-[5]. The installation of solar cell sources on electric vehicles to is currently
being developed continuously. Price of solar cells is discount rate higher than price
of battery cause reducing the size of the battery of electric vehicles by PV installation.
Therefore, this article propose the study of the solar cell installation on
electric golf carts to reduce battery size. All of simulations were done in MATLAB/
Simulink program
Objectives
1. To study PV panel installation on electric golf carts.
2. To study the worth in installing solar cells to reduce the size of the battery.
Methodology
Vehicles powered by electric motors have advantages of electric motors that
provide instant torque, making electric cars electric, smooth acceleration. Electric
motor use the electrical energy that is stored in the battery or other electrical energy
storage devices. In golf cart consists of a power unit, energy storage system Energy
charge system following details
Powertrain
The powertrain consists of an electric motor and a brake system that can
regenerate energy (Regenerative Braking). In this research, AC motors was used to
drive electric vehicle due to high efficiency. The energy used to drive motor divided
2 part, consist of electrical energy used by the motor and the energy loss as shown
in equation 1
in  
P m 
m loss (1)
Where Pin is power from source (W),  m is motor torque (N.m), and Ploss is power loss (w).
Beside Pin, the battery can get the power from braking (Prb) as shown in equation 2
gen

2
(2)
Prb  2t
Where Prb is power from braking (W), gen is efficiency of generator, m is vehicle mass (kg),
v is speed (m/s) and gen is period of braking (s).
Energy storage system
The actual power used by the battery can be calculated from the total force
or called traction force. The traction force can be calculated following equations 3 and 4
P  Ftr v (3)
Where Ftr is traction force can be calculated following equation 4

Symposium
7
Ftr  Faero  Fi  Fgrade 

(4)
Frr
Where Faero is air resistance force (N), Fi is Inertia of vehicle (N), Fgrade is The
resistance due to the gravity force (N), and Frr is rolling resistance force (N),
Charging system
in this research, The battery charging system was considered the
accumulation of charge from solar cells installed on electric cars. The accumulation
of charge is determined by the state of charge of the battery (SoC) following
equation 5
Q w (i )   iba (t)dt

T
t
SoC  in
 Qnom
0 (5)
Qnom
Where Qin is capacity in battery (C), Qnom is maximum capacity of battery (C),
 is efficiency of battery
Electric vehicle model
Currently, studies on solar cells is increased dramatically in terms of both the
enhancement and modification of the materials used to make solar cells for installation
in various places [6]-[8]. The power from PV can be researched from Chmielewski's
research [5]. Diagram of electric vehicle installed PV as shown in Figure 1
Figure 1. Diagram of electric vehicle installed PV
Speed curve and parameter for simulation

Speed profile designed for electric bus was used to validate the simulation
results. For this simulation, the maximum speed of electric bus is 17.25 m/s and
maximum distance is 94.13 km. The relation between speed profile and position is
shown in Fig. 2. And the parameters of electric bus are shown in table 1.
Figure 2. Speed profile and position of electric bus for a day
Table 1 Parameter for simulation
Parameter Value Unit

Accessory load 5,000 kW
Aero drag coefficiency 0.38 -
Air density 1.23 Kg/m3
Front Area 2.500×3.250 M2
Gravity 9.81 m/s2
Mass of Electric bus 18,000 kg
Battery capacity 200 kWh
PV Size 25 m2
Simulation and Results

After simulating the electric bus using speed profile in Fig. 2. Via MATLAB/Simulink
program, the simulation results show the power used for driving and power generated
by PV following Fig. 3. Power used in positive mean regenerative power and power
used in positive mean power used to drive electric bus and providing to accessory
load. And the Fig. 4. show energy used from battery decrease from 155.83 kWh/day
Symposium
7
to 123.9 kWh. As results, the electric bus installed PV used energy lower than traditional
electric bus up to 31.94 kW.
Figure 3. Power used for driving and power generated by PV
Figure 4. Power used for driving and power generated by PV
But these results cannot be concluded that how much battery can be
reduced since it's only a one-day simulation for preliminary study. Nevertheless, this
simulation demonstrates the value of installing solar cells to reduce the size of the
battery.
Conclusion
This paper propose the study of the PV panel installation on electric vehicles
to reduce battery size. The electric bus and speed profile of electric bus were used
to simulate for validating the results. The simulation results show energy used from
battery decrease from 155.83 kWh/day to 123.9 kWh after installing PV cells on
electric vehicle and demonstrates the value of installing solar cells to reduce the
size of the battery.
References
[1] Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) & Electric Vehicle (EV) Terminology. (n.d.).
[2] Islam, M. S. (n.d.). PV-based EV charging station with vehicle-to-grid services for
business premises.
[3] Stojkovic, J. (2019). Multi-Objective Optimal Charging Control of Electric
Vehicles in PV charging station. 2019 16th International Conference on the
European Energy Market (EEM).
[4] Zhang, Y., He, J., & Ionel, D. M. (2019). Modeling and Control of a Multiport
Converter based EV Charging Station with PV and Battery. 2019 IEEE
Transportation Electrification Conference and Expo (ITEC).
[5] Mouli, G. R. C., Kefayati, M., Baldick, R., & Bauer, P. (2019). Integrated PV
Charging of EV Fleet Based on Energy Prices, V2G, and Offer of Reserves.
IEEE Transactions on Smart Grid, 10(2), 1313–1325.
Symposium
7
Comparison of Performance Cuk, SEPIC converters and PSO

Algorithm for MPPT on Solar Panel
Promphak Boonraksa1, Terapong Boonraksa2

1 Electrical
Engineering Faculty Electrical Engineering Bangkokthonburi University, Tel. +66953611555
2 School of Electrical Engineering, Rajamangala University of Technology Rattanakosin, Tel. +6633345771
1 e-mail: Promphak.dawan@gmail.com
Abstract
This research presents a comparison of the method of determining the Maximum
Power Point Tracking (MPPT) to increase the efficiency of the photovoltaic power
generation systems with Cuk, SEPIC converters and Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO)
algorithm. This research uses the Cuk and SEPIC converters circuit to track the maximum
power of the solar systems. The method of constant voltage adjustment was used in
conjunction with these circuits because it's an easy way to apply. The PSO algorithm was
applied for optimize the PV power. This algorithm has a simple structure, not complicated
and high accurate calculations. The system consists of solar cells connected in an array of
finding the peak of electric power. The system simulation using the POWERSIM program to
simulate Cuk and SEPIC converters. The simulation of PSO algorithm was used in MATLAB
programs. Comparing the efficiency of the highest power point tracking, the PSO algorithm
showed the highest efficiency, followed by Cuk and SEPIC respectively.
Keywords: Solar Panel, Maximum Power Point Tracking, PSO Algorithm
Introduction
Solar energy is a renewable energy that can be re-used naturally. It is clean
energy, pollution-free, and has a high potential energy. The use of solar energy can
be divided into 2 forms: the use of solar energy to generate electricity and the use of
solar energy to produce heat [1]. The use of solar cells to generate electricity is
limited by the low incoming energy intensity. Although the energy of the Sun is
never exhausted, the energy intensity is low. Therefore, in the case of requiring high
output, it requires a lot of solar cells and a lot of installation space as well.
Therefore, in the case of requiring high output, it requires a lot of solar cells and a
lot of installation space as well. The amount of electricity that will vary depending
on the weather because solar energy depends on the weather (Solar intensity), so
the output also varies [2-5].
Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) refers to an algorithm that is
integrated into an electronic control device. Which is used to enable the solar panel
to produce the maximum electric power. However, the maximum electrical power
will change according to parameters such as solar radiation, ambient temperature
and solar cell temperature. The MPPT system is designed to use a microprocessor to
constantly monitor the output power of the solar panel. In order to get the
maximum power output in each time according to the intensity of sunlight received
in the form of current and voltage. For the maximum energy storage, the system
needs to have the maximum power point tracking of the solar cell system [6].
At present, the power electronics are used to monitor the maximum electric
power on the PV systems. Circuits that are used to track the maximum power, for
example the DC-DC converter circuits such as Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost, Cuk, and
Sepic [7]. In addition, the Average Particle Swarm Optimized (APSO) algorithm is used
to monitor the maximum electrical power [8 ]. Therefore, this article compares the
maximum power tracking efficiency of Cuk and Sepic circuits and Particle Swam
optimization algorithm for maximum power tracking.
Objectives
1. This research was conducted to study the efficient of solar energy.
2. This research was done to build a device to convert solar energy to
electrical energy
3. This research was done to build MPPT system for solar cells.
4. This research was done to compare the maximum power tracking
efficiency of Cuk, Sepic circuits and Particle Swam optimization algorithm (PSO) for
tracking.
Literature Review
1. Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) Techniques
Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) refers to the algorithm, which is used
to enable solar cells to produce maximum electricity. In general, a solar cell has only
one of the best working points in any condition. In other words, the system is able to
send electricity to the load at the position of a certain voltage and current. The
factors that affect the position are the temperature and the intensity of the uncertain
Symposium
7
light can change according to the environment. Therefore, finding the maximum
electric power of the solar cell to help draw the maximum electric power and
increase the efficiency of the solar cell systems. There are techniques for determining the
maximum power at all points of various operations such as Short-Current Pulse
Method, Open Voltage Method, Constant Voltage Method, Temperature Method,
Perturb and Observe Method [8-10].
How to find the maximum power point, the maximum power of the solar
cell to the load, it is found that the load line characteristic curve must be suitable
for the curve between the voltage and current of the solar cell as shown in fig. 1.
Therefore, there are techniques for determining the maximum power point of a solar
cell [11].
Figure 1 The maximum power of the solar panel at a solar intensity of 1,000 W/m2,
represented by an I-V curve [12].
Therefore, the solar intensity is different. The solar panel will give the
changed parameters as follows
(1) The Maximum power
(2) The Maximum power voltage
(3) The Open circuit voltage
(4) The Maximum power current
(5) The Short circuit current
2. DC to DC converter
DC to DC converter or chopper circuits are widely used in industry and
computers. Which the development of the circuit to convert electric power from
direct current to direct current Beginning in the year 1950The development is divided
into 5 eras, including the first era, the classical converter, the second, the multi
quadrant converter, the third, switched-component converter, the fourth, soft-
switching converter, and the fifth, synchronous rectifier converter. The evolution of
converters has changed over time, resulting in smaller sizes, more complex
operations, higher efficiency, easier application and higher load capacity [7].
3. PSO algorithm
PSO algorithm, that is, a bird which is comparable to one particle (di) and
each particle remembers its current position (Xi) along with the direction and speed
of the particle movement (vi) When each particle moves, each particle will collect its
best data (Pbest,i) and compare it to find the best position of every particle (Gbest).
Every cycle, the “t” time, the speed of movement is changed by using the data for
the best position of each particle and the best position for all particles [14].
Figure 2. Position and direction of particle movement.
The speed of each changed particle can be calculated by Equation 1
(1)
k +1 k
v = wv + c r (Pbest - d ) + c r (Gbest - d )
i i 1 i i 2 i
Then, all particles will change their position at the current velocity, as in
Equation 2
k+1
d =d +v
k k +1 (2)
i i i
c1, c2 is the acceleration coefficient

r1, r2 is the value from random in the range 0-1
Symposium
8
At the end of work, all particles will be in the same position at the best point
of every particle.
Figure 3 Particle motion in the PSO algorithm [15].
As shown in Figure 3 , each particle's movement shows that the particles on

the left and right move to the highest point, and the particles in the center are
forced to move slightly to prevent the duplication of the algorithm. When the
operation ends, all particles will be in the same position at the highest point [14].
1.This research used the 8 0 W Monocrystalline silicon panel size 1 7 0 x
671x25 mm, Pmax= 80 W, Vmp=18 V, Imp=4.44 A, Voc=21.6 V, Isc = 4.88 A.
2. This research used the Psim program and MATLAB programs to
simulation the system.
3.Designed the MPPT operation system to compare the maximum power
source of Photovoltaic cells using CUK and SEPIC converter.
4.Comparison of the maximum efficiency of the CUK, SEPIC converter and
PSO Algorithm.
Simulation of Cuk and Sepic converters circuits begins with solar cell
simulation in PSIM. Which has many relevant parameters such as number of cells
(Ns), maximum current (Imax), maximum pressure (Vmax), sunlight intensity (S), and
temperature (Ta) as shown in Figure 4.
Figure 4 Parameters of 80 W solar panel simulated by Psim program
Once the parameter design of the 80 W solar cell model has been simulated by Psim
program, both converters are created and the circuit efficiency was calculated as in
Equation 3.
(3)
Where is the maximum power output from the solar cell (W)
is the power at the maximum power point (W)
is the MPPT Efficiency
The efficiency of power conversion is the ratio of output power and input
power, which can be found from Equation 4
(4)
Where is the power output from the power converter circuit (W)
is the maximum power output from the solar cell (W)
Is the converter efficiency
Therefore, you can find the Overall Efficiency:  (%) from Equation 5
(5)
Symposium
8
Monitoring the maximum power of the solar cell will continue to load
throughout the working period. Which will start collecting energy from 8:00 am until
4:00 pm, collecting data every 10 minutes. Study the behavior of the highest power
point throughout the period of sunlight. The point that the maximum power will
change depends on the intensity of the sunlight and will change with the
temperature under the solar panel. This research uses data to graph the relationship
between the output power and time when the reference voltage is increased by 1 V
each from 10 V-20 V, which is theoretically characteristic. The output power of the
Cuk converter circuit as shown in Figure 5 and the Sepic converter circuit as shown in
Figure 6.
Figure 5 The relationship between the output power and the time
of the Cuk converter
circuit
Figure 6 The relationship between the output power and the time
of the Sepic converter circuit
Figure 7 The simulation results of the PSO algorithm for maximum power point
tracking
When comparing the operation between the PSO algorithm proposed above
and the use of power electronics circuits, the results show that if the sunlight
intensity changes a lot and when there is some shadow in the solar cell, the
electronic power circuit will not be able to find the local maximum problem and
also a loss in the circuit. The proposed PSO algorithm can find the true maximum
power at 1 9 W, as shown in Figure 7 . Therefore, it can solve local maximum
problems and work efficiently, which will not lose of energy.
Conclusion
This thesis presents a comparison of Cuk and SEPIC converters circuit for
tracking the maximum power on the PV system using the constant voltage method.
Including comparing the results with the prediction of the maximum power tracking
of the PSO algorithm method. From the experimental results, it can be seen that the
PSO algorithm can find the local maximum problem and there is no energy loss.
While the Cuk and SEPIC converters circuit cannot find the maximum power and
there is a loss in the circuit causing the efficiency of the circuit to decrease.
References
[1] The Alternative Energy Association for the Community of Thailand-TRECA
Faculty of Engineering Rajamangala University of Technology Thanyaburi.
Solar Energy, Retrieved from http://www.reca.or.th/library-solar-energy.aspx.
Symposium
8
[2] National Science and Technology Development Agency. (2002). Energy
Technology Center Project. Questions and answers about solar cells.
Bangkok. Energy Technology Center Project. pp. 19-21.
[3] Promphak Dawan. (2018). Improvement of the Module Temperature Model
in 1D5P Forecasting Power Output for Photovoltaic Systems. Journal of
Technology and Innovation in Tertiary Education, Vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 1-10.
[4] Promphak Dawan. (2018, May). Comparison the Power output of 80 W
Monocrystalline Silicon Solar Cell installed on land and installed on the
Floating photovoltaic. The 15 th Thailand Energy Network Conference, 21-24
May 2019, Nakhon Ratchasima Province pp.157-161.
[5] Department of Alternative Energy Development and Efficiency, Ministry of Energy.
(2018). Solar irradiance (Solar cell application). Retrieved from http://www.
cssckmutt.in.th/cssc/cssc_training/doc/Designer_CH1toCH5.pdf.
[6] LEONICS. (2016). Maximum Power Point Tracking Retrieved from
http://www. leonics.co.th/html/th/aboutpower/mppt_basics01.php.
[7] Kaweepoj Woranetsuttikul. (2014). Performance Improvement of
Maximum Power Point Tracking Using Synchronous Zeta Converter for
Photovoltaic System (A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fulfillment of The
Requirement for The Degree of Master of Engineering in Electrical
Engineering Faculty of Engineering). King Mongkut’s Institute Of Technology
Ladkrabang, Bangkok.
[8] Nattawat Jumpasri. (2014). Improved Particle Swarm Optimization
Algorithm using Average Model on PV Array (A Thesis Submitted in
Partial Fulfillment of The Requirement for The Degree of Master of
Engineering in Electrical Engineering Faculty of Engineering). King Mongkut’s
Institute of Technology Ladkrabang, Bangkok.
[9] Maximum power point tracking (MPPT). (2020). Retrieved from
http://dspace.spu. ac.th/bitstream/123456789/4660/4.pdf.
[10] Hussein, K.H. and Muta, I. (1995). “Maximum Photovoltaic Power Tracking:
an Algorithm for Rapidly Changing Atmospheric Conditions”, IEE
Proceedings on Generation, and Distribution, Vol. 142, No. 1, pp. 59-64,1995.
[11] https://www.civicsolar.com/article/whats-behind-mppt-algorithm
[12] Chris Glaser. (2012). Easy solar-panel maximum-power-point tracking for pulsed-
load applications. Power Management. Analog Applications Journal 3Q 2012,
pp 5-9. Retrieved from www.ti.com/aaj High-Performance Analog Products.
[13] MPPT: always the maximum power available. (2020). Retrieved from
https://nastec.eu/ en/solar-energy-products/vasco-solar/mppt-always-the-
maximum-power- available/.
[14] Nattawat Jumpasri, Kittapas Pinsuntia, Kaweepoj Woranetsuttikul, Taywin
Nilsakorn and Werachet Khan-ngern. (2014, March). Improved Particle Swarm
Optimization Algorithm using Average Model on MPPT for Partial Shading in
PV Array. 2014 International Electrical Engineering Congress (iEECON). 19-21
March 2014.pp 101-104. Retrieved from https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/abstract/
document/6925856/.
[15] Kaweepoj Woranetsuttikul, Nuttawat Jumpasri, Isaree Srikun, Promphak Dawan.
(2017). Performance Improvement of MPPT on Synchronous Zeta Converter
Using Particle Swarm Optimization Algorithm Average Model for Partial
Shading in PV Array. The 2017 International Conference on Embedded
Systems and Intelligent Technology A Theme on “Smart Embedded
Systems for Industry 4.0, August 2-4, 2017, Thai-Nichi Institute of
Technology, Bangkok, Thailand, page 77-80.
Symposium
8
A Study of Cuk Converter for Maximum Power Point Tracker

on 80 W Mono-Crystalline Solar Panel
Promphak Boonraksa1, Tanakorn Thongpan2, Monthicha Datraweeroj3,

Sutanee Aimarom4 and Terapong Boonraksa5
1-4Electrical Engineering Faculty Electrical Engineering Bangkokthonburi University, Tel. +66953611555
5School of Electrical Engineering, Rajamangala University of Technology Rattanakosin, Tel. +6633345771

Abstract
This paper presented the method of finding the peak of the solar cell power
(MPPT) in order to increase the efficiency on 80 W Mono-Crystalline solar panel. The I-V
characteristic curve of solar PV system shows non-linearity where the desired maximum
power point can easily be found. The DC-DC converters are of mainly three types buck,
boost and cuk. The cuk converter is high efficiency because we can step up or step down
the voltage level according to the load requirement. The POWERSIM program is used in
case study for simulation of the system. The system consists are 80 W Mono-Crystalline
solar panel, cuk converter, power meter and load model. The result shows that there
exists only 0.14064 percent of ripple current and 0.005 percent ripple voltage. Calculating
percent efficiency on the cuk converter is 82.02 percent. The MPPT and the converter
efficiency are significance.
Keywords: Photovoltaic, Maximum Power Point Tracking, Cuk converter
Introduction
Electricity is one of the important energies in daily life. Nowadays, the increasing
population makes the demand for electric power also increase. In addition, the main
energy sources used in electricity generation are wasteful energy sources such as
crude oil, coal, natural gas, which is gradually decreasing. These energy causes energy
shortage and pollution problem. Therefore, it has turned to use alternative energy
such as water power, wind power, biomass and solar energy to generate electricity [1].
The research report on the potential of electricity production by combined
heat and heat system in Thailand by the Department of Alternative Energy and
Energy Conservation. Ministry of Energy collaborated with solar energy research
laboratories Department of Physics Faculty of Science Silpakorn University in 2006,

made aware of the potential of solar energy in Thailand as follows Which is the area
that receives the highest average annual solar radiation in the northeastern region,
covering parts of Nakhon Ratchasima, Buriram, Surin, Sisaket, Roi Et, Yasothon, Ubon
Ratchathani and Udon Thani and parts of the central region. Suphan Buri, Chai Nat,
Ayutthaya and Lopburi, with average annual solar radiation from the average of 5.26
to 5.54 kWh/m2/day. That area accounts for 14.3% of the country's total area. In
addition, it is found that 50.2% of the total area receives the average annual solar
radiation of 4.99 to 5.26 kWh/m2/day. The calculation of the total daily solar
radiation in the country is 5.04 kWh/m2/day. Since Thailand is a country with
relatively high solar energy, it is suitable for using solar energy. Into renewable energy
for electricity production [2].
Although solar cells are popular, they are still not able to be used at full
capacity. The most common problem is the climate. In which solar cells produce
electricity using sunlight Therefore, in a condition that is overcast, cloudy or rainy, it
will reduce the ability to produce electricity. In addition, in the range of different
light intensity and temperatures under different panels Also affects the maximum
power production as well Therefore, solar cells need to have the highest power
tracking. Researchers are interested in solar energy. In the matter of bringing various
technologies to increase the efficiency of solar energy [3].
The researcher used the cuk converter circuit to monitor the maximum
power point of photovoltaic system. The cuk converter working with increasing or
decreasing output voltage. The output voltage on cuk converter is in the opposite
direction to the input voltage as in the Buck-Boost Converter circuit. Due to increased
functionality and reduced the voltage level so that the output side voltage is in the
same direction as the input voltage as in the circuit. The problems in the Buck-Boost
converter circuit, it is high harmonic current because there is no inductor to filter the
input current. Therefore, the cuk converter circuit has been designed to solve this
problem.
Objectives
1. This research was studied the operation of photovoltaic systems.
2. Using Psim program for simulated the characteristic of cuk converter circuits.
3. Design and build the cuk converter circuit for maximum power tracking.
Symposium
8
4. Study the performance of the maximum power tracking of the cuk converter
circuits.
Literature Review
1 . Srushti R.Chafle, Uttam B. Vaidya and Z.J.Khan. They had studied the
DESIGN OF CUK CONVERTER WITH MPPT TECHNIQUE can be summarized as follows:
Today solar energy became an important resource of energy generation. But the
efficiency of solar system is very low. To increase its efficiency MPPT techniques are
used. The main disadvantage of solar system is its variable voltage. And to obtained
a stable voltage from solar panels DC-DC converters are used. DC-DC converters are
of mainly three types buck, boost and cuk. This paper presents use of cuk converter
with MPPT technique. Generally buck and boost converters used. But by using cuk
converter thay can step up or step down the voltage level according to the load
requirement. The circuit has been simulated by MATLAB and Simulink softwares.
2. . Md. Rabiul Hasan, Md. Saif Iftekhar and Rana Banik. They had studied the
Maximum Power Point Tracking Using DC/DC Cuk Converter for Photovoltaic Systems
can be summarized as follows: The I-V characteristic curve of solar PV system shows
non-linearity where the desired maximum power point can easily be found. Cuk
converter has been used in this particular system with the purpose of extracting solar
power out of PV arrays with greater stability. For the purpose of assessing the duty
cycles of cuk, MPPT controller is used. This converter is the most suitable DC
chopper for evaluating ripple free current in PV side. The energy transfer from source
to load is continuous regardless of the state of the MOSFET switch. Voltage can be
stepped up or stepped down and the overall performance will be smooth. For all
kinds of simulation and development, MATLAB Simulink is used. The overall system
efficiency, amount of ripple current on both PV side and load portion, power on
both sides and investigation on system stability under several conditions have been
considered. The simulation result shows that there exists only 0.06795 percent of
ripple in the PV side current which is almost ripple free and 0.0026 percent ripple in
the output current with respect to the average value of current. Both the MPPT and
the converter efficiency are significantly improved. Under different solar irradiances,
MPPT has shown good performance. Cuk converter based solar system has given
satisfactory outcome which reflects its utility compared to other types of dc-dc
choppers [4].
3. S. P. Singh, A. K. Gautam and S. P. Tripathi They had studied the Performance

Comparison of MPPT Techniques using Cuk Converter for Photovoltaic Energy
Conversion System can be summarized as follows: This paper deals with performance
analysis and comparison of photovoltaic (PV) energy conversion system for two
different maximum power point tracking (MPPT) techniques. A CUK converter is used
in the PV system to implement the MPPT controller. Two different MPPT controllers
are designed to locate the maximum power point: Perturb and Observe and Fuzzy
logic based. To evaluate and compare the performances of the designed MPPT
controllers PV system is operated with different environmental conditions [5].
1. This research used the 80 W Monocrystalline silicon panel size
170x671x25 mm, Pmax= 80 W,Vmp=18V, Imp=4.44 A, Voc=21.6 V, Isc = 4.88 A.
2. This research used the Psim program to simulation the system.
3. This research designed and builded the cuk converter circuit for
maximum power tracking of photovoltaic solar panel.
4. The experimental results were collected at the Bangkok Thonburi University
area.
1. The design of the control circuit on the Cuk converter
The Cuk converter design consists of various circuits such as the power supply
circuit, operation control circuit Signal detection circuit, display circuit, etc. Every
circuit has different importance according to the work function. After bringing each
circuit together to create a working system Figure 1 shows the schematic of the Cuk
converter circuit and Figure 2 the prototype of the Cuk converter circuit.
Symposium
9
Figure 1 Schematic of the Cuk converter circuit.
Figure 2 The prototype of the Cuk converter circuit.
2. The design of maximum power point tracking using the theory by the
Constant Voltage method
The constant voltage adjustment technique uses duty cycle adjustment to
analyze the effect of the current and the input force. This technique and method is
necessary to have a load condition involved. In order to make the electric power
received to have the changing power value according to the environment, solar
intensity and temperature under the solar cell. The researcher has specified the duty
cycle not more than 65% in order to prevent the output voltage to not be too high.
The disadvantage of using this technique and method is that the swing of the electric
power is too valuable. Due to adjusting duty cycle every 1 % causes the maximum
power tracking system to fluctuate Therefore, if the duty value that is used to track
the maximum power is lower, it will be able to reduce the electrical oscillation value.
The researcher has designed the conditions used to monitor the maximum power by
explaining the methods used to monitor the maximum power as shown in Figure 3.
Figure 3 Flow chart for maximum power tracking

Symposium
9
The simulation and experiments in this chapter will discuss the simulation of
the Cuk converter circuit. This circuit is very similar to the Buck-Boost converter. The
simulation results are used to analyze the ripple voltage, ripple current and the
efficiency of the circuit. Then, experiment with real circuits with the external
environment involved and the loss occurs at the connecting wires of the power
supply circuit Therefore, the experiment will result in lower efficiency than the
simulation. The results of the experiment are compared with the simulation results
that are consistent and theoretical or not. This experiment uses a switching
frequency of 20 kHz and Deadtime 2 µs. Figure 4 show the simulation result of the
Cuk converter using Psim.
Figure 4 The simulation result of the Cuk converter using Psim.
The simulation is necessary to configure the device to meet the needs by

adjusting the various values on the device and the sequence of steps and methods
in the simulation are as follows.
- Inductors L1 and L2 equal to 470 µH
- Input capacitors (Cin) and output (Cout) equal to 1000 µF.
- The middle capacitor used to connect (Cfly) is 1000 µF.
- Rds (on) of moss phase is 0.014 mΩ (VDSS = 100 V, ID = 72 A).
- The voltage across the diode is 0.85 V
- Load R is equal to 4 Ω
The simulation will simulate the maximum power tracking of solar cells using
the theory of maximum power tracking. The conditions in the simulation will consist
of 1 solar cell. The temperature used in the simulation will be 25 degrees Celsius,
according to the actual conditions. The load used in the experiment and the
simulation will be a 4 Ω resistor load. This topic consists of two main topics:
simulation and simulation results, which are described in the following.
Figure 5 Output current using Psim Figure 6 Output voltage using Psim
Figure 7 Output power using Psim
Figure 8 Output voltage of the circuit

Symposium
9
Figure 9 Output current of the circuit
Power Output AT VREF =12V

35
30
25
20
15
10
Power
5
0
08.0
08.3
09.0
09.3
10.0
10.3
11.0
11.3
12.0
12.3
0 น.
0 น.
0 น.
0 น.
0 น.
0 น.
0 น.
0 น.
0 น.
0 น.
Time(s)
P output
Figure 10 Output power of the circuit
Table 1 The relationship between output power and time at a reference voltage 12 V
Psim Result
Parameter
Input Output Input Output
Current(I) 3.985 4.460 3.05 2.68
Voltage(V) 18.877 17.840 12.04 11.23
Power(W) 80.043 79.592 36.7 30.1
Efficiency (%) 99.44 82.02
Table 1. shows the graph of relationship between output power and time at a
reference voltage of 12 V. The simulation results show that the Cuk converter circuit
with Psim has an efficiency of 99.44%. From the Cuk converter circuit test, there is an
efficiency value of 82.02% The experiments have shown that the efficiency has
reduced, possibly due to the power loss in the circuit. However, the prototype circuit
is still 80% efficient, which can be applied to track the maximum power on PV
generation systems.
Conclusion
This research presents the use of converter circuits to increase the efficiency
of solar cells by tracking the maximum power by the Constant Voltage method. The
project designers have simulated with Psim program and tested it in order to
compare the results of the experiment. The simulation and experiment results show
that the similar results are obtained from the simulation with the maximum output
power at 79.59 W and the maximum input power at 80.04 W representing 99.44%
efficiency. และ The result of the experiment showed that the reference voltage at 12
V would give the maximum output power at 29.9 W and the maximum input power
at 36.5 W, representing the efficiency of 81.92%. It was found that the simulation
results from Psim program were 17.52% more efficient than the actual experiments,
according to the theory. Since the production of electrical energy of solar cells
depends on the overall environment, including in the solar intensity, ambient
temperature, the temperature under the panel that resulting in the error in the
experiment. By choosing a MOSFET as a switching device, the% Ripple Current is not
more than 0.2% and the% Ripple Voltage is not more than 0.005%. The circuit has a
high efficiency of 70-85% and can track the maximum power throughout the day.
Reference
[1] Kaweepot Woranetsuttikul, Isaree Srikun, Saksai Kaensom, Promphak, (2019).
Maximizing Solar Cell Power Output using in Solar Powered Water Treatment
System by Particle Swarm Optimization Algorithm, The Journal of Industrial
Technology Suan Sunandha Rajabhat University, Vol 7, No 1 (2019).
[2] Kaweepoj Woranetsuttikul, Nuttawat Jumpasri, Isaree Srikun, Promphak Dawan
.(2017).Performance Improvement of MPPT on Synchronous Zeta Converter
Symposium
9
Systems and Intelligent Technology A Theme on “Smart Embedded Systems
for Industry 4.0, August 2-4, 2017, Thai-Nichi Institute of Technology, Bangkok,
Thailand, page 77-80.
[3] Srushti R.Chafle, Uttam B. Vaidya and Z.J.Khan.(2013). They had studied the
Design of Cuk Converter With Mppt Technique. International Journal of
Innovative Research In Electrical, Electronics, Instrumentation And Control
Engineering, Vol. 1, Issue 4, page 161-167.
[4] Md. Rabiul Hasan, Md. Saif Iftekhar and Rana Banik. (2015). They had studied
the Maximum Power Point Tracking Using DC/DC Cuk Converter for
Photovoltaic Systems. International Conference on Materials, Electronics &
Information Engineering, ICMEIE-2015,05-06 June, 2015, Faculty of Engineering,
University of Rajshahi, Bangladesh.
[5] S. P. Singh, A. K. Gautam and S. P. Tripathi. (2017). They had studied the
Performance Comparison of MPPT Techniques using Cuk Converter for
Photovoltaic Energy Conversion System. 3rd IEEE International Conference
on "Computational Intelligence and Communication Technology" (IEEE-CICT
2017),3, page1-4.
Performance of Maximum Power Point Tracking Using SEPIC

Converter on Photovoltaic Generation Systems
Promphak Boonraksa1, Channarong Salakham2, Satawat Phumpakwan3,
Sarawut Pringpro4 and Terapong Boonraksa5
1-4 Electrical
Engineering Faculty Electrical Engineering Bangkokthonburi University, Tel +66953611555
2 School of Electrical Engineering, Rajamangala University of Technology Rattanakosin, Tel +6633345771
Abstract
This research proposed the operation of the Sepic converter circuit. Used in
tracking maximum power of photovoltaic system using the technique of adjusting the
voltage constant .The SEPIC converter has been designed that focuses on increase the
efficiency of the circuit and the quality of the waveform on both the input and output side
By choosing to use a MOSFET that has a lower loss than that of a diode That works in the
bug and boost mode Continuous current mode in a cyclic range from 0-0.6 at a frequency
of 20 kHz at 0-80 W of the power. The maximum efficiency of the circuit is calculated at
81.06 percent by the ripple current and the ripple voltage of both input and output.
Designed to be less than 1.0 percent. The proposed circuit can be used and tested in
Track the maximum power of the solar cell.
Keywords: Photovoltaic System, Maximum Power Point Tracking, SEPIC converter
Introduction
Electricity is a form of energy consisting of tiny particles called atoms. Inside
atoms there are 3 types of tiny particles: electrons, protons and neutrons. Nowadays,
electricity is an important part of life, because it is the energy used to drive various
devices to work for convenience. In the production of electricity, most use natural
gas as fuel to produce up to 65 percent. However, natural gas is a resource that may
be depleted. Therefore, humans find other sources of energy such as water, wind,
coal, biomass, nuclear power, geothermal energy, including solar power Solar energy
is a clean and suitable alternative energy to produce electricity because Thailand is a
country that has height solar intensity throughout the year [4].
The production of electrical energy using solar energy requires solar cells
panel that convert heat energy into electricity. With other variables, such as light
Symposium
9
intensity, the cell type of the panel and the area of the front of the solar panel, that
may cause the efficiency of electricity production. Also, does not include problems
that occur naturally that cannot be controlled, such as the time of sunrise and
sunset, and the weather may be caused by clouds covering the sun, causing the
solar intensity that the panel receives less. For this reason, the solar cell power must
be constantly monitored in order for the solar cell to work at full efficiency. There
are many circuits that can track the maximum power, such as buck circuit, boost
circuit, buck-boost circuit, Cuk circuit and Sepic converter circuit etc. [5].
The above circuits include boost circuits, buck circuits, buck-boost circuits,
and Cuk circuits. This is a DC to Dc converter that can increase or decrease the
voltage as needed. However, these circuits still have a problem that the output
voltage is negative and has a high harmonic current because there is no inductor that
filters the current input. Therefore, this research has chosen to use Sepic Converter
circuit for maximum power tracking because Sepic Converter circuit can increase and
decrease voltage as well as having positive output voltage characteristics.
Objectives
1To evaluate the performance of solar cells.
2To study the operation of Sepic converter circuits
3 To design the Sepic converter circuits
4 To study and tracking the maximum power by using the Sepic converter
circuit
Literature Review
1.Yousry Atia. (2 009 ). They had studied PHOTOVOLTAIC MAXIMUM POWER
POINT TRACKING USING SEPIC CONVERTER can be summarized as follows: In this
paper a maximum power point tracking (MPPT) system based on the single ended
primary inductor converter (SEPIC) and hill-climbing approach is introduced. SEPIC
converter is a comprehensive buck-boost converter and has minimum ripple content
in the input current that suitable for PV application. The proposed MPPT system is
designed and components of SEPIC converter are sized and selected. The controller
is so fast and no fluctuation around the MPP is introduced. A current and voltage of
the PV array are sensed and a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal is produced from
the controller to control the duty ratio of the converter. The simulation results show
that three tests are carried out on the system; a suddenly insolation level increasing,
decreasing, and load resistance variation. The controller establishes robustness for
all the three cases and the maximum power available from the PV array are
transferred to the load irrespective of load or environmental condition variations [2].
2. M. K. Natarajan, M. Supriya, Y. Abinaya, P. Nandhakumar and G. R.
Samrajesh. (2017). They had studied the DESIGN OF A SEPIC CONVERTER FOR SOLAR
PV SYSTEM can be summarized as follows: This paper presents the design of a Single
Ended Primary Inductor Converter (SEPIC) for solar PV system. SEPIC acts like a buck-
boost DC-DC converter and it allows a range of DC voltage adjust to maintain a
constant output voltage. Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) technique should be
used to track the maximum power point continuously which depends on panel’s
irradiance conditions in PV solar system. The Maximum power point has been
achieved by adjusting the switching frequency of the converter. The efficiency of the
converter is improved by the coupled inductor because it needs only lesser amount
of magnetic core. The SEPIC converter and their various control strategies has been
discussed and simulated using Simulink/MATLAB software [1].
3 . K. Mohanraj, B.Yokesh Kiran (2019). They had studied the PV Integrated
SEPIC Converter Using Maximum Power Point Tracking for Ac Loads can be
summarized as follows: A PV integrated SEPIC converter where it able trace out the
maximum power point (MPP) of a photovoltaic (PV) source and it can able to
generates a sine output for AC loads and grid connected application. It is double
stage topology where it traces and finds out the maximum power point of PV source
using P&O algorithm. To enable connection with the PV model, where it needs the
regulation and compact are increased with a double stage that traces out the
Maximum power in PV source, the input of PV system is DC voltage where its boost
with the help of SEPIC converter and it able to generate a regulated sine output
using single or three phase inverter for a standalone systemin AC loads and grid
connected applications. In proposed system in order to get the maximum power
point in photovoltaic input where it is compared with sinusoidal pulse width
modulation in order to get voltage and current. A converter is SEPIC converter and
the PV panel is controlled by a sinusoidal pulse width modulation using PI controller
where it helps to controlling the duty cycle ratio of SEPIC converter. A hardware
prototype of PV integrated SEPIC converter for a standalone system that operates at
70 W PV module system and delivering sine output voltage of 110V rms, with 50Hz
frequency and the output simulations are presented [3].
1. This research used the 80 W Monocrystalline silicon panel size
170x671x25 mm, Pmax= 80 W, Vmp=18V, Imp=4.44 A, Voc=21.6 V, Isc = 4.88 A.
2. This research used the Psim program to simulation the system.
3. This research designed and builded the SEPIC converter circuit for
maximum power tracking of photovoltaic solar panel.
4. The experimental results were collected at Bangkok Thonburi University
area.
1. DC to DC power converter circuit using a Sepic converter circuit
DC to DC converters are generally able to boost or buck the voltage to a
certain extent, such as traditional power converters, boost or buck circuits, Sepic
power converters, etc. Therefore, the application of power conversion circuits
together with various energy such as solar energy, which has a relatively low output
voltage level, must develop a power converter circuit with constant voltage. In this
section, it will present the circuit to convert DC to DC power to stabilize the output
voltage as shown in Figure 1 . It can be seen that the composition of the circuit
consists of switches (s1), inductors (L1, L2) capacitors (Cin, C1, Cout) and diodes (D1). The
DC to DC converter circuit increases the ability to increase or decrease the output
voltage level of the power converter circuit to be stable [6-8]. Under the operation
of only 1 switch, the working principle of the power converter circuit will be
presented in the next section.
L1
Is C D
Co R
Vs s L2 V0
Figure 1 DC/DC Sepic power converter

Symposium
1
2. Parameters of inductors and capacitors of the circuit
Calculation of parameters is important to the converter, which determines
the load rating used to calculate the input and output currents of the converter,
input and output voltages, including calculations to determine ripple. In designing,
large capacitors should be used so that the resulting ripple value is the smallest.
-Duty Cycle
We can find the duty cycle from equation (1)
(1)
-Capacitors (Cin, C1, Cout)

Calculate Cin from equation (2)
(2)
34.259
When designing capacitors, large capacitors should be used so that the

resulting ripple value is the smallest, therefore Cin is 34 .2 59 μF. So, calculating C1
from equation (3)
(3)
1110
Which C1 = 1110 . So, calculating Cout from equation (4)
(4)
31.25
- Inductors (L1, L2)

L1 can be calculated according to the equation (5)
0.9
Symposium
1
Form L1 = L2. So, L1, L2 = 0.9 mH. From the calculation results, it can be
written as a Sepic converter circuit as shown in Figure 2.
VL1
Is IL1 IC1 ID1 D1 IL
L1 C1
RL
VIn Cin L2 C2 Vo
S1
IL 2 IC 2
IS1
Figure 2 Sepic converter circuit
3. Simulation with Psim

The simulation will use the calculated parameters in the actual circuit in Psim
to test various performance. The result is that the output power is close to the input
power. Figure 3 shows the simulation of the Sepic converter circuit using Psim.
Figure 3 Simulation of the Sepic converter circuit using Psim

After simulating with the Psim program, the simulation results are shown as
follows. Figure 4 show the current waveforms flowing through the inductors L1 and
L2 respectively. The power output shows in figure 5. Figure 6 and 7 shows the output
voltage and current of 14 V referent voltage respectively. Table 1. shows the simulation
results, the input power 39.6 W, the output power 32.1 W and the efficiency 81.06%.
Figure 4 The Current in the inductors L1 and L2
Figure 5 The power output
Figure 6 The output voltage of 14 V referent voltage

Symposium
1
Figure 7 The output current of 14 V referent voltage
Table 1. The simulation results
Input Voltage 13.76 V

Input Current 2.88 A
Output Voltage 11.51 V
Output Current 2.79 A
Input Power 39.6 W
Output Power 32.1 W
Efficiency 81.06 %
Conclusion
The Sepic converter circuit is selected for the maximum power output of 80
W monocrystalline solar cells. By adjusting the switching frequency to operate at 20
kHz at 50% duty cycle Tested during the month of December of 2019 at Bangkok
Thonburi University from 8:30 am to 16:30 pm for two days. It was found that the
Sepic converter circuit can extract the maximum power of the solar cell at 82.55%
efficiency when the reference voltage is adjusted to 1 4 V. According to the
experimental results, the Sepic converter circuit can be used to track the maximum
power with high efficiency and it can solve the problem of reverse polarity. However,
further development is to reduce the size of the equipment and still need to detect
the intensity of sunlight and the temperature of the environment in order to achieve
the highest accuracy in tracking power at that time.
References
[1]K. Natarajan, M.Supriya, Y. Abinaya, P. Nandhakumar and G. R. Samrajesh, (2017).
Design of a Sepic Converter for Solar PV System. https://www.researchgate.
net/publication/316188563, page 77-80.
[2]Yousry Atia. (2009). Photovoltaic Maximum Power Point Tracking Using Sepic Converter.
Engineering Research Journal, Vol. 32, No. 4, October 2009, Page 2-9.
[3]K. Mohanraj, B. Yokesh Kiran. (2019). They had studied the PV Integrated SEPIC
Converter Using Maximum Power Point Tracking for Ac Loads. International
Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE) ISSN: 2277-3878,
Volume-8, Issue-1S4, June 2019.Page 564-570.
[4] Kaweepot Woranetsuttikul, Isaree Srikun, Saksai Kaensom, Promphak, (2019).
Maximizing Solar Cell Power Output using in Solar Powered Water Treatment
System by Particle Swarm Optimization Algorithm, The Journal of Industrial
Technology Suan Sunandha Rajabhat University, Vol 7, No 1 (2019).
[5] Kaweepoj Woranetsuttikul, Nuttawat Jumpasri, Isaree Srikun, Promphak Dawan.
(2017). Performance Improvement of MPPT on Synchronous Zeta Converter
Systems and Intelligent Technology A Theme on “Smart Embedded Systems
for Industry 4.0, August 2-4, 2017, Thai-Nichi Institute of Technology, Bangkok,
Thailand, page 77-80.
[6] Srushti R. Chafle, Uttam B. Vaidya and Z. J. Khan. (2013). They had studied
the Design of Cuk Converter With Mppt Technique. International Journal of
Innovative Research in Electrical, Electronics, Instrumentation and Control
Engineering, Vol. 1, Issue 4, page 161-167.
[7] Md. Rabiul Hasan, Md. Saif Iftekhar and Rana Banik. (2015). They had studied
the Maximum Power Point Tracking Using DC/DC Cuk Converter for
Photovoltaic Systems. International Conference on Materials, Electronics &
Information Engineering, ICMEIE-2015,05-06 June, 2015, Faculty of Engineering,
University of Rajshahi, Bangladesh.
[8]S. P. Singh, A. K. Gautam and S. P. Tripathi. (2017). They had studied the Performance
Comparison of MPPT Techniques using Cuk Converter for Photovoltaic Energy
Conversion System. 3rd IEEE International Conference on "Computational
Intelligence and Communication Technology" (IEEE-CICT 2017),3, page1-4.
Subject group: Social Sciences &
Humanities
Symposium
1
Needs Analysis of Communication Tasks for English-Major

Students at King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology Ladkrabang
Thaweesak Linkhome1, Angcharin Thongpan2

1Sapaengineer
1Thaweesak6@hotmail.com, 2Angcharin@reru.ac.th
Abstract
The purposes of this study were to investigate the needs of Communication
tasks for English-major students and English language problem. This study also sought
to investigate the needs of Communication tasks for King Mongkut’s Institute of
Technology Ladkrabang and to provide the guidelines for developing the teaching
materials of English for communication course (90595002) that are mostly beneficial
to English-major students, King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology Ladkrabang. A
questionnaire was used to collect data from 121 participants who enrolled English
for Communication course (90595002) required by KMITL, academic year 2019 and
the sampling one is 30.
The findings were as follows:
To investigate the needs of Communication tasks for King Mongkut’s Institute
of Technology Ladkrabang
1. According to 121 English-major students, speaking skill was needed at the
most. The order of needed skills was reading, writing, and listening.
2. The students’ needs of Communication tasks consisted of role-play, jigsaw,
spot the difference, opinion exchange, problem solving, information-transfer, and
sharing personal experiences respectively.
3. The students expressed a high degree of problems with writing skill.
4. With regard to students’ wants for the English for Communication
course (90595002), they wanted speaking at the most.
To provide the guidelines for developing the teaching materials of English for
communication course (90595002) that are mostly beneficial to English-major
students, King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology Ladkrabang that the results of the
study are useful for the curriculum development and material design for a course in
English for Communication (90595002) for English majors. Moreover, the results
reflect the role of learners’ needs in designing and developing materials for a course.
By taking into account the needs of learners, educators and teachers can provide
appropriate instructional input to foster effective learning.
Keywords: Needs analysis, Communication tasks
Introduction
The English language plays an important role in the world’s communication
because it is the most widespread language and employed as a medium of
international communication. In Thailand, it has increasingly gained an important role
in both academic and business areas. A person with a good command of English is
likely to have a better chance to get a desired job. Thus, it is not surprising why
English has been a popular major subject among students at the undergraduate and
graduate levels. Educational institutions in Thailand offer general education programs
in which English is required for all undergraduate students, especially King Mongkut’s
Institute of Technology Ladkrabang also provides an English for communication
course ( 90595002) for the first-year students. When they are registering for the
Bachelor Programs at King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology Ladkrabang, they are
required to take two courses in the first and second semester ( English for
Communication, English for Study skills. To develop English for communication
course (90595002), the needs analysis undertaken here was designed for the English
for communication course, the focus of which is to improve learners’ general English
communication skills. Therefore, it is the aim of this study to investigate the needs of
Communication tasks among English-major students at King Mongkut’s Institute of
Technology Ladkrabang. A needs analysis will be carried out as a starting point in
determining the students’ needs in terms of the content/topic and activities of a
course. The results of the study will reveal the needs of the students in detail.
Moreover, the results will provide the guidelines for developing the teaching
materials that correspond with the needs of this group of students.
Objectives of the study

1.To investigate the needs of Communication tasks in English language for
King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology Ladkrabang
Symposium
1
2.To provide the guidelines for developing the teaching materials of English
for communication course (90595002) that are mostly beneficial to English-major
students, King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology Ladkrabang
Literature review
As the purpose of this study is to conduct a needs analysis involving the
Communication task of English majors, the review of the literature will focus on two
areas: needs analysis and the Communication task in English language.
Needs analysis
The term needs is used to refer to wants, desires, demands, expectation,
motivations, lacks, constraints, and requirements (Brindley, 1984: 28). Learner needs
imply what learners hope to gain from a particular course (Berwick, 1989). Procedures
which are used to collect information about learners needs are known as needs
analysis (Richards, 2001: 51).
Needs analysis as a distinct and necessary phase in planning educational
programs appeared in the 1960s; it served as part of an approach to curriculum
development (Stufflebeam, 1985). It has a very crucial role in the development of a
course. Graves (2000: 98) expressed such a view as follows
“Essentially, needs assessment is a systematic and ongoing process of
gathering information about students’ needs and preferences, interpreting the
information, and then making course decisions based on the interpretation in order
to meet the needs It is based on the belief that learning is not simply a matter of
learners absorbing pre-selected knowledge the teacher gives them, but is a process
in which learners—and others—can and should participate... When needs
assessment is used as an ongoing part of teaching, it helps the learners to reflect on
their learning, to identify their needs, and to gain a sense of ownership and control
of their learning”.
Richards (1984) suggested that needs analysis serves three main academic
purposes. It provides a means of obtaining wider input into the content, design, and
implementation of a course; it is used in developing goals, objectives, and content;
and it functions to provide data for reviewing and evaluating an existing program.
Graves (2000) noted that needs assessment involves six steps which are
cyclical in nature and result in valuable information for designing, implementing,
developing, reviewing, and evaluating a course. These steps include (1) deciding what
information to gather and why; (2) deciding the best way to gather it; (3) gathering
the information; (4) interpreting the information; (5) acting on the information; and (6)
evaluating the effect and effectiveness of the action.
A variety of procedures are used in conducting a needs analysis.
Questionnaires are one of the most common instruments. The reasons for their
popularity are because they are relatively easy to prepare, they can be used with
large numbers of subjects, and their information that is relatively easy to tabulate
and analyze (Richards, 2001: 60). Other common instruments include interviews,
observations, and analyses of available information.
Communicative task-based language teaching
The features of Communicative Language Teaching can be found in a more
specific communicative approach to L2 instruction such as Task-Based Instruction
(TBI). Currently, there are two main second language acquisition (SLA) theoretical
accounts for TBI; the psycholinguistic and the socio-cultural approaches (Ellis, 2003).
The psycholinguistic approach to TBI is also known as the cognitive approach of
language learning (Skehan, 1998). In general, Skehan’s (1998) cognitive approach to
TBI for language learning concerns with psycholinguistic factors such as fluency,
accuracy, and complexity of language production when students engage in meaning-
making oriented tasks. However, such meaning-making oriented tasks within the cognitive
approach of TBI is related to language learning processes that take place in the readers’
mind in line with the cognitive information processing of SLA. On the contrary, within
the perspective of the sociocultural theory of SLA, tasks in Communicative Task-
Based Language Teaching (CTBLT) constitute the co-construction of meaning via
students’ participation, self-regulation through private speech, mediation, imitation,
internalization, and assisted interactions within a learner’s ZPD or zone of proximal
development (e.g., Ellis, 2003).
Communicative Task-Based Language Teaching is a form of Communicative
Language Teaching in which tasks or activities are viewed as central to meaningful
language learning (Nunan, 2004; Skehan, 1998). The primary goal of Communicative
Task-Based Language Teaching is to prepare learners with language that matches
their needs (Long & Crookes, 1993) and is suited to their context and familiarity (Ellis,
2003). Teaching and learning activities under Communicative Task-Based Language
Teaching typically involve learners as problem solvers who have to fulfill a specified
Symposium
1
real world task in relation to the instructional objectives or learning outcomes such
as making travel arrangements with a travel agent (Crookes, 1986; Prabhu, 1987).
Communication tasks
Second language acquisition researchers describe tasks in term of usefulness
for collecting data and eliciting samples of learners language for research purposes.
For example, Bialystok (1993:2-9) suggest that a communication tasks must (a) stimulate
real communicative exchange, (b) provide incentive for the L2 speaker/listener to
convey information, (C) provide control for the information item required for investigation
and (d) fulfill the needs to be used to the goal.
Willis (1996b:53) defines task as a goal-oriented activities in which learner use
language to achieve a real outcome and reflect language use in the outside world.
Other definitions are more general. Nunan’(1989a) one of the most commonly cited
pedagogical definition of task, Nunan proposes that a communication task
…….a piece of classroom work which involves learners in comprehending,
manipulating, producing or interacting with the target language while their
attention is principally focuses on meaning rather than form (Nunan,1989a;10)
Task types
Task types can be identified in a number of ways. For example, (Nunan,1989)
suggest two board of categories: real world task ( such as using telephone) and
Pedagogical tasks ( such as information gap activities) these can be subdivided by
language function (e.g. giving instruction, apologizing, making suggestions), cognitive
process or knowledge hierarchies (e.g. listing, ordering and sorting, sharing personal
experiences, problem solving, Comparing, creative;) (Willis,2001) Others might classify
tasks by topic and language skills require for completion, or by whether the outcome
is closed or ended Long (1989). Pica, Kanagy and Folodum (1993) take their starting
points the type of interaction that occur during task completion, e.g. one way or two
way information flow, result in 5 types, jigsaw tasks, information gap, problem solving
task, decision making task, and opinion exchange.
Research methodology
The study employed the quantitative and qualitative approaches, using a
questionnaire with the opened and ended questions, interview and focus groups to
collect data and interpreting the results in terms of the needs of the communication
tasks for English-major students. The details of the participants and the questionnaire
are as follows:
Participants
The target population was English-major students who had taken at least one
course in English for communication course (90595002). Both the purposive sampling
and the random sampling procedures were used to select the representatives of the
population (121 participations and the sampling ones that is 30. That is
undergraduate majoring in English at King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology
Ladkrabang were targeted since they all took an English for communication
(90595002) as one of their compulsory courses in the program. The participants were
then randomly selected from this group of students. The undergraduate students
were in the second and third years of their study in the English program. They took a
course in English for communication (90595002) in the first year of study. There were
15 second-year students and 15 third-year students, yielding 30 students were
chosen to participate in the present study.
Instrument
A five-point rating scale questionnaire was used to investigate the needs of
Communication task for English-major students. It was constructed based on a
number of studies in needs analysis and a wide range of topics / tasks presented.
There are three parts of questions consisted of background questions focusing on
potential problems that the respondents had in language learning and the needs of
topic and tasks. The Item-Objective Congruence (IOC) was used to evaluate the items
of the questionnaire based on the score range from -1 to +1, congruent = + 1,
questionable = 0, incongruent = -1. The items that had scores lower than 0.5 were
revised. On the other hand, the items that had scores higher than or equal to 0.5
were reserved.
Findings
The results of Needs Analysis in Learning English and Communication Tasks
for English major students at King Mongkut’s Institute of Technology Ladkrabang,
Academic Year 2019
Symposium
1
Table 1 : Particpants’general information, opinion and experience in learning English
(N= 30)
No Statements Samples Percent (%)

1 Gender
Male 5 17.0
Female 25 83.0
Total 30
2 Listening skill
 Excellent 0 0
 Good 0 0
 fair 7 24.0
 weak 16 52.0
 very weak 7 24.0
Total 30
3 Speaking skill
 Excellent 0 0
 Good 0 0
 fair 7 24.0
 weak 4 13.0
Total 30
4 Reading skill
 Excellent 0 17.0
 Good 0 20.0
 fair 14 27.0
 weak 16 13.0
Total 30
5 Writing skill
 Excellent 0 0
 Good 0 0
 fair 16 53.0
 weak 13 44.0
 very weak 1 3.0
Total 30
Table 1 reveals that the proportion of students were female as many as that
of the male students. It was found that the students assessed their English skills at a
fair level; however, considering each skill, reading was ranked at the highest level,
followed by listening, writing, and speaking, respectively.
Table 2: Participants’ Needs for topic to study English for communication (90595002)
(N=30)
No. Needs for topics Mean SD meaning Ranking

1 Personal identification 3.91 0.13 much 1
2 House and home, environment 3.83 0.06 much 4
3 Daily life 3.77 0.18 much 5
4 Free time/ entertainment 3.67 0.19 much 8
5 Travel 3.70 0.29 much 7
6 Relations with other people 3.65 0.24 much 9
7 Health and body care 3.63 0.20 much 10
8 Education 3.87 0.04 much 2
9 Shopping 3.60 0.13 much 11
10 Food and drink 3.72 0.22 much 6
11 Services 3.56 0.21 much 12
12 Places 3.51 0.18 average 13
13 Language 3.47 0.04 average 14
14 Weather 3.86 0.11 average 3
According to Table 2, the students ranked their need for topic, three are as
the highest need; Personal identification ( M=3.91) , Education ( M=3.87) , and
Weather(M=86) respectively. For the lowest needs are, Language ( M=3.47), Places
(M=3.51), and Services (M=3.56).
Symposium
1
Table 3: Participants’ Needs of Characteristics of Learning and tasks
Needs for Characteristics of Mean SD meaning Ranking

No. Learning and tasks
1 Learning through completing 3.88 0.08 3.88 5
2 Learning through role play 3.90 0.14 3.80 4
3 Learning through presentations (e.g. 3.76 0.19 3.76 9
oral, exhibition, poster …)
4 Learning through problem solving 3.79 0.24 3.70 7
5 Learning through competition 3.99 0.99 3.70 1
6 Learning English through jigsaw 3.68 0.05 3.68 12
7 Learning through language games 3.63 0.17 3.63 14
8 Learning through opinion exchange 3.78 0.06 3.63 8
9 Learning through simulation 3.64 0.35 3.53 13
10 Learning through decision making 3.53 0.19 3.53 15
11 Learning through demonstrations 3.71 0.18 3.51 10
12 Learning through ordering and sorting 3.69 0.09 3.49 11
13 Learning through sharing personal 3.96 0.21 3.46 2
experiences
14 Learning through comparing 3.45 0.16 3.45 16
15 Learning through information-gap 3.93 0.21 3.43 3
16 Learning through information transfer 3.87 0.26 3.43 6
17 Learning through group work 3.41 0.24 3.40 17
discussion
18 Learning through story telling 3.40 0.27 3.40 18
19 Learning through hands-on 3.31 0.18 3.31 19
experience
The findings revealed that students ranked their needs for Learning through
competition at a highest (M=3.99), Learning through sharing personal experiences
(M=3.96) Learning through information- gap(M=3.93) consequently. Three of the
lowest mean score they needed in language learning and tasks consists of; Learning
through hand-on experience (M=3.31), Learning through story telling (M=3.40) and
Learning through group work discussion (M=3.41) respectively.
Qualitative results
The results from the open-ended question analysis were consistent with the
findings from the questionnaire. Ten English major students perceived that the last
two skills they performed worst were listening and speaking, which they consequently
regarded as difficult. However, they revealed that speaking was more difficult than
writing, and interestingly five second year students were still facing the same English
language difficulties and boring as seen from the following quotes translated from
Thai:
Student 1,: I feel speaking is the hardest for me. Sometimes I want to express
some ideas but I can’t deliver at all.
Student 2,; We rarely discuss in the classroom,anyway.it’s such a boring class.
Student 3,; Not enough interesting activities, just memorize the grammar for
the exam.
Conclusion and Suggestions

In conclusion, this study investigated the needs of Communication tasks for
English-major students. Data were drawn by using a questionnaire collecting opinions
and judgments from 30 English majors’ students. The results revealed the students’
needs of topics and tasks. Eight of topics needs were judged as significantly needed.
These included Personal identification, Education, Weather, House and home
environment, Daily life, Food and drink, Travel and Free time, entertainment.
Additionally, eight of students prefer tasks will apply for the chosen topics; Learning
through competition, Learning through sharing personal experiences, Learning through
information-gap, Learning through role play, Learning through completing, Learning
through information transfer, Learning through problem solving and Learning through
opinion exchange.
The results are useful for the curriculum development and material design
for a course in English for communication (90595002) for English majors. They provide
some guidelines for the scope of the course content /topics and tasks that matches
the needs of this group of students. Moreover, the results of the study reflect the
role of learners needs in designing and Developing the materials for a course. By
taking into account the needs of learners, educators and teachers can provide
appropriate instructional input to foster effective learning.
Symposium
1
References
Berwick, R. (1989). Needs Assessment in Languages Programming: From Theory to
Practice, pp.48-62. In R. K. Johnson (ed.). The Second Language Curriculum.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Brindley, G. (1984). Needs Analysis and Objective Setting in the Adult Migrant
Education Program. Sydney: N.S.W. Adult Migrant Education Service.
Bialystok, (1993:2-9). Communicative strategies. Oxford: Blackwell.
Crookes, G. (1986). Task classification: A cross-disciplinary review. In Technical report
No. 4: Center for second language classroom research. Honolulu: University of
Hawaii
Ellis, R. (2003). Task-based language learning and teaching. Oxford, England: Oxford
University Press.
Graves, K. (2000). Designing Language Courses: A Guide for Teachers. Boston, MA:
Heinle & Heinle.
Krashen, S. (1985). The input hypothesis: Issues and implications. London, Longman.
, S. (1985). Input in second language acquisition. Oxford, Pergamon.
Long, (1989). The role of the linguistic environment in second language acquisition.
In W. Ritchie & T. Bhatia (Eds.), Handbook of second language Acquisition (pp.
413-68). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Long & Crookes, (1993). Task classification: A cross-disciplinary review. In Technical
report No.4: Center for second language classroom research. Honolulu:
University of Hawaii.
Long, M. (2005). Methodological issues in learner needs analysis. In Long, M. (Ed.),
Second language needs analysis (pp. 1-76). Cambridge: Cambridge University.
Long, M. (2005). Second language needs analysis. Cambridge: Cambridge University.
Long, M., & Crookes, G. (1992). Three approaches to task-based syllabus design.
TESOL Quarterly, 26, 27-56.
Long, M., & Norris, J. (2000). Task-based teaching and assessment. . In Byram, M
(Ed.),Rutledge encyclopedia of language teaching and learning (pp. 597-
603). London: Rutledge
Munby, J. (1981). Communicative Syllabus Design. Cambridge: Cambridge University.
Nunan, D. 1988. The Learner-Centered Curriculum: A Study in Second Language
Teaching. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Nunan, D. (1989). Designing Tasks for the Communicative Classroom. Cambridge:

Cambridge University Press.
Nunan, D. (2004). Task-based language teaching. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Long, M.H. & G. Crookes. (1993). “Units of analysis in syllabus design: The case for
task”. In Crookes, G. & S.M. Gass (eds.), Tasks in a Pedagogical Context -
Integrating Theory & Practice. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd., 9-54.
Crookes, (1986); Prabhu, (1987) Plaining and interlanguage variation. Studies in
Second Language Acquisition. I I (4): 367-383.
Pica, T., Kanagy, R., & Falodun, J. (1993). Choosing and using communication tasks
for second language research and instruction. In G. Crookes & S. M. Gass
(Eds.), Tasks and second language learning (pp. 9-34). Clevedon, UK:
Multilingual Matters.
Richards, J. C. (1984). “Language Curriculum Development.” RELC Journal 15: 1-29.
. 2001. Curriculum Development in Language Teaching. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Richards, J. C.(2001) Curriculum Development in Language Teaching. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Skehan, P. (1996). Second language acquisition research and task-based
instruction in Willis J. & D.(ed) Challenge and Change in Language Teaching
Macmillan Heinemann
Skehan, P. (1998) A Cognitive Approach to Language Learning. Oxford: Oxford
University Press
Skehan, P. (1998). Task-based instruction. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 18,
268-286.
Willis, J. (1996) A flexible framework for task-based learning in Willis J. & D. (ed)
Challenge and Change in Language Teaching Macmillan Heinemann
Willis, J. (1998) Task-based learning ETP Issue 9
Willis, J. & D. (1998) A Framework for Task-Based Learning Longman.
Willis, D. & Willis, J. (2001). Task- based language learning. In R. Carter & D. Nunan
(Eds.), The Cambridge to teaching or speakers of other languages (pp. 173-79).
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Symposium
1
A Study on the Traditional and Functions of Dong’s Folk Songs

and the Bipa-Lute Music in Guangxi, China
Li Yanxi
Lijiang College of Guangxi Normal University, Guangxi, China
e-mail: 714417731@qq.com
Abstract
Liuzhou Sanjiang Dong autonomous county in the middle of Guangxi lies in
the core circle of Dong culture. The cultural integration of multiple nationalities has
laid a profound cultural foundation for the development of Dong’s Bipa music in this
area, forming the unique style and characteristics of Guangxi Dong’s Bipa music. Due
to the geographical location, ethnic languages and other reasons, Guangxi Dong’s
Bipa embodies a special development trajectory in terms of functions and inheritance.
The functions of Guangxi Dong’s Bipa includes historical inheritance function, moral
education function, entertainment function and aesthetic function. With the progress
and development of the society, all kinds of social functions of Dong’s Bipa have
been obviously weakened, and its inheritance function has been gradually replaced
by modern culture and education. Moreover, the inheritance of Dong’s Bipa has
been interrupted to a large extent because the old singers are over 70 years old.
Therefore, it has become an urgent task to comprehensively protect Dong’s Bipa.
Keyword: Dong culture, Dong’s Bipa
introduction
Dong is a minority in China, mainly distributed in southwest minority areas
bordering Hunan, Guizhou and Guangxi. Dong people believe in many gods and
animals and mainly engaged in agriculture. Dong’s Bipa is a unique traditional
musical instrument of Dong. It is a Chordophone with unique appearance and soft
tone. As the main accompaniment instrument of Dong songs, Dong’s Bipa plays an
important role in the development of Dong’s music.According to historical records, at
the end of the 14th century, Dong’s Bipa was popular in the majority of Dong folk
areas. Most people could play Dong’Bipa and sing Bipa song.
Objective
Objective of this research is to study Dong’s Bipa music of Dong minority
people in Guangxi, China.
Review literature
Researcher had review books and articles shown in the references such as;
Theory and method in ethnomusicology, Encounters in ethnomusicology, The
interpretation of culture, The Dong People of China, A Hidden Civilization Singapore,
A comparative study on music form and inheritance in south and northern Dong,
Guangxi Minority Musical Instruments.
Research method to be used for this research is kind of ethnomusicological
approach by doing fieldwork as well as document study. Gathering data by
observation and interviewing the key informants in a selected area.
Rresearch result
1. General knowledge
In the Dong language, Dong’s Bipa is called only "Bipa", The song accompanied
by Dong’s Bipa is called "Ga-Bipa". Dong’s Bipa is carved by hand with logs. There is
no uniform and fixed size. It is usually divided into three kinds: big, middle and small.
Due to the spread of different regions and manufacturers to change the shape of the
appearance of Dong’s Bipa, usually round, rectangular, trapezoid, octagonal and so
on. There are three strings and four strings, and the pitches are 563 and 5663. The
folk Dong’s Bipa has no fixed tone, which is set by the performer according to the
singer's voice. (Yang Xiuzhao & He Hong, 1987)
There are significant differences in the historical development and musical
characteristics of the Dong’s Bipa inherited from different places of Dong nationality.
In the past 30 years, a small number of scholars have paid attention to Dong’s Bipa,
a charming traditional musical instrument. The research results mainly focus on the
music characteristics of Dong Ga-Bipa in Hunan and Guizhou. However, it lacks a
systematic review of the historical origin and musical functions of Dong’s Bipa in
Guangxi, few studies have been conducted on the correlation between the formation
of Dong’s Bipa music characteristics in Guangxi and the local Dong people's living
Symposium
1
customs and national aesthetic consciousness, almost no research on the evolution
and inheritance of Dong’s Bipa, a traditional national musical instrument culture in
Guangxi under the impact of modern economy.
This study belongs to the qualitative research, using the study method of
ethnomusicology, through the field investigation data collected the Guangxi Dong’s
Bipa music work to study the function of music form and local Dong, relationships
between people's life custom, ethnic aesthetic consciousness, further research under
the impact of the modern market economy in Guangxi region Dong’s Bipa traditional
ethnic Musical Instruments evolution and inheritance of culture, to the benign
inheritance and development of guangxi dong Bipa culture to provide effective
reference basis.
Figure 1 The Dong girls are playing Dong’s Bipa
2. Functions of music
2.1 The function in historical inheritances:
In history, Dong is a nation with only language but no writing. The Dong
people rely on singing Dong songs to understand the history and civilization, spread
culture, and complete memory and communication. Such as the song of “Pan-gu”,
the song of the epoch-making, the song of the origin of mankind. Dong people sing
songs to tell the origin of all things, the history of the nation and the heroic
achievements in activities such as sacrificial rites and trample halls.
Guangxi Dong’s Bipa bearing the same ethnic thick civilization, the lyrics
contains rich historical and cultural information, known as the "Dong encyclopedia",
studying the amorous feelings of the Guangxi Dong customs, world, family, marriage,
historical events, labor production, religious belief and so on many aspects has
important historical value. A lot of important information about its ethnic origin and
production experience is stored in Bipa songs.
In a word, Dong people's singing is not only entertainment after work, but
also a means of recording history and inheriting culture, and an important way for
young people to experience life and learn life.
2.2 The function in education
Dong people are hard-working and kind. They love singing. Influenced by
family and ethnic environment, they learn to sing all kinds of songs with their family
members, partners or singers. In the song library of Guangxi Dong’s Bipa, songs full of
educational connotation and life philosophy can be found everywhere. In the
process of learning to sing, it has become a textbook for Dong people to teach
through lively activities. Dong people gather together in festival celebration and
large-scale singing party, sing, listen to songs and compete songs together, publicize
the idea of abandoning evil to be good and advocating nature through collective
strength, and accumulate good wishes in beautiful melody and moving lyrics. For
thousands of years, the Dong people in Guangxi have many traditional virtues, such
as respecting the old and loving the young, treating others with kindness, being
honest and trustworthy, and being hospitable, which has a great relationship with the
wide spread of Bipa song. Dong’s Bipa has an important historical position and value
in the spiritual life of Dong people in Guangxi.
The embodiment of the moral education function of Dong’s Bipa song in
Guangxi mainly includes the following points:
1)Impart knowledge of production and life. Because Dong didn't have
written language in the past, a lot of knowledge about production and life could
only be taught by Dong Bipa song. For example, songs like "farming in February"
imparts production knowledge to Dong people by describing various production
processes and techniques such as rice farming, fishing and hunting, cotton planting,
weaving and cutting.
2) Strengthen ethics. Bipa song guide everyone to understand the
truth of life, know what can be done, what cannot be done, regulate behavior. For
example, “song of filial piety” and so on all have good effects of moral
education. They do not preach with a serious face, but through vivid language,
funny and touching examples to educate and infect people, so as to achieve the
purpose of persuasion.
Symposium
1
3) The cohesion of ethnic groups. It has been proved that the
representative musical instrument of a nation is a symbol for the members of a nation
to seek national identity.。Dong’s Bipa is no exception. It contains Dong's unique
cognitive way, personality traits and aesthetic consciousness, and is an important
symbol of dong's spiritual culture. It has a powerful cohesion function in gathering
the national spirit and strengthening the national identity.
2.3. The function for entertainment
Entertainment is an essential attribute of music. In folk music, the
entertainment function has an independent value and is the most direct and
convenient way to vent human thoughts and emotions. Human beings created
culture for the purpose of enjoying it, and used music to celebrate harvest,
courtship, social activities and other social activities, so that people's psychological
instinct in social life can be adjusted, and their feelings can be warmed up in the
mutual communication, as well as entertainment.
The Dong people in Guangxi are in remote mountains, mountains and
waters, and it is not convenient for them to communicate with other countries.
Although they are poor, they still maintain a positive and optimistic spirit (作者). In
the Dong village very single cultural entertainment activities, through the Dong’s Bipa
music and the form of singing and dancing to express feelings, wish happy, transfer
happiness. Dong’s Bipa is popular among young people because it is easy to carry
and not restricted by the site. Playing and singing Bipa song is the most important
and indispensable form of entertainment for Dong people.
The main places of entertainment of Guangxi Dong’s Bipa are drum tower,
wind and rain bridge, streets, and fields, etc., such as bullfighting, worship of the god
of Sa, singing and sitting at night, Lusheng stepping on the hall, playing Bipa, drum
tower singing, performing Dong opera and other activities are held in the drum tower.
At that time, people can see different sizes of Dong’s Bipa performance teams, or
male and female Bipa singing, collective dance, or playing, singing and dancing, Dong
people light Bipa, singing and dancing to express the Dong happy life.
As Hegel put it, "the purpose of art should be defined as: to awaken all
emotions, desires, and passions that were originally asleep, so that they may spring
to life again and fill the heart; So that all educated and uneducated alike may have a
deep sense of what man can experience and create in the deepest and most secret
places of his heart... Delight in the pleasure of seeing and feeling." The entertainment
activity of Guangxi Dong’s Bipa is exactly the portrayal of Dong people "delight in the
pleasure of seeing and feeling ".
2.4. The function as aesthetic
1) A combination of singing and music
Guangxi Dong’s Bipa music is a typical combination of singing and music.
Dong people believe that "without the Bipa, there is no song. The more you play the
Bipa, the more you can sing." The perfect combination of natural, honest, sincere and
touching voice singing and melodious Dong’s Bipa playing gives listeners a good
aesthetic enjoyment. Guangxi Dong’s Bipa music and the beautiful natural ecological
environment, embodies the beauty of harmony between nature, people, music.
Since childhood, the Dong people in Guangxi have been living in the natural
environment with beautiful scenery near the mountains and by the water. They keep
the harmonious state between man and nature. They advocate harmony and create
the Bipa song with harmonious beauty.
2) The content of beauty is truth, kindness and harmony
Dong’s Bipa music is the aesthetic psychology and historical accumulation
formed by Dong people in the specific cultural and ecological environment and
natural ecological environment for a long time.
Dong people live in the natural ecological environment with beautiful
scenery and good cultural atmosphere, and the whole society presents a harmonious,
balanced, harmonious and unified feature. Beautiful ecological environment edify a
beautiful soul, Dong people warm hospitality, pay attention to politeness, help
others, speak solidarity, enthusiastic public welfare. The beautiful soul and beautiful
music of Dong people are formed gradually through thousands of years of
edification, accumulation and tempering in such a beautiful natural ecology and
cultural environment. The "harmony" in songs is regarded as the aesthetic criterion by
the dong people, and the "harmonious beauty" recognized and advocated by the
dong people has the universal nature of human aesthetic ideal.
Therefore, Guangxi Dong’s Bipa music always tells the story in a plain and
tranquil way. In the long-term development process, Bipa song not only exists as an
independent art form, but also becomes an important basis and part of the
formation of Dong folk art and opera. Guangxi Dong’s Bipa fully reveals the Dong
cultural characteristics and spiritual realm, has a high aesthetic value.
Symposium
1
3. Inheritances situation
The reason why Guangxi Dong’s Bipa music can maintain fresh vitality in
the long history of Dong is inseparable from its music features and social functions. In
the process of inheriting Dong culture from generation to generation, Dong’s Bipa
music carries the vicissitudes of time with its rich theme, mild melody and simple
expression form, promotes the development of Dong’s Bipa music culture and
shows the artistic talent and simple folk style of Dong people. Dong’s Bipa is the
proud art form of Dong people. On May 20, 2006, Dong’s Bipa was approved to be
included in the national intangible cultural heritage list.
In the process of spreading, the Bipa song of Dong nationality in Guangxi
has formed its own inheritance law. Traditional Dong Bipa song in Guangxi has songs
but no music score. It is characterized by oral transmission. There are three ways of
inheritance: family inheritance, apprentice inheritance and social folk activities
inheritance. However, in today's modernization, due to the erosion of foreign culture,
the traditional inheritance of Dong’s Bipa has quietly changed. Taking Linxi township
of Sanjiang Dong autonomous county as an example, according to the research of
researchers, from the perspective of family inheritance, most of the young parents in
the local area have gone out to work. Influenced by modern thoughts, their lifestyle,
habits and aesthetic psychology have changed a lot. They don't sing the Bipa song
any more. Children can only hear the playing of Dong’s Bipa from their grandparents.
The atmosphere of family inheritance is not strong. And some old people
die early, leading to the interruption of the inheritance. From the perspective of the
inheritance of masters and apprentices, the changes are more significant. Since the
1980s, in order to get rid of poverty and develop the economy, more and more local
people have gone out for work and business. influenced by foreign pop culture and
modern culture, fewer and fewer people like Dong’s Bipa music, and fewer and
fewer young people learn from song masters. At present, there are no singers under
30 years old in Linxi township, only a few singers around 40 years old and only one
singer around 60 years old. If the development goes on like this, there will be very
few singers for Sanjiang Dong’s Bipa. The decrease or even disappearance of
musicians has a significant impact on the inheritance of local Bipa songs, which will
directly lead to the demise of Dong’s Bipa music. From the perspective of folk
heritage, there used to be a variety of Dong folk festivals in Sanjiang county every
year, such as the "catch spring club" on February 2nd, the "pick mulberry festival" on
February 15th and March 3rd, and the June 6th festival, almost every month there
are festivals or gatherings. In these occasions, Dong’s Bipa is indispensable, many
people participate in the activities, they in the accumulated experience, naturally
love to listen to and can sing Bipa song, to appear young people playing Bipa song
"line song sit at night" phenomenon. However, in recent years, such custom activities
are decreasing year by year in Sanjiang county, the scale of activities is also
decreasing, and the number of participants is also decreasing. The traditional love
form of "line song sit at night" is also rare, and the function of folk activities to spread
and inherit Bipa songs has been greatly weakened.
Mr. Lin Maosheng, an old artist interviewed this time, is an influential old
artist in sanjiang Dong autonomous region. He learned Dong’s Bipa from his father for
decades and composed more than 120 Bipa songs. He actively responds to the call
of the government, actively participate in the propaganda, inherit the development
of Dong’s Bipa. But when I asked, "do your children play the Bipa with you?"
However, he said helplessly, " they can't play Dong’s Bipa. They can't even speak
Dong dialect.” Now Dong has been seriously Sinicized, Dong’s Bipa is no longer
indispensable for every family, but only a few elderly people still love it.” Although
Dong’s Bipa still exists, it is totally different from before. Love between young men
and women is no longer determined by Bipa song. Nowadays, a boy who can't play
the Dong Bipa can still find a wife. No longer can a girl like a girl who can play the
Dong’s Bipa well before. The content of Bipa song is no longer the inheritance of
dong's history and culture, but the popularization of nine-year compulsory
education, regional autonomy policy, tourism promotion and other contents.
At present, Guangxi Dong’s Bipa is almost in danger of being lost. Only a
few people have Bipa and only a few young people can play it. We found a
successor of Dong’s Bipa, Mr. Long Caihui, a retired teacher, He loves his national
culture and is writing a book about Dong culture and music. His uncle used to be a
member of the Dong’s opera troupe. He likes collecting Musical Instruments very
much. He told us that there are very few Dong people like him who are passionate
about Dong culture. Few young people like him collect Dong instruments and play
the Dong’s Bipa. However, it is gratifying to see that in recent years, under the strong
push of the government, some areas in Sanjiang, Guangxi have successively
established the inheritance and protection base of Dong’s Bipa. Senior inheritor has
established the Bipa song learning class, which not only maintains the traditional
Symposium
1
teaching but also expands the online learning channel. The government also
organized experts and scholars to further sort out and study it, in order to make
Dong’s Bipa music better inheritance, development and innovation.
Figure 3 The researcher and the Dong's Bipa artist

Mr. Long Caihui
Conclusion, discussion and suggestion

Guangxi Dong’s Bipa, as the inheritance and dissemination of music, culture,
history and education, has played a great role in promoting the national music. In a
sense, Guangxi Dong’s Bipa is not only a musical instrument, but also a cultural
phenomenon full of life symbols.
Under the impact of modern economy, the inheritance of Guangxi Dong’s
Bipa is being constantly impacted by modern culture and foreign cultures. Various
media's propaganda on the modern popular music has weakened the awareness of
Dong young people to learn Dong’s Bipa. "To sing well and play the Bipa well" is no
longer something they are proud of. "to go out and play" is their universal pursuit.
The fast pace of modern life makes the Dong people express their love in a
straightforward way, and they are no longer keen on preserving their own etnic
customs. With the progress and development of the society, all kinds of social
functions of Dong’s Bipa have been obviously weakened, and its inheritance function
has been gradually replaced by modern culture and education. Moreover, the
inheritance of Dong’s Bipa has been interrupted to a large extent because the old
singers are over 70 years old. Therefore, it has become an urgent task to
comprehensively protect Dong’s Bipa.
Researchers believe that the study of Dong’s Bipa is an important way for us
to understand the social history, life customs, national consciousness, cultural
mentality and group psychology of Dong people in a specific period, and is the
precious wealth of the world's national culture. To establish the sustainable
development of Guangxi Dong Bipa culture needs efforts from various aspects. It is
hoped that with the strong support of local government, with the conscious and
active inheritance of folk artists, and with the joint efforts of research experts, the
ancient folk instrument Dong’s Bipa can display new vitality.
References
Bruno Nettl. 1964. Theory and method in ethnomusicology. London: The Free
Press of Glencoe a Division of Macmilan Publishing Co.
Bruno Nettl. 2002. Enounters in ethnomusicology: A memoir. Warren, Michign:
Harmonie Park Press.
Clifford Geertz. 1973. The interpretation of culture. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
Gail Rossi. 1991. The Dong People of China, A Hidden Civilization Singapore: Hagley
& Hoyle Pte. Ltd.
Luo Hui (罗卉）. 2011. 南、北侗族音乐形态及传承的比较研究 [A
comparative
study on music form and inheritance in south and north Dong]. (民族论坛（学
术版），09,82-86.
Lu Kegang & Yang Xiuzhao & He Hong (卢克刚，杨秀昭，何洪).1987.广西
少数民族乐器考（选载） [Guangxi Minority Musical
Instruments].艺术探索，02,3—12
Symposium
1
The Marriage Custom and Culture of the Bu Yi

Ethnic Minority in Guizhou Province
Zhang Yan, Panya Roongruang

Reacher Center for literature , Education and cultural communication,
Guizhou Normal University, Guizhou , China
e-Mail : 496904508@qq.com
Abstract
Guizhou is a province settled by various ethnic groups, with the Bu Yi
nationality being the second largest ethnic group, accounting for 7.9% of the total
population. As a large ethnic group in Guizhou, the Bu Yi ethnic group stands out for
its uniqueness in marriage custom and culture, which usually includes such steps as
"mate selection", "engagement", "exchange of Eight Characters" (the birthday
horoscope) and "marriage ceremony" from falling love to getting married. The
marriage custom and culture of the Bu Yi ethnic group in Guizhou province are
introduced in this paper in order to give some insights to academic researches and
studies.
Keyword: Bu Yi Nationality, Ethnic, Minority, Guizhou
Introduction
Guizhou is a province settled by 56 ethnic groups, including 18 that have
been living here from the very beginning, such as the Han, Miao, Bu Yi, Tu Jia, Dong,
Ge Lao, Yi, Shui, Bai and Hui ethnic groups. According to the fifth national census, the
population of Bu Yi people living in Guizhou totals 798,200, accounting for 7.9% of
the population of the whole province, making it the second largest ethnic minority in
Guizhou. Based on the research of historians, it is” the indigenous people of
Guizhou”, which was known as" Yue "before Qin and Han Dynasties," Liao "in the
Eastern Han Dynasty," Fanman "in the Tang, Song and Yuan Dynasties, and" Zhongjia "
during the period between Ming and Qing Dynasties and the founding of the
People’s Republic of China in 1949" [1]. The Bu Yi ethnic group in Guizhou is mainly
inhabited in two Bu Yi and Miao Autonomous Prefectures in Southwest Guizhou and
South Guizhou, and they can also be found in such areas as Anshun, Guiyang, and
Liupanshui cites. Its language is included in the Zhuang Dai language branch of the
Zhuang Dong language group of the Sino-Tibetan family.
Purpose of research
This research purpose is to study The Marriage Custom and Culture of Bu Yi
Ethnic Minority people in Guizhou Province.
Review Literature
Researcher had reviewed books and article that there are appeared in the
references at the end of this article. These are about History of the Bu Yi Nationality,
The Custom of Marriage and Funeral and the System of Traditional Peasant Family in
China, The Inheritance Function of Lang Shao Custom in the Development of the Bu
Yi culture, The Cultural Connotation of Traditional Chinese Marriage Custom, and A
Review of Wedding Ceremony Research.
Research method is field research in light of ethnomusicology in which
researcher studied music from key informants by observation and interviewing, as
well as documentation research.
Research result
The result of research is as follow:
1. As a large ethnic group in Guizhou, the Bu Yi ethnic group boasts its
own uniqueness in marriage culture. "The kinship network which is formed on the basis of
marriage and blood ties connects the individual families of traditional farmers and
subordinates the individuals to the community. And one of the main rites that can
form and reflect this kinship is marriage etiquette and custom." [2] The marriage of
the Bu Yi people has observed the system of monogamy and it is forbidden to get
married with people of the same clan and surname, but the custom of "getting
married with cousins" and "getting married with brother’s wife if one’s brother passes
away" can still be seen. In the past, as the Bu Yi people usually lived together, they
seldom got married with people from other ethnic groups. And in the modern
society, this tradition continues, even the young Bu Yi people who work outside
prefer to go back to their hometown and get married with people of the same ethnic
Symposium
1
group. Besides, even in some areas where the Bu Yi people live together with other
ethnic groups like the Han, Miao, it is normal for Bu Yi men to marry girls from other
ethnic groups, while it is a rare phenomenon for a Bu Yi girl to get married with a
man who comes from other ethnic groups. Thanks to the rapid growth of the society,
the marriage concept of the Bu Yi people has gradually changed. Advanced culture
and thoughts have changed the Bu Yi people's view of marriage and love, and more
and more Bu Yi people are getting married with people from other ethnic groups.
2. The steps from falling love to getting married of the Bu Yi people.
The Bu Yi ethnic group champions rites and ceremonies, therefore,
marriage, as an important event of the Bu Yi people, should also follow certain rules.
Generally speaking, from falling love to getting married, the Bu Yi people have such
steps as "mate selection", "engagement", "exchange of Eight Characters" and "marriage
ceremony". Their way of falling love is also unique: the young Bu Yi men and women
usually get to know each other through events such as attending gatherings. When
attending gatherings, the girls and boys who are well dressed in colorful clothes
stand by each other and look for their favorite people. After finding their favorite girls,
Most of the boys will ask their sisters to consult the matchmakers, and such act is
commonly known as "silver finch". If a young man falls in love with a girl, the "silver
finch" will bring presents to the girl and then they will sing a song to each other first.
After a song, if the girl does not agree, she will express her refusal through singing but
if the girl also loves the young man, she will step out of the group and sing songs
with her favorite young guy on other mountains. This activity is known as "Lang
Shao"(wave whistle) in Bu Yi language, which symbolizes love and it is a unique way
for the young Bu Yi men and women to choose their spouse and make friends freely
along the north river. The main way of Lang Shao is to sing and convey love through
songs. Young people get to know each other, fall in love and then choose their
spouse by means of songs. "[3] Therefore, there are "wave whistle" songs, which
include "asking surname song", "asking question song", "love song", "missing song", etc.
Except unmarried men and women, married people are also allowed to participate
in the social activity. For unmarried youth, Lang Shao activity is their first love but for
people who have married, it is a way to show their talents and charm, and it is also a
way to suggest their dissatisfaction with the marriage arranged by their parents.
After having a good understanding of each other, the young men and
women are allowed to have free love if they have affection to each other. In general,
both men and women will not tell their love story to parents, especially for women.
Therefore, the free love of the young Bu Yi men and women has become a hiding
love, and meeting and dating are subject to great restrictions. Lovers can meet each
other usually in such events as the gatherings, marriage ceremonies, funeral, festivals
and other activities. If the lovers give each other something, it means that they have
sworn for life. When the marriageable age is reached, the man will propose marriage
to the woman. For the first time, two women who are eloquent and have a local
reputation will be invited to visit the woman's home with brown sugar and if the
woman's parents accept the present, it means that the woman agrees to the man's
proposal. For the second time, two senior men with great reputation and status in
the family bring pork, rice wine and Ciba (glutinous cake) to propose to the wife's
family and the woman's family would entertain relatives and friends, and then
distribute the pork, rice wine and Ciba to the relatives. Next, the elders of each side
will take out the eight characters of their children and give them to the fortune teller.
If the eight characters do not match, the two are not allowed to get married. But if
the eight characters match, they will be married. The third time, the man will invite
two matchmakers to visit the woman's home with the wedding date selected by the
fortune teller, and prepare the gift money, a chicken, ten kilograms of meat, wine,
and a package of sugar, etc. The amount of gift money is usually determined by the
woman's family and the man's family has to give as much as the woman's family
wants. Generally speaking, it is an acceptable number. The third time is engagement
and after that, the two sides begin to prepare for the marriage ceremony.
Wedding ceremony is the most important one in marriage rites. The day
before marriage, the woman’s family will hold a wedding banquet at home to
entertain her relatives and friends. The man's side will also send a pig to the
woman's house, and meanwhile, they will bring hundreds of Jin of wine. If it is not
enough, they will ask the man's family to bring more and the surplus will not be
refunded. For the families that don’t take enough, their matchmakers are not
allowed to be invited by the woman's family to have dinner. In the afternoon of the
same day, the man's family will take a pair of bridesmaid and groomsman to wait at
the door of the woman's home. When the auspicious time comes, the bridegroom
and the groomsman will go in to meet the woman’s relatives. After they enter, the
bridegroom and the bridesmaid kneel down to worship their parents in law, the God
of the family and the elders of the woman's family. And after the worship, the
Symposium
1
bridegroom can take the bride away. In the meantime, the bride does not need to
salute her parents. When she leaves, the husband's relatives and friends and the
wife's relatives and friends will also take away the dowry, which usually includes
quilts, pillows, mosquito nets, cabinets, household appliances and curtains with
things on the cloth. The Bu Yi people live in mountainous areas, mostly on mountain
roads. Due to the rough road, the bridegroom will not carry the bride. No matter the
weather, the bridesmaid will give the bride a red umbrella. After arriving at the man's
house, the bride is not allowed to enter her husband's house until some auspicious
time after 12 p.m.
When entering the house, the bride should first worship her father-in-law,
mother-in-law and the God of the family. First, the groomsman accompanies the
bridegroom to worship, and then the bridesmaid escorts the bride to worship; after
the ceremony, the bridesmaid will accompany the bride into the new house where
the bride has to stay a whole day. After daybreak, the bridegroom's family began to
have a feast for the relatives and friends who come to celebrate. At this time, the
bridegroom, accompanied by the elders of the family, thanks the relatives and
friends who congratulate one by one and has toasts to the guests. At this time, the
surnai music will be held in the yard. According to common sense, the Bu Yi people
will have two banquets: lunch is from 11 a.m. to 12 a.m. and dinner is from 3 p.m. to
5 p.m. Generally speaking, the males in the family are in charge of the banquet and
the female mainly undertakes the auxiliary work of steaming, washing and adding rice.
At the end of the banquet, the bride can step out of the new house, but can't leave
the house. On the night of marriage, the bridegroom can't share the room with the
bride because he should accompany all the relatives and friends who come to
celebrate their marriage.
On the first day after marriage, the females in the bridegroom's family will
help him make Ciba. When the Ciba is made, it will be sent to his wife's home and
then distributed to the relatives of his wife's family. But at the same time, the bride
does nothing and stays at home. The bridegroom's family and fellow villagers will be
invited to dinner. At this time, the bridegroom and the bride will come out together
to toast. The bridegroom will pour the wine and the bride will serve the wine plate.
People who come to dinner will also give money to the bride at will. But there is no
limit on the amount, ranging from ten yuan to one yuan, and the amount given is
auspicious. The bride will put the money in the tea tray and cup. At the end of the
banquet, the bride will give the cloth shoes made in the ordinary days to the elders
of the bridegroom's family. On the second day after marriage, the bride and groom
need to visit the elders at the bride's home together. This ceremony is called "Hui
Men"(returning home). Before that, the bride should carry water for all the relatives
of the man's family, and her husband will help her. After finishing the routine, the
bride and groom bring some wine, meat and wedding candy back to her parents'
home. The relatives of the woman’s family are invited to eat dinner and share the
candy. After marriage, the husband should bring sugar, Ciba, and glutinous rice to his
wife’s home on festival days such as the Spring Festival, March 3, April 8, June 6,
July15, Mid-Autumn Festival, and so on.
3. Marriage customs and culture of the Bu Yi ethnic group in different regions
According to the marriage custom of the Bu Yi ethnic group, there is a
feature called "stay at one’s own home", that is, although having married, both
husband and wife are not allowed to live together, instead, both husband and wife
live in their own home. But when the Spring Festival comes, the wife is allowed to
celebrate the festival in her husband’s home. And they will not be forced to stay
together if they are not willing to. If the man's house is busy, the woman will go back
to the man's house to give a hand. The woman will not move to the man's house
until she is pregnant and since then, she begins to live in her husband’s home. In
order to end the bride's life of "staying at her parents’ home" as soon as possible,
the husband will secretly make a kind of beautiful and exquisite hat when he is not
busy and wear it secretly on his wife’s head so as to show that she has to go back to
her husband's house and stop going out for "wave whistle". On the day of wearing
the fake shell, the groom's mother, sister-in-law and middle-aged woman secretly
carry wine, chicken, etc. at dusk, and sneak into the bride's house at dark, and wait
for the opportunity to wear the hat on the wife’s head. When the bride passes by
them alone, one of them unexpectedly comes forward to hold the bride, the other
quickly unties the braid of the bride's hair, takes off her headscarf, and firmly puts
the fake shell on the bride's head. So far, the ceremony finishes. The bridegroom's
mother immediately gives the chicken and wine to her family as a comfort. But if
one only holds the bride without wearing a fake shell, or if the bride wears the hat
without opening the braid; or the bride struggles to escape, it doesn't count. The
husband has to come back with a disappointment and wait for another surprise
attack next year.
Symposium
1
Of course, the marriage custom varies a lot in different areas of Guizhou
province, like the "wearing fake shells" of the Bu Yi people in Zhenning county,
Anshun city. Marriage custom is equivalent to the ancient marriage, or it can also be
called “baby marriage”. Bu Yi parents in the area will set up baby parents for their
children through "blind date", and hold weddings for them when their children are
five or six years old. After marriage, the little bridegroom and bride will live in their
own homes. When the girl and the boy arrive at the age when they can participate in
the "wave whistle", they can get married if both the young man and girl like each
other. This kind of marriage is called "Bei Dai marriage". In addition, there is a unique
custom of "Da Jieqin". When young men and women hold weddings, the women's
family will prepare a lot of big red dates in advance, and choose and arrange two
cute young girls to "ambush" at the gate of the village. When the team arrives at the
gate, they will smash the red dates prepared in advance to the team, which is
commonly known as "Da Jieqin".
There is also a custom called "throwing rice bran bags" in Panjiang area.
"Bran bag" is actually a colorful bag filled with bran and sewed into a beautiful shape.
During the "wave whistle" activity, the young men and women who participated in
the activity stand in a row and then the girls would bring bran bags of various colors
and throw them to the desired young men. When the young men received the bran
bags, they could become friends or even develop into husband and wife. In Libo
County, Qiannan Bu Yi and Miao Autonomous Prefecture, Guizhou Province, there is a
marriage custom called "guessing eight characters". The Bu Yi ethnic group believes in
ghosts and superstitions. When young men and women decide to get married
through various "wave whistle" activities, both men and women will find a fortune
teller to check the "eight characters" carefully before marriage, which is the
"exchange of the eight characters" of Bu Yi ethnic group. When all the relatives and
friends of the bridegroom's family go to the bride's house to meet the bride, the
bride's house will put a large table at the door, on which will be placed eight big
bowls, filled with the rice wine (also known as "Bian Dang wine") brewed by the bride,
and eight big bowls filled with wine, only one of which has the bride's "eight
characters" hidden at the bottom. The bridegroom's family has to find the bowl with
"eight characters" but if they can't find it, they must drink up the wine in the bowl
until they are right. This is the custom of "guessing eight characters" in marriage
culture. Therefore, the people who are selected to visit the bride’s family must be
very careful, they should not only be eloquent, but also can drink a lot.
Marriage custom stands for a cultural symbol, a cultural cluster that has its
own environment for growth. Closely connected with their production and life style,
the marriage custom of the Bu Yi ethnic group is conducive to the acquisition and
internalization of group culture, such as diet culture, folk song culture, national belief,
etc. and by means of specific rituals, a control mechanism is established in the group
members' hearts so that they can gain a sense of belonging at the cultural level and
strengthen the sense of national identity.
Conclusion and Discussion

Wedding ceremony is an important social phenomenon in people's life, and
reflects the spirit and the culture of a nation. Marriage is a family behavior. As long as
the marriage is in line with etiquette and procedures, then the marriage is reasonable
and legal. Function of wedding is the occasion where relatives gather through the
wedding ceremony, the relationship between relatives has been strengthened. As an
extremely critical part of the traditional culture of ethnic minorities, marriage custom
is also a problem worthy of attention and study. Given the current landscape of
rapid economic development and new technology, the precious cultural heritage of
ethnic minorities is gradually losing due to the influence of various factors. To this
regard, the protection and development of excellent ethnic cultural heritage has
been an important topic of the times for scholars. The author holds that the
protection and development of the cultural heritage of ethnic minorities is a
systematic work, which requires the reasonable policies formulated by the
government, the skills and tools to record the culture of the ethnic minorities
provided by local scholars, the motivation of the ethnic minorities themselves to
continuously improve their consciousness, and the sound atmosphere formed in the
whole society for the protection of ethnic culture. And that is how the ethnic culture
can bloom and remain vitality forever.
Suggestion
Others scholars whom interested in research on Bu Yi minority’s culture may
pay attention to others aspects of folk music such as work songs, instrumental music,
ritual music even music for entertainment for any occasions. These musics are now
Symposium
1
declined and if some scholars of composer are able to composed a new song bases
developed from original folk or even create a new style of those authentic music,
that may be encourage people to back to learn our old music tradition.
References
Bao Fucun. A Review of Wedding Ceremony Research. Journal of Hunan University
of Arts and Science (social science edition), 2007 (04): 86-87
Compilation group of Brief Introduction to the History of the Bu Yi Nationality.
Guiyang: Guizhou people's publishing house, 1989.1-15.
Li Guimei, Yu fangqin. The Cultural Connotation of Traditional Chinese Marriage
Custom[J]. Journal of Changde Normal University (social sciences edition),
2000 (04): 11-14
Zhang Yongjian. The Custom of Marriage and Funeral and the System of
Traditional Peasant Family in China. Sociological research, 1994: 99-106
Zhang Jun. The Inheritance Function of Lang Shao Custom in the Development of
the Bu Yi culture[J]. Journal of Hubei Normal University (Philosophy and
social sciences edition), 2015, 35 (04): 50-52
A Study of Eastern Asian Songs to Create a Contemporary Music

“Sound of the Dawn” for the Mixed Thai and Western Ensemble
Panya Roongruang, Suchat Detdee, Sirirak Charoenmongkolkit

Faculty of Music, Bangkokthonburi University
panyaroongruang@gmail.com
Abstract
Objective of the research is to study music traits of Japan, Korea and China to
understand its character for creating a new piece entitled “Sound of the Dawn” to
be performed by a mixed ensemble of Thai and Western instruments. Research
methodology is a creative-qualitative research. The result of research is knowledge of
Japanese, Korean and Chinese music traits. The analysis of this knowledge was used
for creating the new composition entitled “Sound of the Dawn” to be performed by
a mixed ensemble of Thai and Western instruments.
Keywords: Eastern Asian Songs, Contemporary Music, Thai Ensemble, Western Ensemble,
Thai Music , Western Music
Introduction
East Asian consists of China, Korea, Japan and Mongolia, although Korea and
Japan are influenced by Chinese music but still keeping their old traditional music
traits that reveal people’s ways of life which reflects their thought and imagination in
music creation. These people in a particular region absorbed their culture and having
accumulated knowledge of their music, songs, believe, festival and ritual which was
reflected in their compositions, especially in the traditional or folk music both for
entertainment and ritual music.
The diversity in this music traits are such as tuning system, melodies, rhythm,
tone color, instruments, musical forms and music literature. Researcher are
interested to study these musics for using those musical elements to recreate the
new compositions in order to be performed by Thai and western mixed ensemble.
Symposium
1
Objectives
Objective of the research are:
1.To study some music traits of Eastern Asian Countries; China, Korea and
Japan.
2.Using knowledge in music traits of China, Korea and Japan for creating the
new composition entitled “Sound of the Dawn” to be performed by Thai and
Western mixed ensemble.
Literature Review
Researcher reviewed many books as shown in references and the knowledge
of study is able to summarize to make it fits to this article are as follow:
Traditional Chinese music using 8 kind of instrument and the categories are
bases on the material of each instrument these are; clay such as xun, metal such as
bell, stone such as pein-ching (a stone bell), wood such as pan (wood stick), mu-yu
(Chinese block), bamboo such as dizi and xiao (flute), gourd such as sheng (bamboo
mouth organ), string such as er-hu, zhong-hu and ta-hu (fiddle) gu-qin and gu-zheng
(zither), lither such as tang-gu (drum). An old tradition Chinese tuning system is kind
of twelve pitches equidistant called lṻ which having 12 semitones as like as western
music but usually being composed in pentatonic (5 note scale). The traditional folk
music normally in monophonic texture (single line) and the style of playing usually
an improvisational style particularly the music of the Southern Yang-Zi river –
Jiangnan Sizhu. The punctuation is obvious and the melody is gentle soft dynamic.
Korean music is obviously influenced by Chinese music both in musical
instruments such as kayakum that derives from Chinese gu-zheng, hae-kum from er-hu
etc. But the tuning system of music is unique to Korea, that is a non-equidistant tuning
system that makes some tunes sound like minor key in western music. The important
character of music is vibrato particularly on the low pitch on any composition both in
vocal and instrumental music. A well-known traditional folk tune is sakura which having
variety style. However Korean music has its own character and uniqueness because of
some musical elements and ideas of composition also received from India especially
ritual music. Korean use 2 major groups of mode, a pyong-jo consists of pitches in 1-2-4-
5-6 and a kyomyong-jo consists of 1-3-4-57 these are in tritonic or tetratonic with some
accidental pitch. There are two types of music, tang-ak (court music) and hyang-ak (original
music from China before Tang dynasty and Korean traditional music for entertainment)
Japanese music is also influenced by Chinese past through Korea mixed with
traditional folk Japanese music. The Chinese influenced instruments are such as koto
derived from Chinese gu-zheng, biwa and samisen from Chinese pipa and sanshian,
bue from Chinese dizi. etc. the court music of Japan is gagaku which was originated
in China had come to Japan in AD.600-900. Japanese tuning system is a non-
equidistant 12 tones or heptatonic using 2 main scales ryo scale D – E – F - F#- G (G -
t G#) - A – B – (c-c#) – D, and ritsu scale E – F# - (G) – A – B – C# - (d) – E: the note
without parenthesis are in pentatonic. A solo music is Japan is important and its
shown-up kind of Japanese philosophy particularly for shakuhashi (flute) and koto
(zither). A major drama of Japan is Kabuki which is contains high class of performance
and new technology of presentation.
Research methodology is a “creative research” consists of two parts, the
research part and the creative part. The research part is a qualitative research
studying a specific music trait of traditional music of China, Korea and Japan. The
creative part is composing new series of music entitles “Sound of the Dawn” to be
performed by mixed Thai and western instruments”. The following are working steps
of this research:
1.Studying the music traits of Chinese, Korean and Japanese music.
2.Study music literature and composition for writing new music.
3.Composing the new pieces “Sound of the Dawn” musical series.
4.Having experts to investigate the new composition.
5.Revising the new music follow the expertise’s suggestion
6.Presenting the new composition to public
Research Result
Part 1 Music of Eastern Asia
The music traits of Chinese, Korean and Japanese are characterized by 1) the
tuning system, Chinese system is a 12 equal temperament and mostly use
pentatonic; the Japanese and Korean are unequal temperament pentatonic scales.
The melodic contour of these three countries are undulating, having moderato
tempo which in one and a half octave range. The melody is gentle, joyful which part
of syncopation of more exciting. Most of instrument to be used are stringed
Symposium
1
instruments such as lute, fiddle, and zither mixed with blown instruments - flute and
accompanied with local drums.
Part 2 New Composition
The new composition entitled “Sound of the Dawn”, comprises of 1)
Introduction presenting the people’s pleasure feeling when the sun is rising at early
morning, 2) Japanese Dance, 3) Korean Dance, and 4) Chinese Dance with short Coda.
Because of limited space of the paper, it can be presented here just part of the full
composition the “Chinese Dance” as follow:
Symposium
1
Symposium
1
Symposium
1
Symposium
1
Utilization of Research Result

1.Having musical score and parts of the new music series “sound of the
Dawn” for public to be used.
2.Performing new music for public, life, internet or in the conference if any.
3.Having examples of studying international music to use for composing Thai
contemporary composition performed by Thai and western musical instruments
mixed.
Discussion and Suggestion

Creative research is met with Thailand 4.0 policy, it’s a kind of value added
on top of ordinary research which is come up with the pure knowledge as a research
Symposium
1
result. But the creative research produces new creative work such as new
compositions or songs that are able to give new creative ideas for listeners,
encourages and inspires listener for further thinking in order to produce some new
works.
The composition “Sound of the Dawn” in this research is a combination of
Thai and Western music knowledge but not concentrate much on western musical
harmony but making it as an easy listening music, so that the researcher never uses
complex chords, but principle one and using a simple binary form. One important
idea is making music depicting atmosphere of Chinese, Korean and Japanese feeling,
emotion as well as musical idioms to show identity of each tradition.
Suggestion for other creations, it is able to compose new music bases on
others traditional folk music such as music of Southeast Asian countries.
References
Asian/Pacific Music Materials Co-production Programme (MCP). Instrumental Music
of Asia and the Pacific. (Series 2-1, 2-2, 2-3). Tokyo: Asian Cultural Center for
UNESCO (ACCU), 1979, 1983,1985
Asian/Pacific Music Materials Co-production Programme (MCP). Songs of Asia and
the Pacific (Series 3-1, 3-2). Tokyo: Asian Cultural Center for UNESCO (ACCU),
1980.
Asian/Pacific Music Materials Co-production Programme (MCP). Folk Songs of Asia
and the Pacific (Series 4-1, 4-2,). Tokyo: Asian Cultural Center for UNESCO
(ACCU), 1988, 1990.
Jones, Stephen. Folk Music of China. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995.
Kaemmer, John E. Music in Human Life Anthropological perspectives on Music.
Texas: University of Texas Press,1993
May, Elizabeth. Music of Many Cultures. Berkley: University of California Press,1980
Miller, Terry E. & Shahriari, Andrew. World Music A Global Journey. New York:
Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, 2006
. Cassette tapes for Asian Music Survey, Kent State University.
. Cassette tapes for Seminar in East Asian Music, Kent State University.
Nettl, Bruno and Companies. Excursions in World Music. New Jersey: Prentice - Hall
Inc.,1992
Roongruang, Panya. 2561. Kaan-wijai-sangsan-thang-dontri-lae-natasin-Thai (การวิจยั

สร˚ า งสรรค˚ ท างดนตรี แ ละ นาฏศิ ล ป˚ ไทย). Document for music conference, Music
Educators Association (Thailand).
Sadie, Stanley. The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, 1st edition. London:
Macmillan Publishers Limited, 1980
. The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, 2nd edition. London:
Macmillan Publishers Limited, 2001
Symposium
1
The Work of Michael Bakan with Regards to Music and Autism

Andrew Shahriari
Kent State University, Ohio, U.S.A.
e-mail: ashahria@gmail.com
Abstract
Purposes of this research are to elaborate on the work of Michael Bakan with
regards to music and autism, and providing some insight from my own experiences
that can hopefully benefit to society. This research using qualitative research mixed
with documentary research.
The research result was: Autism is a mind disorder person whom has their
own thought, we must find a proper way to communicate with them and music
activities is one proper way to get attention to autism to be able to communicate
with people. A free musical activity allows autism to touch with the musical feeling
and get in touch with people in some certain level.
Keyword: Autism, Music, ARTISM
Introduction
The journey of an ethnomusicologist is rarely straight. The inherent nature of
the discipline requires the input and guidance of other people, necessitating a
flexibility of thought and action that inevitably results in unanticipated pathways.
This unpredictability of the adventure in music research through interactions with
others, rather than just books and scores, is a large part of the attraction I have
towards ethnomusicology. Sure, I love to play music, listen to it, learn about it, and
talk about it with other interested colleagues and students. But what interests me
most about ethnomusicology is the opportunity to experience the infinite array of
musical activity that I feel reflects the inner qualities of being human and that of the
human condition.
Objectives
The objectives of this work are: 1. To elaborate on the work of Michael Bakan
with regards to music and autism. 2). Providing some insight from my own
experiences that can hopefully benefit to society.
Review literature
The literature that had been reviewed by author are: Michael B. Bakan.
Speaking for Ourselves: Conversations on Life, Music, and Autism, Oxford University.
Speaking for Ourselves: Conversations on Life, Music, and Music. (Published to Oxford
Scholarship Online: July 2018). Elizabeth J. Grace: I Was A Self-Loathing FC Skeptic.
The main emphasize is to understand and dealing with autism.
Research method
Method of research was a qualitative research to investigate and observation
the autistic student and documentary research.
Research Result
Researcher unexpected pathway in ethnomusicology begins with my first
encounter with Dr. Michael Bakan of Florida State University, the most prominent
figure in the ethnomusicological investigation of autism. The context for this
introduction was the 50th anniversary of the Society for Ethnomusicology national
conference held in Atlanta, Georgia in 2005. Dr. Bakan was featured on a panel about
medical ethnomusicology. He presented a moving introduction to his work with
world music and autism at the time, which focused on young students on the
spectrum playing world music instruments and interacting with other musicians, “free
of any specific demands or expectations, musical or otherwise.” (2018, 23) This
research later developed into his ARTISM ensemble, pictured here. As Michael
highlighted some interesting aspects about the children’s behaviors, I had an
epiphany regarding my own two years old son and the challenges we had in
communicating with him. My suspicions were confirmed three months later when a
doctor gave our son an official diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder.
I am hoping that everyone here has some familiarity with autism. The idea
that Dustin Hoffman’s “Rain Man” portrayal of an autistic individual is Universal has
hopefully been dispelled for you either from direct personal experience or through
indirect means, such as media stories and film that portray nonfictional lives of
individuals on the spectrum. Today, autism is increasingly being recognized as a
diversity, rather than disability issue. Yes, there are biological and social challenges
that people on the autism spectrum deal with on a daily basis. Helping people to
recognize and understand what those challenges might be is part of my personal
Symposium
1
mission in giving presentations such as this. But my ethnomusicology has always
included such insight sharing anyway. I learn about the music and culture of other
communities and then share my understanding and perspective in hopes that others
will come to a greater appreciation and acceptance of people, no matter their
biological, sociological, cultural, or, in the case of autism, neurological background.
Several years after meeting Michael, I was fortunate to receive a grant from
our College of the Arts at Kent State University to support a visit from Dr. Bakan that
included a lecture and panel discussion with some Kent State colleagues, as well as
Michael directing a version of his ARTISM ensemble, which we labeled the “World
Music Exploratorium.” The workshop included members from the autism community
outside the university, as well as Kent State students and faculty, co-creating music
without the presence of an audience.
In watching the video, I hope it is apparent that this event was void of social
labeling. The participants, neurotypical or otherwise, were all experiencing the
dynamic environment of the musical exchange with Dr. Bakan acting as a facilitator,
rather than director with specific expectations. This activity acted as a means of
enhancing social communication and interaction without the pressures of language
and conforming social etiquette. Rather, the participants were encouraged to lead, as
well as follow, to the extent that they felt comfortable and self-motivated. Even just
sitting there without an instrument was accepted and encouraged, as Michael
recognized that “non-participation” was still participation in an
experiential way.
In his most recent book, Speaking for Ourselves: Conversations on Life, Music,
and Autism, Michael profiles several individuals on the autism spectrum, who have
shared stories with him about the ways in which they experience music, people, and
the world around them. In one example, a young girl sits without seeming to
participate in one of Michael’s ensemble rehearsals. She reveals through his
questioning that the music conjured images of bandmates”playing in her mind, such
that she did not feel a need to join in, until all of the imagined characters seemingly
merged into one and then became her, prompting her to play as part of the exterior
group. In another example, a clarinet teacher describes her experience participating
in a West African drumming ensemble as a “blank slate” opportunity, where the
sensory experience of touching the fur on a drum head, noticing how it felt smooth
or rumpled, made a difference in her enjoyment of the playing experience.
Most interesting to me was the fascinating correspondence Michael had with
Elizabeth “Ibby” Grace, an autistic scholar and activist, who as Michael describes it,
can “hear people as music.” (p.82) “I think I can hear people’s own
music sometimes, but it’s how I classify what their soul sounds like to me. I think this
is what people mean by aura or feeling? But I can use this facility to predict if people
will be liable to get along with one another.” (p.81)
She later continues, “Sometimes… people make their souls inaudible but it
causes me to feel for them because rather than them being shady liars masking
themselves, I find they have honest music played very quietly as if their being is
squelched…That muted music is one of my chief ways of knowing if someone is
fragile in some way, like being abused or having PTSD. I think the ears with which I
hear people’s soul music are figurative instead of my regular ears, but I am not
entirely certain of this, and have no idea how to find out.” (p.84) Far from the usual
stereotype that individuals on the autism spectrum lack empathy, Dr.
Grace’s description of her ability to “hear people’s soul music” suggests a
remarkably high sensitivity to emotion and the human condition that no doubt
escapes the vast majority of psychologists, therapists, and medical specialists who
purport differently.
Dr. Bakan admits that the scope of his work represents only a small segment
of the autism community. In Speaking for Ourselves, he recognizes that his
collaborators are, as he puts it, “skilled wordsmiths.” (p.12) They can articulate their
thoughts in writing and/or speaking, whereas many individuals on the autism
spectrum find communication through language much more challenging. My son falls
into this latter category. Though he is able to speak, read, write, type, and even use
sign language, I am frequently challenged to communicate with him and understand
the perspective of his experience. It can be quite frustrating for both of us at times,
particularly when I make the mistake of insisting that he adapt to my mode of
communication, rather than me adjusting to his. The times when our relationship is
most collaborative is when we are performing music together. Often, I take the
lessons learned from Michael’s research and either simply observe or follow my
son’s lead in creating music and how he experiences sound. At times his thought
processes are bewilderingly complicated and unintelligible to me, but often produce
some truly joyful “a-ha” moments when I back off and wonder in the creative ways
Symposium
1
in which his mind works. One of Cyrus’ favorite activities is mismatching movie
dialogue and songs with different movie scenes. This brief clip is the first time I
realized what he was doing and was pretty impressed with how deftly he achieved a lip-
synching Wilbur, who could
Observing the realization of his imagination is often quite interesting, but
relationships are two-way streets, especially when I’m less concerned with
my principals as an ethnomusicologist and more interested in encouraging
experience- sharing activities with my son. The world does not exist only in his mind,
so building on his musical interests and aptitudes in order to encourage a feeling of
competency and trust in social interactions is often a primary motivation of my
“teaching” him music. Here is a recent example of Cyrus following my lead in
learning the chords for Hotel California. Getting to the point where Cyrus and I could
have such a fluid interaction took several years of hard work from both of us. Such
seemingly effortless exchange is, in my experience with Cyrus, extremely challenging for
him. I simply have to be patient and strum the guitar, but he has to adjust to a
multitude of internal and external sensory and psychological stressors that can
quickly overwhelm him, even just sitting in our living room.
Feeling overwhelmed with sensory and psychological stressors is a common
challenge for people on the autism spectrum. The ability to cope with these
stressors varies from person to person, just as it does for everyone. Not everyone is a
fan of Tabasco sauce and some people can endure bright sunlight without
sunglasses, while others cannot. [Start strobe and white noise] Variations in sensory
experiences are acknowledged, but generally dismissed by the general population
that does not consider the sonic assault of a hand dryer in a public restroom a
painful and overwhelming experience. Such sensory stimulations can range from
mere annoyance or distraction to psychological and physiological trauma. These
experiences can put a person in real danger, if, for example, you can’t filter out the
white noise around you well enough to hear a car horn warning you before stepping
out into a busy street.
My involvement with the autism community over the past fifteen years has
made me more mindful of other relationships in my life, particularly in association
with my ethnomusicological endeavors. I find myself more frequently focused on
how I can change my behavior to better communicate, rather than hoping that
others will accommodate me and my limitations. While this seems an obvious
position to take, I often notice myself overlooking some basic communication

strategies that are useful in collaborating with anyone on a project, particularly when
that someone is on the autism spectrum. Most important for me is to be silent more
often. Just stop talking. [Becoming comfortable with silence is very difficult for me
personally, as it seems to be for most Americans.] When I ask a question, I usually
expect an immediate response. However, when interacting with a person on the
spectrum, especially my son, I must constantly remind myself to “wait,” sometimes
up to 30 seconds or more, so that he has time to process and respond. One of the
wonderful side effects of offering him silence is that it strengthens trust in our
relationship, as my understanding of his needs demonstrates respect for him. The
same can be said by using silence where appropriate to strengthen relationships in
any collaborative exchange, ethnomusicological or otherwise.
Another habit I cultivate is to “model my thinking.” In contrast to being silent,
I frequently make a conscious effort to verbalize my thought processes, so that my
son can understand what’s going on in my head, which can be difficult for him to
interpret without my being specific. In an ethnomusicological context, articulating my
thinking process to another person allows them the opportunity to either confirm or
clarify how I understand a situation or their perspective. I also find an “experimental
attitude” is essential. Fieldwork opportunities can present a fair bit of anxiety for a
researcher, as such contexts are inevitably dynamic and filled with much
unpredictability. Such situations are often terrifying for individuals on the spectrum
and can become quickly overwhelming. By taking an experimental attitude, I accept
that there is no “right way” for the experience to unfold. Rather, I consider the
situation as an experiment where I’ll “see what happens” without making
conclusions ahead of time. If things don’t go as expected, I may be disappointed, but
I chalk it up to a learning experience that better prepares me for the next
opportunity.
Michael shares in his book from one of his collaborators, Mara Chaser:
Living with Autism shouldn’t be hard.
And we don’t want to make it hard.
So even if you can’t Just try to understand.
That all we need from the world is acceptance, inspiration, and love.
Symposium
1
Discussion
Every situation and relationship are different. What works to facilitate
communication with one person is not necessarily going to be successful with
another. The unpredictability of human interaction makes it so. So many of the
world’s musics reflect this sense of dynamism. Variation is valued, rules are flexible,
improvisation is encouraged and necessary and the unfolding of a performance is
about the process of creating music, rather than the “correctness” of its execution.
As Dr. Bakan demonstrates in his work and so many of his collaborators on the
autism spectrum echo, diversity –musically, neurologically, or otherwise – should be
celebrated, as it is a “hallmark of our shared humanity.” (p.236)
Utilization
The research result can help people to recognize and understand autism
person and be able to deal with them properly and also good for tor teacher to
create teaching activities by using music to find the way to communicate with their
autistic student.
Suggestion
One thing that autism different from other people is “mind disorder” and I
think music can help them of get happiness up to some certain point because
“music can find it own way into the deepest part of people’s mind”, so that when
autism hear the same music as us autism interprets it in his/her own individual way.
The suggestion for further research is: 1 To study the “Power of Music for Autism
better life” to find a specific music for a particular person happiness. 2. Teaching
music for autism, to find the way to teach autism to play music.
References
Adrien, J. 1995. “Disorder of regulation of Cognition: Activity in autistic children”,
Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorder. 25(3): 247-61
Michael B. Bakan. 2014. “Ethnomusicological Perspectives on Autism, Neurodiversity,
and Music Therapy”
----------. 1995. “Speaking for Ourselves: Conversations on Life, Music, and Autism”,
Oxford University.
Elizabeth J. Grace. 1996. “I Was A Self-Loathing FC Skeptic”. www.tinygracenotes.com
Creative Music
Phleng Ramwong Set For The String Combo
Kampanat Gatemuan, Orawan Banjongsil, Nopporn Dansakun, Sukhontha Yimsaengyat

octopus.yai@gmail.com
Abstract
This creative research aims to arrange the mentioned 3 pieces (Phleng
Ramwong) based on western music theory in order to be performed by string
combo. The researcher studied harmony and counterpoint in contemporary music.
Use conflicting rhythms in some parts and use extended chords.
Keyword: Contemporary music, Phleng Ramwong, String combo
Introduction
Music is a branch of science that is paired with humans and has been passed
on from the past until today. In each region of the world has different musical styles
and functions according to environmental, society and cultural conditions, in which
The Thai nation of music relates to beliefs, religions, rituals, such as sacrifices,
religious ceremony, and funerals. Recreation or folk games All have music in total.
String combo is a band that has a mix the forms of the two bands. Is the
shadow band consisting of instruments guitar, bass guitar, drum set. And the combo
band consisting of instruments, guitar, bass guitar, piano, drum set, saxophone,
trumpet and trombone. Which the band mix may have music instruments that are
Instable. Complies with Dusadee Meepom, Nilawan Thamangraksut has defined That
String combo. The band adapted from the combo band and shadow band. The
instrument is taken in a shadow mix with a combo band. But still the instrument the
guitar is an instrument that has priority over other instruments. (Dusadee Meepom,
Nilawan Tamangraksut, not showing year: 12)
Ramwong is one of the games of the villagers. That together play for fun and for
unity. Played during the year 1941 – 1945. Ramwong was original called "Ramton" because
the ton is used as a instrument. Rhythm using ton as the main rhythm, with ching as a
instrument. But without lyrics, the dancers is dance to the ton beat. The dance has no rules,
Symposium
1
just repeat the feet to the rhythm of the ton. Later, there were people who composed
melodies and lyrics. Later, ramton has developed into a "Ramwong" style, with a table in the
middle of the floor a pair of male - female to dance according to the band in an orderly
form called "Ramwong peun-meuang". Can play at every festival, every season, or will play
friendly for fun. during the year 1941 during World War II. Japan has negotiated the military
base in Thailand. To a passage for transporting supplies, weapons and troops in order to fight
with the Allies. By mobilizing the troops in the district Bang Pu, Samut Prakan Province, on
December 8, 1941. Field Marshal P. Pibulsongkram, the prime minister of that time. Need to
allow Japanese soldiers to set up a military base. Otherwise, it will be suppressed by the Axis
powers which include Japan. Thailand at that time was therefore a target for the Allies to
attack. Send the aircraft to the destroy bomb, making people' lives, property damaged,
demolished houses. Especially those near the Japanese military base. In most of the time,
allies will send an aircraft to invade strategic points in full moon. Because the strategic point
can be seen easily. The Thai people have both terror and tension. Therefore persuaded
each other to play local music, namely Ramton, to relieve stressful emotions. To have some
fun. Ramton to uses simple language. Allusive lyrics poke fun teasing flirtation between
young people. Melody, singing dancing dress was simple. Aimed fun Enough to relax. Field
Marshal P. Pibulsongkram is afraid that foreigners had seen it will understand that. The art of
Thai dance is not so exquisite. He therefore have to develop the Ramtone with a neat,
exquisite pattern, both the dance, petition, melody and instruments used as well as the
dress. So-called "Ramwong " to be a model for the future. (Pinyo Phutes, 2007)
Ramwong is part of a folk song, a Thai folk art that is derived from Ramton.
There Percussion ton along to the rousing fun, such as ton, ching, grub and maracas
to harmonize with the lyrics. A simple dance rhythm, which is dance in a circle from
left to right. Popular play in religious ceremony and festivals of important days in
some provinces. And popular playing is widespread in the later (Wanthanee Duang-
arj, 2003: 1)
Harmony is a course on the sound mixing of multiple notes occurring at the
same time. and the relationship between the sound groups continue in the music.
(Natcha Phancharoen, 2015: 1)
Harmony Is to convey ideas related to melodies and harmony to the song
that they’re complied. The addition of colors or the style of the melodies are all
indicative of the mood of the composer. There are principles of arranging the
harmonics. Which must be learned in 3 parts.
1. Melody
2. Rhythm
3. Harmony
One thing that the compiler will not neglect. Is understanding the theme
song. If the compiler does not understand the emotional meaning of the song to the
listener. It may not appeal to the emotions of the listeners to access music at the
local authentic. The song is totally meaningless. (Somchay Rassamee, 1993).
From the above information, Ramwong has been with Thai culture for a long
time. The researcher are interested to adjusting the pattern of the music to match
the current era. By arranging to be in the style of modern music. To be interesting for
listeners and the Cultural Thailand.
Research objectives
To arrange Ramwong for the String combo.
Research scope
1. Research Methodology
This research is a creative research. The content of the research is a
creative music. Ramwong set for string combo.
2. Ramwong
This research, the researchers recruited Ramwong from the Department of
Fine Arts. There are 3 songs, Ngam Saengduan, Duangjan Kwan Fah And Dokmai Kong
Chat.
Research procedures
1. Learn song information from documents Academic textbooks and experts
2. Learn the concepts and techniques for arranging.
3. Selecting songs and arranging.
4. The experts inspect the songs and adjust according to the instructions.
5. The expert examines the songs and then adjust.
Benefits
To publish
Symposium
1
Analysis of Ramwong
The creative work "Ramwong" was inspired by the relaxation in the relaxation
of the group peoples. The researchers wanted to convey the fun out of a creative
work in music.
In this creation, the main rhythms of the song emphasize the use of universal
rhythms, using the following concepts
- Ngam Saengduan The researcher determined from the main melodies of the
song using the note style, fast and Continuously. Selected salsa rhythms to be used
in songs, which were fun and popular rhythms used in dance music.
- Duangjan Kwan Fah In this song, the melodic rhythm that does not come
close. By the 1st beat will use mostly quarter note. Therefore choose the rhythm of
Soul to emphasize the rhythm to fit perfectly with the rhythm of The melody. But
with the rhythmic cut of the snare drum on the 2nd beat. Make it feel comfortable.
- Dokmai Kong Chat Is considered from the melodic rhythm before moving
into strong beat, almost the whole song. Use funk rhythms with medium speed,
focusing on unusual rhythm resulting in to the nature of the melody.
In the arranging, the researchers chose time signature and didn't change in
the songs. Key signature 2 flat and use extension chords. The speed of the song has
the speed of quarter note from 77 - 100 Bpm. In Some parts use syncopation. And
the length of each song is no more than 5 minutes.
1. Analytical Songs of Ngarm Saengduan
Ngam SaengDuan, Wants to present fun with dance rhythms. And with the
melody that the researchers using rhythmic augmentation from the original. And
used time signature to increase tempo of the main rhythm faster and get the
proper speed of melody. This song use key signature 2 flat. The speed is 70 Bpm.
Chord progression of melody in the Bb major in part 1 I 9-vi7-V7-Ivmaj7. An
Extension chord is Major 7th, Dominant 7th and 9th. Which are used as deceptive
cadence. Feeling of having to continue the melody, And go back to part 1 again.
Chord progression and Cadence of part 1
In part 2 Chord progression is vi7t-ii7-IVmaj7-V7-ii7-iii7-V7-IVmaj7. An extension chord is

Dominant 7th and Major 7th end with Deceptive cadence. Continuing the melody And go
back part 1 and 2 again, ending with I11. An Extension chord is 11th. And use Perfect
authentic cadence.
Harmonization are use chord tone. Using trumpet and trombone playing.
From the 20th to 23th bars use interval of 3rd, 6th and 4th.
Harmonization of part 1
Symposium
1
In part 2, the 25th, 28th and 29th bars use guitar playing with melodic chorus. In the
25th bars uses interval of 3rd and the 28th, 29th bars use interval of 6th
2. Analytical song of Duangjan Kwan Fah

Duangjan Kwan Fah, Want to present a rhythm perfectly with the melodic
rhythm. Cut snare drum on the 2nd beat, to make it feel comfortable. And used
time signature . This song use key signature 2 flat. The speed is 100 Bpm.
Chord progression of melody in the Bb major in part 1 IV maj7-iii7-ii7-Imaj7- vi7-
iii7-ii7-Imaj7. An Extension chord is Major 7th, Dominant 7th. Which are used Plagal
cadence. Gives a feeling of ending but not firmness.

In part 2 the Chord progression vi7-iii7-vi7-Imaj7-vi7-iii7-ii1 1 -Imaj7. An extension chord is

Dominant 7th, Major 7th and 11th, end with Plagal cadence. And go back to part 1 and 2 again.
Harmonization use chord tone and non-chord tone, passing note and neighboring
tone. By using trumpet and trombone playing. From the 12th bars to 14th bars use interval 6th
and 4th. By put interval of 6th in the 12th bars and the 13th bars. But there are non-chord tone
on 4th beat. Which is weak beat. The 14th bars use interval of 2nd and 6th.
In part 2, the 16th and 17th bars use trumpet and trombone playing. Interval
of 6th on 1st beat, and then on 2nd beat which weak beat. Are use non-chord tone
and interval of 6th. To chord tone on 3rd beat, in the 17th bars which weak beat.
Symposium
1
3. Analytical song of Dokmai Kong Chat

Dokmai Kong Chat Wants to present syncopation of drum. Matches with
melodic rhythm. And used time signature . This song uses key signature 2 flat. The
speed is 100 Bpm.
Chord progression of melody in the G Minor in part 1 i7-v7-iv11-i7-v7- i7. An
Extension chord is Dominant 7th and 11th, and used Perfect authentic cadence. Gives
the feeling of ending. And repeat in part 1.
maj7 11 7 maj7 7 7 7 7
In part 2 the Chord progression Vi -iv -v -III -iv -i - v - i .
An Extension chord is Dominant 7th, Major 7th and 11th. Use perfect authentic
cadence gives the feeling of ending And go back part 1 and 2 again.
Harmonization use chord tone and non-chord tone, neighboring tone. By using the
trumpet and trombone playing. Part 1 in the 18th bars and 20th bars use interval 3rd.
In part 2 in the 21thbars through the 24thbars, use trumpet and trombone playing.
Interval of 3th on 1st beat and interval of 6th on 2nd beat of the 21th bars. And in the 22th and
23th bars, use interval of 3rd. With non-chord tone on 4th beat.
Symposium
1
Creative summary
From the researchers to create Ramwong set for string combo. Ramwong,
consisting of 3 songs. According to the original structure. Include 1) Ngam Saengduan
2) Duangjan Kwan Fah and 3) Dokmai Kong Chat Which 3 Song, the researcher uses
concepts to create according to the framework 1. Chords and extension chord
concepts And 2. the concept of international harmony and counterpoint. Use
consonant interval.
Ngam Saengduan Wants to present fun with dance rhythms. And with the
melody that the researchers using rhythmic augmentation from the original. And
used time signature to increase tempo of the main rhythm faster and get the
proper speed of melody. Chord progression of melody in the Bb major. An Extension
chord is Major 7th, Dominant 7th and 9th.
Duangjan Kwan Fah Want to present a rhythm perfectly with the melodic
rhythm. Cut snare drum on the 2nd beat, to make it feel comfortable. And used
time signature . Chord progression of melody in the Bb major. An Extension chord is
Major 7th, Dominant 7th and 11th
Dokmai Kong Chat Is considered from the melodic rhythm before moving into
strong beat, almost the whole song. Use funk rhythms with medium speed. Chord
progression of melody in the G Minor. An Extension chord is Dominant 7th and 11th.
Use chord tone for harmony.
The music that has been creative has been recommended by music experts.
Suggestion
The harmonized Ramwong aims to publish and promote the value of
Ramwong a long time with the national history of Thailand. There are also Ramwong
or songs that are worth studying for researchers to use in many more studies to
continue to create.
References
Dusadee Mee Pom and Nilawan Tamangsak. (Not showing year). Music - Dramatic
Arts . Bangkok: Wattana Panich Publishing. 12
Nutcha Phancharoen. (2 0 1 5 ). Four-Part Harmony. 5 th edition. Bangkok: Ket Karat
Publishing House. 1
Pinyo Poo Thet. (2007). A study of Ramwong of Nong Bua Sub-district, Nong Bua
District, Province. Nakhon Sawan . Research grants from Nakhon Sawan
Rajabhat University.
Somchai Rasami. (1993). Composition arrangement . Bangkok: Printing Department,
Phra Nakhon Polytechnic College. 7
Wanthanee Duangat. (2 0 0 3 ) . Comparison of Ramwong of Makham Sung
Subdistrict, Mueang District, Phitsanulok Province.With folk dance songs,
Nam Rit Subdistrict, Mueang District, Uttaradit Province . Master Thesis.
Naresuan University Phitsanulok
Symposium
1
Pi’s sound system of Por-kru Kuanda Chiangta
Ponlawat Rujayakornkul1, Pranote Meeson2

1Doctoral Student of Philosophy Program in Music, Faculty of Music, Bangkokthonburi University, Tel. 085-4469735
2Advisor, Assistant Professor, Faculty of Music, Bangkokthonburi University, Tel. 081-7508565
1e-mail: beeflute@gmail.com
Abstract
Sound system is an Element of Music to describe the identity of culture and
indicates the value of its culture. Studying the sound system of Pi jumsam of Por-kru
Kuanda Chaingta aims to study the Pi’s sounds such as Pi klang, Pi koi, and Pi tat
using qualitative and quantitative research methodology and also used the principles
of Ethnomusicology. For instance, studying the documents, sightseeing and keep the
records by observation, interview and sound system analysis.
The research shows that 1. Por-kru Kuanda’s Pi jumsam is made by Ruakdang
wood which is dark skin and every Pi is made by the same stem which has different
sizes depends on the tone. For example, 1.1) Pi klang is made by about 2 ½ nodes,
27.5 centimeters long from the internode to the top, 65.6 centimeters long in total
and diameter of 1.8 centimeters. 1.2) Pi koi. It is made by 2 full nodes and 25.6
centimeters long from the internode to the top, 49.8 centimeters long in total and
diameter of 1.8 centimeters. 1.3) Pi tat. It is made by 1 ½ nodes. 24.1 centimeters
long from the internode to the top and 35.25 centimeters long in total, diameter of
1.6 centimeters and Lin Pi is made by 25 satang coin. 2) Pi jumsam is separated into
3 Octaves. Pi klang is in the low tone. Pi koi is in the middle tone. Pi tat is in the high
tone. It contains 7 sounds. Pi klang is in Sol (G). Pi koi is in Do (C). Pi tat is in Sol (G).
3)The technique of putting fingers on Pi is called “Kam7” which using left hand
fingers for the top holes and using right hand fingers for the bottom holes.
Keywords : sound system, Pi jumsam, Kuanda Chaingta
Introduction
Lanna culture is the local culture of the North part of Thailand. By the
geography, we can specific the provinces of its part such as Chaing mai, Chiang rai,
Payao, Lampoon, Lampang, Prae and Nan. There are differences between the local
music instruments and national music instruments because of many factors such as
geography, local culture, material, belief and the impact of the nationality nearby.
The music instruments of North can be separated into two groups, the plain-land-
people and the high-land-people. The local North music is short and not
complicated. It is written in smooth tone and easy to recognize. It says about peace
and love and also about the well managed life which is similar to the life style of the
local people. The singer is usually called “Chang Sor” and the Pi player is usually
called “Chang Pi”. In addition, “Sor payab” also means the melody, for example,
Sor-pralor, Sor-ngiaw, Sor long-mae-ping, Sor prasartwai which means they are
impacted by exchanging the culture with nearby nationality. There is some music
that quite similar to the middle parts’ but the techniques and accents are Payab
style. The culture of music usually blends without rules. There are two kinds of
blended band. First, Salor, Sor, Sueng, plays in normal ceremony. Second, used in
formal ceremonies or Fon. (Rungrueng, P., 2013, pp. 90-92)
Pi jum is a music instrument founded in Lanna culture. It is in the type of
Aero phones with Free reed used in playing Sor. In the past, there were 3 kinds of Pi.
Pi mae, Pi klang and Pi koi then Pi tat was added later. They founded out that Pi
mae had low tone and sound so they added Sueng to play with Pi mae in 1972 and
cut Pi mae out of the type. But in an important activity, they still use Pi jum band as
normal. Later on, there was somebody invented a small Pi called Pi koilek which was
small and difficult to play and also it made very high tone so it didn’t become
famous. Pi jumha Ensemble is used in important activity only. Nowadays, we use Pi
jumsam and Sueng to play ordinarily. (Amarttayakul, P., 1987, p. 31) The melody in
music of Pi jum in the past was developed by Pi koi such as “Bakaoklang” which
contains 2 melodies “Japu and Lamai” used Pi mae, Pi klang and Pi koi. After the
World War II, Pi jum’s melody was developed. Changing its melodies into
“Tangchiangmai”, “Kaichiangsan”, “Japu”, “Lamai”, “Ngiew”, Eue”, “Pama”,
“Pralor”, “Longnankai”, “Longnan”. The classical songs of Pi jum are Suppin, Pi jumha,
Mornluang, Kamber. These songs are used as warm up songs to attract people.
There are also other classical songs that are adapted such as
Kagmornbangkhunprom, Mornlamtao, Laosomdej. Lanna Pi Pat songs are also
used with Salor, Sor, Seung such as Soywiengping and Prasartwai.
The study shows that artists and local bands are decreasing and are changing
their style because of the change of society and technology’s development. When it
Symposium
1
has less demand and new technology’s replacement so there are not many people
who want to continue these cultures. Conservative and Developing management for
culture identity following in Chiangmai reports that Pi pat Lanna band changed their
classical style into applied music and used occidental instruments with local
instruments. Also, used and adapted the modern songs for acceptance and famous.
(Robru, S., 2014, pp. 104-109) Ideology of musical identity reports the changes of
Lanna musical culture that in 1977, Looktung Thai style used to be played with Pi
pat and it was famous until 1987. Changes impacted Lanna musical culture
obviously. People used CD, tape at the moment. (Pitumipak, K., 2017, p. 87) Por-kru
Kuanda Chiangta founded continue playing local music instruments which was taught
by his father, “PorKaew Chiangta”, and got the respect of the local people as the
professional of all local music instruments. He got Petch Rajabhat-Petch Lanna prize
from the Chiang Mai Rajabhat University in 2002. He has been trying to conserve the
local music cultures.
Studying the basic of sound system is one of the factor. because it can
identify the nationality as each nationality has their own style of sounds (Identities),
therefore, it’s not a good idea to change or edit its styles. Cultural of sound system
can be separated into two styles. Chromatic scale and diatonic scale. Thai’s sound
system is separated to 7 scale. Each local sound system has its own style.
(Rungrueng, P., 2003, p. 12; Sutthajit, N., 2018, p. 17; Bakan, M. B., 2012, pp. 48-49)
Moreover, Cent system (invented by Alexander John Ellis) separates every scale 100
cents so it’s easy to understand the value of sound. After that, Erich von Hornbostel
and Curt Sachs developed it into measurement. (Hz.) (Von Hornbostel, E. M., & Sachs,
C., 1961, p. 8; Aummaro, T., 2018, pp. 30-31)
All of these study, researcher is interested in the records of Por-kru Kuanda
Chiangta’s Pi sound system for conservation in Ethnomusicology issues.
Objectives
To study the sound system of Pi jumsam of Por-kru Kuanda Chiangta
Scope of research
1. Documentary study the sound system of Pi jumsam of Por-kru Kuanda Chiangta
2. Period April – October 2019
3. Area 81/1 Moo 10 Tambon Don Kaew, Maerim, Chiangmai
Benefits are expected to receive

1. To know the physical issue of Pi jumsam
2. To know the sound system of Pi jumsam
3. To know how to put the fingers on Pi jumsam
Researcher used qualitative and quantitative method and also used the
principles of Ethnomusicology. Prescriptions are as followed
1. Get the documentary from any media in Thailand and international.
Many researches involved with this research.
2. Keep sightseeing records
3. Interviews by creating questions and use open-ended questions also
informal conversation.
4. Observation by being a student
5. Keep all of pictures and videos in order of period of the time and places
6. Keep all of voice media in order and create log of each persons
7. Analyze the information
8. Presentation
Results
Researcher got to the home of Porkru Kuanda Chiangta, 81/1 Moo 10 Tambon
Don Kaew, Maerim, Chiangmai. There are 3 times of area observation. Firstly, 2-7 April
2019. Secondly, 11-16 July 2019. Thirdly, 10-17 October 2019. Using the principles of
Ethnomusicology. The study shows as followed.
1.The physical body of 1) Pi klang is made by about 2 ½ nodes, 27.5
centimeters long from the internode to the top, 65.6 centimeters long in total and
diameter of 2.1 centimeters. 0.7 centimeters thickness and 7 holes. 1.7 centimeters
between the first hole and the second. 1.8 centimeters between the second hole
and the third. 1.7 centimeters between the third and the fourth. 2.55 centimeters
between the fourth hole and the fifth. 3.55 centimeters between the fifth hole and
the sixth. 3.8 centimeters between the sixth hole and the seventh. 2) Pi koi. It is
made by 2 full nodes and 25.6 centimeters long from the internode to the top, 49.8
centimeters long in total and diameter of 1.8 centimeters. 0.6 centimeters thickness
and 7 holes. 1.3 centimeters between the first hole and the second. 1.25 centimeters
Symposium
1
between the second hole and the third. 1.50 centimeters between the third hole
and the fourth. 1.85 centimeters between the fourth and the fifth. 2.10 centimeters
between the fifth and the sixth. 2.00 centimeters between the sixth and the seventh.
3) Pi tat. It is made by 1 ½ nodes. 24.1 centimeters long from the internode to the
top and 35.25 centimeters long in total, diameter of 1.6 centimeters. 0.5 centimeters
thickness with 7 holes. 1.00 centimeters between the first hole and the second hole.
1.10 centimeters between the second and the third. 1.00 centimeters between the
third and the fourth. 1.00 centimeters between the fourth and the fifth. 1.30
centimeters between the fifth and the sixth. 1.60 centimeters between the sixth and
the seventh. (figure 1)
Figure 1 Pi klang (top) Pi koi (middle) Pi tat (bottom)

Reference: Ponlawat Rujayakornkul (2019)
From the interview of Por-kru Kuanda Chiangta (interview: 2019) “Jum” is the
local word in the north of Thailand which means “group”. He described that there
are 2 issues. Jum-1 means to take many Pi in a band and play together. Jum-2 means
people in the same nationality, same place, same environment. The important is
“Lin Pi’ usually use 0.25 bath coin in 1957 because it sticky and well absorb the
vibration.
Figure 2 Pi jum: Por-kru Kuanda Chiangta

Figure 3 Lin Pi
2. The sound system of Porkru Kuanda Chiangta. The study found out 2
factors. 1) Pi jumsam has 3 ranges. Low range: Pi klang, middle range: Pi koi, High
range: Pi tat. 2) Pi jumsam has 7 sounds. Researcher describes the result as followed.
2.1 Range, Pi klang is a low range starts from Sol (G3) to Sol (G4). Pi
koi is a middle range starts from Do (C4) to Do (C5). Pi tat is high range starts from Sol
(G4) to Sol (G5)
Figure 4 Pi klang range

Symposium
1
Figure 5 Pi koi range

Figure 6 Pi tat range

2.2 Sound system, Pi jumsam has 7 keys as Pi klang is Sol (G) contains Sol,
La, Ti, Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol. Pi koi is Do (C) contains Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol, La, Ti, Do. Pi tat
is Sol contains Sol, La, Ti, Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol. Table of sound system is attached
below.
Table 1 Result of sound analyzed
Pi klang
Name Sol (G) La (A) Ti (B) Do (C) Re (D) Mi (E) Fa (F) Sol (G)
Fa sharp Sol sharp La Ti Do Sharp Re Mi Fa sharp
Octave at Octave at Octave at Octave Octave Octave Octave Octave
in real
3 3 3 at 4 at 4 at 4 at 4 at 4
A =440Hz.
F#3 G#3 A3 B4 C4 # D4 E5 F# 5
+49cents -12cents -20cents +24cents +40cents +32cents +5 cents -9 cents
Pi koi
Name Do (C) Re (D) Mi (E) Fa (F) Sol (G) La (A) Ti (B) Do (C)
Ti Do Sharp Re Mi Fa sharp Sol La Ti
Octave Octave Octave Octave Octave Octave at Octave Octave
In real
at 3 at 4 at 4 at 4 at 4 4 at 4 at 4
A =440Hz.
B3 C#4 D4 E4 F4# G4 A4 B4
+33cents -40cents +13cents +5cents -9 cents -25cents -45cents +6cents
Pi tat
name Sol (G) La (A) Ti (B) Do (C) Re (D) Mi (E) Fa (F) Sol (G)
Fa sharp Sol La Ti Do Sharp Re Mi Fa sharp
Octave at Octave Octave Octave Octave Octave Octave Octave
In real
4 at 4 at 4 at 4 at 5 at 5 at 5 at 5
A =440Hz.
F#4 G4 A4 B4 C5 # D5 E5 F#5
-14cents +35cents -9 cents -10cents -33cents -28cents +21cents +7cents
3. Fingering. Use left hand for the top of Pi and right hand for the
bottom. The table of fingering of Pi jum is shown below
Table 2 Chat fingering of Pi Jum Instrument
Pi klang Pi koi Pi tat

key fingering key fingering key fingering
Low Sol Low Do Low Sol
(G) put all (C) put (G) put all
fingers to all fingers fingers to
get the to get get the
lowest the lowest
key of Pi lowest key of Pi
klang key of Pi tat
koi
La (A) lift Re (D) lift La (A) lift
first finger first first finger
at the finger at at the
bottom the bottom
bottom
Ti (B) lift Mi (E) lift Ti (B) lift

second second second
finger at finger at finger at
the the the
bottom bottom bottom
Do (C) lift Fa (F) lift Do (C) lift

third third third
finger at finger at finger at
the the the
bottom bottom bottom
Symposium
1
Pi klang Pi koi Pi tat

key fingering key fingering key fingering
Re (D) put Sol (G) Re (D) put
1st, 2nd, put 1st, 1st, 2nd,
3rd finger 2nd, 3rd 3rd finger
on top finger on on top
top
Mi (E) lift La (A) lift Mi (E) lift
2 fingers 2 fingers 2 fingers
on top on top on top
Fa (F) put Ti (B) put Fa (F) put

first finger first first finger
on top finger on on top
top
High Sol High Do High Sol

(G) lift all (C) lift all (G) lift all
fingers fingers fingers
Nevertheless, Por-kru Kuanda Chiangta (interview: 2019) described the

fingering of Pi that there are 2 systems. Put 6 fingers and put 7 fingers on it. In
comparison, putting 6 fingers in 6 holes make higher tone than putting 7 fingers but
putting 7 fingers is more famous in Chiang Mai.
Summary
1. Por-kru Kuanda’s Pi jumsam is made by Ruakdang wood which is dark skin
and every Pi is made by the same stem which has different sizes depends on the
tone. For example, 1) Pi klang is made by about 2 ½ nodes, 27.5 centimeters long
from the internode to the top, 65.6 centimeters long in total and diameter of 1.8
centimeters. 2) Pi koi. It is made by 2 full nodes and 25.6 centimeters long from the
internode to the top, 49.8 centimeters long in total and diameter of 1.8 centimeters.
3) Pi tat. It is made by 1 ½ nodes. 24.1 centimeters long from the internode to the
top and 35.25 centimeters long in total, diameter of 1.6 centimeters and Lin Pi is
made by 0.25 bath coin.
2. Pi jumsam has 3 tones which are Pi klang is low tone, Pi koi is middle
tone and Pi tat is high tone. Pi jumsam has 7 keys as Pi klang is Sol (G) contains Sol, La,
Ti, Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol. Pi koi is Do (C) contains Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol, La, Ti, Do. Pi tat is
Sol contains Sol, La, Ti, Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol.
3. Use left hand for the top holes of Pi and right hand for the bottom holes.
Also use 7 fingers to close each holes to make the key.
Suggestions
People who are studying the culture of local music under the globalization
should focus on the way of study by using Ethnomusicology. As the globalization and
changes of society which will absorb and take over the local cultures so using
documentary or to go sight observing should be proved as they are the reality.
Reference
Amarttayakul. P. (1987). Thai music in Lanna. Chiangmai: Wat Suandok.
Aummaro, T. ( 2 0 1 8 ) . Documentation of occidental music. Faculty of music
Naraesuan university.
Bakan, M. B. (2012). World Music Traditions and Transformations. United States of
America: The Mcgraw-Hill.
PituPhumnak. K. ( 2 0 1 7 ). Nea: New Generation Traditional Musicians’ Identities.
Journal of Fine and Applied Arts Khon Kaen University, 9 (2), 72-97.
Rungrueng, P. (2003). Thai musical instrument’s history. 5th edition. Bangkok: Thai
Wattana Panich.
. (2003). World’s music Vol.2 Myanmar, Thai, Lao, Cambodia,
Vietnam. Nonthaburi: Asom sangkhit.
Robru, S. (2014). Conservative and Developing management for culture identity
following in Chiangmai. (Master’s thesis, Chiangmai university).
Sutthajit, N. (2 0 1 8 ). Sangkhit Niyom (Music appreciation). 13th edition. Bangkok:
Chulalongkorn university press.
Von Hornbostel, E. M., & Sachs, C. (1961). Classification of musical instruments:
Translated from the original german by anthony baines and klaus p.
wachsmann. The Galpin Society Journal, 3-29.
Symposium
1
Interviews
Chianta T., interviewed: 7th April 2019
, interviewed: 11th July 2019
, interviewed: 10th October 2019
A Creative Work: Program music on Vi-hok Leong-rom

Song for Trombone Quartet and String combo
Thitinun Charoensloong, Satana Rojanatrakul, Phuriwatt Buranakiatsakul

and Sakchai Hirunrax
e-mail: Themong.thitinun@gmail.com
Abstract
The purpose of this research was to a creative work: Program music on “Vi-
hok Leong-rom for Trombone Quartet and String combo”. Contemporary music or
Modern music (Contemporary Music) is a social composition, culture, arts and music.
In western and western combinations, or it is said that the introduction of Western
and eastern music can be exchanged for the traditional culture of the genre or the
compose of Thai classical music in western music form. After that, the mix of Thai
music with Western music has begun to be more prevalent.
The Sonata form is categorized as a single piece of custodial music. A large
song with many parts Organized in the form group in which each part may be in one
of the singles examples of large-scale songs with many parts, such as Serenade,
Sonata, Trio, Quartet, Symphony, and others. Therefore, the main structure of the
Sonata consists of the Exposition, the Development and the Recapitulation. There
may be additional periods.
Therefore, this research has made music creative: Program music "Vi-hok
Leong-rom" for trombones quartets, and a string combo. This song has 3 movement,
Movement 1 wide (Land). Movement 2 Leong-rom (Leong Rom) or the development
of the first movement is a unique and clear structure. Movement 3 Leong Va-Lee
(Leong Va-lee) or the reverse the primary return of a unique mix of contemporary
music, the only range (20th Century Period), with a string combo, which each movement
allows the audience to get a different experience, but it has the same one.
Keywords: Contemporary, Vi-hok Leong-rom, large-scale songs

Symposium
1
Background
Contemporary music or Modern music (Contemporary Music) is a social
composition, culture, arts and music. In western and western combinations, or it is
said that the introduction of Western and eastern music can be exchanged for the
traditional culture of the genre or the compose of Thai classical music in western
music form. After that, the mix of Thai music with Western music has begun to be
more prevalent.
The song, Mahori, or type of music Mahori is a song that uses two different
types of vocals: music, liver, and music, and it is a song that is not classified as a
liver. Some textbooks are called "Pleang-nok" or in the meaning of the things to
separate the songs in the liver, the music is played by the song, so it's called the
"Kred song", such as “Kratai-ten” come from “Surin-tra-hu”
Nowadays, the song for showing the quartets ensemble has occurred. Both
Thai and Western music, depending on how the authors want to compose a song for
what kind of musical instrument. Today, trombones can do special techniques, such
as extended techniques Multi-phonic, Slap Tonguing, body Sound, Non-Standard
Tonguing, and so on. The authors have the option to compose music and create
more colorful music, and in this research, it talks about the music that uses the key
special technique of trombonist to create an exotic, colorful sound. In music, the
Blessings please "Vi-hok leong-rom" compose by Thitinun Charoensloong.
Therefore, the researchers authored the song Vi-hok Leong-rom compose by
Thitinun Charoensloong, using the relevant information from the interview to play
the trombones specialists. Thai music Specialists in the string combo is a guide to
remix sound for trombones quartets and string combo.
Objective
1. To Creative Work: Program music on “Vi-hok Leong-rom” song for
trombone quartet and String combo.
2. To organize concert trombone quartet and String combo to publicize.
Creative work
Program music on Vi-hok Leong-rom. Song for Trombone Quartet and String
combo.
The study of the knowledge in the "Vi-hok Leong-rom" for trombone quartets
and string combo and published by exhibits and creative research papers.
Analysis of research data
Knowledge of compose for trombone quartets and string combo.
Since late 1400, trombones was developing a physical, comfortable, modern
body. The musical instruments are also more popular. Respectively, from the
Renaissance to the present era. In addition, regardless of what type of song you are
trombones, the music composition starts from the DVD video class (Claudio
Monteverdi, 1567-1643) has authored the song for the trombones band in the first
opera that does not have to be played as the opera of "Orfeo (1607)" Later, the song
of the Trombones band was authored by the first song, authored by the B-arginine
Malini (Biagio Marini, 1 5 9 4 -1 6 6 3 ) which is good daemon followers In the song
"Canzona for Four Trombones (1626)", thereafter, The song for the trombones band
began to be increasingly popular among composer, such as the (Daniel Speer, 1686),
the Ludwig Phan-Beethoven (Ludwig van Beethoven, 1812 ), Hexa Bergamo (Hector
Berlioz, 1803-1869) is seen that the trombones band started from the visualization in
the church song, has changed to a trombones band that does not have to be played
for another song, as there was a composer who started to compose music for the
trombones band. After that, it has spread to other authors. In the coming days.
Combo band and String Combo are characteristics of the combination with up
to 6 musicians, and the word of combos is a thumbnail of the word. "Combination",
which translates to a combination or in another meaning, the most popular music
band consists of 6 musicians, a small band. Used for displaying in a limited space
place and to mix instruments as appropriate, and the main musical instruments are
electric guitars and drums. Strings combo are characterized by different types of
bands, with the string combo with a guitarist that serves as a role in the play. The
Chopthem and the melody are always inserted. An Improvised and a melody in the
music, which makes these functions known as the Guitar Lead or the guitar solo, one
remaining guitar part will play a record of the music with the various genres called
logarithmic guitar rhythm.
Therefore, this research has made music creative: Program music "Vi-hok
Leong-rom" for trombones quartets, and a string combo. This song has 3 movement,
Movement 1 wide (Land). Movement 2 Leong-rom (Leong Rom) or the development
Symposium
1
of the first movement is a unique and clear structure. Movement 3 Leong Va-Lee
(Leong Va-lee)
Texture of music
Program music "Vi-hok Leong-rom" for trombones quartets, and a string combo.
Movement 1st “Land” (Exposition)

In the first movement, it is as the beginning of the song and directs the
listener to the spirit of the sense of a natural-reflecting sound. The composer has
used the technique to compose the melody (Melodic sequence) in a way that turns
the voice into a major fifth, combined with a flexible rhythm (Rubato), to create a
sense of feeling. The main genre starts from the C major of the C major in this
movement. Starting with the four trombones, it is the same as the reflex player to
send in the chords. (C major) and followed by a solo trombones on a flexible rhythm
(Rubato), after which he played in a normal rhythm to the end of a movement.
Picture of movement 1st “Land”
Movement 2nd “Leong-Rom” (Development)

In this movement, the composer used the composition of the song to form
the structure and is unique to the string combo of the western style. In the Rounded
binary form is used to bring a melody from a first movement to the development
and have moved to the relative key for smooth and clearly of the songs on the A
minor in this post began playing with the guitar Lead on technique glissando, to
show a significant technique in this movement. On chord progression I – V (Am – E7)
After that, trombones quartets play melodic until the end.
Picture of movement 2nd “Leong Rom”
Movement 3rd “Leong Va-Lee” (Recapitulation)

The last movement will be the return of the exposition or the recapitulation
and end with Coda, also known as the end-of-the-top range. In this last post, it
moves the tonic key. It's a melody in one place. This is an important feature of form.
The composer chooses to use contemporary composition techniques that blend
between trombones quarter and the string combo. In this movement, a extended
technique for trombone will be shown for the trombones in the 20th century, such
Symposium
1
as the Pitch Bend, Slap Tonguing, Non-Standard Vibrato and an Non-Standard
Glissando which allows listeners to get an exotic taste.
Picture of movement 3rd “Leong Va-Lee”
Conclusions
This research has a creative work: Program music "Vi-hok Leong-rom" Song for
Trombone Quartet and String combo in the sonata allegro form, this song has 3
movement into movement 1st Land or the exposition, Movement 2nd Leong-rom or
the development of the first verse is a unique and clear structure, Movement 3 rd
Leong Va-Lee or the recapitulation. The primary return of a unique mix of contemporary
music, the only range (20th Century Period), with a string combo, which each
movement allows the audience to get a different experience, but it has the same
one.
References
Grove Dictionary. Grove Online “Trombone and Ensemble”
Grove Dictionary. Grove Online “Combo and String combo”
Smith Sonian. The Definitive Visul History
Jean Baptiste Arban “Complete Method for Trombone and Euphonium”
Adam, Jame Max. “Timbral Diversity: An Annotated Bibliography of Selected
Solo Works for The Tenor Trombone Containing Extended Technique.”
Doctor of Arts, College of Performing and Visual Art, University of Northern
Colorado, 2008.
Davidson, Michael McKenney. “An Annotated Database of 102 Selected
Published Works for Trombone Requiring Multiphonics.” Doctor of Musical
Arts in Trombone Performance, University of Cincinnati, 2005.
Symposium
1
“SODTAWINYAN” the Composition Derived from Song of

Luang Wichitwathakan’s history for Saxophone and Guitar
Krisada Daoruang, Chutasiri Yodwised, Pranote Meeson,

and Narongsak Sribandasakwatcharakorn
E-mail: birdmajor@hotmail.com
Abstract
“Sodtawinyan” is a creative work based on ethnomusicological research.
The composer working on documentary research and song of luang
wichitwathakan’s history: Ton Trakul Thai, Nai Nam Mee Pla Nai Na Mee Khao and
Choen Khwan. The objective of the song’s composition is to create a piece played
through a saxophone solo in accompaniment with a guitar. The process of doing so
being setting the scope of composition, concept of composition, melody and song
structure.
Sodtawinyan consists of 2 movements, the first “Nam” and the second
“Saeng”. The guidelines for the song’s composition are 1) the use of tonality, 2) the
tempo set at 86 bpm. and 116 bpm. 3) the use of 3 techniques for composition being
setting the melody with a mode, using sequence and syncopation.
Keywords: Sodtawinyan, composition, Luang Wichitwathakan
Introduction
Thailand’s historical backgrounds illustrates the roles and uses of traditional
Thai music in numerous aspects, some of which include in entertainment, ceremonial
rites, therapy, identity signifying and symbolism. The style of the songs and music’s’
composition in each respective aspect tends to vary with the cultural, environmental,
and value trends within a community. To compose based on Luang Wichitwathakan’s
published history plays for saxophone solos and guitar, substances and information
present within said plays are drawn upon with the objective of inspiring nationalism
in Thai people. The song act as a representation of the plays while presenting
information through relaying historical messages.
The basis of Thailand’s society at present time has long been influenced
since the Sukhothai, Ayutthaya, Thonburi and Ratanakosin periods by both Eastern
and Western superpower states. Influential countries from the West during the
Sukhothai, Ayutthaya, and Thonburi periods include Portugal, Holland, England,
France and Spain where associations with Thailand were mostly trade relations.
However, military conflicts would occasionally arise with certain groups who threaten
Thai sovereignty as seen from the colonization by Western states during World War I
(A.D. 1914-1917) that demonstrates the desire for power and authority over foreign
areas. In addition to the 20th century being the peak of development in science and
technology, the eruption of World War I has been caused by issues that have
festered since the Industrial Revolution in the 18th century where superpower states
at that time attempted to colonize new territories for product distribution and
showcase of military strength. Furthermore, as World War II, a severe and rapidly
expanding war raged towards Europe, North Africa, The Pacific, and East Asia, it had
various effects on South East Asian countries as well (Political Science of Sukhothai
Thammathirat University, 2018: 3-20). These military conflicts laid the foundation of
cultural diffusion towards Thailand as Panya Rungrueang had explained in the
pamphlet for the first “Yaowachon Dontri Thai Chalerm Phrakiat” music
performance by the Ministry of Culture and Music Teachers Association. He stated
that through travels, migration, diplomacy and social interactions cultural items
spread by being received, exchanged and borrowed between people of different
backgrounds until they become indistinguishable with one’s original culture (Ministry
of Culture and Music Thai Teachers Association, 2017: 16-18).
The study of Thai music culture’s history suggests that traditional Thai music
and traditional Thai music instruments are based from India and all 4 known types of
instruments today have been invented by the Sukhothai period. The suggestion was
based on a relic from Pho Khun Ram Khamhaeng’s reign with inscriptions regarding
the Sukhothai people’s religious piety towards Buddhism and a mention of Thai
music as “Siang Phath”, “Siang Phin”, “Siang Luean”, and “Siang Khub” indicating
some form of civilization through music. As Ayutthaya became the new capital
replacing Sukhothai, the Thai music culture reached its prime as it was passed down
and developed into Thai Classical Music. By the end of the Ayutthaya period (A.D.
1767) the music culture got lost and scattered as people became prisoners of war
(Panya Rung Ruang, 2003: 48-52).
To define the motivational songs in the history plays of Luang Wichitwathakan,
one must first understand 2 principles being 1) the musical elements consisting of
Symposium
1
the lyrics, rhythm, melody and arrangement and 2) the events that inspire their
composition as each serves the purpose of stimulation, inspiration, education, and
correction. Knowing both principles allows one to better fully understand the true
meanings and emotions behind each song and its significance. Office of the royal
society (2011: 678) defines “motivate” as a verb meaning to instill courage or enthusiasm.
Therefore, motivational songs would mean songs that instills courage or enthusiasm.
Motivational songs are a form of communication with the objective of
moralizing persuasion for cooperation, patriotism, sacrifice, and rallying under the
same banner. Moreover, the songs reflect the current state of society and politics,
and through projecting images of Thai warriors from the past and their valor, can aid
in effective governing (Prajak Sangket, 1997: 2). Aside from the communication by
language, motivational songs utilize musical elements being the rhythm, melody and
arrangement alongside the messages in the lyrics to inspire those who would hear.
When used in combination, language and musical elements prove to be more
inspirational than the former alone (Sirinthorn Kiratibut, 2009: 31). Motivational songs
in general may be described as bold and powerful, which include military march
songs such as “Ton Trakul Thai”, “Rao Su”, “Nahk Phaen Din”, ect.
Luang Wichitwathakan was an important historical figure towards Thai society
since the country’s absolute monarchy up until democracy (A.D. 1932). He was
considered a role model for the workforce in terms of determination and
perseverance in his responsibilities and was trusted with several constantly changing
positions as per his superior’s orders. His most notable positions were Minister of
Foreign Affairs, Minister of Finance, and Director of the Fine Arts Department. He
carried out nationalist policies by playing an active role in promoting the sense of
nationalism and unification of Thai people through his talents as a composer that has
been molded since childhood. He loved reading as child and was especially fond of
Thai, English, and French books which inspired him to become a writer of awe-
inspiring books such as “Prawatsart Sagol” and “Prachum Pongsawadan” and
composer of plays such as “Leod Suphan”, “Rachamanu”, “Sriharajdecho”,
“Anupap Po Kun Ramkanhaeng”, and several others where each of his plays
consist of motivational and patriotic songs (Praonrat Buranamatr, 1985: 33-51).
Every society’s basis changes over time with science and technological
advancements, and Thailand’s is no different. The roles of music change and adapt
to the respective time’s social trends and values, leading to the declined usage of
Luang Wichitwathakan’s nationalistic works today despite their outstanding

compositional texture and social value in terms of efficacy in promoting nationalism
and “Thainess”. The researcher of this study sees and appreciates the value of said
works and aims to compose by drawing upon the substances present within Luang
Wichitwathakan’s songs represented via saxophone solo and guitar in order to prove
that his dated works retain relevancy and can still be developed and refashioned for
acknowledgement today.
Objective
To compose for saxophone solo and guitar based on song of luang wichitwathakan’s
history. (Ton Trakul Thai, Nai Nam Mee Pla Nai Na Mee Khao and Choen Khwan)
Scope of Study
1.Content: A song for a saxophone solo in accompaniment with a guitar
based on 3 songs in Luang Wichitwathakan’s history plays, namely the “Ton Trakul
Thai”, “Nai Nam Mee Pla Nai Na Mee Khao”, and “Choen Khwan”.
2. Musical style: 2 genres of contemporary music.
3. Band composition: Two-instrument band with a saxophone and a guitar.
4. Tonality: Diatonic and Mode scales.
5. Musical texture: Polyphonic and Homophonic textures.
Data collection
1. Data collection from printed media of both Thai and international
sources including research papers and theses of subjects relevant to the study.
2. Data collection from non-printed media.
3. Data collection using an unstructured interview of open-ended
questions and informal language conversations.
Composition concept
Process 1, the “Nam” describing the Thai way of life by relying on nature and
reflecting the use of water at households and workplaces, represented using western
music culture styles being Homophony, Counterpoint and Chromatic Chord and
Syncopation.
Symposium
1
Process 2, the “Saeng” describing the cultural desecration during the
Sukhothai, Ayutthaya, Thonburi, and Ratanakosin periods by slowly adopting western
influences into Thai society at those times. Represented using western music culture
styles being Homophony, Counterpoint and Mode.
Styling and guidelines of composition

1. Form: the researcher divides the composition into 2 parts.
2. Tuning system: to ensure the song appeals to audiences of all demographics
and aligns with today’s trends. The researcher opts for Tonality with a Diatonic scale
of Major and Minor scales and Mode sound system.
3. Time Signature: consists Second and Fourth Time Signatures. The
researcher opts for Second-Simple Time Signature and Third-Simple Time Signature
to instill interest and Complex time to create unpredictability.
4. Tempo: taking in consideration the pace in accordance to the song’s
contents, the playing technique, and style and genre. Slow tempo depicting beauty
and elegance will be set to 86 Bpm. while fast tempo depicting vigor and liveliness
will be set at 116 Bpm.
5. Texture: will be characterized by several melodies or Polyphony
The researcher summarized the design and the guideline for the composing
of the Sodtawinyan. As follows:
Movement 1
Compositio Form Tune Time Tempo Texture

n Process System Signature
Section 1 AB Db 3/4 86 bpm. Polyphony
Mixolydian 4/4 Homophony
(Swing)
section 2 C Db 3/4 116 Polyphony
Mixolydian 4/4 bpm. Homophony
(Swing)
Movement 2
Compositio Form Tune Time Tempo Texture

n Process System Signature
section 1 A Db 3/4 86 bpm. Polyphony
section 2 B Db 3/4 86 bpm. Polyphony
Composition Process
1.Data collection and analysis from the aforementioned sources for basic
understanding of composition.
2. Setting the scope of composition in accordance to the scope of the study.
3. Setting the instruments used by taking in consideration the relations between
the playing technique and composition in order to clearly relay the desired messages.
4. Setting the musical form in accordance to contents of the desired to be
relayed messages.
5.Setting the melody and melodic structure to be composed and altered
between each stage.
6. Song composition, with the arrangement relying on contemporary
composition skills with the template songs which may require counseling from expert
contemporary composers.
7. Reception of comments from composers, musicians and audiences. Taking
feedback into consideration for further improvement and further reviews on musical
symbols and proofreading.
Explanation
Sodtawinyan is a contemporary piece composed from the constructive
messages behind 3 songs which are the Ton Trakul Thai, Nai Nam Mee Pla Nai Na
Mee Khao and Choen Khwan songs. Sodtawinyan presents the musical uniqueness of
these 3 songs which were originally used in history plays through a different and
more contemporary channel with the composer’s personal views and touches on
music added while still retaining the cultural values and constructive accents from
Luang Wichitwathakan. The composition of Sodtawinyan relies on the harmonious
Symposium
1
combination of melody and arrangement to be able to suitably relay the messages
behind the songs it was based on by employing 3 techniques being 1) regulating the
melody to the mode’s ambitus, 2) sequence and 3) syncopation. Details are as
follow:
1. The practice of using the mode to regulate the melody is the musical
scale of old western music commonly used during the middle ages and the
Renaissance (Nutcha Sokhatiyanurak, 2007: 157). The Mixolydian mode is the fifth
mode of the major scale consisting of a scale of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and b7. It is
related to the Dominant7th cord as in the notes 3 and b7 are a tritone (Teerus
Laohverapanich, 2019: 51-52). As for Sodtawinyan, the Db Mixolydian mode will be used
represent the presence of western civilization by using chord tone note alongside the
b7 note as shown below:
Sample 1. The use of modes in Sodtawinyan’s first movement
Figure 1. Example of a mode being inserted into the song
Sample 2. The use of modes in Sodtawinyan’s first movement
Figure 2. Example of a mode being inserted into the song
2.A sequence refers to the repetition of a segment of a melody, allowing

longer durations for lyrical sentences and the enabling the continuation of the song
without having to come up with numerous different segments. Each sequence
usually has 2 to 3 repetitions of a segment (Nutcha Pancharoen, 2017: 98-99). In

Sodtawinyan, sequencing will be used to repeat messages in the song as shown
below:
Sample 1. The use of sequences in Sodtawinyan’s first movement
Figure 3. Example of a sequence being inserted into the song
Sample 2. The use of sequences in Sodtawinyan’s second movement
Figure 4. Example of a sequence being inserted into the song
3.Syncopation refers to the rhythmic stressing or disturbance in its regular

flow such as removing the upbeat from strong beats and replacing it with a
downbeat in order to make the piece sound unusually intriguing (Nutcha
Pancharoen, 2017: 34; Teerus Laohverapanich, 2019: 5). In Sodtawinyan, syncopation
will be used for rhythm disruption to make the song more appealing and provocative
as shown below:
Symposium
1
Sample 1. The use of syncopations in Sodtawinyan’s first movement
Figure 5. Example of a syncopation usage
Sample 2. The use of syncopations in Sodtawinyan’s first movement
Figure 6. Example of a syncopation usage
Conclusion
Sodtawinyan is a song containing 2 parts composed with the use of tonality,
based on the diatonic scale with both major and minor scales and a mode sound
structure at tempos of slow at 86 Bpm. and at 116 Bpm. for fast. The researcher has
composed a suitable melody and arrangement that would effectively be used in
combination to deliver the messages behind the songs in Luang Wichitwathakan’s
history plays by employing 3 techniques being 1) regulating the melody to the
mode’s ambitus, 2) sequence and 3) syncopation.
Suggestions
This research aims to create a piece based on the constructive messages
behind the songs in Luang Wichitwathakan’s history plays with the objective of
promoting and appreciating the values of songs about Thailand’s history and legacy.
Aside from the songs used in this particular study, there exists numerous others of
similar significance that may prove of use to other researchers and composers for
future studies.
References
Ministry of Culture and Music Thai Teachers Association. (2018). Documents for the
performance of the musical Thai Youth Music in Honor. N.p.
Natcha Phancharoen. (2017). Form and Analysis. Sixth Edition. Bangkok. Tana Press
Co Ltd.
Office of the royal society. ( 2 5 4 6 ) . Royal Institute Dictionary 1999. Bangkok:
Nanmeebook Co Ltd.
Panya Rungruang. (2003). History of Thai Music. Fifth Edition. Bangkok: Thai
Wattanapanit Publishers.
. (2006). Foundation of Ethnomusicology. Fourth Edition. N.p.
Political Science of Sukhothai Thammathirat University. (2018). Internationalization
of Thailand.Bangkok: Sukhothai Thammathirat University Printing.
Prajak Sangket. (1997). Alternative : Major General Luang Vichitwathakarn''s Songs
of Encouragment. (Master of Arts, Mahidol University).
Praonrat Buranamatr. (1985). The analysis of Luang Vichit Vadakan' historical
plays. กรุงเทพฯ: Thammasat University Printing.
Sirinthorn Kirattiburt. (1 9 8 5 ). Thai nationalistic songs (1 9 3 2 -1 9 8 2 ): A political
analysis. (Master of Arts, Chulalongkorn University).
Teerus Laohverapanich. (2019). Jazz Theory and Improvisation. Bangkok. Tana Press
Co Ltd.
Symposium
2
A study of Phra Abhidhamma Royal Chanting Case study:

Dhamma ceremony, Bowonniwet Vihara Bangkok
Tanit Kongkumnerd , Chalermphol Ngamsuthi and krissadatharn Chanthako

thaimusicteacher@hotmail.co.th
Abstract
The purpose of this research was to study the history of Phra Aphidhamma
chanting of Royal ceremony, Wat Bowornniwet vihara Bangkok. Study Hymns of
praise and Royal melodies used in the chanting of the Aphidhamma of Wat
Bornniwet vihara Bangkok.
The research found that the history of Phra Aphidhamma chanting of Royal
ceremony, Wat Bowornniwet vihara Bangkok has starting from the reign of King Rama
IV ,which canceled the royal ceremony of Wat Molilok ,and added Wat Bowornniwet
vihara instead. The monks of the set of Phra Aphidhamma chanting of royal ceremony
called “Phar Phidhidhamma” which is the position of the monastery. The Phar
Phidhidhamma will be consists of features such as pronunciation must correctly
pronounce the correct character and have a beautiful tone. Previously, it was
responsible for praying in the new year ceremony, but now has the duty to pray and
make holy water to the King in The Grand Palace and funeral prayers in royal
ceremony
The regular hymns in the recitation of the Phra Aphidhamma chanting of
royal ceremony is Aphidhammatthasangkhha which have 9 chapter. The melody that
is currently used is the Saraphanya melody , which is a unique method of praying
techniques in the Wat Bowornniwet Vihara.
Keywords: Phra Aphidhamma chanting of royal ceremony of Wat Bowornniwet Vihara.
Introduction
Buddhism is one of the important religions that originated in the world society
there is prosperity in various regions in asia for a long time, thousands of years to the
present since the reign of King Ashoka the great, who had been sorting out the
Tipitaka for the 3rd time and sending monks to regions around asia for propagating
Buddhism to be widely known. In the Tripitaka it consists of the discipline 1, Sutta 1,

Phra Apithama 1 ,which is a collection of principles, teachings and practices for
Buddhists that the Lord Buddha has prescribed.(Nongyuao Channarong.2542:295-296)
Buddhism spread to the land of Suvarnabhumi during the 1st century AD with the
monks, Phra Sonah thera and Uttar thera, leading the missionaries ,therefore the land
of Suvarnabhumi has widely respected Buddhism until now which has thailand etc.
Buddhism in thailand is a Buddhism sect of Hinayana sect which received foundation
from the Sri Lankan clergy in the past until now.
Music is one of the important cultural heritage. Is a product that occurs from
humans in society which society or various groups have their own art and culture
.This is a sign of prosperity in that society, members of society have jointly created,
developed, improved, and inherited from the past to the present .Therefore, it can
be said that music is another acting behavior that has many different styles. In each
cultural society, both in terms of musical instruments and melodies style of singing
and content of songs.(Yos Sunthasombuthi:2540,229)
Every human being has music involved in every activity. Every gesture of life
at all times whether walking, breathing, heartbeat, blinking etc. Everything has its own
rhythm. or even the environment around us such as the sound of the wind blowing
birds, the singing of leaves, the sound of running water, the sound of these various
machinery would be all music.
Music is also bound to human life from birth to death, especially with every
Thai culture. Everything that happens will always involve music, from birth to
worship, shaving, matriculation, matrimony, marriage to funerals, because Buddhism
is a national religion is the center of thai people's minds thai culture and traditions
are associated with Buddhism at all. Therefore, music and Buddhism Is a related
issue connected and is important as part of the ritual culture. (Pranee
Wongthes:2534,51) thai music is used in rituals from the folk level up to the royal
court. The music used in the ritual is not only used for the purpose of sacred rights
to the ritual can also be used as a theater for added entertainment as well. Music in
Buddhism that is commonly seen is performing rituals both auspicious and
misfortune all the way to worship such as starting a new house , ordination , making
merit in offering food to monks on important religious occasions Preaching Mahachat
etc. but there is another area of music that is commonly seen but rarely mentioned
is prayer and sermon both of them should be of a musical nature because of both
Symposium
2
the melody and the sermon. Group chanting requires a rhythm. Because will be able
to pray together to pray, the head monk must raise a voice or a sound source. Other
gods must listen to their volume and set their voices upright so they will be listened
as for the sermon, it may be a sermon or a sermon in various ways.
The music found in Buddhism found appears as a musical instrument used in
the fanfare which appeared in the modern era, such as the conch drum, kangsadang,
harp, golden bell, etc. which is considered a cultural heritage that has been passed
down for a long time. Music is a part of promoting the atmosphere of rituals and
sacred activities. Music intervenes in the way of life of the villagers, both in the form
of doctrine, faith and beliefs are various folk songs, such as literature about sin-merit
etc, which appears in the Buddhist scriptures, there is a mention of music, both in
world of dharma and locality.(Pharmaha Sakorn Sridee.2533) Therefore, Music and
Buddhism are involved in many changes in society, Whole lifestyle applying the
principles of occupational practice both in music also.There is a form of music
promotion inserted into the rituals and traditions of thai society from the past to the
present as shown during the late Ayutthaya period to Rattanakosin thai music has
entered every level of the thai society, from the royal palace, the royal palace, the
nobleman, the noble residence, to the general public, which has a pattern of
practice that is consistent with religious rituals. (Renu Kosinanontha.2545)
The use of music with rituals is because they want to use music as a medium
for convincing the minds of listeners to conform and is also a relaxing device to calm
down peaceful and entertaining, along with various doctrines and teachings in
religion. It also helps to enhance the development of thoughts, emotions and
imagination of people in thai society and is also a sign of worship of sacred things
and incentive to concentrate on various rituals to create more sacredness and
credibility. The music and songs used in the ritual also tell the connection of music
and songs that correspond to the rituals. The essence of each song very few people
are aware and are aware of the history until being able to keep playing along with
each other because of the succession without knowing the consistency and true
meaning of music and songs used in that ritual. In the same way, the metaphysics
chant which is a Buddhist ritual that monks and buddhists use this as a means of
making merit related to the dead in order to create a charity to dedicate merit to
those who have passed away.
Abhidhamma chanting includes both general and royal ceremonies. This

belief was born from the Lord Buddha's sermon coming to preach the Abhidhamma
to please the mother of the heavenly gods. The Abhidhamma chanting are recited
by 4 monks and 8 monks, depending on the area, but for the royal funeral ceremonies
or senior officials that have the rank, rank or rank in the rules compared the honors
to the corpses and bodies of the bureau of the Royal Household including those
who graciously granted Is a special case will receive a monk to perform the ceremony
in the Abhidhamma chanting called "Phar Bhidhidharma " or the royal funeral service
will use the dharma ritual in chanting and that ceremony will have a unique way of
praying called the royal melody. The Royal chanting will be used as a special ordination
ceremony for the royal temple that currently consists of 10 temples ,Including Wat
Phrachetuphonvimolmangklararam, Wat Mahathatyuwaratrangsarit, Ratchasittharam
temple, Rakhangkosaram temple, Chakkrawatrajawat temple, Anangkaram temple,
Sraket temple ,Suthasanthepwararam temple ,Wat Bowonniwetvihara and Wat
Prayurawongsawas. From the above importance the researcher therefore conducted
the research on “A study of Phra Abhidhamma Royal Chanting Case study: Dhamma
ceremony,Bowonniwet Vihara Bangkok”
The researcher are interested in music related to buddhism in the thai society
that ordination chanting ceremony by using the royal melodies, which is the melody
and the specific style of the Dharma ceremony of Wat Bowonniwet Vihara, Bangkok ,
that is appropriate to study and preserve for conservation and dissemination which
will be useful to researchers It is a study of musical knowledge and related morals
that connect between music and religious doctrine to be more clear.
Research Objective
1) Study the history of Phra Aphidhamma chanting of the Dhamma
ceremony, Bowonniwet Vihara Bangkok.
2) In order to study the hymns and melodies used in the Phra
Aphidhamma chant Bangkok.
Literature review
Asimaporn Monkhalawha(2555). conducted research on music in Theravada
Buddhism, concluding that in all three categories of Tripitaka appear to be related to
music and gave the meaning of the word music that comes from two words, "Khitha"
Symposium
2
meaning the performance of singing and dancing fanfare etc, and "Vathita" means the
rhythm that consists of singing and dancing fanfare. The use of music in Theravada
Buddhism is also used to benefit the mind to create faith, relax the emotions, and
be a way to communicate Dhamma teachings better.
Dhecha Srikongmouang(2548). mentioned the research on the analysis this
Buddhist funeral chant is dignity for crediting a person who has tremendously
benefited the nation or the king.The chanting in the rite is traditionally performed by
“Phra Phitheetham”previously such monks were called “Phra Khusuad”,only these
monks may use the special melody called”Ka” A”Ka” consists of 1) tritonic scale
inperfect 4th , 2) A three-part formal structurethat consists of an introduction, main
section, and conclusion, 3) both metric and non-metric rhythm ,4) syllabic , neumatic
, and melismatic text setting, 5) a strophic phrasal form . 6) a central tone used as a
gravity tone and an ending note of melody as well. 7) melody and textual
articulation accorded by syllabification , expansion , extention , decoration and
prolongation by embellishments . Articulation found in the “Ka” was sound change ,
interpolation of auxiliary texts, and assimilation between words. The monotonic
nature of the Pali language cuases a melodic style as illustrated by the gravity tonic
style. Art of articulation of texts infruences a unique sound and embellished
production. Melody share a musical similarity to Thai clasical singing and Indian Vedic
chants.
Thawut Bhunnothok.(2540) study of poems and poems as a local literature in
the central region in "Analyzing comparative local literature" by giving the meaning of
the term and the role it plays in society in the olden days and suggested that the
present should have a hymn education, because it is beneficial to education in the
local way of life, Because various poems are important to society.
Trisilapa Boonkayon.(2530) studied poetry completely in the doctor of arts
thesis titled "Klonsuad Literature: Analytical Study" by surveying the collection of
poems from the central region which is a written document in the ancient document
department national library, 141 issues. Explain the meaning of the word of “Klon
suad” means poetry in the form of prosody, composed as an epic by the villagers or
written for hymns and read ,the composition of the poem and the type of poem
which is divided into 2 types which are direct moral category andindirect
category.
Population and research sample

The population used in the research is the monks who lived at Bowonniwet
Vihara temple ,Bangkok . That was commissioned as a religious ceremony in the
temple of Bowonniwet Vihara Bangkok, amount 4 monks
Scope of research
This research studied only the melodies chanting the abhidhamma of the
royal ordination ceremony of Wat Bowonniwet Vihara bangkok .The scope of the
research can be defined as follows
1.This is a descriptive research, analyzing the history of the Abhidhamma
chanting of the royal ordination ceremony of Wat Bowonniwet Vihara bangkok, which
has been researched from various documents that appear according to cultural
sources to study and obtain information for analysis related to music only
2.This research will study the analysis of specific melodies chanting of the
Abhidhamma ceremony, Bowonniwet Vihara temple bangkok only
Data collection
The researcher conducted field data collection using various methods. Study
data from reference documents from textbooks, tape recorder including related
research for preliminary search In which the researcher has researched documents
from educational institutions and related agencies such as the National library,
Department of fine arts, Ministry of culture, Mahamakut buddhist university library,
Bowonniwet Vihara temple library etc, and also collecting other field data In order to
connect the research data from various documents collected conducted surveys and
collected data by choosing to interview people who are involved in the royal
chanting ceremony of Wat Bowonniwet Vihara by interviewing, observing, recording
and record still images about the use of chants and chanting melodies that are used
in the chanting of religious ceremonies roles and opportunities used in other
activities In addition to royal ceremonies. The methods used in conducting research
are in accordance with the steps in anthropology as follows:
Interviews are conducted in two ways: formal interviews and informal
interviews to obtain details and in-depth information by choosing to interview the
related persons, including monks who are Abhidhamma rituals Bowonniwet Vihara
temple with names as follows:
Symposium
2
1. Phrakrupaladsuwutthanadhammakhun (Chinda Thanjinto)
2. Phramaha Chatchai Shuchattachayo
3. Phramaha Phisitphong Pawisittho
4. Phra Charoen Supawutthigo
Participant observation by observing and recording data for use in data
analysis.
Sound recording use the audio recording tool to record audio files into mp3
files by recording audio during interviews and recording chanting and chanting rituals
of Bowonniwet Vihara bangkok to be analyzed compose and write as a note.
Taking pictures (Photography) the researcher has recorded images both still
images and movies to record images of the Abhidhamma ceremony that practice the
dharma rituals for use on various occasions
Data analysis methods

The information has been obtained, it will be classified according to various
topics, both from documents and from data collection in the field into categories
and conducting analytical studies in various areas such as
1. Study the history of Wat Bowonniwet Vihara and the Abhidhamma of
the reclining buddha of Wat Bowonniwet Vihara Bangkok . Consists of the following
topics
1.1 History of Bowonniwet Vihara temple.
1.2 History of the Abhidhamma of the recitation buddha and the
ceremony of Wat Bowonniwet Vihara.
1.3 Composition of the ritual of chanting the Abhidhamma of the
royal ceremony of Bowonniwet Vihara.
2. Study the melodies and prayers that are used in the chanting of
the Abhidhamma Royal melody.
2.1 Melodies used in the chanting of Abhidhamma Royal melody of
Wat Bowonniwet Vihara.
2.2 Techniques of chanting and the transmission of chanting of the
metaphysics of the royal ordination Wat Bowonniwet Vihara.
2.3 Study and analyze the content of the music that appears in the
melody divided into patterns, structures, and melodies and recorded notes used in
the chanting of Wat Bowonniwet Vihara.
Research results
The results of the research showed that Wat Bowonniwet Vihara, Bangkok is a
first class royal temple, located within the city walls of Phra Sumen road which was
established between the year 1824 and 1832 during the reign of King Nang Klao
Rama III of Rattanakosin by His Royal Highness Prince Mahasakthibholasep. later, King
Rama VI was graciously pleased to merge the Rangsit Sutthawat temple with
Bowonniwet Vihara temple into one temple in 1915. King Nang Klao, Rama 3,
therefore granted an invitation to His Royal Highness Prince Mhongkhut to come to
reign at Bowonniwet Vihara temple, therefore counted as His Royal Highness Prince
Mhongkhut is the first abbot of Bowonniwet Vihara temple.Wat Bowonniwet Vihara is
a royal temple used by His Majesty the King in every reign, including royalty used as
a residence during his tonsure and is a place of worship for both royal ceremonies
state, ceremonies and important civil ceremonies from the past to the present
The recitation of the Abhidhamma of the Bowonniwet Vihara temple began in
the reign of King Rama IV, which had abolished the ceremony of the Mori Lokh
temple and added the Bowonniwet Vihara temple instead, which is called the
Abhidhamma ceremony. Abhidhamma ritual is the position of the monastery, not
specific to any monks .The appointment of religious ceremonies in the monastery
must consist of various qualities such as pronunciation must pronounce the correct
character clearly and have a beautiful tone etc. Currently, there is a duty to chant
which is the prayer of Phra Prarit at the hall in the Grand Palace to perform the water
ceremony for the Buddha's offering to the King and chanting the abhidhamma of the
dead in the royal ceremony.
Composition in the recitation of the Abhidhamma of the Bowonniwet Vihara
temple will consist of ceremony which is the only device used in prayer will consist
of seat for prayer there are 4 types of Buddhist monk booths, which are gold cabinet,
glass decorated cabinet large watering pattern cabinet and a small watering pattern
cabinet. Wat Bowonniwet Vihara Temple, used the cabinet will be used as according
to the ceremonies provided by the officials, not fixed .Ordinary patriarch fans are
attached to the Dharma cabinet and there are 4 handles, divided into yellow, red,
blue and green, worship pearl pickup.
Abhidhamma ceremony of Wat Bowonniwet Vihara, bangkok will use regular
mantras in chanting of the metaphysics Aphidhammatthasangkhha which are
currently used in a total of 9 chapter which the ordination ceremony of Bowonniwet
Symposium
2
Vihara temple bangkok is always used is the discourse 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 divided into 2
sets, which are set 1 consists of 1,2,3,5 sheets, and set 2 consist of 1,2,4,8 sheets.
also found that each chapter consists of several chants, which the prayer time will
be chosen 6-7 incantations depending on the agreement of the dharma ritual to get
the right time. The royal melody used in the present chant is the Sarapanya melody
will consist of three parts of the chant, which are the middle introductory section
and the last paragraph ending is a choir that is in the same direction (monophony),
both slow and fast there is a technique of prayer that is unique to the ceremony of
Wat Bowonniwet Vihara. In addition, the prayer punctuation is similar to the melodic
reading of the verse of the poem, meaning the syllables are divided into paragraphs
on each line and with the final two syllables sounding at the end of the paragraph
and hung up as a nasal sound at the end of the divided word on each line, with a
light and slant sound that was not too long and not too short until the form of
recitation .The practice broadcast was not recorded in writing, it was a viral broadcast
which will be practiced by monks in temples who are interested in chanting Phra
Aphitham like at present, the religious ceremonies in the temple of Bowonniwet
Vihara there are approximately 10 monks.
Discussion
The study and research on the chanting of Abhidhamma ceremony,
Bowonniwet Vihara temple Bangkok is the symbolizes the traditions in which music is
involved, especially the funeral ceremonies that have existed since the Ayutthaya
period to the present. The prayers are used in Pali, combined with various melodies,
with rituals and formalities in practice especially the Abhidhamma ceremony is
considered a symbol representing the exquisite culture of thailand, because in the
chanting of the royal melodies by using the dharma ceremony at present, it is
considered a ritual related to the royal court there are many components of practice
which corresponds to Decha Srikongmuang (2005: 262-263) which concluded that the
Abhidhamma chanting ceremony in the royal funeral ceremony is currently
associated with various government agencies and there is a sequence of events
through the bureau of the Royal Household etc. custom in the organization of that
ordinance must consist of the dharma cabinet patriarch which represents the King at
the same time is a glorious honor to the dead. There is a classification of the dharma
cabinet according to the artwork that changes according to the dignity of the
deceased and is a symbol of the ordinance of the royal patronage.
As for the prayers and the melodies used in the prayers use the Abhidhamma
of Mattasangkhha as a chant and use the recollections in the chant, which is one of
the royal melodies of the 10 chosen temples that are commonly used in chanting
which corresponds Phra Kru Kanlayan Sitthiwat Wat Rachasittharam, which is
mentioned in the book of the dharma ritual, says that the melody chant consists of
“Ka melodies”, “Luan melodies”, “Laksung melodies” and Sarabhanya melody.
suggestion
Prayer with various melodies is considered a type of composer which has a
role to convince the listener or chant to gain faith in the teachings of Buddhism
although it does not know the meaning of the Pali language, but with its musical
aesthetics, it makes the connection of one's emotions and mind to conform. There
should be research on the connection of music to the doctrine or the melodies that
are listened to in order to create faith.
References
Asumaphon Mongkolwa. (2012). Buddhist Music Theravada religion. Thesis Master
of Buddhism, Major subject Graduate Buddhism Mahachulalongkornrajavidyalaya
University.
Bunta Khienthongkun. (1999). Job analysis. Musical instruments used in sermons
Master of Arts, Master of Arts, Department of Culture studies graduate school
Mahidol University.
Chintana Karbuansang. (1996). Pray for the householder.In Chawi macharoen and
others (Editors), various topics Thai culture. Bangkok:Sri Muang printing
company limited.
Damrong Rajanupab, the Department of Royal Highness Phraya. (1968). The legend of
Phra Prarit. (4th edition). Bangkok: Theater Print Mahamongkutrajavidyalaya.
(Print Is a memorial in the Cremation ceremony Commander-in-Chief Luang
Kamthon Chonlathorn (born chat seaman) October 30, 1968.
Decha Srikongmuang. (2005) An Analysis of Melodies Metaphysics in the royal
funeral service. Thesis Master of Arts Degree, Music Department Graduate
school Mahidol University.
Symposium
2
Decha Srikongmuang. (2007). Prayer study Mahachat Kham Luang: concepts about
melodies Music composition and notes recording. Research report
Humanities Fund Naresuan University.
Department of Religious Affairs, Ministry of Culture. (2561). Buddhist ceremony
Dharma. (Type 3) Bangkok: Theaters Printed Mahachulalongkornrajavidyalaya
University.
Ing-on Suphanit (1981). Pray for the sermon Journal of Arts. 13 (2), 15-41.
Kamon Ketsiri. (1983). Music in Thai: National Identity committee secretariat of the
prime minister.
Kanlayan Sitthiwat, Phrakhru (Saman Kan Thom Thammo). (2008). Dharma
ceremony. Bangkok: Chulalongkornrajavidyalaya university.
Kuhlab Mallika, S. (1974). Thai literature. Bangkok: Ramkhamhaeng University.
Nongyao Charnnarong. (1999). Religion and society. (3rd edition). Bangkok: publisher
Ramkhamhaeng university department faculty of humanities Philosophy
Ramkhamhaeng University.
Orawadee Thanachan. (2002). Hymnal prayer: a case study. Chant, Phai
Chamchisol, Wiset Chai Chan Ang Thong Province. Thesis Master of Arts
Degree, Music Department Graduate school Mahidol University.
Phra Maha Sakhon Sri D. (2010). Buddhism, ethics and music.www.bloggang.com/
viewblog.php?id = ebu, 14 November 2010.
Pranee Wongtet. (1991). Ritual relating to Death in Thailand. Bangkok: Center.
Sirindhorn Anthropology, University Fine Arts.
Prueang Na Nakorn. (1980). History of Thai literature. For students. (8th edition).
Bangkok: Thai Wattana Panich.
Renu Kosinanon. (2002). The Duriyang Sangkatti with Thai Society. (4th edition).
Bangkok: Thai Wattana commercial printing.
Sathian Kosot, Anumanrat Pracha. (1989). Traditions about life: Death. Bangkok: Mae
Khampang Publishing House.
Thanit Kongkumnerd (2011). Preaching Isan: A case study of the Buddhist Monastery
of Thung Sriwilai Temple, SiThuan Subdistrict, Khueang Nai District Ubon
Ratchathani Province, Thesis Master of Fine Arts, Major Srinakharinwirot University.
Thawat Punnothok (1997). Literary analysis. Local comparison. Bangkok: Ramkhamhaeng
University.
Thiantheera mamratanakul. (2017). Music in Prayer Evening mantras for the Vegetarian
Festival: A case study of Bam Geum Jeu Eua Tew Hospital Chaotic Girl, Bang
Khla District, Province Chachoengsao. Academic Conference Project National
level: The 1st academic arts 2: Art 4.0: Art for Creativity And the arts for
education. Srinakharinwirot University.
Thongphun Boonyalik. (1999). Prayer of the Metaphysics : Observational studies.
Bangkok, Thailand: Sema Dharma publisher (Rajabhat Institute Suan Dusit
published in the textbook project. Chalermprakiet Rajabhat Universit on the
occasion of the King He progressed to the age of 6 rounds.
Tri Sin Boonkhajorn. (1987). Literatur Klausot central region: a case study of
Analyze. Letter Thesis Degree Doctor of Science, Department of Thai
Language Graduate School, Chulalongkorn University.
Udom Arunrat. (1983). Musical instrument from Buddhism. Nakhon Pathom: Type
at Central service department office of the President Sanam Chandra Palace,
University Fine Arts.
Yot santasombat. (1997). Human and Culture. (2nd edition). Bangkok: Printing house
Thammasat University.
Symposium
2
The instructional package of Compressor effect for Cubase
Nut Chiangthong, Parinya Panyanunt

e-Mail: nut_mums@hotmail.com
Abstract
The instructional package of compressor for Cubase is experiment research.
The objectives of this research were (1) to create The instructional package of
compressor effect for Cubase 80/80, (2) to compare the student achievement of The
instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase. The sample group was 4
student who study in a studio record class in first semester of 2562 and times of this
research is 5 weeks.
Research instruments were (1) The instructional package of compressor effect
for Cubase (2) an evaluation of the student achievement in compressor mixing skills.
The results of this research were (1) the efficiency of The instructional package of
reverb for Cubase is 80/81.66. It’s was higher than standard efficiency 80/80, (2) The
students’ achievement in compressor effect mixing after using The instructional package
of compressor effect for Cubase was higher than before compare. When comparing,
it was found the score were higher than before at the statistical significance 0.05.
Keywords: Instruction book, Compressor
Research problem
Sound recording is the process of storing data and sound that a recording
person wants to use to create various works in media, advertising, music or personal
works. The recording requires a variety of equipment, such as audio interface,
microphone or other optional devices as the recorders want to use. We can see that
today is the age of digital media and all of the media have a sound. For this reason,
when the person who has recorded the sound has to adjust the sound to be clear in
terms of volume or tone.
In terms of media in the modern period, it is known as the period of full
digital media. This digital media often has many processes and methods created
from computers. Whether it is video, audio or video media, in which today media is
very popular, people who can use computers can create media. Sound is an
important part of media whether it comes in the form of music or video, all of the
sound is included. If wanting a good quality sound is usually recorded again with
many detailed steps. The sound should to edit before it’s can be published.
Therefore sound editing is very important role in the media and music industry.
Creating work whether recording the voice, singing voice or various musical
instruments also recording various ambient sounds around us. Went through the
recording process by analog and digital processor, which is a sound recording by
working together between electrical data signals and signal data of numbers. After
the recording process, the recorded audio must be edited to be beautiful and
suitable between the vocals and each instrument. In this process, the audio engineer
is called the mixing process. In this stage of the mixing, it is the process of editing the
sound to be well and suitable for the genre of the song. Through the management
of the volume or sound stage is use many various effects. Bobby Owsinski(2006) said
the most cases, when editing a sound. The sound engineers often have the sound
and imagination of the sound they have in their heads before they start work. This
may be caused by the work that is not fine and then gradually adjust and improve it.
If any time a sound engineer was start to mix a song. Sometimes they won't start
working immediately if they don't have a way or concept to work.
Compressor is an effect that is similar to having a fader that handles sound
with various signal strength characteristics and automatically fluctuates. It can be
interpreted that we can handle unwanted signal variances to have a balanced signal
level by using a compressor. (Mike Senior,2011)
According to a survey by researchers, there are many students or people
interested in mixing music that have problems with managing the volume or gain of
audio signals in various tracks. By only the voices or vocals in songs that are
unequally loud. The result is that the work produced is too loud or too soft at some
point. Which may be the cause of the problem of making the sound of different
songs in the next step. For this reason, the researcher has created The instructional
package of compressor effect for Cubase for interested people to study and learn
more well. And can be adapted and used to create your own musical works more
efficiently.
Symposium
2
Research objectives
1. To create The instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase.
2. To compare the learning achievement before and after learning of
the students with the effect compressor instruction set for Cubase.
Hypothesis of research
1. The instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase efficiency is 80/80
2. Students using instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase
had better learning outcomes.
Concepts and theories

Compressor
Mike Senior(2011:146) Said that the compressor is an effect that is similar to
the fader that handles the sound with various signal strength characteristics and
automatically fluctuates. It can be interpreted that we can handle unwanted signal
variances to have a balanced signal level by using a compressor.
David Miles Huber(2010:492) Said compressor is an effect that is similar to the
fader that handles the sound with various signal strength characteristics and
automatically fluctuates It can be interpreted that we can handle unwanted signal
variances to have a balanced signal level by using a compressor.
-Input gain means the volume of the sound that will let the amount of gain
entering the compressor effect.
-Threshold means to the signal volume setting, which level should the
compressor start to work. For example, if the threshold is set to -20dB, signals lower
than -20 dB will not affect the compression this time. But when the volume is over
than -20dB, the compressor will press the volume down.
-Output gain means setting the output signal volume Can either increase the
signal or reduce the level of signal difference.
-Slope ratio means setting the signal push from the input signal to the output
signal. By setting different ratios for control For example, if the ratio is set to 4: 1, it
means that every volume exceeds the set value from the threshold will be reduced
by 1dB and if the signal exceeds 8dB, it will be pressed down to 2dB.
-Attack means setting the compressor sensitivity means that when the signal
is over, the effect will start working. The value of time in milliseconds. The sensitivity
of the attack depends on the sound of the instrument type, which musical
instrument it is. Such as bass, the length of the tone of the voice should be set to
work slowly. In order to get a good sound level.
-Release means setting the speed at which the signal is pressed back to the
normal level It has the same unit of time as the attack setting, milliseconds. If set
quickly, it may cause the volume to change too quickly. At the same time, if set to
slow, it will affect the sound that has a distance from low to loud.
-Meter display means signal gauge to be an output signal or as a part of
pressing a volume signal.
Regarding compressors, there is always a misunderstanding in the use and

think that it is easy to do. In fact, the compressor is an effect that balances the signal
between the volume from loud and soft. Or signal enhancement without sound
damage. If there is too much compression, it will cause the sound to not sound well.
When is the compressor used

Mike Senior(2011:146) Said The first thing that we decide to use compressors
in each track is really necessary. And it should be remembered that the purpose of
using compressors is to manage a good balance of sound in each instrument. When
Symposium
2
we can't find the balance of sound, we lead the process of further adjustment. There
may be many reasons for us to feel an imbalance of sound. But we can solve these
problems by using compressors. For example, the voice will do as the first. We have
to make the volume of the entire track accurate and balanced. If the sentences are
unclear, we use compressors to manage because the compressor will help to reduce
the difference in signal volume. Resulting in a clearer sound in each word The same
is true with musical instruments. Such as the sound of the drum set, it will encounter
problems more often. Or guitar and amplifier that still have a poor sound balance.
From the picture, it can be observed that the sound waves that are made
through the compressor are more balanced and closer to the sound waves that have
not yet been through the compressor.
Compressor in Cubase
1. Compressor is an effect used to reduce the distance of the audio signal Can
create smoother, louder sounds, or work together, both smoother and louder.
2. .Tube Compressor Is a multi-purpose compressor that simulates the

sound from the tubes amplifiers. For a smooth tone and there had a VU meter to
show the signal reduction. In the function of the glass tube, the trigger signal can be
filtered.
3 . Vintage compressor is a compressor effect that gives the character of a

vintage style. Effect can be set to preserve the sound of the head signal when start
to work(attack) And is used automatically to release the compressor.
4. VST Dynamic Is a advance compressor effect with a collection of 3 audio

signal management settings: Gate, Compressor and Limiter settings, all of which are
independent of each other. It’s can turn on and turn off each part as needed.
Population and sample

Population in this research is the third year student in faculty of music
Bangkokthonburi University.
Sample ที่ in this research is 4 student who register to study a Studio recording
class in first semester of 2019.
Research instrument
1. The instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase consists of 3 lessons
1.1 What is compressor
Symposium
2
1.2 How to insert a compressor in Cubase 9
1.3 Editing and adjust the compressor in Cubase 9
2. Achievement assessment form consists of before study, during study
and after study.
Data collection
The researcher brought The instructional package of compressor effect for
Cubase to be used in Studio recording class. Which is a subject that the researcher is
the teacher. The total time spent in the experiment was 5 weeks, with a total of 4
students in the experiment. Learning evaluations were conducted before study,
during and after study, which the researcher evaluated. With the following steps.
1.Students take the test before studying. To assess the ability of students
before using The instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase.
2.The researcher gave students The instructional package of compressor
effect for Cubase. In each lesson, the instructor will guide and teach the content in
the Cubase effect compressor teaching package and provide student homework.
3.At the end of each lesson, have students take the test during class. In
which the researcher will assess the class.
4. At the end of every lesson, have students do the tests after studying. In
which the researcher will assess the class.
Research data analysis

1 . The researchers used the information obtained from this research to
analyze by setting the efficiency of The instructional package of compressor effect
for Cubase at 80/80, using the average percentage.
The first 80refers to the learning achievement of The instructional package
of compressor effect for Cubase by not less than 80% of the average score obtained
during study.
The second 80 refers to the learning achievement of The instructional
package of compressor effect for Cubase by not less than 80% of the average score
obtained ending of study.
2. To compare learning achievement before study And after study from The
instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase by using t-test statistics for
reference.
Research results
Results of the instructional package efficiency 80/80
In this research, the researcher evaluated the first 80 (E1) from the evaluation
of during the study of students. and finding the second 8 0 (E2 ) from the after of
studies evaluation of the students as follows.
Table1 Scores from the evaluation before study.

(n=4)
Before study
Student
(Full score 15 point) Percentage
1 8 53.33
2 7 46.66
3 3 20.00
4 7 46.66
Total 6.25 41.66
From the table that concludes the student's score is averaged 6.25 on a full
score of 15 and a percentage equal to 41.66. The student with the most points is the
first student evaluated 8 points from the full score of 15 and a percentage equal to
53.33, while the student with the smallest score is the 3rd student who evaluates to
3 points and the percentage is 20.
Table 2 Scores from the evaluation during study.

(n=4)
During study
Student
1 14 93.33
2 11 73.33
3 11 73.33
4 12 80
Total 12 80
From the table that concludes the student's score average is 1 2 on a full
score of 15 and a percentage is 80, with the student with the most points being the
Symposium
2
first student to evaluated 14 points from a full score is 15 and a percentage is equal
to 93 .3 3 , while the students with the lowest scores are the 2st and 3 rd students,
evaluated 11 points and percentage is 73.33.
Table 3 Scores from the evaluation after study.

(n=4)
During study
Student
1 15 100
2 11 73.33
3 11 73.33
4 12 80.00
Total 12.25 81.66
From the table that concludes the student's score average is 12.25 on a full
score of 15 and a percentage is 81.66, with the student with the most points being
the first student to evaluated 15 points from a full score is 15 and a percentage is
equal to 100, while the students with the lowest scores are the 2st and 3rd students,
evaluated 11 points and percentage is 73.33.
Table 4 Assessment results during study and after study E1/E2
Result Percentage
During study (E1) 80.00
After study (E2) 81.66
From table it can be concluded that The instructional package of compressor

effect for Cubase has an efficiency of 80 / 81.66 which is higher than the specified
criteria of 80/80.
Results of comparison of achievement before and after study

The researcher compared the learning achievement of students by comparing
the evaluation results before studying. And after the studies. The research results are
as follows.
Table5 comparison of achievement before and after study
Paired Differences
Std. Std. Error Sig.(2- Sig.(1-
Mean Deviation Mean t df tailed) tailed)
Posttest - Pretest 6.00 1.83 0.91 6.5727 3 0.0072 0.0036
From the table, it can be concluded that after students have used The
instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase with better learning
achievement. By comparing the scores before 6.25 and after study 12.25 and when
comparing, found that the scores after study were higher than before study
statistically significant at 0.05.
Discussion
The researcher using The instructional package of compressor effect for
Cubase went on trial with the experimental group. The researcher can discuss the
results as follows
1. The instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase efficiency is 80/81.66
(E1/E2) According to the criteria set is 80/80, in line with the concept of accepting device
performance of Chaiyong Promwong(2551) Whether accepting or not accepting efficiency
after experimenting with the manual you can find the efficiency of the instructional
package by taking the efficiency of the manual you find. To compare with the benchmark
set. To see if you can accept the efficiency of the instructional package which the obtained
efficiency should not be less than 5 percent from the set criteria. Which The instructional
package of compressor effect for Cubase created by the researcher has an evaluation
score that is based on the criteria set forth as a result of The instructional package of
compressor effect for Cubase. The researcher created the content order from the meaning
of compressor effect. For students to understand before getting started. When students
understand the meaning and various working processes naturally results in better learning,
as well. In the assessment during the study is assessed after students have completed
each lesson. Resulting in students being able to perform well Due to just being trained in
that lesson In the after-school assessment, the test will be used which covers the content
To compile students' knowledge after using The instructional package of compressor
effect for Cubase.
Symposium
2
2 . Comparison of the achievement before and after study. It was found that
students in the experimental group using The instructional package of compressor effect
for Cubase were more effective in using the effect compressor. Based on the
assumptions. The reason that students have increased achievement after using the
compressor effect instruction set for the program Cubase is from The researcher has
designed and created a set of teaching that focuses on the learning process of practical
skills. Which is a learning process that focuses on students to learn practical skills by
practicing using compressor effects through direct experience. After students have
learned each lesson, students will have to practice through the exercises and homework
provided by the instructors in order to always review and practice. In addition, the
instructor recommends closely and step by step. And the researcher has the conceptual
framework for teaching the practice of using compressor effect as follows: The instructor
must explain the process and the definition of compressor clearly. In order for students
to learn what to do, how to think and what should be done. Because when students
understand. They can develop a learning process through their direct experience. Makes
it possible to fix by themselves. From what used to be wrong, it will be adjusted to
become able to correctly. In addition, The instructional package of compressor effect for
Cubase that the researchers created has a clear purpose. And the sequence of steps to
practice from easy to difficult appropriately. Because the practice skill must has to be
determined and prioritize the content that students want to practice clearly. Therefore
student be able to practice what they have learned to become more skilled. And in
each study, students receive homework return to practice customizing the sound from
the compressor effect. When students practice, they able to analyze good and bad
sounds. Relate with the learning of the practical skills of Preeyaporn Wonganutroj(2553:
97) said practice skill is a repeated process until becoming proficient. Because of the
training and practice will help learners become more skilled.
Suggestion
Suggestions from research
1) Should be an example of using external VST plug-ins for the next time.
General suggestion
1) Should use The instructional package of compressor effect for Cubase
with other experimental groups.
2) Should create a compressor effect instruction package for other programs.
References
Chaiyong Promwong. (2528). Instruction package for primary level.Bangkok: Sukhothai
Thammathirat.
. (2551). The construction of teaching packages Retrieved 9 march 2555,
from http://inno-sawake.blogspot.com/2008/07/4.html
Preeyaporn Wonganutroj. ( 2553). Educational psychology: Bangkok Supplementary
Media Center.
Baine, C. (2007). The Musical Engineer. USA: Engineering Education Service Center.
Bluestine, E. (1995). The Ways Children Learn Music. Chicago: GIA Publications, Inc.
Bobby Owsinski. (2006). Mixing Engineer’s Hang book. Boston: Thomson Course
Technology PTR.
David Miles Huber & Robert E. Runstein. (2010). Modern Recording Techniques.
Burlington: Focal Press.
Deutsch, D. (1999). The Psychology of Music (2 ed.). California: Academic Press.
Holman, T. (2000). 5.1 Surround Sound. Burlington: Focal Press.
Hornby, A. F. (Ed.) (2000) Advance learner's dictionary (6 ed.). London: Oxford
University.
Mainwaring, J. (1951). Psychological factors in the teaching of music: Part 2: Applied
musicianship. British Journal of Education Psychology, 21, 105-121.
Mike Senior. (2011). Mixing Secrets for the small studio. Burlington: Focal Press
Peter L. Alexander. (2001). How MIDI Works. Milwaukee: Hall Leonard Corporation.
Warren A. Sirota. (1995). Making Music With Your PC. USA: Prima Publishing.
White, P. (2003 ). Basic MIDI. London, England: Sanctuary House Publishing.
Symposium
2
Project developing the sound receiver set for Thai music

instruments: Phin Phia
Saksit Smithitam, Lim Sin Mei and Pramote Danpradit

E-Mail: saksit_smith@hotmail.com
Abatract
This invention is a creative research. The aim is to develop a set of built-in
microphone for Phin Phia. From the idea that this instrument the weak point is that
the sound that is played is light. Unable to be played with other instruments that
produce a louder sound. Playing in one single piece is difficult. Also with the unique
shape and sound characteristics the miking to receive sound from outside is difficult.
The miking in a place that receives sound well may be a hindrance to the performer.
Therefore invented a sound receiver set installed inside the instrument and create a
signal connection point in the area that is not an obstacle to the musicians and the
sound reception to be used in the amplification system the result is the ability to
create a acoustic receiver of this type of instrument. The sound is of a high quality
and unique. And is proceeding to apply for Petty Patent to continue
Keywords: Sound receiver set, Thai music instruments, Phin Phia, Petty Patent
Background
Phin Phia is a native musical instrument in northern Thailand, one of which is
a kind of musical instrument. The development of the archer The main cause of
sound and pronunciation are similar to a bottle harp. Phin Phia use the coconut shell
as the sound box attaches to the harp lever at approximately 2/3 from the harp end,
but the original 2 lines are developed into 3 lines, four lines, up to 7 wires, made of
solid hardwood. Lines that cause original sound use regular wire. Later developed
the brass wire. Handle made of solid wood for strength and beautiful voice. Without
these wooden rounded to proportionality. Tapered cone has a length of about 75-90
cm in diameter, about the harp 2-3 cm on the head with a log. One end of the drill
hole To the knobs The distance from the tip of the rod spring rolls around 12-15 cm
diameter tip of harp about 1 - 1.5 cm, with the bronze. Length of about 14-15 cm
Phin Phia How to play is similar to other types of harp is to use the left hand,
press the wire and hold the harp lever with the torso of the player. Line up with the
right hand, but to eject the line with a special technique called “POK” to achieve a
sound that is crisp, clear and resonant voice louder than normal. The effects of the
harp. A special structure of the system is another. Created to play sound technique
called Harmonic especially for the players, there are many good features such as
lines, the lines drawn, so the late kickoff.
The playing time will remove the coconut shell with the bust on, to keep the
resonating sound on demand. Men will play more fluent than women, but women
may also play them, instead of the coconut shell to the men's chest, coconut shell
to the abdomen.
To bring together the emsember band. it is popular to play as ' "Phia Jum".
This instrument is used from 2-7 to play with a band or play in conjunction with an
audible musical instrument.
At present, this instrument has been restored and its successors. You get
more and more popular. Among the local music And those interested in ancient
instrument. With the music, whether it is played the same way. Or the play as a
band. But the structure is not designed to be a very loud noise was. Also playing
techniques. Use your skills and many members of the constituent bodies. Adoption
in concert To use the device to get the right sound. Usually a microphone In the
area near the sound source. However, with the structure and manner of playing. A
drawback of placing a microphone The point is to get the best sound.
The researchers have a concept to create an audio set that can fit into the
musical instrument and have the most natural sound that is targeted. The
microphone should be installed and it should be able to fine-tune the sound in a
certain level, while the audio amplifier output is also easy to log on.
Objective
1. Build a acoustic receiver set for a Thai musical instrument: Phin Phia
2. Petty Patent
Symposium
2
Review of related literature

Microphone
The microphone is an important device that works directly on music, whether
singing, even audio recordings in the studio, or live performances, but use a
microphone as a sound medium before you can mix the sound. Therefore, choosing
a microphone is necessary to know what type of microphone to use. Because of
that, the instrument produces a different sound from the speech, as well as to cut
out noise, unlike speaking at a meeting or wide. The microphone classification can be
divided into both voice receiving. There is direct and wide sound reception, or by
usage type. In this research, the researcher used a condenser microphone. The
frequency response The uniqueness of this instrument better. There is also a small
Can be combined with parts of the instrument. The details of the Condenser
microphones are as follows:
The condenser microphone has an important structure consisting of the
materials used in the microphone. The two plate plates are designed by using the
principle of the volume, with the ability to change the capacity of a large range of
insulation plates between two plates and a sound conductor. Using the disc plate
has the advantages that can receive high-frequency waveform. This type of
microphone is so sensitive. Very low impedance Responsive audio is often used as a
microphone in the audio recording room. The price is relatively high and has an easy
noise. A sound filter is required, and the researchers have used the Windscreen to
cover the microphone in one floor with this condenser microphone. A required
device is a power source that must be paid to a sheet of 2 sheets, and the
researchers have been installed together with a low-frequency signal. The details
section of the condenser microphone is detailed below.
Type: Uni-directional electret condenser
Frequency Response: 100 – 16,000 Hz
Impedance: 600 ohm
Sensitivity: 43db at 1kHz
Power supply: 1.5 V
Filter Circuit
Filter circuit that allows the frequency of electrical signals through a certain
period only. On the other frequencies will be reduced or Cut to the desired
frequency only. Filter by then Divided into 4 types: Low Pass Filter Circuit, LPF, High
Pass Filter Circuit, HPF, Band Pass Filter Circuit, BPF and Band Reject Filter Circuit,
BRF. Filter circuit can also reduce the noise coming from the top. They protect your
electronics from power is high voltage. This principle works when taken with the
frequency of the signal. Through the filter frequency. If it is found that the signal
frequency. Will affect the Amp Christopher Jude signs of decline. In this research,
researchers want to provide quality sound that is suitable for its uniqueness. Since
this instrument gives a unique, high-frequency tone. It is also a unique player that
uses the voice of the face to turn off coconut shell. The microphone receives low-
frequency sound from the wind, causing noise. It is also a noise range, when the
microphone is up to the audio range. This instrument makes it possible to spoil the
sound of this musical instrument.
Miking
Miking is installing the microphone in the correct position, it is an important
factor affecting the sound quality significantly. This is the place where the distance
depends on the type of instrument. Portrait of musical experience and is divided into
4 types.
1.Distant Miking is place the microphone away from a 1 meter or higher
audio source that will sound the entire musical instrument and also the sound of the
Room (the sound of the current environment). It is mainly used for the use of
acoustic bands such as orchestra, the choir, but its disadvantages is if the Room is
bad (the environment – the room is not well-acoustics), it will make the sound
quality worse. This cannot be edited.
2. Close Miking is place the microphone away from the sound source from
1- 3 inches to make it sound as if the sound source, but an instrument of some kind.
It does not sound out of a single room Close Miking therefore not suitable for use with
acoustic. In addition, it does not sound like the most use from Room to pop music or
rock and then add audio to their surroundings for it. It may be mixed with the
microphone away in a room called Room Mic. Or does it take to create a sound
environment such as Reverb Plugins different one.
3. Accent Miking often used for recording band orchestra instruments
would have to stand out. The microphone must not be too far from the sound
of the orchestra Soloist landfills. And must not be too close to the nature.
Symposium
2
4. Ambient Miking is equipped with a microphone to capture audio environment
within a particular room. To echo (Reverb) or noise or sound from an audience that
really happened in that room to be mixed with the raw sound. Close Miking we have
come from, so that the sound is clear, but in the meantime there is a natural and
not too dry.
For the installation of the microphone used in this research, the researchers
chose to place the microphone in Close Miking by installing the microphone to turn
inside the coconut shell.
Concepts
Beginning variable Dependent variable

developing the sound receiver Able to get the complete unique
set for Thai music instruments: Phin
sound
Phiaofmust
Phinbe
Phia
able
Reduce
to clearly
external
pick up
noise
the
Design and build
1. Find a microphone installation point
The structure of this instrument the audio source can be in two points. The
first part is the noise caused by the strum the strings of this instrument. The
vibrations of the cable that runs from the head of this instrument. Straining to the
main line Called knobs sounding The noise is the sound of nature to strum the
strings. It's not the preferred sound that you want to be in the spot. The stretched
band is fitted to the trunk. The sound power during this period will pass down to the
next and down to the coconut shell as the last order. The sound of this area is the
sound quality and the unique sound of this musical instrument.
For this reason, the voting point is installed. It must be the point where the
sound was born in this area by the researchers to test using the Miking Close-up
microphone.
- Mounted microphone turned off the sound on the outside of a coconut shell.
Almost like putting a microphone channel audio source. Acoustic instruments other.
- The microphone is mounted inside the coconut shell. The microphone is
installed inside the sound generator.
Results showed that placing a microphone inside. For better sound clarity as
to the identity of the instrument rather than an external microphone. But there is a
snag Sound microphones have been the voices that do not want to sound like a
howling wind and noise caused by the sound energy within the Feedback channel
audio source. The district has low noise Caused by winds coming off quite a lot. The
researchers had to process the Filter circuit electronic is inserted to resolve obstacles
to this process.
On the installation of the microphone inside the coconut shell, when the
microphone is installed in a landscape, the sound is not the most effective and the
noise when the shell moves with the body of the user. The researchers must create
a point where the microphone's aperture will turn into the coconut shell and reduce
some noise by Windscreen the microphone's aperture. It must not be the position
that the microphone head is too external or is filed deep into coconut shell too, as it
may interfere with other equipment in the coconut shell and can cause Feedback
sounds easily.
2. Circuit design
Researchers use the circuit Filter circuit to perform a frequency filter to meet
their needs. As a circuit, select only the band that you want to pass out to another
circuit. In this research the researchers used A Passive filter circuit is a cycle that uses
a resistor device. The induction and capacitors in the design, but this type of circuit
might have a problem to find some of the devices that you want to use, which will
be calculated to find a value and to find the equipment that is similar to the
calculated value.
In this research, the researchers consider the tone of musical instruments and
find out if the microphone is mounted in the coconut shell. The microphone will get
sound that will hinder the next stage of work. Whether it is noise from a high-
frequency or low-frequency noise from the wind so that the sound quality is
complete. The researchers used to use bands Pass Filter circuit, BPF, which circuits
allow for a given range of frequencies to pass through. Frequencies that are not
Symposium
2
within the specified range will be completely reduced to the low-frequency cutting
cycle through and the high frequency cutting cycle continues together.
A
ideal
B
A/ 2 Actual
|
wc
w (radition / second)
Figure 1 shows the response in the case of filtering only the frequency band.
This circuit works Resistance (R) or the Impedance of microphones and

capacitor (C) connected in series or parallel to the principle. Resistance (R) gives a
maximum frequency to pass first. The higher frequencies are cut off. Then use the
capacitor (C) was cut to the lowest frequencies to pass through. The lower frequency
limit would be cut off if the impedance (R) and capacitor (C) connected in parallel to
ground. Based on the features of the resistance (R) is to allow the low pass.
Therefore, the resistance (R) in the cut-off frequency lower than the ground. And the
properties of the capacitor (C) that allows high frequency. Make cuts frequencies
higher than the ground. Then, a frequency range is defined not cut into the ground.
Able to escape
Calculation method, we can use the calculation formula
𝜔c = 1/RC = 2𝜋ƒC
by 𝜔c Is the angular cut-off frequency, in radians / second (rad / s)

ƒc Is the linear cutting frequency in hertz
(Hz) R Is the electrical resistance in ohms (Ω)
C Is the capacitance of the capacitor in Farads (F).
The researcher determined the low frequency band to pass at 2 50 Hz and
allow the high frequency to be able to receive at only 10,000 Hz, so the values in
the formula can be substituted as follows:
Calculation of low-frequency intersections

By 𝜔c = 1 / RC
= 1 / (600) x (1F)
= 1,666.67 rad/s
Or 𝜔c = 2𝜋ƒC
ƒC = 𝜔c / 2𝜋
= 1,666.67 / (2x3.14)
= 265.25 Hz
Because if you want to meet the specified low-frequency frequency of 250
Hz, a capacitor of approximately 1.05F is needed. This value cannot be determined
from the equipment on sale. Therefore the researcher would like to use the
approximate value which is 1F capacitor which, when combined with the circuit,
can cut the low frequency band from 256.25 Hz down.
Calculation of Hight-frequency intersections
By 𝜔c = 1 / RC
= 1 / (600) x (0.025F)
= 66,666.67 rad/s
Or 𝜔c = 2𝜋ƒC
ƒC = 𝜔c / 2𝜋
= 66,666.67 / (2x3.14)
= 10,610.32 Hz
On the part of a fireproof circuit, researchers use battery supply (Alkaline).
Size 1.5 V. Paid for the condenser microphone, which has a Impedance value of 600
ohm and a size impedance of 2 2 0 0 Ohm so that the power consumption is less
energy saving from the sources in which the comparison can be calculated:
Current value when connected to the source
By I = E/R
E = 1.5 V
R = 2200+600 ohm
I = 1.5 / 2800
= 0.00053 A
Symposium
2
Research results
The researcher has designed and built the circuit for installation inside the
coconut shell of the instrument. By using the following circuits and devices
C2
R
Mic C1 Output
E
Figure 2 Power supply circuit and audio frequency filter
Equipment used in the circuit

1. Condenser microphone
2. C1 Capacitor size 1F
3. C2 Capacitor size 0.025F
4. R Resister size 2200 ohm
5. E battery size 1.5 V
Figure 3 Condenser microphone And the power supply circuit and the audio
frequency filter circuit Assembled into a printed plate, connected to the Output TS,
size 1/4 ", ready to be assembled with the instrument
Figure 4 Inside the coconut shell when the microphone and circuit are assembled
Figure 5 The coconut shell outside when the microphone and circuit are assembled
From Figure 5 , the researchers chose to install the TS 1 / 4 's Output area.
Coconut Shell rim the side to turn up. When a user brings musical instruments. As a
result, the TS cable can be taken into the instrument with a cross-section of the
user's shoulder. With this position, the user can play music freely. There is no cable
Symposium
2
clutter or a gravity makes the instrument more balanced, and you can easily take a
musical instrument.
Conclusions
From research, research has created a creative research that corresponds to
the purpose of the building. Create an audio kit for Thai musical instruments: Phin
Phia complete successfully and experiment with the instrument. To test the
responsiveness of the sound, a specialist in this instrument type is the Assistant
Professor Narong Smithitam is a satisfying test. Assessment by interview can be
summarized as follows:
- Usability It is convenient to use, small in size, and easy to use.
- Sound Quality can transmit voice and unique features of this instrument
clearly.
- Beauty An adaptation of the materials are already sold. You can not alter
the structure of the device. The microphone is attached to the outside of the line of
coconut shells. The cable should be improved by extending it to a microphone that
can be hidden inside the coconut shell is very good.
Figure 6 Phin Phia 2 strings microphone installation finished ready to use
Recommendations
1. In order for research to measure the effectiveness of the experts should
be honest in evaluating the performance of at least 3-5 persons.
2. It is important to study a variable that affects sound, such as if it uses a

different microphone and experiment with other types of musical instruments or
other devices.
3. There should be an research in marketing planning for commercial
products.
4. It's a good idea to learn to hit the music engineering by adding
accessories such as adjusting the volume, adjusting the tone or adding an effect.
5. A complete instrument should be taken to test the concert. In a
large place to test performance.
References
Ko'YUT DIY. (2 5 6 2 ). pêrm kun-ná-pâap sĭang mai nèep sêua tam fai líang mai
Phantom1.5v. Accessed 20 December 2019. The source: https://www.youtube.com/
watch?v=ub9EuCI0VH4&t=519s
Navapadol Kittiamornkul, Ph.D. (2015). gaan wí-krór wong-jon ì-lay-kót ror ník.
Accessed 20 December 2019. The source: navapadol.wordpress.com/2015/09/
07/tbme3303-การวิเคราะห˚วงจรอิเลค/
Narong Smithitam.(2541). pin săai dieow ték-ník gaan lâi sĭang kroh maa dtìk. The
3rd Music Conference, a collection of documents in the 3rd Music Conference
3. College of Music Mahidol University
Danupol Auddo (2561).Pin Pia Lesson Book. Charan Sanitwong Printing. Bangkok.
Symposium
2
Enhancing the Life Quality of the Elderly
Satit Niyomyaht1, Saowanee Samantreeporn2

1Faculty of Political Science, BangkokThonburi University
2Faculty of Business Administration, Bangkok Thonburi University
e-Mail: film.phd5@gmail.com
Abstract
This study was designed to determine the factors favorable to the enhancement
of the life quality of the elderly. The study was qualitative in nature. In other words,
the researcher collected the needed data from a variety of sources such as books,
journals, the internet and the like. The obtained data were analyzed by means of
categorizing, systematizing, interrelating, synthesizing and summarizing. The data
analysis has revealed the following facts :
To live long and healthy, the elderly must lead their lives in the following
fashion : 1) exercise regularly; 2) eat healthful food and avoid eating processed foods;
3) attempt to associate with relatives and close friends; 4) eat foods that contain
magnesium, potassium, sulfate, and so on; 5) live in good environment; 6) manage
your stress; 7) make all possible efforts to avoid suffering from preventable diseases
such as cancer, heart disease, and hypertension, 8) avoid alcoholic beverages;
9) nurture your mind; in other words, try to maintain your peace of mind; and
10)nurture your spirituality.
Keywords: longevity; healthy living; the elderly
Introduction
The objective of the study was to determine the factors conducive to healthy
living and longevity of the elderly in Thailand. The life expectancy of Thai women is
80 years; whereas the life expectancy of Thai men is 73 years. The mumber of the
elderly in Thailand is on the increase trend. As a matter of fact, the life span of
human beings is 120 years. Based on official records, Japanese people live the
longest life in the world. In Okinawa itself, 50 elderly people out of 100,000 people
are centenarians (100 years or over). But some unconfirmed reports claimed that
Hunza people living in the Northern region of Pakistan near the Himalaya Mountains
have the highest life expectancy of the world; a great number of people living there
are centenarians or super centenarians (110-120 years).
Living a long life is highly desirable for most, if not all, of the elderly. But,
above all, they should be healthy and be from some chronic diseases. In other
words, they should “age smart”.
As a result of the analysis of data from various sources, the researchers
has discovered the following factors conducive to the quality of life of the Thai
elderly people living long and having good health.
1) Exercise.
The elderly should exercise regularly particularly walking, swimming and
having some types of dancing at least three times a week.
2) Eat healthful foods.
The elderly should eat foods rich in fruits and vegetables. Above all, try to
eat a variety of foods; and try to avoid eating foods that might cause obesity.
3) Try to associate with your relatives and close friends so that
the elderly will not feel lonely.
These people could give moral support to the elderly and could give
some help if need be. To live with their sons or daughters is far better than living in a
public nursing home.
4) Eat foods that contain some elements necessary for our body.
These include calcium, magnesium, potassium, sulfate, carbonate and so
on. Sometimes, eat some dietary supplements as well . More importantly, make
efforts to refrain from eating processed foods and all kinds of junk foods.
5) Live in places which are surrounded by good environment.
If possible, the elderly should live in suburban or rural areas because the
environment is far better than that of the large cities. In case they are wealthy, they
should live near the sea or the mountain. In these areas these are no noise
pollution, air pollution or any other kinds of pollution.
6) Manage your stress.
As is widely known, stress causes several diseases such as peptic ulcer,
high blood pressure, heart diseases, etc. For this reason, the elderly people should
manage stress wisely. The teaching of Lord Buddha is of great help to reduce stress.
So the elderly should pay great attention to the teachings of Lord Buddha and
behave themselves in line with the Buddha’s teachings.
Symposium
2
7) The elderly must make great efforts to avoid suffering from
some diseases that are the leading causes of death.
They are, among others, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, and hypertension.
If the elderly lead their lives properly, they would not suffer from these diseases.
Above all, please keep in mind that : “You are what you eat.” So they must take
great care in eating foods and drinking some alcoholic beverages.
8) Save your money.
The elderly would suffer to a great extent if they do not have enough
money to spend during their old age. In fact, they should begin to save money when
they start working. On money matter, the elderly should not expectancy assistance
from their sons or daughters or the government. Try to be independent.
9) Have enough sleep.
The elderly should sleep about eight hours a night. During the daytime
they should take a nap at least 15 minutes after lunch. Enough sleep plays an
important role in maintaining our good health.
10) Try to nurture your mind and your spirituality.
In other words, the peace of mind is of great help to your real happiness.
No doubt, all religious could help the elderly have peace of mind.
11) Last but not least.
The elderly should avoid energy drainers and have energy enhancers.
In a nutshell, the energy drainers are the following: sugar, caffeine, arguing
with spouse, stress, interruptions, being overweight, oversheduling my day, overworking,
not taking play time, taking abuse, worry, trying to change other people, stressing out,
mindless television, etc.
In regard to the energy enhancers, they are, inter alia, the following :
quality time with kids, being honest, following through, reading good books, being
grateful, prayers, eating healthful foods, taking supplements having date night with
spouse, focusing on the positive, having quality time with friends, having faith,
expressing gratitude, getting chiropractice care, good posture, massages, saving
money, being involved in things you believe in, and celebrating special occasions.
12) Provide your body with extra Protection from harmful
Substances.
12.1 Use Air and Water Filters
Today, we can buy the air and water filters from markets in Bangkok with
ease. In case you cannot afford to buy these filters you can filter the air by opening
all the windows and doors to let the house air out. As far as I am concerned, my
house is located in the suburban area of Bangkok Metropolis and it is surrounded by
a variety of trees and plants. When I open the windows, all fresh air would come in
and dirty air would go out. As regards water, I can get pure water from the water
filter.
It is noteworthy that in Bangkok Metropolis there are a wide variety of airborne
toxins which can deadly affect your health. So you, as the elderly person, should
take great care of and avoid from those airborne toxins which appear in many ways
and come in a variety of forms:
1. Ozone:
The major component of smog and most pervasive air pollutants, this
poisonous allotrope can cause severe coughing, shortness of breath, lung and eye
irritation and greater susceptibility to bronchitis, and other respiratory illnesses.
2. Dioxin:
It is one of the most potent animal carcinogens ever tested. Dioxin can
cause secure weight loss, liver problems, birth defects, and death.
3. Nitrogen Oxide:
It is a major component of acid rain. It can cause damage to your lung.
4. Volatile Organic Compounds:
These compounds come from power plants, motor vehicles and waste
combustors. In Thailand, people living in crowded areas such as Yaowaraj and
Hualampong areas are highly vulnerable to cancer and might have neurological and
reproductive problems.
5. Natural Allergens:
Allergens appear in various forms such as pollen and fungal spores; these
allergens can cause asthma, allergies and respiratory conditions.
Drink Purified Water
To be healthy, you should drink purified water. This means investing in water
filters for your home and investing in highly purified bottled water. Living near the
Himalayan Mountains (Hunza people) can drink clean water flowing from the
Himalayan Mountains. They need not to have any water filters and most of them live
a long life. A great number of them live up to 100 or 120 years old and do not suffer
from dangerous diseases like heart disease or cancer. According to UNICEF, a child
Symposium
2
dies every 15 seconds from diseases attributable to unsafe drinking water, deplorable
sanitation, and poor hygiene.
Avoid Toxin Chemicals
Your body is a collection of chemicals - from hydrochloric acid that break
down the food in your stomach to the oxygen that converts it into energy and the
minerals that nourish your organs. When these processes are balanced and regulated
by your nervous, immune, and hormonal systems, your body has the ability to
minimize the effects of these toxins and fight off all kinds of diseases. Unfortunately,
the acid, pH, iron and other chemical levels in your body can become out of
balance, adversely affecting your health. Many irritants and toxins are invisible and
we do not want them to enter our bodies. For this reason, you must make all
possible efforts to keep your body strong and healthy with great self-care and health
care. As a result, your body will be in the best condition to resist their negative
impacts and cleanse them from your system.
Tobacco, alcohol and illegal drugs all cause chemical toxicity that can
interfere with the body’s natural ability to be healthy. Likewise, you should avoid
over-the-countess drugs, Over-the-counter drugs can cause adverse side effects such
as organ deterioration, organ dysfunction and possible death. It is highly unfortunate
that, unlike Americans in the USA, the Thais in Thailand are free to use over-the-
counter drugs without doctors’ prescriptions. In my view, try to use the over-the-
counter drugs to the minimum extent if need be.
Avoid from Preventable Death
The leading causes of death in Thailand are accidents, heart disease and
cancer. It is deemed highly appropriate to provide basic strategies for use in
preventing the causes of death from these three kinds of death.
1. Heart Disease
According to the American Heart Associations, your total cholesterol
should remain below 200 mg/DL. Your blood pressure should be below 120/80. Stay
up on the latest “normal” numbers, as they will occasionally change, and most
important, keep your body functioning at its optimum level with healthy habits.
Here are some other basic guidelines:
- Don’t smoke or use other tobacco products.
- Eat a varied diet, rich in fruits, vegetables and low – fat foods.
- Maintain a healthy weight.
- Get at least 30 minutes of aerobic exercise three to five days per week.
- Keep your cholesterol levels in normal ranges.
- Control your blood sugar if you have diabetes.
- Control your blood pressure and cholesterol with diet and exercise
before committing to a lifetime of medication.
- Eliminate all physical and emotional stressors.
- Monitor your blood chemistry, heart rate, and blood pressure.
2. Cancer
Cancer is the second leading cause of death for men and women in the
USA. Lung cancer is the most common type of cancer. Approximately 164,000
Americans are diagnosed each year. Around 87 percent of lung cancer is linked to
cigarette smoking. Prostate cancer is also very common. In fact, 80 percent of men
over the age of 80 now develop it. Scientists believe that hereditary prostate cancer
accounts for just 9 percent of all cases. A high – fat diet is believed to be a
contributing factor. Prostate cancer is very rare in places like Okinawa, where the diet
tends to be low in fat.
Some basic guidelines:
- Don’t smoke or use other tobacco products.
- Eat a varied diet, rich in fruits, vegetables, fiber and low-fat foods.
- Maintain a healthy weight.
- Get at least 30 minutes of exercise three to five days per week.
- Avoid overexposure to the sun and use sunscreen.
- Drink alcohol only in moderation, if at all.
- Be aware of potential cancer-causing substances (carcinogens) in your
home and workplace and take steps to reduce your exposure to these substances.
- Have regular preventive health screenings.
- Know your family health history and review it with your doctor.
3. Accidents
Thailand, like the US, accidents are a leading cause of death. In fact,
accidents rank third among the leading causes of death for men. Let’s wake up!
Certainly there are many unavoidable dangers in the world. Things happen. But you
have to look no further than a mountain biking trail to see how many men are wired.
We love to test our limits, and then some. Although car accidents remain the most
Symposium
2
pervasive risk for accidental deaths, men are almost twice as likely as women to
drive drunk – another avoidable risk. To reduce your chances of a fatal crash:
- Wear your seat belt.
- keep your speed down.
- Practice defensive driving.
- Don’t drive while sleepy or under the influence of drugs or alcohol.
In the US, poisoning is the second leading cause of fatal accidents to men.
To reduce your sick of poisoning:
- Place carbon monoxide and smoke detectors near bedrooms in your
house.
- Have fuel – burning appliances inspected each year.
- Store household products in their original containers.
- Read and follow label instructions for household products.
- Beware of pill popping. Stop the destructive pattern of popping a pill
every time you feel a symptom. Let your body heal itself. If you absolutely have to
take medication, make sure you follow label instructions carefully and practice self –
care and health care strategies to minimize their need and offset potential side
effects.
- Ventilate areas where you use chemical products.
- Install air and water filtrations systems in your home and replace the
filters regularly.
Falls and drowning are also leading causes of fatal injury. Commonsense
precautions include using a safety ladder, placing nonskid mats in showers and tubs,
and never swimming alone. Also, many fatal injuries happen at work. So please
follow all necessary precautions while on the job. Everyone say, “This can’t happen
to me.” Use common sense. If you say to yourself, “I shouldn’t be doing this,”
don’t.
Live Long and Strong Exercise
Endurance: Do at least 30 minutes of cardiovascular training three to four
times a week. Exercise with a heart monitor and monitor your baseline. Get a
personal trainer or other health professional to monitor your progress and get you
started on the right track.
Strength: Evaluate the strength of your major muscle groups, including your
chest muscles, back muscles, arms, and legs. Set goals for building your strength in
each of these areas and get a personal trainer or other health professional to get you
started on the right track.
Structure: Measure your neck, chest, waist, hips and thighs. Evaluate your
posture and your weight balance. Set goals for your shape in each of these areas and
get a professional trainer, chiropractor, or other health professional to start you on
the right track.
Finally, measure your endurance, strength, and structure (Your ESS) on a
regular basis.
References
Bonwinick, J. (1998). Aging and Behavior. New York : Springer.
Cowley. Q. (1998). How to Live 100. In Cox H.(ed.). Aging. Guilford, Connecticut:
McGraw-Hill.
Decker, David L. (1996). Social Gerontology. Boston : Little Brown and Company.
Mayflick, Leonard (1987). Biological Theories of Aging. In George L. Maddox (ed.).
The Encyclopedia of Aging. New York : Springer.
Plasker, Eric. (2007). The 100 Year Lifestyle. Avon, MASS : Adam Media.
Rosensweig. Jeffery and Liu, Betty. (2006). Age Smart. Upper Saddle River, New York:
Pearson Prentice Hall.
Symposium
2
Roles of Human Resource Managers in the Contextof Globalization:

A Case Study of Training and Development Domain
Satit Niyomyaht, Chiab Thaiying, Boonlert Pairin and Chairin Suankaew

Faculty of Political Science, BangkokThonburi University
e-mail: research@bkkthon.ac.th
Abstract
The main objectives of the study were twofold : First, to determine the general
characteristics of modern human resource managers; and 2) to ascertain the nature
of HRD (training and development) provided by modern human resource managers.
The study was documentary in nature. The needed data were collected from books,
journals, the internet, and some audiovisual materials. The collected data were
analyzed by means of categorizing, systematizing, synthesizing, and summarizing.
The data analysis has shed light on the following facts :
1) The modern human resource manager must have tasks, knowledge, skills,
abilities and work activities; moreover, the modern human resource manager must
possess important work styles deemed essential for the work performance in the
modern world such as concern for others, integrity, initiative, independence, persistence,
dependability, stress tolerance, leadership and self-control .
With regard to training and development, they are defined as follows:
“training” is defined as any attempt to improve employee performance on a currently
held job or related to it, whereas “ development” refers to learning opportunities
designed to help employees grow.
Before training takes places, needs assessment is to be conducted. The needs
assessment helps identify needs for training and helps identify criteria to evaluate
outcomes.
By and large, training method are varied and many, some of which are the following:
lecture, audiovisuals, independent study, E-learning on-the-job training, equipment
simulation, games and simulation, case study, role playing, behavioral modelling, and
sensitivity training. Finally, training is integrated with career development programs.
Keywords: human resource managers; training; development

This study was aimed at determining the general characteristics of modern

human resource managers and at ascertaining the nature of HRD with regard to
training and development. The needed data were collected from a wide variety of
books, journals, and the internet; the collected data were analyzed by dint of
categorizing, systematizing, synthesizing, and summarizing. The data analysis has shed
light on countless facts.
In this research article, it is deemed appropriate to present only some facts
that might be in the readers’ interest.
Human resource managers of today world must have the following:
1) Tasks. They include the following: Compensation and benefits recruit,
interview, and select personnel; allocating human resources, ensuring appropriate
matches between personnel; and so on.
2) Knowledge. They include the following : personnel and human
resources; English language; customer and personal service; administration and
management; law and government; education and training; economics and
accounting; psychology; and mathematics.
3) Skills. They are the following : active listening; management of personnel
resource; time management; negotiation; social perceptiveness; and monitoring.
4) Abilities. They encompass the following: oral comprehension; oral
expression; written comprehension; written expression; speech recognition; speed clarity;
problem sensitivity; deduction reasoning; induction reasoning; and originality.
5) Work Activities. They are concerned with the following : establishing and
maintaining interpersonal relationships; communicating with supervisors, peers or
subordinates; making decisions and solving problems; staffing organizational units;
getting information; judging the qualities of things, services, or people; resolving
conflicts and negotiating with others; guiding, and motivating.
With regard to training methods,
1) Lecture. The lecture method is the commonly used technique for training
employees. It is equally good as programmed teaching and television. It can reach a
large audience at one time, and the audience is comfortable with it.
2) Audio and Video Media.Awide variety of audiovisualscan be used for
training such as films, videos, slides, overheads, audiotapes, flip charts, and
chalkboards. They can reach a large audience at one time; they allow for replay; and
they can reduce training, travel and facility costs.
Symposium
2
3) Independent Study. With this method, the trainee takes responsibility
for learning the necessary knowledge and skills at his or her own pace. The method
allows trainers to get at their own pace, and it minimizes trainers’ time.
4) E-Learning.E-Learning is typically (although not always) anindividualized
learning method that allows for study of materials online. With the proliferation of e-
learning, podcasts, and webinars, the control of learning is shifting from the trainers
to the learners, although e-learning typically includes both self-paced and instructor-
led online learning.
5) On-the-Job-Training. It includes learning job skills, apprenticeship;
training and job station. Much industrial training is conducted at the job site (e,g. at
the work site and in the context of the job). Often it is informal as when an
experienced worker shows a trainee how to perform the job tasks.The benefits of
the method are good transfer, limited trainer costs, and high trainee motivation.
6) Equipment Simulations. This kind of training involves machines or
equipment designed to reproduce physiological and psychological conditions of the
real world that are necessary in order for learning and transfer to occur. For example,
driving simulations or flight stimulations are used to train employees as to driving or
flying skills.
7) Case Study or Analysis.This training method is often used in management
training to improve analytical skills. Trainers are asked to read a case report that
describes the organizational, social and technical aspects of some organizational
problem. Each trainee prepares a report in which he or she describes the problems
and offers solutions. Apart from the 7 training methods mentioned above, three are
several other methods that can be used for training such as games and simulations,
role playing, behavioral modeling, and sensitivity training. Because of some
constraints, these methods cannot be explained or described in detail here.
Policy Recommendations
1) Trainers should make use of various training methods deemed appropriate.
2) When using any training method, trainers should take cost-effectiveness
into account
3) Since virtually all training methods have both benefits and limitations
trainers should also scrutinize these things before using any training method.
Some Important Mistakes in English Usage

Since the researcher discussed the mistakes in English usage in the context of
academic domain, academic writing seems to be far more important than any other
things. So the researcher is determined to discuss mistakes in academic writing in
some detail.
1. Errors in Failing to Use Negating Prefixes
1. They were not able to reach a compromise (inaccurate or not suitable
in academic writing).
□ They were unable to reach a compromise (accurate or suitable in
academic writing).
2. The substance was not poisonous (inaccurate).
□ The substance was nonpoisonous (accurate).
3. It was decided to not continue nuclear test ban talks (inaccurate).
□ It was decided to discontinue nuclear test ban talks (accurate).
4. The likelihood of winning the first prize in the lottery is not probable
(inaccurate).
□ The likelihood of winning the first prize in the lottery is improbable
(accurate).
5. The findings of the study were not interpreted (inaccurate).
□ The findings of the study were misinterpreted (accurate).
In terms of academic writing instead of writing “not”, a prefix such as un-,
im-, dis-, mis-, creates more concise and formal word that carries the same negative
meaning.
2) Errors in Using Quantifiers
Quantifiers express the number or amount of the noun they provide; the
mistakes crop up when students fail to understand the countable noun and the
uncountable noun.
As a rule, the following quantifiers are used with countable nouns:
- Many (of the)
- A few (of the)
- Few (of the)
- Several (of the)
- A couple (of the)
- Each (of the)
Symposium
2
- A number of (the)
- The number of
The following quantifiers are used with uncountable nouns:
- A little
- Little
- A good deal of
- A great deal of
- Much (only negative)
- Much of the
The following quantifiers are used with countable and uncountable names:
- All (of the)
- Some (of the)
- Most (of the)
- A lot of
3) Errors Concerning the Use of Redundancy
In academic writing, students should avoid using redundancy. A word or
phrase is considered redundant when it is needlessly repeated. In the following two
examples, the underlined parts need to be changed to avoid redundancy:
□ The basic fundamentals of successful language learning are motivation
and practice.
□ The fundamentals of successful language are motivation and practice.
□ You should not repeat the question again.
□ You should not repeat the question.
4) Errors Pertaining to the Use of Vague or “Empty” Words
Some words such as important, interesting, bad, and good are too general
or vague. These words often weaken the intended meaning of a sentence because
they make the readers guess what the writer means which may be inaccurate.
In the sentence that follows, the word important is unclear because all
languages, not just English are important in the some way. An a result, the entire
sentence has almost no meaning.
□ English is an important language in the world.
The meaning of this sentence can be clarified in two ways:
1.By giving a reason why something is important.
2.By replacing the word with another word or phrase that has a more
specific meaning.
Examples:
□ English is an important language in the world because it has become
the language of international communication.
□ English is a necessary language to know because it has become the
language of international communication.
Furthermore, words and expressions which do not add to the meaning of a
sentence are considered “empty”. These words and experiences should be
removed.
Examples:
□ Premier Taksin Shinnawat is a widely respected person.
□ Premier Taksin Shinnawat is widely respected.
□ The experience of learning English can often be time-consuming.
□ Learning English can often be time-consuming.
5) Errors in Placing Adverbs of Frequency
The adverbs of frequency include the following:
- Always
- Occasionally
- Usually
- Rarely
- Frequently
- Seldom
- Often
- Sometimes
- Never
The findings of this study have disclosed the fact that a great number of
students used adverbs of frequency in a random manner without gaining insights into
the placing of adverbs of frequency.
With regard to the position of adverbs of frequency, students should follow
the following rules:
Before a single verb:
1.Unlike systems of a common cold, flue usually begins suddenly.
After the verb to be:
Symposium
2
2.Dolphins are highly intelligent mammals and are often friendly to divers.
After an auxiliary verb:
3. Lazy students have rarely been successful in their studies.
4. Smoking can often cause lung cancer.
At the beginning of sentences (not all adverbs of frequency)
5. Occasionally, some elephants will eat coconuts and sugarcane.
It is naturally that when a negative adverb of frequency is used at the start
of a sentence, it causes a subject-verb inversion.
Compare the following examples:
6. African elephants rarely look for food in the same area for more than a few
days.
7. Rarely do African elephants look for food in the same area for more than a
few days.
8. Attempts to get rich overnight are seldom successful.
9. Seldom are attempts to get rich overnight successful.
References
Byars, Lloyd L. and Rue, Leslie W.(2008) Human Resource Management. New York,
NY:McGraw-Hill lrwin
Bernardin, H. John and Russell, Joyce (2003). Human Resource Management. New
York, NY:McGraw-Hill lrwin
Creswell, John W. (2009). Research Design. Los Angeles: Sage.
Goetsch, David L. and Davis stanly B (2006) Quality Management. Upper Saddle
River, New Jersey: Pearson Education,Inc.
Mondy, R. Wayne. (2010) Human Resource Management. Boston: Prentice Hall
Werther, William B. and Davis, Keith (2003) Human Resource and Personnel
Management. Singapore: McGraw – Hill Companies, Inc.
Noe, Raymond A (2002). Employee Training and Development: New York, NY:
McGraw – Hill Companies,Inc.
Zemke, R. and Ammstrong, J. (1996). “Evaluating Multimedia”, Training (September.
1996): 48-53.
Determination of Antimony Compounds With Aas and Hg-Qfaas

Technique for Environmental Analysis
Herlinawati1, B. Buchari2 and Amran. M.B3

1
Faculty of Mathematics and Natural SciencesDepartment of ChemistryState University of Medan Indonesia
2, 3
Faculty of Mathematics and Natural SciencesDepartment of ChemistryInstitute Technology of Bandung Indonesia
e-Mail: marini@unimed.ac.id
Abstract
The determination of antimonite (Sb(III)) and antimonate (Sb(V)) compounds using
AAS and HG - QFAAS have been done. The advantage of this HG-QFAAS detection
technique is that it can increase the detection limit and measurement sensitivity when
compared to measurement with AAS directly.To increase the sensitivity of the measurements,
a gas-liquid reactor - separator integrated into the HG-QFAAS system has been successfully
prepared. In fact, this gas-liquid reactor-separator is able to increase the sensitivity of
determination of Sb ions in solution. The optimum conditions of parameters measurement
in the determination of Sb ion species with HG method are influenced by the type of
acids, the acid concentrations, and the reductant concentrations have been determined,
and can increase the measurement of analytical performance simultaneously.The result
obtained showed that the antimony compounds provide a good measurement signal.The
developed HG-QFAAS method can increase the detection limit and sensitivity of the
measurement compared to the direct measurement with AAS which has been proven
from the Sb (III) and Sb (V) calibration curves obtained and has also been proven by t test.
The analytical performance obtained is quite good, indicated by the detection limit (LOD),
sensitivity (S), reproducibility as indicated by% CV (Coefficient of Variance), and linearity
(concentration range) measurements. Based on the analytical performance obtained
shows that the developed HG-QFAAS method is very well used for the analysis of Sb ions
in microscopic concentrations.The Sb concentration in environmental samples (volcanic
ash) was determined by measuring directly with HG-QFAAS. The highest Sb concentration
found in the A volcanic ash sample of 0.65 µg / kg, volcanic ash taken directly on the edge
of the Sibolangit volcano in North Sumatra Indonesia compared with B volcanic ash of 0.24
µg / kg taken at the periphery road a little far from the location of Mount Sibolangit.
Keywords: Antimony compounds, hydride generation, antimonite (Sb(III)), antimonate

(Sb(V)), volcanic ash.
Symposium
2
Introduction
Antimony is one element that is toxic and can be in the environment through
natural events and human activities (Smichowski, P, 1995). Antimony can be found in
soil, water and air in small amounts and mostly pollutes land (Thomas.T, 1830).
Antimony is in the form of Sb3+ and Sb5+ in biological and geochemical
environments. These forms exist in a variety of different environmental matrices
(Smichowski.P, 2008). The content is not more than 1 µg / L in clean water and 500
mg / kg in rocks. Besides antimony is also anthropogenic pollution.
Antimony speciation is important in environmental and clinical analysis as a
toxic element that has bioavailability and reactivity which depends not only on the
oxidation state but also on the character of the compound in particular. Generally,
inorganic antimony compounds are more toxic than organic compounds. Sb (III)
compounds are 10 times more toxic than Sb (V) compounds. In addition, the toxicity
of antimony compounds is approximately 10 times lower than arsenic compounds
but depends on the oxidation state and its structure (Nordberg.G.F, 2007).To evaluate
the toxicity and biogeochemistrySb in the required environmental speciation analysis
(Zheng J.,2000).
Speciation of antimony and its compound include the determination of
antimonite (Sb(III)) and antimonate (Sb(V)) and antimony organic compounds. The
speciation has been done by gas chromatography, liquid chromatography and
capillary electrophoresis method (B. Michalke, 1999). Determination by HG-AAS is a
sensitive analytical method for the elements As, Bi, Ge, Pb, Sb, Sn, and Te. Because
of low interference, more selective, and more sensitive,Hydride Generation (HG)
combined with AAS detection has been selected for the determination of elements
in the form of hydrides (Kumar, A.R.., 2005).
Several methods of analysis speciation of antimony compounds using various
detection techniques have been done before, among others, the analysis of the
speciation of Sb(III) and Sb(V) compounds by HG-ICP-OES method (Cabral, et al.,
2008), detection of methylantimony compounds by QFAAS (Craig, et al., 1999),
analysis of antimony speciation by HG-AFS method (Long deng, et al., 2001).HG-
QFAAS detection techniques for antimonite (Sb(III)) and antimonate (Sb(V))
determination has been described in this paper. Theoptimization has been studied
include the type and concentrations of acid, and concentrations of reductor (NaBH4)
(Herlinawati, 2017).
In addition, the determination of antimony levels by the AAS method is not

able to provide sensitivity and good detection limits. Based on the weaknesses of
previous studies, it is necessary to do further research for the separation and
determination of antimony compound species. In this case, it is restricted to Sb (III)
and Sb (V) determination. The analysis will be carried out using AAS direct and HG-
QFAAS detection system as a comparison to determine antimony compounds in
environmental samples, namely volcanic ash from Mount Merapi.
Materials and Methods

The instruments usedin this study are: Hydride Generator (HG) and Quartz
Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (QFAAS) double beam-Avanta
GBC®6506 which is equipped with 100 x 5 mm quartz tube cells.In this study,
weighing the material was carried out with Mettler AE 200 analytical scales. To
determine the maximum wavelength of antimony species, a UV / Vis Agilent
Spectrophotometer HP-8453 A (Hewlett Packard Diode Array) is used.
All chemicals and reagents used in this study are: Potassium antimonyl tartrate
trihydrate (Sigma-Aldrich), Potassium hexahydroxoantimonate (V) (Sigma-Aldrich), HCl
37% p.a (Merck), HNO3 65% (Merck), NaOH, NaBH4p.a (Merck), and aquadest.
Experimental Procedure
1. Measurement of Sb(III) and Sb(V) ions with AAS
The determination of Sb(III) and Sb(V) ions is performed to obtain the
optimum AAS measurement conditions by varying ofsolvent. The variationof solvent
that affect the measurement results. In this case the types of solvent studied were
aquadest and HCl.
2. Measurement of Sb(III) and Sb(V) ions with HG-QFAAS
The determination of Sb(III) and Sb(V) ions is performed to obtain the
optimum HG-QFAAS measurement conditions by varying the various parameters that
affect the measurement results such as the concentration and type of acid. In this
case the types of acids studied were HCl, HNO 3, and H2SO4. Also studied the
concentration of HCl and NaBH4 (Herlinawati, 2017).
3. Analytical Performance Determination of AAS
Various measurements include linear range (calibration curve) and
measurement detection limits using the optimum conditions obtained.Measurements
Symposium
2
to find the measured linear range of measurements were made by varying the
concentrations of standard ion solutions of Sb(III) and Sb(V) ions are 20, 40, 60, 80
and 100 mg/L. From this experiment we will get the equation of regression line for
the measurement of Sb(III) and Sb(V) with the concentration of standard series
solution.The detection limit is determined by measuring the smallest absorbance
pricing that can still be determined and differentiated from the signal given by the
blank with multiple measurements. The detection limit is expressed as a standard
signal comparison (S) against the blank signal (N) or S/N=3.
4. Analytical Performance Determination of HG-QFAAS
Various measurements include measurement repeatability, linear range
(calibration curve), and measurement detection limits using the optimum conditions
obtained.Repeatability is determined by measuring the absorbance of standard
solutions of Sb 50 and 100 mg/L repeatedly with the same measurement conditions
under the optimum conditions as above. Resonance is represented by% CV
(coefficient of variance).Measurements to find the measured linear range of
measurements were made by varying the concentrations of standard ion solutions of
Sb(III) and Sb(V) ions, where the standard injection volume parameters,
concentrations and types of acids, NaBH4 concentrations as well as acid and NaBH4
flow rates were fixed. The concentration variations of Sb(III)are 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 μg/L
and Sb(V) used are 50, 100, 150, 200, and 250 μg/L. From this experiment we will get
the equation of regression line for the measurement of Sb(III) and Sb(V) with the
concentration of standard series solution.The detection limit is determined by
measuring the smallest absorbance pricing that can still be determined and
differentiated from the signal given by the blank with multiple measurements. The
detection limit is expressed as a standard signal comparison (S) against the blank
signal (N) or S / N = 3 (Herlinawati, 2017).
5. Preparation of Volcanic Ash Samples
Sample preparation was carried out with two treatments, namely for the
analysis of total Sb in the sample using the destruction method using microwave
with HNO3. Destruction of volcanic ash samples with HNO3 was done by weighing ±
0.5 g of volcanic ash samples, added 4 mL of 65% HNO 3 in a microwave container
and closed. Then digest with microwave for 1 hour. The solution was filtered and the
filtrate obtained was put into a 10 mL flask, added aquabidest to the mark mark. The
solution was analyzed directly with HG-QFAAS for total Sb analysis in volcanic ash
samples.

1. Determination of Sb Concentrations Directly with AAS
The metal concentrations of Sb (III) and Sb (V) can be determined by
directly measuring the solution of these ions with an AAS device. Sb (III) and Sb (V)
solutions in water produce a calibration curve as shown in Figure 1.
Figure 1 Sb (III) and Sb (V) calibration curves by AAS method using water solvent.
From the calibration curve in Figure 1 for the concentration ranges of Sb (III)
and Sb (V) 20-100 mg. L-1 obtained the regression equation: 0.0054 (C) = A - 0.1024
and 0.0054 (C ) = A - 0.1056 (C = Sb ion concentration and A = absorbance) with the
correlation coefficient (R2) = 0.9792 and R2 = 0.9792. By using a 5 M HCl solvent
obtained calibration curves Sb (III) and Sb (V) as in Figure 2.
Figure 2 Sb(III) and Sb(V) calibration curves by AAS method using HCl solvent.
From the calibration curve in Figure 2 for the concentration ranges Sb (III) and
Sb (V) 20-100 mg. L-1 obtained a regression equation: 0.0055 (C) = A - 0.071 and
0.0051 (C) = A - 0.1405 (C = Sb ion concentration and A = absorbance) with the
correlation coefficient (R2) = 0.9809 and R2 = 0.9784. The linear regression equation
Symposium
2
can be seen in Table 1. From the two calibration curves obtained almost similar
curve gradient values. This shows that there is no significant difference between the
sensitivity of measurement of Sb (III) and Sb (V) ions directly to AAS. Nevertheless
there are differences in the intercept values of the curve as shown in Table 1.
Table 1 Linear regression equations measuring Sb (III) and Sb (V) directly with AAS
using water and HCl solvents.
SbIon Water Solvent HCl Solvent

Without passing passing throughzero Without passing passing
throughzero point point throughzero point throughzero point
Sb(III) Y = 0,0054x+0,1024 Y = 0,0068x Y = 0,0055x+0,071 Y = 0,0065x
Sb(V) Y = 0,0054x+0,1056 Y = 0,0068x Y = 0,0051x+0,1405 Y = 0,0071x
From Table 1 it can be seen that the use of HCl in Sb (III) and Sb (V) solutions
gives a fairly high background absorption value which is indicated by the large value
of the intercept. This can occur if the measured absorbance value is affected by the
absorption of light by multi-atomic species or by other species that are difficult to be
atomized in flame. The analytical performance of this direct method can be shown
by the detection limit and sensitivity values for each Sb ion (III) and Sb (V) as in Table
2.
Table 2 Detection limits (LOD) and sensitivity (S) ions Sb (III) and Sb (V) by the AAS
method using water and HCl solvents.
SbIon Water Solvent HCl Solvent

LOD (mg.L-1) S (mg.L-1) LOD (mg.L-1) S (mg.L-1)
Sb(III) 1,24 0,79 2,81 0,78
Sb(V) 1,24 0,79 3,04 0,84
Based on the results from Table 2 shows that the detection limit and
sensitivity of the determination of Sb (III) and Sb (V) ions by the AAS method using
water solvents are better than using HCl solvents.
2.Determination of Ion Concentration Sb(III) and Sb(V) with the HG-

QFAAS technique
Evaluation of the method of determining Sb directly with AAS cannot be
used for the purposes of Sb analysis at low concentrations. This method does not
have sufficient detection and sensitivity limits to determine the Sb concentration
found at the level of microscopic concentration, as commonly found in
environmental compartments.
To increase detection limits and measurement sensitivity, hydride
generation methods can be an option. In this method, Sb (III) and Sb (V) ions are first
derivatized into hydride form and then atomized in quartz cells in AAS. Through the
hydride formation stage the diatomizing process becomes easier and more effective
because the species to be atomized are already in the form hydride gas. In addition
to this, the hydride formation stage can also simplify the matrix of the solution to be
measured because only hydrides are in the gaseous form of diatoman system while
the remaining liquid reaction will be wasted. Various hydride-forming reagents have
been used, but NaBH4 as a reductant is a reagent that has been chosen because it
provides good hydride formation performance.
Determination of the total antimony content or its species by the hydride
generation method requires various conditions that need to be optimized. The
condition of hydride formation is strongly influenced by the concentration of
reductant solution (NaBH4), pH, and the type of acid used (Quevauviller, 1995). For
this purpose, a study has been conducted on the effect of these parameters on the
performance of hydride formation.
3. HG-QFAAS Analytical Performance
Based on the optimum conditions obtained in the determination of Sb (III)
and Sb (V) by the HG-QFAAS method, then the analytical performance can be
determined in the form of the determination of repeatibility, linearity, detection
limits, and sensitivitymeasurement.
3.1. Determination of the Repeatibility, Linearity, and Limit of
Detection Measurement
Precision is the repeatibilityof the results of an analysis carried out in the
same laboratory at different times, in close time lags by the same analyst using the
same equipment /instrument (Eurachem, 2014). Repeatability is a measure that
shows the degree of concordance between individual test results, measured through
Symposium
2
the spread of individual results from the average if the procedure is applied
repeatedly to samples taken from a homogeneous mixture. Repeatability can be
seen from the relative standard deviation of absorbance of a standard solution at a
particular concentration which is measured repeatedly. The smaller the relative
standard deviation, the better the repeatibility of the measurement. Repeatibility is
indicated by the% CV (Coefficient of Variance).
From the research results obtained % CV for the determination of Sb (III) 6
µg.L-1 (n = 7) with the HG-AAS method was 2.33%. While the repeatibility for
determining Sb (V) 150 µg.L-1 (n = 7) with the HG-QFAAS method is 4.40%. The
relatively small% CV value indicates that this measurement method has high
precision and can be used for micro analysis (Herlinawati, 2017).The linearity
measurement can be shown from the Sb (III) and Sb (V) calibration curves obtained
from the curve regression equation, namely the correlation coefficient (R 2) which is
close to 1. The intercept generated in the regression equation shows the accuracy of
the measurement method used (Eurachem , 2014). If the linear regression equation
produces an intercept with a value close to zero, it can be said that the
measurement method used is quite accurate.
From the calibration curve for the concentration ranges Sb (III) and Sb (V)
2-10 µg.L-1 and 50-250 µg.L-1 the regression equation is obtained: 0.0625 (C) = A -
0.073 and 0.0034 (C) = A - 0.0027 (C = ion concentrations of Sb and A = absorbance)
with correlation coefficients (R2) = 0.9936 and R2 = 0.9942. These results indicate
good linearity for the analysis of Sb (III) and Sb (V) by the HG-QFAAS method.
The detection limit is determined by measuring the smallest absorbance
that can still be determined and is distinguished from the signal given by the blank
by several measurements. According to IUPAC the detection limit can be calculated
based on the concentration or mass that can be detected at a minimum of the
lowest concentration. This detection limit shows the smallest concentration of the
analyte that can still be detected (generating a signal). From the results of
experiments that have been conducted, the detection limit for the determination of
Sb (III) by the HG-QFAAS method is 0.45 µg. L -1 with sensitivity (S) is 0.07 µg. L-1. The
detection limit for the determination of Sb (V) by the HG-QAAS method is 8.42 μg. L-1
with sensitivity (S) is 1.26 μg. L-1(Herlinawati, 2017).
Based on the t test obtained showed that the measurement of Sb (III) and
Sb (V) directly with the AAS method and the HG-QFAAS method using aquadest and
HCl solvents when compared there was a significant difference (significantly effect)
from the results of texp> ttable obtained . While the measurements of Sb (III) and Sb
(V) by the HG-QFAAS method using aquadest and HCl solvents with acidic conditions
in hydride formation using H2SO4 and HNO3 when compared there were no significant
differences (no significant effect) from the results of texp <ttableobtained. This shows
that the method developed is very well used for the analysis of Sb ions in
microscopic concentrations and can be used as a detector to detect the results of
the separation of antimony compounds.
4. Determination of Antimony Compounds in the Environmental Sample
Volcanic ash samples were taken from the Sibolangit mountains in North
Sumatra Indonesia. Samples were taken from the edge of the Sibolangit mountains
from several points which were carried out randomly. The collected samples are put
in plastic bags that have been prepared in advance, and are ready to be brought to
the laboratory for analysis.
Samples were prepared by destruction by microwaves using HNO3 solvents
for total Sb analysis in volcanic ash samples and by extracting the samples into citric
acid solutions for the analysis of species of antimony compounds in volcanic ash
samples. The filtrate obtained is ready to be analyzed directly with HG-QFAAS
technique.
5. Sb Analysis in Volcanic Ash Samples
Before specifying antimony compounds in volcanic ash samples, the total
Sb concentration in the sample is determined. The total Sb concentration was
determined by measuring directly with HG-QFAAS. The measurement results is found
that the highest total Sb concentration is found in samples of volcanic ash A (0,65
µg/kg), namely volcanic ash taken directly on the edge of Mount Sibolangit, North
Sumatra Indonesia compared with volcanic ash B (0,24 µg/kg) taken on the edge of
the road some distance from the location of Mount Sibolangit.
Conclusion
Based on the analytical performance obtained shows that the developed HG-
QFAAS method is very well used for the analysis of Sb ions in microscopic
concentrations.The Sb concentration in environmental samples (volcanic ash) was
determined by measuring directly with HG-QFAAS. The highest Sb concentration
found in the A volcanic ash sample of 0.65 µg / kg, volcanic ash taken directly on the
Symposium
2
edge of the Sibolangit volcano in North Sumatra Indonesia compared with B volcanic
ash of 0.24 µg / kg taken at the periphery road a little far from the location of Mount
Sibolangit. However, the speciation analysis method is needed to determine
antimony compounds in environmental samples so that the concentration of each
antimony compound species, namely antimonite (Sb (III)) and antimonate (Sb (V))
species can be obtained.
References
B. Michalke&P.Schramel.(1999). Antimony Speciation in Environmental Samples by
Interfacing Capillary Electrophoresis on-line to an Inductively Coupled Plasma
Mass Spectrometer, Vol. 834, no.1-2, Journal of Chromatography A, pp.341-
348.
Cabral, L.M., Vania, N.M.J., &Luiza, R.S.D. (2008).Speciation of Antimony (III) and Antimony
(V) using Hydride Generation for Meglumine Antimoniate Pharmaceutical
Formulations Quality Control, Mem.Inst. Oswaldo Cruz vol.103, no. 2, Rio de
Janeiro, on-line version ISSN 1678-8060.
Craig, P.J., S.N. Forster., R.O Jenkins & D. Miller. (1999). An Analytical Method for the
Detection of MethylAntimonySpecies in Environmental Matrices: Methyl
AntimonyLevels in Some UK Plant Material, Journal of The Analyst, 124,
1243-1248.
Deng, T L., Yu-Wei C., & Nelson B. (2001). Antimony Speciation at Ultra Trace Levels using
Hydride Generation Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry and 8-hydroxyquinoline as
an Efficient Masking Agent, Elsevier, Analytica Chimica Acta, 432, 293-302.
Herlinawati. (2017). Determination of Antimonite (Sb(III)) and Antimonate (Sb(V)) Species
using Hydride Generator-Quartz Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry
(HG-QFAAS) Techniques, International of Applied Science and Technology,
Vol.7, No.4, 25-31, Center for Promoting Ideas, USA.
Kumar, A.R. &Riyazuddin P.(2005). Mechanism of Volatile Hydride Formation and
Their Atomization in Hydride Generation Atomic Absorption Spectrometry,
Analytical Sciences, 21, 1401 -1410.
Smichowski, P., Yolanda, M., dan Carmen, C. (1998) : Analytical methods for antimony
speciation in waters at trace and ultratrace levels. A review, Fresenius Journal
Analytical Chemistry, 360, 623-629.
Zheng J., Masaki O., dan Naoki F. (2000) : Antimony speciation in environmental
samples by using high-performance liquid chromatography coupled to
inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry, Journal of Analytical
Sciences, The Japan Society for Analytical Chemistry, Vol.16.
Zheng J., Akihiro I., dan Naoki F.(2001) : Complexation effect of antimony compounds
with citric acid and its application to the speciation of antimony (III) and
antimony (V) using HPLC-ICP-MS, Journal Analytical Atomic Spectrometry,
16, 812-818.
Zheng, M. Ohata, N. Furuta. (2000) :Analytical Science, 16, 75.
Symposium
2
Preliminary study for optimization frying oil condition in pan-

frying and deep-frying method using a bulk and the packaged
palm frying oil in potato.
Marini Damanik*, Siti Nadia Nofia and Eliana Hanum

Universitas Negeri Medan
Jl. Willem Iskandar Pasar V Medan Estate, Medan-Sumatera Utara
*e-mail: marini@unimed.ac.id
Abstract
Cooking oil consumed daily is very closely related to health. Today many
people use cooking oil to fry various foods with various frying conditions. The use of
high temperatures during frying can result in decreased oil quality and damage to
the oil. Therefore, it is necessary to research to find optimal frying conditions in
packaged and bulk palm frying oil by using pan-frying and deep-frying methods to
potato. The frying condition was 170°C, 180°C and 190°C and time variations of 7.5
minutes, 10 minutes and 12.5 minutes. The oil deterioration was analyzed, which
free fatty acids, peroxide value and water content. The purpose of this study was to
determine the effect of temperature and time in the stability of bulk cooking oil and
packaged frying oil, respectively, on potato and comparing the pan-frying and deep-
frying methods to the oil stability. In the pan-frying method with bulk frying oil, free
fatty acid peroxide value and water content at 180 ° C with 7.5 minutes, was 1.8%,
6 meq/kg, and 0.10% respectively. In the deep frying method, free fatty acid,
peroxide value and water content at 180o7.5 minutes was 1.8%, 6 meq/ kg, and
0.08%, respectively. While, the optimal frying conditions for packaged frying oil
used in the pan-frying method in 180oC; 7.5 minutes, with free fatty acids levels,
peroxide number and water content were 1.6%, 6.0 meq O2/kg, and 0.05%,
respectively. The deep-frying method with packaged palm frying oil is the optimum
method for frying because it has low physicochemical properties compared to the
pan-frying method.
Keywords: Packaged palm frying oil, Bulk palm frying oil, deep-frying, pan-frying, free
fatty acid, peroxide value, water content
Introduction
Cooking oil is one of the basic needs of people in meeting the needs of daily
life. Cooking oil consumed daily is very closely related to health. There are two
types of cooking oil namely, bulk cooking oil and packaged cooking oil.
Based on research, bulk cooking oil dominates the market by gaining prey by
30% of the total cooking oil market share, the rest is controlled by branded cooking
oil (Fadhilla, 2008). Currently there are at least 24 cooking oil brands and that does
not include local cooking oil brands in certain regions (Eugenia, 2013).
Heating cooking oil at a high temperature will cause the oil to suffer damage due to
oxidation that can produce aldehyde compounds, ketones, and aromatic compounds
that have a rancid odor. Besides that, it resulted in the polimeration of unsaturated
fatty acids so that the composition of the oil medium changed (Mariod et al, 2006).
Based on the process conditions, frying can be done at atmospheric pressure
conditions, pressurized higher than atmospheric pressure, and under vacuum conditions.
Different methods and conditions of the frying process will affect the quality of the final
product produced (Bengston, 2006). Saguy and Pinthus (1995) report that the frying process
can change the physical and chemical quality of products such as gelatinization, protein
denaturation and water evaporation. Frying can transfer a mass of product that is
characterized by the absorption of oil and the migration of water that evaporates through
fried oil.
The deep frying method involves a large amount of oil so that all parts are
submerged in hot oil. The process is fast, can be done continuously in large
quantities and a longer shelf life. Oil will trickle out of the food surface easily.
The pan frying method uses less deep frying cooking oil. The term pan frying
is more precisely applied to the frying technique that uses pan (fryer). As a frying
technique, pan frying uses medium heat conductor that aims to maintain food
moisture (Mulyatiningsih, 2007).
For this reason, research on searching for optimum conditions for frying in
bulk cooking oil is expected to produce the feasibility of cooking oil used.
Methods
3.1 Times and Place
The time of the research was conducted for 3 (three) months and the place
of research was carried out at the Chemistry Laboratory, Faculty of Mathematics and
Natural Sciences, Medan State University.
Symposium
2
3.2 Tools and Materials
•Tools
The tools used in this research are Glassware, Analytical Balance, Porcelain
Cups, Corner, Oven, Stative and Clamps, Hot Plate, Fry, Gas Furnace and Deep Frying Tools.
•Materials
The materials used in this research are Bulk Cooking Oil, Red Potatoes,
IPA (pa), phenolphthalein indicator, Potassium Hydroxide (pa), Chloroform (pa), Acetic
Acid (pa), Potassium Iodide (saturated), Aquades, Amilum Indicator and Sodium
Thiosulfate 0.1 N (pa).
3.3 Preparation of pan frying conditions
Bulk cooking oil prepared as much as 500 milliliters is put into a frying pan.
The gas is turned on and set at 170oC, 180oC and 190oC with the help of a thermometer
in accordance with variations in the treatment temperature. After reaching the desired
temperature, red potatoes that are ready to be fried are put into a skillet. Along with
the entry of potatoes, the stopwatch is turned on according to the variation of treatment
time. The time variation applied is 7.5 minutes, 10 minutes and 12.5 minutes for french
fries. After reaching the desired frying time, the gas is turned off. The fried potatoes
in the frying pan are removed. Fries are drained for about 5 minutes. The frying oil
will then be sampled for oil testing, including: water content, free fatty acid levels
and peroxide numbers.
3.4 Preparation of deep frying conditions
Bulk cooking oil prepared as much as 1 liter is put into a deep frying device,
set at a temperature of 170oC, 180oC and 190oC according to variations in the
treatment temperature. After reaching the desired temperature, red potatoes that
are ready to be fried are put into a deep frying device. Along with the entry of
potatoes, set the time on the deep frying tool according to the variation of treatment
time. The time variation applied is 7.5 minutes, 10 minutes and 12.5 minutes for
french fries. After reaching the desired frying time the fried potatoes in the frying pan
are removed. Fries are drained for about 5 minutes. The oil from the frying pan will
then be sampled for oil testing, including: water content, free fatty acid levels, and
peroxide numbers.
3.5 Characterization of Oil
In this research several parameters were carried out, namely free fatty acids,
peroxide numbers and water content.
1. Free Fatty Acids

Free fatty acid levels were measured by the titration method with alkaline
indicators. A sample of 2.5 g was added with 50 mL of neutral isopropanol heated
on a hot plate at 100oC for 10 minutes, after it was cold added 3 drops of
phenoptalein indicator then mixed until homogeneous in a 250 mL erlenmeyer. The
solution is titrated using 0.1 N standard potassium hydroxide while stirring vigorously
until the pink color appears as the neutral alcohol color before adding the sample
and is stopped until the color lasts for 30 seconds.
Free Fatty Acid (%) =
2. Peroxide Value
A sample of 5 g added with 30 ml of solvent (chloroform: acetic acid = 60:
40) in a 250 mL erlenmeyer stir until the sample dissolves in the solvent and 0.5 mL
of saturated KI is added, allowed to stand in the dark for 2 minutes. Furthermore, 30
ml of distilled water and 1 ml of 1% starch indicator are titrated with 0.1 N Na2S2O3
until the blue color of the starch indicator disappears. Perform blank determination
in accordance with the analysis procedure.
Peroxide Value =
3. Water content
The empty cup is dried in an oven at 105oC for 1 hour and cooled in a
desiccator, then weighed. A total of 10 grams of sample is put in a saucer, and the
cup and contents are dried in the oven for 3 hours. At a temperature of 105oC. After
3 hours the sample is removed and cooled to the desiccator. After chilling the
weight of the cup is weighed with the sample. Then dried back into the oven until a
fixed weight is obtained.
Water content
Information :
m1 = sample + cup before drying (g)
m2 = sample + cup after drying (g)
m = sample weight (g)
Results and discussion

Analysis Chemical quality of oil is done by releasing free fatty acids and
peroxide numbers. Oil is an approved triglyceride that breaks down into free fatty
acids and glycerol. Free fatty acid levels are the amount of free fatty acids present in
Symposium
2
oils neutralized by NaOH / KOH. Both free fatty acid levels and number acids are
used to determine oil quality (Ketaren, 1986).
The next determination of the level of oil damage is the peroxide number,
by measuring the amount of peroxide formed which is determined by the peroxide
number (Gunawan et al, 2003). Most of the oil damage is due to oxidation and
hydrolysis (non-enzymatic) processes.
Some studios discuss the test above is enough to be able to review the
quality of oil. it would be even better if a physical examination was carried out,
namely by the determination of air content. The main determinant of oil damage
level is water content because in the presence of oil air it will be easier to process
hydrolysis, which is the beginning of the next oil decomposition process.
Free Fatty Acid

High quality oils have low free fatty acids. Triglycerides, due to the presence
of water, are hydrolyzed to glycerol and free fatty acids. The reaction can be seen in
Figure 1.
O
H2 C C R1 H2 C OH O
O
H C C R2 + 3H2O H C OH + 3R C OH
O
H2 C C R3 H2 C OH
Trigliserida Air Gliserol As. Lemak Bebas
Figure 1. Reaction of the formation of free fatty acids
Chart 1. Bulk oil free fatty acid levels after frying pan frying method
Chart 2. Levels of bulk oil free fatty acids after deep frying frying method
2
1,8 1,9
1,8 1,8 1,8
1,6 1,7 1,7
1,4 1,7
1,6 1,6
1,2
1
0,8
0,6 170°C
%
0,4 180°C
0,2 190°C
0,6
0
Minyak sebelum 7,5 menit 10 menit 12,5 menit

penggorengan
Waktu
Based on the diagram in chart. looks different results from each treatment
variation of each method. Increased free fatty acids occur with increasing temperature
and time with each variation. This shows that there is a relationship between
temperature and time with an increase in free fatty acids. The highest percentage of
free fatty acids in the pan frying method occurred at 190 ° C at 12.5 minutes by 2%
and the lowest percentage occurred at 170 ° C at 7.5 minutes at 1.6%. Whereas in
the deep frying method the highest percentage at 190 ° C at 12.5 minutes was 1.9%
and the lowest percentage at 170 ° C at 7.5 minutes was 1.5%.
The level of free fatty acids from Frying using the pan frying method is higher
than that of the deep frying method, this is due to the frying process in the hot pan
frying method that is produced lower which results in a slow evaporation process
(Suprapto, 2018). so the water content is higher which results in free fatty acids
increasing. According to Ketaren (2008), the presence of water and air content in food
increases the damage that occurs in oil that can be analyzed by calculating the
levels of free fatty acids from the oil. The longer the temperature is used and the
frying time in the oil for frying the higher the free fatty acid content that is formed.
Increasing levels of free fatty acids decreases the quality of oil. Based on the
data generated by the frying pan with the method of pan frying showed a significant
increase so that the quality of oil is lower than the deep frying method.
Symposium
2
Peroxide Value
Peroxide number measurement is basically measuring the levels of peroxide
and hydroperoxide formed in the initial stages of the fat oxidation reaction. A high
peroxide number indicates that the fat or oil has oxidized, but a lower number does
not always indicate an oxidation condition that is still early. Low peroxide number
can be caused by the rate of formation of new peroxide is smaller than the rate of
degradation to other compounds, given the peroxide levels quickly degrade and
react with other substances (Raharjo,2006)
Chart 3. Levels of bulk oil peroxide after frying pan frying method
Chart 4. Bulk oil peroxide number after frying with deep frying method
Based on chart. The peroxide number in the pan frying method is higher
compared to deep frying. Determination of the highest peroxide number in the pan
frying method is at a temperature of 190 ° C with a time of 12.5 minutes at 12 meg
O2 / kg where the value has exceeded the limits of SNI 3741-2013. This is because
heating that is too high causes some oil to oxidize and oil contained in a material, in
a hot state will extract the dyes contained in the material. The oxidation process can
take place if there is contact between an amount of oxygen with oil or fat (Kataren,
1986). According to Aidos et al. (2001) and Skara et al. (2004) reported that an
increase in peroxide number was significant with an increase in storage temperature
and an increase in temperature and frying time. As peroxide numbers increase, the
quality of the oil decreases. Based on the method, the pan frying method tends to
be more easily contacted with direct air during the frying process so that an oxidation
process occurs during the frying.
Based on the results of the study the determination of the bulk oil peroxide
number in the pan frying method is of lower quality than the deep frying method. In
the organoleptic test of fried potatoes at a temperature of 180 ° C which showed the
results of a perfect frying, then based on the content of free fatty acids and
organoleptic tests the optimum conditions in bulk oil is at a temperature of 180 ° C
where the value has not exceeded the limits of SNI 3741-2013.
Water Content
In this study the determination of water content is carried out in stages with a
time of ± 5 hours with a temperature of ± 100 ° C - 105 ° C and performed 3 times of
weighing to get a constant weight of water content. The constant weight indicates
that the water content of the oil has completely evaporated, and only the dry
weight of the oil itself remains (Lempang et al., 2016). The first weighing is done after
drying for the first 3 hours and then followed by the second weighing in the second
drying for 1 hour and followed by the third weighing in the last 1 hour.
Symposium
2
Chart 5. Water content of bulk oil after frying pan frying method
Chart 6. Moisture content of bulk oil after frying deep frying method
Based on chart. The water content with the pan frying method is higher than
the deep frying method in each variation of the treatment. According to Suprapto
(2018) the pan frying method has a high enough water content, because the heat
generated during the frying process takes place is lower so that the evaporation
process takes place slowly. The highest water content of bulk oil after frying in the
pan frying method is at a temperature of 190 ° C at 12.5 minutes which is 0.23%
where the value has passed the SNI 3741-2013 threshold which is a maximum of
0.15%. Whereas in the deep frying method the highest water content is at a
temperature of 190 ° C at 12.5 minutes which is equal to 0.11% with bulk oil before
frying at 0.05%. This value is appropriate and does not exceed the SNI 3741-2013
provisions, which is a maximum of 0.15%.
Based on the results of research water levels have increased along with
increasing temperature and time. This is due to the higher the frying temperature and
the longer the frying time the more water content in the fried material will come
out. An increase in water content can affect the quality of oil and can increase levels
of free fatty acids so that the quality of the oil gets lower. Water is a constituent
whose presence in oil is highly undesirable because it hydrolyzes the oil to produce
free fatty acids which cause a rancid odor in the oil (Poedjiadi, 1999).
organoleptic test of french fries

Organoleptic test is a sensory test to determine the quality of a product. In
this study, the organoleptic test was carried out with 3 panelists and with an
assessment comparing the methods and variations of each treatment with
parameters: taste, color, and texture.
Based on the organoleptic test, it can be concluded that panelists tend to choose
a temperature of 180 ° C with each temperature and parameter variation. At a temperature
of 170 ° C, the color of potatoes has shown maturity with an indication of golden yellow
and the aroma of french fries. But the taste and texture of french fries has not shown the
level of maturity and savory taste. Then, at a temperature of 180 ° C, the fried potatoes
produce an attractive golden yellow color, a stronger aroma, a more mature taste and
texture. Then the optimum conditions in the organoleptic test of fried potatoes with the
pan frying method are at a temperature of 180 ° C
Meanwhile, at a temperature of 190 ° C the results of a deep frying aroma,
taste and texture are strong at 7.5 minutes but at 10 minutes and 12.5 minutes fried
potatoes have shown the results of the frying so that it does not look attractive. This
is because the temperature is too high and the time is too long so that the potato is
already burning. The other factor that is affecting is that the pan frying method
cannot be set in the right temperature.
Based on the results of the organoleptic test the deep frying method it can
be concluded that the culprit tends to prefer a temperature of 180 ° C with each
variation of treatment. At 170 ° C the potato has a strong aroma but the color of the
potato still looks a little pale with a taste and texture that is not too mature. Then at
Symposium
2
a temperature of 180 ° C the color and aroma of the potatoes have begun to show
indications of the level of maturity, taste and texture of the potato that is perfectly
cooked with a golden yellow color, a strong aroma, a savory taste and a soft and
crunchy texture that indicates the right level of maturity. Whereas at a temperature
of 190 ° C the potatoes are too ripe to even begin to show the level of emptiness.
This is due to the provisions of the temperature of the deep frying tool for frying
potatoes which is 180 ° C so that the resulting potato with perfect maturity. Then the
optimum condition of bulk oil in the organoleptic test of fried potatoes with a deep
frying method is at a temperature of 180 ° C.
Kesimpulan
Based on the results of the study the optimum conditions in bulk oil that is
at a temperature of 180 ° C according to the results of the characteristics of the oil
peroxide number and water content that has not exceeded the limits of SNI 3741-
2013 and organoleptic tests with the perfect level of potato maturity.
Based on the results obtained, the optimal temperature is 180 ° C. The effect
of temperature on oil quality is, the higher the temperature of the frying pan, the
more unstable the oil and the lower the oil quality and the effect of time on oil
quality ie, the longer the frying time the lower the oil quality.
Based on the method used, the deep frying method is better than the pan
frying method. The results show that the deep frying method is more stable because
the temperature and time can be adjusted compared to the pan frying method
where the temperature and time can only be set manually.
Thank You
Thank you to Ristekdikti, Rector of Medan State University and Head of the
UNIMED FMIPA Chemistry Laboratory.
References
Badan Standarisasi Nasional. SNI-3741-2013 (Standart Mutu Minyak Goreng). Badan
Standarisasi Nasional : Jakarta.
Bengston, R., (2006), The effect of novel frying methods on quality of breaded fried
foods, Thesis, Biological Systems Engineering, Faculty of Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University, Virginia.
Eugenia, I., (2012). Top Brand Dalam Pasar Komoditi Bermerek, www.topbrand-
award.com, diambil 15 April 2013 di Yogyakarta.
Fadhilla, AR., (2008). Analisis Kepuasan dan Loyalitas Konsumen Minyak Goreng
Kemasan Merek Bimoli (Kasus: Rumah Tangga Di Kota Bogor). Skripsi,
Fakultas Pertanian IPB, Bogor.
Gunawan., Mudji TMA., dan Rahayu A., (2003), Analisis pangan: Penentuan angka
peroksida dan asam lemak bebas pada minyak kedelai dengan variasi
menggoreng, Jurnal Sains dan Kimia Aplikasi, 6(3): 1-6.
Ketaren, S., (1986), Pengantar teknologi minyak dan lemak pangan, UI Press,
Jakarta.
Ketaren, S., (2008), Minyak dan Lemak Pangan, Cetakan Pertama, Universitas
Indonesia Press, Jakarta.
Lempang, I., Fatimawali dan Pelealu, N. (2016). Uji Kualitas Minyak Goreng Curah dan
Minyak Goreng Kemasan di Manado. Jurnal Ilmiah Farmasi, 5, 4 : 155-161.
Mariod, A., Matthaus, B., Eichner, K., Hussein, IH. (2006). Frying quality and oxidative
stability of two unconventional oils. Journal of the American Oils Chemists’
Society, 83(6): 529-538.
Mulyatiningsih, E. (2007). Teknik-Teknik Dasar Memasak. Yogyakarta. Tim Dosen
Fakultas Teknik Universitas Negeri Yogyakarta.
Symposium
2
The satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running shoe
Oam To-aj1, Jarupat To-aj2

1Department of Sports Management, Faculty of Business Administration, Bangkok Thonburi University
2Senior sale manager, New Nordic group, Bangkok
1e-mail: oam.deto@gmail.com
Abstract
The research’s objective was to study the satisfaction of the runners in
selecting the running shoe by using the 7P’s marketing mixed as the base theory for
creating the research’s tool. The quantitative research for analyzing the average and
the standard deviation with 100 samples that came from the accidental and quota
sampling methods which the researcher has been already defined the number of the
samples at the first place. The result found that the runners was satisfied in the
aspect of the marketing mixed at High level (M= 4.06, S.D. = 0.80).When considering
into the items found that the highest average was the process (M= 4.11,S.D. = 0.85).
The second highest average was product ( M= 4.10, S.D. = 0.84) , and the lowest
average was the promotion (M= 4.01, S.D. = 0.82). From the result, people these days
trend to consider more in the process, they would do prefer to have the variety of
the payment gateways and the convenience of the payment gateways.
Keywords: Satisfaction, runner, running shoe, and marketing mixed
Introduction
The exercise can do at any times, but the difference period of times will
affect the body in the difference ways, such as exercise in the evening will help the
body to sleep easily at night times, and in other ways exercising in the morning will
make your body awake. The most benefit of exercise will be occur if you know your
limitation of your body, and don’t try to force yourself too much. Knowing your
heart rate zone is one of best way to measure the exercise loading (Mayo, 2020). In
the theory, 5 days a week of exercising is the standard for staying healthy, and
should exercise about 30 minutes per day. The things that be able to inspire to
exercise is the friend because exercise will be more fun, if you exercise together with
friends. Another thing is the challenging by setting up the target for you to achieve,
for example you can start from to be healthy from doing the exercise, and once you
can achieve, you can move the target for the better performance, or even join the
competition.
The exercising have many benefits (Semeco, 2017), such as 1). It can make
you feel happier. 2) It can help with weight loss 3). It is good for your muscles and
bones. 4). It can increase your energy levels. 5). It can reduce your risk of chronic
disease. 6).It can help skin health. 7). It can help your brain health and memory. 8). It
can help with relaxation and sleep quality. 9). It can reduce pain. 10). It can promote
a better sex life. 10). It can promote a better sex life. We actually can do the exercise
in many ways as they defines the category of exercise into 2 categories which are
aerobic exercise and anaerobic exercise. Running is one of easiest ways and it is
classified in the aerobic exercise. Running is also one of the most benefits exercise
because of many reasons are as follows: 1). Running improves your health. 2). It
prevents disease. 3). You might lose weight 4). Running boosts your confidence. 5).It
relieves stress. 6).Running has the power to eliminate the depression. (Cattanach,
2020). All the runners know that one of the most equipment for them is the running
shoe. The running shoe will support the impact from the foot in every step, so if the
runners don’t select the proper running shoe, they will easily hurt and injure their
foot and their knee. The old running shoe should be replaced immediately. The
qualification of the running shoe are as follows 1)The softness 2) The flexibility 3)
The endurance 4) Balancing. Conversely, the running can damage to your organ a lot
if you neglect to use the proper one.
From the above statement, there are many runners in the present days who
have aware of selecting the running shoe because this sport needs to specifically use
the running shoe that’s why the quality of the product, the place to buy, the
promotion and so on are very important for them to consider before making decision
to buy a good running shoes. And if they had the wrong selection, it might came up
with the injury orthe product’s last long duration etc. That’s why the researcher is
interested in doing this research topic in order to study the satisfaction of the runners
in selecting the running shoe which the researcher hope and wish that the research
result will be the benefit for the shoe’s company in term of developing the product,
and the strategy to the customer’s satisfaction in the future.
Symposium
2
Methods
The objective in this research is to study the satisfaction of the runners in
selecting the running shoe. The “Quantitative Research” was used in this research
which can be describes as the step as follows;
Step1: Reviewing the theory of the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the
running shoe from the document, the journal, the research thesis that relates to
satisfaction in order to create the questionnaire.
Step 2: Studying the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running shoe
by collecting the data with using the 30 items of the 7P’s marketing mixed
questionnairewith 100 runners who exercise in Phuttamonthon Park, and analyzed
the data by descriptive statistics.
Conclusion
The research in the title of “The satisfaction of the runners in selecting the
running shoe” has one objective which is to study the satisfaction of the runners in
selecting the running shoe.The researcher may propose the details in 2 parts as
follows;
Part 1. The result of analyzing the respondent’s personal information
The respondents were male (50%), and female (50%). The respondents who
were 23 – 29 years old (27 runners, 27%), and 30 – 36 years old (20 runners, 20%)
respectively. The respondents graduated in Bachelor’s degree (58 runners, 58%), and
high school (28 runners, 28%). Most of the respondents were the student (46runners,
46%), and the officer (15 runners, 15%). The most respondents had the income
between 5,000 to 10,000 Baht (27 runners, 27%), and the second had the income
lower than5,0 0 0 Baht(20 runners, 20%). Most of the respondents were single (58
people, 58%), and married (42 runners, 42%).
Part 2. The result of analyzing the result of the satisfaction of the runners
in selecting the running shoe in the aspect of the marketing mixed (7P’s)
The overall result in the aspect of the marketing mixed (7P’s) was in High
level ( = 4.06, S.D. = 0.80)
Table 1 The average, the standard deviation and the satisfaction levelsof the runners
in selecting the running shoe which are divided following the marketing mixed (7P’s)
theory.
The marketing mixed M S.D Levels of the

satisfaction
1. Product 4.10 0.84 High
2. Price 4.09 0.80 High
3. Place 4.04 0.82 High
4. Promotion 4.01 0.82 High
5. Personnel 4.02 0.80 High
6. Physical 4.09 0.73 High
7. Process 4.11 0.85 High
Overall 4.06 0.80 High
Table1 shows the average, the standard deviation and the satisfaction
levelsof the runners in selecting the running shoe which are divided following the
marketing mixed (7P’s) theory.
Considering in each aspect can be concluded as follow;
in selecting the running shoe which are divided into each items the aspect of the
product.
Product M S.D. Levels of the

satisfaction
1.The famous banding 4.16 0.81 High
2 The product’s endurance 4.13 0.82 High
3.The variety of type for selecting 4.07 0.84 High
4. Theproduct’s design 4.10 0.85 High
5. The material’s quality 4.17 0.86 High
6.The product’s pattern 4.12 0.84 High
7.The product’s weight 4.07 0.90 High
8. The innovation for preventing the injury 3.99 0.81 High
Symposium
2
Table 2 The average, the standard deviation and the satisfaction levelsin the
aspect of the product of the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running shoe.
In the aspect of the product, the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the
running shoe was at the high level (M= 4.10, S.D. = 0.84). When considering into the
item found that the highest average was at the high quality of material ( M= 4.17,
S.D. = 0.86), and the second highest was the famous banding (M= 4.16, S.D. = 0.81).
Table 3The average, the standard deviation and the satisfaction levelsof the runners
price.
Price M S.D Levels of the

satisfaction
1.The suitable rate 4.10 0.83 High
2. Cheaper but better quality than the rival band 4.17 0.69 High
3.The price defines the target market 4.01 0.89 High
Table 3 The average, the standard deviation and the satisfaction levelsin the
aspect of the price of the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running shoe.
The satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running shoe in the aspect of
the price was in high level ( M= 4.09, S.D. = 0.80) .When considering into the item
found that the highest average was cheaper but better quality than the rival band
(M= 4.17 , S.D. = 0.69), and the second highest average was the suitable rate (M= 4.10
, S.D. = 0.83).
place.
Place M S.D Levels of the
satisfaction
1.The sufficient of the number of the running shoe shop. 4.00 0.87 High
2.The convenience for travelling to the running shoe shop. 4.09 0.79 High
3.The number of the running shoe shop 4.05 0.82 High
Table4 The average, the standard deviation and the satisfaction levelsin the
aspect of the place of the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running shoe.
the place was in high level ( M= 4.04, S.D. = 0.82).When considering into the item
found that the highest average was the convenience for travelling to the running
shoe shop (M= 4.09 , S.D. = 0.79), and the second highest average was the number of
the running shoe shop (M= 4.05 , S.D. = 0.82).
promotion.
Promotion M S.D. Levels of the

satisfaction
1.The high frequency of using use the 4.12 0.78 High
project promotion/ the activity
2. Having the sufficient products to try on 3.98 0.85 High
3.Having the satisfaction guarantee 4.01 0.81 High
4. Interesting advertising campaigns 3.99 0.81 High
5.Effective staff and sales 4.04 0.86 High
6.Having the good after service 4.02 0.82 High
7. Giving the sponsor with the famous sport 3.95 0.82 High
team
8. Having the good band ambassador 3.97 0.81 High
aspect of the promotion of the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running
shoe.
the promotion was in high level (M= 4.01, S.D. = 0.82).When considering into the item
found that the highest average was the high frequency of using the project
promotion/ the activity (M= 4.12 , S.D. = 0.78), and the second highest average was
effective staff and sales (M= 4.04 , S.D. = 0.86).
Symposium
2
personnel.
Personnel M S.D Levels of the

satisfaction
1.The knowledge of the personnel 4.09 0.79 High
2.The quickness of the service 4.15 0.77 High
3.The personnel’s behavior 4.01 0.78 High
4. The personnel’s service skill 3.93 0.84 High
aspect of the personnel of the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running
shoe.
the personnel was in high level (M= 4.02 , S.D. = 0.80).When considering into the
item found that the highest average was the quickness of the service ( M= 4.15,
S.D. = 0.77), and the second highest average was the knowledge of the personnel
(M= 4.09 , S.D. = 0.79).
physical.
Physical M S.D Levels of the

satisfaction
1. The running shoe shop has the very nice 4.04 0.75 High
decoration.
2.The products arrangement are easy to picking 4.26 0.64 High
up.
3.The shop cleanness 3.97 0.79 High
4. The car parking capacity 4.09 0.75 High
aspect of the physical of the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running shoe.
the physical was in high level (M= 4.09 , S.D. = 0.73).When considering into the item
found that the highest average was the products arrangement are easy to picking up
(M= 4.26 , S.D. = 0.64), and the second highest average was the car parking capacity
(M= 4.09 , S.D. = 0.75).
process.
Process M S.D Levels of the

satisfaction
1. The variety of the payment gateways. 4.11 0.85 High
2.The convenience of the payment gateways. 4.11 0.85 High
aspect of the process of the satisfaction of the runners in selecting the running shoe.
the process was in high level (M= 4.11 , S.D. = 0.85).When considering into the item
found that the both of the variety of the payment gateways and the convenience of
the payment gateways have the same value which was (M= 4.11 , S.D. = 0.85).
Discussion
The discussion with the marketing mixed (7P’s), the research can be discussed
in each aspect, as follows:
the product(M= 4.10, S.D. = 0.84). When considering into the item found that the
highest average was at the high quality of material (M = 4.17, S.D. = 0.86), and the
second highest was the famous banding (M = 4.16, S.D. = 0.81) which was related to
the work of Siriwattanasat (2015) in this issue, and the result found that the highest
and the second highest factors were the famous band and the design respectively.
Symposium
2
the price was in high level (M = 4.09, S.D. = 0.80).When considering into the item
found that the highest average was cheaper but better quality than the rival band
(M = 4.17, S.D. = 0.69), and the second highest average was the suitable rate (M =
4.10, S.D. = 0.83) which was related to the work of Rattanasomchok (2015) in this
issue, the result that the price most was the most affected for the customer
satisfaction in using the sky train in Bangkok.
the place was in high level (M = 4.04 , S.D. = 0.82).When considering into the item
found that the highest average was the convenience for travelling to the running
shoe shop (M = 4.09 , S.D. = 0.79), and the second highest average was the number
of the running shoe shop ( M = 4.05 , S.D. = 0.82) which related to the work of
Sirikiatikul (2010) in this issue, and the result found that the highest value was the
convenience for travelling to the hospital.
the personnel was in high level (M = 4.02 , S.D. = 0.80).When considering into the
item found that the highest average was the quickness of the service ( M = 4.15,
S.D. = 0.77), and the second highest average was the knowledge of the personnel
(M = 4.09 , S.D. = 0.79) which related to the work of Seagsawat and Kidsom (2018) in
this issue, and the result found that the personnel was the highest factor of the
customer’s satisfaction, specially the relationship with the customer and the good
attitude.
the physical was in high level (M = 4.09 , S.D. = 0.73).When considering into the item
found that the highest average was the products arrangement are easy to picking up
(M = 4.26 , S.D. = 0.64), and the second highest average was the car parking capacity
(M = 4.09 , S.D. = 0.75) which related to the work of Junaui (2018) in this issue, and
the result found that the physical factor was the most important factor for the
decision process for using service in applying the health runner.
the process was in high level (M = 4.11 , S.D. = 0.85).When considering into the item
found that the both of the variety of the payment gateways and the convenience of
the payment gateways have the same value which was (M = 4.11 , S.D. = 0.85) which
related to the work of Chiangwattanasuk and Aonputtha (2017) in this issue, and the
result found that the method which the organization uses for giving the quality in
service to the customer was the key factor to satisfy the customer.
The Recommadations From The Current Research

The limitation of time and budget were the research’s limitation, for the next
research if using the different samples and places will make the researcher know
more aspects.
The Recommadation For The Further Study

The researcher uses only one theory for answering the research’s objective, it
would be interesting to study by employing other theories.
References
Cattanach, J. (2020). 6 benefits of running. Retrieve from https://www.active.com/
running/articles/6-benefits-of-running.
Chiangwattanasuk, K.&Aonputtha, S. (2017). Discrimination analysis of customers
considering price and quality in purchasing decision using service
marketing mix (7P’S) factors. Bangkok: Rajamangala University of technology
thanyaburi.
Junaui, A. (2018). Service marketing mix factor effect to decision process for using
service for applying the health care runner in Hatyai district, Songkhla
province. Bangkok: Ramkhamhaeng University.
Promsupa, P. (2015). Consumer behavior and satisfaction toward Terminal 21
shopping center. Bangkok: National institution of development administration.
Rattanasomchok, S. (2015). Influences on customer satisfaction with the Bangkok
sky train in Thailand. Bangkok: Tammasart University.
Mayo. (2020). Exercise intensity: How to measure it. Retrieved from https://www.
mayoclinic.org/healthy-lifestyle/fitness/in-depth/exerciseintensity/art-20046887
Seagsawat, S.&Kidsom, A. (2018). Marketing mix factors affecting choice for using
deposits service of government savings bank in the Bangkok metropolitan
area. Bangkok: UTCC academy day, University of Thai chamber of commerce.
Semeco, A. (2017). The top 10 benefits of regular exercise. Retrieved from
https://www.healthline.com/nutrition/10-benefits-of-exercise
Symposium
2
Sirikiatikul, T. (2010). Customer’s service using behavior and satisfaction towards
admission department of SamitivejSukhumvit Hospital. Bangkok:
Srinarintarawirot University.
Siriwattanasat, S. (2015). The factor affecting the buying decision of Nike shoe in
Bangkok. Bangkok: Tammasart University.
The Influence of Project Based Learning Model Based on

Lesson Study With Animation Media on Students' Critical
Thinking Skills on The Reaction Rate Material
Retno Dwi Suyanti1, Veren Raenovta2, and Nanda Alwardah3

1;2Chemistry Education Program, State University Of Medan, Medan
3Natural Science Education Program, State University Of Medan, Medan

1e-mail: retno_suyanti@yahoo.com, 2veren.raenovta27@gmailcom
Abstract
This study aims to determine the increase in students' critical thinking skills
taught by the Project Based Learning model based on lesson study with animated
media and aspects of critical thinking skills developed through the application of Project
Based Learning models based on lesson study with animation media on the reaction
rate material. The study population was all students of class XI Medan High School. The
samples in this study were two classes taken by purposive sampling, namely one class
as an experimental class that was taught with a Project Based Learning model based on
lesson study with animation media and one class as a control class that was taught with
an Expository model. This type of research is experimental research. The instrument
used was 19 questions with a reliability of 0.527. Based on statistical tests, it is known
that the results of pretest, posttest, and normalized gain (N-gain) in the experimental
class and the control class are normally distributed and homogeneous. To test the
hypothesis that the right-side test with a significance level of 0.05 obtained tcount>
ttable ie 5.7632> 1.6808 which means that Ho is rejected and Ha is accepted. Thus, an
increase in students' critical thinking skills with the Project Study Based learning model
based on lesson study with animation media was 0.79 (79%) significantly higher than the
Expository model of 0.64 (64%). From the achievement of lesson study indicator data it
can be seen that the greatest improvement is the eighth indicator (students use the
media) with an average percentage of implementation at each meeting of 93.75%. The
most developed aspects of critical thinking skills through the application of the Project
Based Learning model based on lesson study with animation media on the reaction rate
material are indicators of answering questions with a percentage value of 95.45%.
Keywords: Project Based Learning, lesson study, animation, critical thinking skills,
reaction rates
Symposium
2
Preliminary
Education is a conscious and planned effort to create an atmosphere of
learning and learning process so that students actively develop their potential to
have spiritual spiritual strength, self-control, personality, intelligence, noble character
and the skills needed by themselves, society, nation and state (Hakim, 2016). One of
the problems in the world of education is the problem of the weakness of the
learning process. Students are encouraged to develop thinking skills by directing the
ability to memorize information. Students are forced to remember and hoard various
information without being required to understand information and apply that
information in their daily lives. This results when students graduate from school, they
are only theoretically smart but have very poor applications (Suyanti, 2010). Student
learning habits in the process of teaching and learning by memorizing can cause
students' thinking abilities and creativity to be limited (Mone, 2013). The ability to
think critically has a very strategic role in the field of education. The ability to think
critically is the ability to think for someone in making trustworthy and responsible
decisions that affect one's life (Syah et al., 2016).
Based on observations and interviews at SMA Negeri 7 Medan, students have
difficulty in learning chemistry because students' understanding is still low which
makes it difficult for students to understand the concepts to be learned, and use
new concepts. Because student difficulties also cause lack of support and thinking
ability possessed. Students in a chemical conversation are focused on the teacher's
explanation then recorded and only listen to what is asked by the teacher without
giving feedback. The number of students who ask questions in class when learning
about 2 to 4 people, students who ask questions from the same student in each
meeting. Most students still look doubtful and afraid to issue opinions or ask
questions about material that has not been discussed. This is one that shows that
students' critical thinking skills are still lacking.
Not only students who are smart and critical. Critical thinking skills can be
worked on, a gradual process that starts from the published process and the
formation of students' mindset. One way is to familiarize learning activities that direct
students at the time concerned - a conflict that means students' curiosity and not
just conceptual (Shah et al., 2016). To become a professional educator requires
systematic and ongoing efforts as well as the continuing of the educator and policy
maker. Through study studies greatly enhance the professionalism of educators in
Indonesia because lesson studies are a model of fostering the teaching profession
through the study of collaborative and ongoing learning based on the principles of
collegiality and mutual learning to improve the quality of learning in the classroom
(Daryanto & Raharjo, 2012). Related to the existence of this lesson study, it is hoped
that teachers can have discussion groups related to the teaching process. In addition,
to overcome the problem of learning chemistry in SMA Negeri 7 Medan, an
appropriate learning model is needed. The learning model that can be used for
learning models that are still low is the Project Based Learning model, because with
the Project Based Learning model students not only learn information, but they must
also use their own thinking and punishment abilities and then solve problems, an
answer to a question or create new designs yourself (Muntari et al., 2018). But an
appropriate learning model needs to be enough to increase student interest in
learning to improve learning outcomes. The use of appropriate learning media can
also facilitate student learning. Learning media as a source of learning can help
teachers enrich students' insights (Silaban, 2017).
Previous research such as that conducted by Yanti (2013), learning Project
Based Learning (PjBL) significantly affected the critical thinking skills of class X
students of SMA Negeri 2 Karanganyar in the second semester of the 2012/2013
academic year. Another study conducted by Rusminiati, et al (2015) is by comparing
the Project Based Learning learning model with the Discovery Learning learning
model towards increasing students 'understanding of concepts and critical thinking
with the results of research showing that there are significant differences in the
increase in students' understanding of concepts and critical thinking between which is
learned by learning model Project Based Learning and Discovery Learning where in
increasing the understanding of concepts, Fhit Project Based Learning model is 8.991
higher than the Fhit Discovery Learning model which is 7.262. And there are
differences in increasing students' critical thinking skills by 16,603. These results
indicate that the increase in students' understanding of concepts and critical thinking
with the Project Based Learning model is relatively higher compared to the Discovery
Learning model. And other researchers namely Utami, et al (2015) conducted
research on the influence of the Project Based Learning model assisted with
Instagram to improve students' creative thinking abilities showing positive results
where the average results of students in the experimental class (Project Based
Learning models) (82.72 ) higher than the control class (conventional model) (77.12).
Symposium
2
Based on the above background, the researcher is interested in conducting a
study entitled "The Influence of Project Based Learning Model Based On Lesson
Study with Animation Media on Students' Critical Thinking Skills On The Reaction Rate
Material" in order to find out whether an increase in students' critical thinking skills
through the Project Based Learning model is based Lesson Study with animation
media is higher than students' critical thinking skills through the Expository model
and knowing aspects of critical thinking skills developed through the application of
Project Based Learning model based on lesson study with animation media on the
reaction rate material.
Method
1. Time and place of research
This research was conducted in Medan 7 High School, Deli Serdang Regency
Class XI odd semester 2019/2020 academic year from October to November 2019.
2. Population and sample
The population of this research is all students of class XI Medan Public High
School. The sample selection in this study was conducted with a purposive sampling
technique in which the researcher deliberately determined the sample members
based on the teacher and the average cognitive value of the same. The sample in
this study was class XI MIA 5 as an experimental class that was taught with a Project
Based Learning model based on Lesson Study with animation media and class XI MIA
6 as a control class that was taught with an Expository model.
3. Type of research
This type of research used in this study was a quasi-experimental design
with Pretest-Posttest Control Group Design.
4. Research design
In conducting this research involves two different treatments between the
experimental class and the control class. The experimental class with the Project
Based Learning model is based on lesson study with animation media while the
control class is taught with the Expository model. The research design can be seen in
the following Table 1:
Table 1 Research Design

Class Pretest Treatment Posttest
Experimental T1 X T2
Control T1 Y T2
5. Research procedures
The procedure in this study is (1) determining the two classes that will be
sampled in the study, (2) conducting a pretest (T1) of the two sample classes, aimed
at testing the normality and homogeneity of the two sample groups, also to find a
picture of the students' initial abilities before given different treatment about the
material to be discussed, (3) determining fellow researchers acting as observers of
learning based on the lesson study observation sheet, (4) giving X treatment (learning
Project Based Learning based on lesson study with animation media) in the
experimental class and the control class taught by treatment Y (expository learning),
(5) after the process of giving treatment in class is complete, posttest is done to
measure the increase in students' critical thinking skills in the experimental class (T2)
and in the control class (T2). After that, go on to the data analysis stage and draw
conclusions.
6. Test instruments and test instruments
The instrument used in this study is an objective test. The test is used to
collect data to find out the increase in critical thinking skills at the end of learning by
referring to 7 (seven) indicators according to Tawil & Liliasari (2013), which are
measured by multiple choice test questions of 28 C3-C5 tiered questions. This test
instrument was used twice, namely during the pre-test and post-test. Before the test
is used as a data collection tool, it is first checked by expert validators and class XI
MIA students in high school to see the validity of the test, the reliability of the test,
the level of difficulty of the questions and the different power of the questions.
7. Data analysis
Research data were analyzed by quantitative methods. In the initial analysis
using the normality test, homogeneity test and n-gain test of critical thinking skills
with the formula:
g= x 100
(Meltzer, 2002).
Symposium
2
Whereas in the final stage by using (1) normality test of critical thinking skills
(N-Gain), (2) homogeneity test of critical thinking skills (N-Gain), (3) hypothesis testing (t-
test) critical thinking skills (N- Gain) and (4) lesson study analysis.
Hypothesis testing of this study uses the one-party t-test or the right-hand t-test.
The formula used is:
(Silitonga, 2014).
Results And Discussion

Pretest and Posttest Data Critical Thinking Experiment Class and Control Class
From the research after the calculation is obtained the average value of
pretest, posttest and improvement of students' critical thinking skills that can be
presented in the form of Figure 1 as follows:
Figure 1. Pretest and Posttest Value of Critical Thinking Skills in Experiment and
Control Classes
From the experimental class pretest data results, an average value of 23.5
and posttest of the experimental class, obtained an average value of 84.08. Data on
the control class pretest results, obtained an average value of 24.64 and posttest
control class, obtained an average value of 73.24.
Increased Critical Thinking Skills (N-Gain)
To see an increase in students' critical thinking skills in the experimental class
and the control class viewed from the average normalized gain (N-Gain) of the
experimental class and the control class multiplied by 100%. From the data it was
obtained that the increase in the critical thinking skills of the experimental class
students by 0.79 (79%) was higher than the critical thinking skills of the control class
students by 0.64 (64%). Then the data for increasing critical thinking skills for the
experimental class and the dick class are presented in Figure 2 as follows:
Figure 2. Increased Critical Thinking Skills (N-Gain)
Data Normality Test for Critical Thinking Skills

Testing the normality of critical thinking skills in this study was conducted
with Chi Square test at the real level α = 0.05. Based on the results of normality
tests of pretest data, posttest data and gain data for the experimental class and the
control class, it can be seen in the following Table 2:
Table 2 Data Normality Test Results
Class Source Data χ2 hitung χ2 tabel α Information

Pretest 1,04
Experimental Posttest 6,37
N–gain 10,75 Have a normal
11,07 0,05
Pretest 7,79 distribution
Control Posttest 8,7
N–gain 7,42
Based on Table 2 that the pretest, posttest and n-gain data on critical thinking
skills of the two classes is normally distributed.
Homogeneity Test of Critical Thinking Skills Data
Homogeneity testing of critical thinking skills data was carried out to
determine whether the two sample groups came from homogeneous populations by
Symposium
2
testing students' pretest and posttest data with the similarity test of two variances.
Homogeneity test results of the data are presented in Table 3.
Table 3 Data Homogeneity Test Results
Class Sources Data Varians (s2) Fhitung Ftabel Information

35,21
Pretest 1,66
58,49
Experimental 53 Data
Posttest 1,03 1,98
and Kontrol 51,44 Homogen
Gain 0,008
1,27
Ternormalisasi 0,006
Based on Table 3 shows that the pretest, posttest and n-gain of both sample
classes are homogeneous.
Hypothesis Test for Critical Thinking Skills
After finding out that both research samples are normally distributed and
have the same or homogeneous variance, a hypothesis test can be performed with
the right-side t test. This test is to find out whether the hypothesis in this study was
accepted or rejected. Test criteria if the price of tcount> ttable, Ha is accepted and
Ho is rejected. Data on the results of hypothesis testing as in table 4.
Table 4. Hypothesis Test Results
Data thitung ttabel Keterangan

Normalized gain Ha accepted, H0
5,7632 1,6808
rejected
From the calculation results, obtained tcount> ttable (5.7632> 1.6808). This
shows that Ha was accepted, namely an increase in students' critical thinking skills
using Project Based Learning models based on Lesson Study with animation media
higher compared to the Expository model on the reaction rate material in class XI of
SMA Negeri 7 Medan.
Achievement of Lesson Study Indicators

To find out the achievement indicators of the classes that were taught using
the Lesson Study-based Project Based Learning model, the average achievement of
the indicators was calculated from the observers used in the study, starting from the
second meeting and the third meeting. Then obtained data as follows:
Table 4. Test Results of Lesson Study Indicator Achievement
Lesson Study Indicator

meeting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Meet. II 75% 75% 50% 37,5% 50% 37,5% 75% 87,5%
Meet. III 100% 100% 75% 75% 75% 62,5% 87,5% 100%
Then the achievement data for the Lesson Study indicators is presented in
the form of Figure 3 as follows:
Figure 3 Achievement of Lesson Study Indicators

Caption:
Indicator 1: Classes form sitting "U"; Indicator 2: Students work together;
Indicator 3: Students who do not understand / ask to be taught; Indicator 4: Students
who care and teach other students; Indicator 5: Students express their own opinions
in groups; Indicator 6: Students who listen more than talk; Indicator 7: Students
maintain learning motivation; Indicator 8: Students use media.
Symposium
2
Aspects of Developed Critical Thinking Ability
To find out the aspects of critical thinking skills developed from classes
taught with Project Based Learning models based on Lesson Study with Animation
media, the gain is calculated for each aspect of critical thinking skills used in
research, starting from indicator 1 to indicator 7. Data on thinking aspects The critics
developed in the experimental class are presented in the form of Figure 4 as follows:
Figure 4. Gain Aspects of Critical Thinking Developed
Caption:
Indicator 1: Answering Questions; Indicator 2: Using established procedures;
Indicator 3: Identify or formulate criteria for deciding possible answers; Indicator 4:
Look for Similarities and Differences; Indicator 5: Reduce and consider the results of
deduction; Indicator 6: Interpret Questions; Indicator 7: Analyzing Opinions and
Identifying Opinions or Assumptions
Discussion
From the data processing, it was obtained the pretest value of the experimental
class with an average of 23.50 and the posttest value of the experimental class with
an average of 84.08. The difference between the pretest and posttest scores of the
experimental class is 60.54. The control class pretest data values with an average of
24.64 and the control class posttest values with an average of 73.24. The difference
between the pretest and posttest scores of the control class is 48.6. This, the use of
the project based learning model is a learning model that involves a project in the
learning process. This learning model has enormous potential to train students
'thinking processes that lead to students' critical thinking abilities. Make the problem
as a first step in finding the knowledge gained from real experience. The advantages
of this PjBL include students working to display and construct information independently,
sharing knowledge with others, working together for common goals and recognizing
that everyone has certain skills that are useful for every project they do. So as to
develop various basic abilities possessed by students including critical thinking skills.
In this research, project based learning model based on lesson study, the lesson
study team makes learning plans by preparing lesson plans, then the model teacher
conducts learning in class in accordance with the plans that have been made, and the
other as an observer to observe the achievement of the lesson study indicators that are
being done. Then after the lesson is over, the lesson study teams reflect on the
improvement of learning for the next meeting. The emphasis of lesson study is more on
teachers who can improve the quality of learning outcomes that involve the whole
communication process in the classroom. Reflection activities carried out at the end of
each meeting have an effect on increasing the implementation of learning indicators
from the second meeting and the third meeting. Obtained from the achievement of the
first indicator increase of 87.5%, the second indicator 87.5%, the third indicator 62.5%,
the fourth indicator 56.25%, the fifth indicator 62.5%, the sixth indicator 50%, the seventh
indicator 81.25 %, the eighth indicator is 93.75%. From the data on the increase in the
achievement of the lesson study indicators, it can be seen that the highest increase is
the eighth indicator (students use the media) with an average of 93.75% for each meeting.
While the lowest indicator in the achievement of lesson study indicators is the sixth
indicator (students listen more than speak out their opinions) with an average of 37.5%.
The success of the application of the Lesson Study can be seen when the
learning process, with the implementation of a U-plan, the teacher can see the
student as a whole, so that students who sit in the back no longer feel alienated or
ignored. Then with this lesson study model not only students, teachers can also
improve their performance by learning more about how teachers teach when there
are mistakes or mismatches of learning plans that have been made. For the average
value of the experimental class gain obtained an increase of 0.79 (79%). For the
control class the average gain is 0.64 (64%). The difference between the gain of the
experimental class and the control class of 0.15 (15%).
Furthermore, hypothesis testing is performed to determine the effect of the Lesson
Study-based Project Based Learning model using Animation media, is it higher than the
Symposium
2
Expository model for increasing critical thinking skills. Hypothesis testing is performed on
the normalized gain with the right-side t test. From the calculations, the value of tcount =
5.7632 and the price of ttable = 1.6808 shows that tcount> ttable (5.7632> 1.6808) then
H0 is rejected and Ha is accepted, which means an increase in students' critical thinking skills
taught by Lesson Study-based Project Based Learning models with animation media are
higher than students who are taught with the Expository model in the Reaction Rate material
in class XI MIA SMA Negeri 7 Medan. This is in line with Suyanti & Yovi's research (2018)
titled "Project Based Learning Model Integrated with Lesson Study to Increase Student's
Learning Outcomes on Buffer Solution Topic" which shows that student achievement is
taught by project based learning with lesson study (0.69 ± 0 , 11) gives higher significance in
contrast to student learning achievement taught by conventional models (0.41 ± 0.08).
Statements supported by the results of hypothesis testing are tcount (16.86)> ttable (1.68).
Other studies also conducted by Mulyani et al. (2015) entitled "Comparative Improvement
of Critical Thinking Ability with Project Based Learning Models and Guided Inquiry Learning
Models" which shows that there is an increase in posttest scores that are higher in Project
Based Learning learning models compared to Guided Inquiry Learning models where the
average score post -test critical thinking skills of students with the Project Based Learning
model of learning is 80.09 while the average post-test score of the critical thinking skills of
students with the Project Based Learning learning model shows a value of 59.82. And
other research conducted by Hasbie et al. (2018) with the research title "The Application of
Project Based Learning (PPA) Models in Colloidal System Learning To Improve Self Efficacy
and Critical Thinking Ability of Students" shows the results of increasing critical thinking
skills from the quite critical to critical categories. With the acquisition of the average
percentage of all indicators from 51.16% to 79.05%.
Based on the data gain critical thinking skills generated in indicator 1 (answering
questions) of 95.45%, indicator 2 (using established procedures) of 90.15%, indicator 3
(identifying or formulating criteria to decide possible answers) of 78.79%, indicator 4
(looking for similarities and differences) by 45.45%, indicator 5 (deducting and considering
the results of deduction) by 68.18%, indicator 6 (interpreting statements) by 75%, and
indicator 7 (analyzing opinions and identify opinions or assumptions) of 63%. From
these data it can be seen that the aspect of critical thinking skills developed in learning
with Project Based Learning models based on Lesson Study with Animation media is
indicator 1 (answering questions) with a percentage value of 95.45%. Percentage of the
aspects of the developed critical thinking skills obtained from the number of students
who answered correctly on the questions for each indicator of critical thinking skills
(indicators 1-7) at the pretest and posttest. If it is related to the aspect of critical thinking
skills that are developed namely indicator 1 (answering questions), the lesson study
indicator with the highest implementation of the eighth indicator (students utilizing the
media) also affects this aspect of critical thinking ability. Where the lesson study indicator
can improve students' understanding in answering questions of critical thinking skills in
the material rate of reaction through the display of animated media because through
animated media, the explanation of the material is more concrete compared to the
media of textbooks, where the more concrete the explanation of a learning the more
knowledge the student gets . In addition, with animation media students are given the
opportunity to learn to find answers with broader insights and knowledge, so that
through animation media students are more active in the learning process that has a
positive impact on students' critical thinking abilities. Through the application of the
lesson study model the affective aspects of students also develop, with groups of
students learning to respect their peers, to cooperate, students care about each other
and maintain motivation to learn together.
Conclusion
Based on the results of research conducted, it can be concluded that the
increase in students' critical thinking skills with the Project Based Learning model
based on Lesson Study with animation media is higher than the expository model
with an average gain in the experimental class obtained an increase of 0.79 (79%)
while in control class the average gain value obtained 0.64 (64%) The difference
between the gain of the experimental class and the control class of 0.15 (15%) in the
reaction rate material. The aspect of critical thinking skills developed in learning with
the Project Based Learning model based on Lesson Study with Animation media is
indicator 1 (answering questions) with a percentage value of 95.45%.
References
Depdiknas, (2013), Kurikulum 2013, Depdiknas. Jakarta.
Daryanto & Rahardjo, M (2012), Model Pembelajaran Inovatif, Gava Media. Yogyakarta.
Hakim, L., (2016). Pemerataan Akses Pendidikan Bagi Rakyat Sesuai dengan Amanat
Undang-Undang Nomor 20 Tahun 2003 Tentang Sistem Pendidikan Nasional.
EduTech: Jurnal Ilmu Pendidikan dan Ilmu Sosial 2(1): 53-64.
Symposium
2
Hasbie, M., Rusmansyah & Istyadji, M., (2018). Penerapan Model Project Based Learning
(PjBL) Dalam Pembelajaran Sistem Koloid Untuk Meningkatkan Self Efficacy
Dan Kemampuan Berpikir Kritis Peserta Didik. Journal of Chemistry And
Education 2(2): 50-56.
Mulyani, N.K.S., Karyasa, I.W., & Suardana,I.N., (2015). Komparasi Peningkatan Keterampilan
Berpikir Kritis Dan Kinerja Ilmiah Siswa Yang Dibelajarkan Dengan Model Project
Based Learning Dan Model Pembelajaran Inkuiri Terbimbing. E-Journal Program
Pascasarjana Universitas Pendidikan Ganesha 5 (1): 1-12.
Muntari., Purwoko, A.A., Savalas, L.R.T., & Wildan., (2018). Pembelajaran Berbasis
Proyek Untuk Meningkatkan Keterampilan Proses Sains dan Berpikir Kritis
Siswa. Jurnal Pendidikan Dan Pengabdian Masyarakat 1(1): 120-124.
Rusminiati, N.N., Karyasa, I.W., & Suardana, I.N., (2015). Komparasi Peningkatan Pemahaman
Konsep Kimia Dan Keterampilan Berpikir Kritis Siswa Antara Yang Dibelajarkan Dengan
Model Pembelajaran Project Based Learning dan Discovery Learning. E-Journal
Program Pascasarjana Universitas Pendidikan Ganesha 5(1): 1-11.
Silitonga, P.M., (2014), Statistik, FMIPA Unimed. Medan.
Subhan., Salempa, P., & Danial, M., (2018). Pengaruh Media Animasi Dalam Model
Pembelajaran Inkuiri Terbimbing Terhadap Keterampilan Berpikir Kritis dan
Aktivitas Belajar Peserta Didik Pada Materi Kesetimbangan Kimia. Jurnal
Chemistry Education Review 1(1): 125-141.
Suyanti, R.D., (2010), Strategi Pembelajaran Kimia, Graha Ilmu. Yogyakarta.
Suyanti, R.D., & Sinuraya, Y.A., (2018). Project Based Learning Model Integrated with
Lesson Study to Increase Student’s Learning Outcome on Buffer
Solution Topic. AIP Conference Proceedings. Article
Syah, F. F., Haryani, S., & Wijayati, N., (2016). Team Assisted Individualization Dengan
Metode Latihan Berstruktur Untuk Meningkatkan Keterampilan Berpikir Kritis.
Journal Of Innovative Science Education 5(1): 10-18.
Tawil & Liliasari., (2013), Berpikir Kompleks dan Implementasinya dalam Pembelajaran
IPA. Badan Penerbit Universitas Negeri Malang. Makassar.
Utami, R. P., Probosari, R. M., & Fatmawati, U. M. I., (2015). Pengaruh Model Pembelajaran
Project Based Learning Berbantu Instagram Terhadap Kemampuan Berpikir
Kreatif Siswa Kelas X SMA Negeri 8 Surakarta. Jurnal Bio-Pedagogi 4(1): 47-52.
Yanti, D. E., Karyanto, P., & Sugiharto, B., (2013).Pengaruh Model Pembelajaran Project Based
Learning (PJBL) Terhadap Kemampuan Berpikir Kritis Siswa Kelas X SMA Negeri 2
Karanganyar Tahun Pelajaran 2012/2013. Jurnal Bio Pedagogi 2(2): 92-99.
Improving Paragraph Writing Ability Using Process Approach of

Thai Tertiary Students
Prapaisri Holumyong, Patariya Ruaysamran

English Department.Liberal Arts Faeulty
e-mail Prapai19 @gmail.com
Abstract
The purposes of this research were 1) to develop the students’ written English
ability by using the Process Writing Approach, 2) to study the effectiveness of teaching
writing using the Process Writing Approach, and 3) to study the students’ attitudes
towards teaching written English using the Process Writing Approach.
The participants were 18 sophomore English majored students of a private
university in Bangkok in the second semester of the academic year 2019. The instruments
were: 1) an experimental tool comprises of 5 paragraph writing lessons for 150 minutes
each, 2) an evaluation tool composes of a paragraph writing for pretest and post-test,
and 3) a questionnaire asking the students’ satisfactions towards the practicing writing
using the Process Writing Approach and their achievement on paragraph writing. The
mean, percentage, standard deviation and t-test were used for data analysis.
The results of the study were as follows:
1) The mean score of the English writing post-test was 20.42 percent higher
than the mean score of the pretest which means that the English written ability of
the students were improved.
2) The students’ attitude towards the teaching writing utilizing the Process
Writing Approach was at high level.
Keywords: Process Writing Approach written English ability satisfaction paragraph writing
lessons achievement
Introduction
English language becomes more important as a foreign language in Thailand
since 2015 when we joined in the Asian Economic Community. Thai students have
been prepared to communicate well with foreigners. They have practiced English
skills both for being the basic knowledge for higher education and for their daily life
Symposium
3
under the current usage of National Education Plan (2017-2021). According to the
Office of the National Education Commission, aims to do the human development
plan in preparing Thai people to be ready to face with the global change in the 21th
century. To be accord with the human development Plan, Thai education is reformed to
be knowledge-based society and lifelong learning styles. About the learning English in
Thailand, Arunee Wiriyajitra ( 2002) says that the abilities in communicating English
fluently, correctly, and suitably in all language skills, listening, speaking reading and
writing, not only for communicating with foreigners, but for higher education.
Currently, communication technology has been much developed that people
from different countries, different continents and even on different sides of the globe,
can easily and quickly communicate. Consequently, writing skills have increasingly
become important roles in both academic and business areas.
Writing is very important skill because it is the tool for communication which
the writer has to transfer his/her ideas to make the reader understand. Writing is not
only for every daily usage or in working life, but also for basic studying in every level.
Of all four language skills, writing is the most complicated and the hardest skill that
the writer has to transfer his idea through the writing and has to adjust the writing to
be correct both in grammar and the usage (Valette, 1977, 131). According to Harmer
(2001, 255), he describes writing as conventional skills which writers utilize a number
of conventions as grammar skills, vocabulary skills, and other issues like the issues of
letters, words and text formation, manifested by hand writing and spelling and lay
out and punctuation. Additionally, Jacob (1981: 89) mentions that writing abilities
should compose of content knowledge, the compilation of content abilities, the
ability to choose correct and suitable vocabulary, and language skills as the
knowledge of grammar and the usage. With all the above mentioned, it can be said
that English writing skills are the process of thinking in presenting the writer’s ideas to
readers using the writer’s language knowledge.
Being an efficiency writer, students should practice writing regularly and
continuously (Klanrit, 2013, 175). About the teaching of writing, Hedge (1998)
mentions that teaching writing requires having the students plan, revise and correct
the writing suitably. Furthermore, she explains that the writing should be clear and
correct because when readers read the writing they can’t notice the feelings and the
actions of the writer. Moreover, writing should be coordinated in order to help
develop the writer’s thought. Not only the words using should be correct, grammar
and sentence structures should be correct according to the context as well.
Results from writing researches reveal that Thai students’ writing ability is low.
The problems the students face with are vocabulary usage, idioms, grammar usage
and the process of writing. Moreover, it is found that Thai students face the
problems of unable to create ideas for writing
Bangkokthonburi University is a private university where the researchers are
teaching English subjects. They found that the students there, even the English
major, have the problems mentioned above when they write English. They realized
of the importance of developing writing abilities to those students. They were
assigned to teach paragraph writing to a group of sophomore English majored
students there. They would like to try to teach the paragraph writing using Process
Writing Approach in order to try to develop Thai tertiary students writing ability.
Objectives of the study

1. To develop the students’ writing English ability by using the Process
Writing Approach.
2.To study the effectiveness of teaching writing using the Process Writing
Approach.
3. To study the students’ attitudes towards practicing writing English using
the Process Writing Approach
Methodology
The study employed both quantitative and qualitative approaches utilizing
pretest and posttest to study the effectiveness of the Process Writing Approach. Five
writing exercises were employed to the students in five writing classes within 150
minutes each class.
The participants in this research were 18 sophomore English majored students
of Liberal Arts Faculty of Bangkokthonburi University who studied EN 343 Creative
Writing course in the second semester of the academic year 2019. The contents of
the course are:
1.Writing creative journal,
2.Writing creative letter,
3.Writing creative essay,
Symposium
3
4.Writing creative business texts, and
5.Writing advertisements.
In each writing, the students practiced expressing their feelings, emotions, and
experiences. In each class, the students spent 60 minutes writing a narrative paragraph in
pair with the contents of the course respectively. Then the pair switched their wring
with another pair of the students, checked the contents, vocabulary used and grammar
used of their friends. After that they discussed about both of their writings in a group
of four. The processes of checking and discussing took another 60 minutes. Then the
final 30 minutes was the time they used for rewriting the final and complete paragraph.
The instruments used were:
1.Pretest and Posttest was a paragraph about the students’ dream career
which was analyzed analytical method from five factors (Madson, 1983). Each factor
was weighted as the following:
1.1writing mechanics 20 marks,
1.2 spelling 20 marks,
1.3vocabulary choice 20 marks,
1.4Grammar 20 marks, and
1.5 Organization 20 marks
The marks from the pretest and posttest were compared.
2.A five point Likert scale questionnaire was administered to the students
after the posttest. The questionnaire investigated the students satisfaction of the
Process Writing Approach used and their opinion about their progress of their written
ability.
The findings:
1.The mean score of the pretest was 48 and the mean score of the posttest
was 68.42. When looking at differences between pretest and posttest scores of each
student individually, all of them got more marks in their posttest.
2.Comparing of marks of each factor, it is found that the students got more
marks on their posttest in every factor. The factor that carries the highest different is
the writing mechanic factor.
3.About the students’ satisfaction of the Process Writing Approach, the
students showed high satisfaction with the practicing of wring. They thought that the
Process Writing Approach help them not only writing better, but also understanding
more about the grammar points, the writing mechanics, the organization of the
writing, the vocabulary choices and more careful of spelling.
4.The students satisfied with practicing writing in pairs. They said that working
in pair helped them write more confidently. The pair work helped them think more
critically and could decide to choose correct vocabulary, and correct grammar used.
Their pair helped them create better ideas.
Discussion and Suggestions

From the findings mentioned above, it is clearly defined that the Process
Writing Approach is very helpful for paragraph writing courses. The increasing of both
the average points and individual points on the posttest marks reveal that the
Process Writing Approach is the most suitable approach for the teaching of writing.
From the students’ opinion on the teaching of writing reveals that the
students appreciate the Process Writing Approach. And also the design of having
students to work in pair helped the Process Writing Approach become more brilliant.
Additionally, the researchers are more confidence that the Process Writing
Approach is helpful to all every level of students. And students need more time to
practice writing , both in class time and at home. First and foremost, they need to
write a chosen topic ideally one they are interested in- whether by imitating native
speakers’ style or convention writing. Moreover, it is widely believed that the more
the students practice writing the better they become better writers.
References
Jacobs, H.L, al. (1981). Testing ESL Composition: A practical approach. Rowley, MA:
New House.
Klanrit, Prayong. (2013). Teaching English: English teacher’s manual in foreign
language context. Bangkok: Academic Promotion Center Press.
Harmer, Jeremy. (2001). English Language Teaching. 3rd ed. China. Pearson Education
Limited
Hedge, Tricia. (1988). Writing. Hong Kong: Oxford University Press. Brazillian institute,
in teaching as course Developer
Madsen, Harold S. (1983). Learning by Teaching. Boynton Cook Press. Office of the
National Education commission,
Symposium
3
Office of the Prime Minister. (2016). The Twelfth National Education Development
Plan (2017- 2021). Bangkok: Office of the National Education Commission.
Valette, Rebecca M. (1977). Modern Language Testing. 3rd ed. New York: Harcourt
Brace Javanovich Inc.
The effect of inquiry-based learning and eXe Learning towards

science process skill of chemistry teacher candidates on the
topic of complexometric titration
Anna Juniar*, Albinus Silalahi and Retno Dwi Suyanti

Chemistry Education Department, Universitas Negeri Medan, Indonesia.
*anna.juniar@ymail.com
Abstract
National Qualifications Framework (KKNI) which is applied in Basic Analytical
Chemistry lectures reinforce the lecturer and chemistry teacher candidates become
innovative in teaching and learning process. Since complexometric titration is topic of
Basic Analytical Chemistry which is difficult to be learned, eXe Learning media is
developed to be integrated with inquiry-based model. The result of this research show
that applying concept and verbal communicating aspects of science process skill are
significantly affected by applying this method. Furthermore, 77.81% increasement of
cognitive aspect was gained by chemistry teacher candidates by following this learning.
Keywords: Inquiry-based model, eXe learning, chemistry teacher candidates, complexmetric

titration, science process skill
Introduction
According to Situmorang et al. (2018), the implementation of National
Qualifications Framework (in Indonesian Kerangka Kualifikasi Nasional Indonesia,
KKNI) as the basis of competence standard has been shifting the teaching and learning
paradigm to adopt competence-based curriculum at Universitas Negeri Medan, Indonesia.
As an effort to improve the quality of science mastering of teacher candidates,
Universitas Negeri Medan as one of the Education Personnel Educators Institutions
(LPTK) applying KKNI to prepare science/ chemistry teacher candidates with the
provision of science process skill, such that they can run their profession as qualified
and professional teachers. According to the law of education in Indonesia, students
are required to be more active with the concept of community technology science,
conceptual approach, cooperative, constructivism, experiments, practicums and field
studies in learning process (Juniar, 2017c).
Symposium
3
The problem was arisen in Basic Analytical Chemistry lectures. Most of the
topic, such as complexometric titration is difficult since it is loaded with calculations,
concepts and applied discovery. Based on the analysis of Analytical Chemistry
learning outcomes it was revealed that chemistry teacher candidates had difficulty
understanding the concepts entirety such that learning patterns tended to memorize
and lacked understanding of the relationships between concepts. In this regard, it is
necessary to strive for developing a learning model which is able to equip and
activate students' knowledge, foster thinking skills and strengthen concepts to
achieve basic competencies in Analytical Chemistry so that science process skills and
creative thinking skills of prospective teacher students can be found, such as finding
facts, concepts and theories with students' own scientific attitudes (Tawil and
Liliasari; 2014, Lawson, 2010; Tanya et al, 2015 and Sen et al, 2016).
In this paper, we explore the effect of inquiry-based model which integrated
with eXe Learning towards chemistry teacher candidates, especially in science process
skill. Some researchs about learning model which developed by guided inquiry
integrated practical process-oriented science process skills in complex formation
titration have been done (Juniar, 2017b and Situmorang et al, 2018). The influence of
guided inquiry with science process skill in science learning was able to increase
learning motivation, activities, elaboration and understanding of students in science
learning (Nworgu, 2013; Juniar et al, 2017a and Limatahu et al, 2018). Combining with
eXe Learning as innovative media to learn, this paper will explain the result of study.
Complexometric titration
In this study, we limited the topic of complexometric titration using EDTA
(Etylene Diamine Tetra Acetate) as a standard solution. Complex compounds are
formed from reactions between metal ions as central atoms with ligands through
coordination bonds (Harris, 2015 & Christian et al, 2013). The acid dissociation constant
for EDTA is K1 = 1.02 x 10-2, K2 = 2.14 x 10-3, K3 = 6.92 x 10-7 and K4 = 5.50 x 10-11, so that
it can form EDTA Species varying and can be written with the abbreviation H 4Y, H3Y-,
H2Y2-, HY3- and Y4- (Jose, 2015 and Valcarcel, 2016). EDTA titration is always carried
out in buffered solutions to determine pH and avoid interference from several cations in
analyzing a sample originating from the environment (Kovarik, 2016; Skoog, 1994 and
Juniar et al, 2017c). Figure 1 below illustrates how the relative number of five EDTA
species is different from the varying pH. The difficulty to determine the cation
reactions for students may waste time since the variable is dependent to unknown
pH. This problem will be fixed by eXe Learning media.
Figure 1. The composition of EDTA solution as function of pH
The design of this research was categorized as research and develop-ment of
education (R & D). Figure 2 presents the flow diagram of this research. Three main
stages are consisted of investigation, design, and realization and produce final
protype which is applied in class.
Figure 2. Flow ciagram of research

Symposium
3
This research was done in Chemistry Education Study Program of Universitas
Negeri Medan, Indonesia. The sample was the fourth semester students (teacher
candidates) who took two courses in Analytical Chemistry, namely class A and B
which each class consisted of 20 people. This research is also categorized as quasi-
experimental type since using Pretest-Posttest Control Group Design. Qualitative data
collection was obtained from standard questionnaire of National Education Standards
Agency (in Indonesian Badan Standar Nasional Pendidikan) meanwhile the
quantitative data collection was obtained from the test of learning outcomes and
the ability of student processes during the Analytical Chemistry practicum.
Technique of data analysis was done with several ways. First, the increasement
percentage of cognitive aspect which gained by chemistry teacher candidate is
analyzed by calculating N-gain of their learning outcomes (post-test value) which
given by:
(1)
and criterion of score:
a. Score (g) ≥ 0.70 := high,
b. Score 0.30 ≤ (g) ≥ 0.70 := intermediate, and
c. Score (g) > 0.30 := low.
Second, the effectivity of model is tested by using:
(2)
with Ho states there is no any difference of effectivity of model which given
in the class and the criterion of hypothesis testing as:
a.Ho is accepted when the value of effectivity ≤ 1.
b.Ho is rejected when the value of effectivity > 1.
Third, the effect of inquiry-based learning and eXe Learning towards science process
skill is stated by multiple regression model and tested by F-test to determine the
significant effect produced. Finally, the greatest coefficient which produced by model
shows the most significant affected aspect of science process skill. The multiple
regression model is given by:
(3)
where represents the post-test value, represents the i-th aspect of
science process skill with i = 1, 2, ..., n, represents coefficient of and
represents constant of model. The criterion of hypothesis testing for F-test is given
as:
a.Ho is accepted when the F-statistics ≤ F-table.

b.Ho is rejected when the F-statistics > F-table.
with Ho states that all independent variables have not any effect towards the
dependent variables. In another words, Ho states that whole aspect of science
process skill are not affected by the learning process which stated by students’ post-
test value.
Result and Discussion

eXe Learning (eLearning XHTML editor) media is an open source website-
based application which is used to create teaching materials using e-learning
applications. Teaching materials which compiled by eXe are arranged in a hierarchical
manner which correctly covers topics, sections and units. The arrangement will make
students easily understand the lesson. The varied type of questions in eXe may be
used to test student competency well. Figure 3 presents the interface of eXe Leaning
media. Using of this media is saving learning time and cost since students may acess
it in home.
Figure 3. Interface of eXe Learning media
In this section, we will discuss the result of data analysis following techniques
which was explained in previous section.
a. Increasement percentage of cognitive aspect

The students' cognitive aspect of Analytical Chemistry practicum in the topic
of complexometric titration was determined by using essay tests and student
worksheets. The score of post-test score and pre-test score which used is the average
of the post-test scores and the average pre-test score for each class. Figure 4
Symposium
3
presents the score comparison of students’ cognitive aspect in control class both pre
and post-test. By using equation (1), we may calculate the N-gain value for control
class is 0.7275. It means the conventional model may increase 72.75% students’
cognitive aspect. It is not quite satisfied since score below 75 in Universitas Negeri
Medan is failed.
Figure 4. Students’ cognitive aspect in control class
Figure 5 presents the score comparison of students’ cognitive aspect in

experiment class both pre and post-test. The N-gain value for the Experimental Class
is 0.7781. It means the increasement percentage of cognitive aspect is 77.81%. This
average score is above the minimum score to pass the lectures in Universitas Negeri
Medan.
Figure 5. Students’ cognitive aspect in experiment class
Based on the comparison of N-gain between control and experiment class,

then increasement percentage of cognitive aspect is reached by experiment class.
So, the implementation of inquiry-based learning with eXe Learning media affects
students’ cognitive in complexometric titration better than conventional learning.
Next subsection will describe the effective of model and its relation to science
process skill aspects.
b. The effectivity of model

The effectivity of model is tested by using (2) as follows.
Since 1.069 > 1, then according to the criterion of hypothesis testing, Ho is

rejected means there is different effect of model. Furthermore, the positive value
shows that better effect of model produced. Implicitly, the implementation of inquiry-
based learning with eXe Learning media is effective 6.9% greater than conventional
learning.
c. The effect of model towards science process skill

There are eight aspects of science process skill are respectively hypothezing,
planning experiment, observing, classifying, interpreting, applying concept, verbal
communicating and written communicating. By using SPSS version 22, we may have
the coefficient of regression model which stated in equation below.
(4)
where
:= Hypothezing,
:= Planning experiment,
:= Observing,
:= Classifying,
:= Interpreting,
:= Applying concept,
:= Verbal communicating, and
:= Written communicating.
Notice the coefficient of each variable represent the contribution of model to

the aspect of science process skill. Here, verbal communicating has the greatest
score (2.230) among others variables. In the reality, inquiry-based learning model
which has applied in class gave he opportunity to students work in their group and
find the matter by practicum such that they may communicate it directly to other
students. Furthermore, the value of R-square in this model is 0.7752 means 77.52%
Symposium
3
of students’ score is affected by the variables above. Figure 6 below present the
graph of data and model in sample. The model is not quite similar with real data but
it still can represent the data since it has same mean and variance.
Figure 6. Real data and model in sample
Table 1 below presents the ANOVA of data to execute the hypothesis testing.
By using table of F with df1=8 and df2=11, then for alpha=0.05, we have F-table =
2.95. Since F-statistics = 3.449, then by criterion of rejecting hypotesis in previous
section, Ho is rejected and Ha is accepted. It means all independent variables have
effect towards the dependent variable. Finally, it is proven that implementation of
inquiry-based learning which combined by eXe Learning media is able to improve
students’ science process skill in the topic of complexometric titration.
Table 1 ANOVA data

ANOVAa
Sum of
Model Squares df Mean Square F Sig.
1 Regression 1620.926 8 147.356 3,449 .003b
Residual 469.901 11 42,718
Total 2090.827 19
a. Dependent Variable: PoT_Cognitive
b. Predictors: (Constant), PoT_WrittenCommunicating,
PoT_PlanningExperiment, PoT_Interpreting, PoT_ApplyingConcept,
PoT_Hypothezing, PoT_Classifying, PoT_Observing, PoT_VerbalCommunicating
The last output in this section is used to prove the assumption of residual
(errors). Figure 7 presents the histogram of regression standardized residual from
equation (4). It is clearly seen that the histogram forms a bell shape although there
some of bars in the left are out from the line. Neverthless, this figure shows that the
assumption of normal error has been reached and the regression model may be
used in our case.
Figure 7. Histogram of residual
Conclusions
Inquiry-based learning which integrated with eXe media affects the science
process skill of chemistry teacher candidates, especially applying concept and
verbal communicating. N-gain score show that this model gives increasement
about 77.81% towards cognitive aspect of chemistry teacher candidates. This
result show that topic of complexation titration is being easier to be learned
by using inquiry-based learning which integrated with eXe media.
Conflicts of interest
There are no conflicts to declare.
Acknowledgements
The authors would like to thanks for Direktorat Riset dan Pengabdian
Masyarakat Direktorat Jenderal Penguatan Riset dan Pengembangan Kementerian
Riset, Teknologi, dan Pendidikan Tinggi Indonesia for funding this research.
Symposium
3
References
1Christian, G.D., Dasgupta, P.S., and Schug, K.,2013. Analytical chemistry seventh
edition, John Wiley and Sons.
2Harris, D.C. 2015. Quantitative chemical analysis ninth edition, W.H. Freeman
and Company.
3Jose, ,2015. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, 407, 8943-8944.
4Juniar, A., Manalu, L., and Masteriana, D., Development of guided inquiy-based
module on the topic of solubility and solubility product (ksp) in senior
high school, Advances in Social Science, Education and Humanities
Research, 2017a, 104, 70-73.
5Juniar, A., Pengaruh pelaksanaan praktikum terhadap kemampuan kognitif dan
keterampilan siswa SMK, Jurnal Penelitian Bidang Pendidikan, 2017b, 23(1), 1-
8.
6Juniar, A. And Mistryanto, P. Application of problem based learning and inquiry
learning model for improve study about food industry and plantation
analysis, The Proceeding of 3rd International Seminar on Education
and Technology (ISET), 2017c, 1, 794, (ISBN: 978-602-60991-1-2).
7Kovarik M.L., 2016. Use of primary literature in the undergraduate analytical
class, Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, 408, 3045–3049.
8Lawson, A.E. 2010. Teaching inuiry science in middle and intermediate
schools, SAGE Publications.
9Limatahu, I., Wasis, Sutoyo, S., Prahni, B.K., 2018. Development of CCDSR
teaching model to improve science process skills of pre-service physics
teachers, Journal of Baltic Science Education, 17, No. 5, Pp 817-820.
10Nworgu, L.N., and Otum, V.V., 2013. Effect of guided inquiry with instructional
strategy on students acquistion of science process skills, Journal of
Education and Practice, 4(27).
11Sen, C. and Vekli, G.S., 2016. The impact of inquiry-based instruction on
science process skills and self-efficacy perceptions of pre-service science
teachers at a University Level Biology Laboratory, Universal Journal of
Educational Research, 4(3), 603-612.
12Situmorang, M., Sinaga, M., Purba, J., Daulay, S.I., Simorangkir, M., Sitorus, M.,
and Sudrajat, A., 2018. Implementation of innovative chemistry learning
material with guided tasks to improve students’ competence, Journal of
Baltic Science Education, 17, No. 4, Pp 535 – 548.
13Skoog, A.D., West, M.D, and Holler, 1994. Analytical chemistry an introduction
ninth edition, Saunder College Publishing.
14Tanya, G., Burke, K.A., Mehta, A., and Greenbow, T.J., 2015. Impact of guided-
inquiry-based instruction with a writing and reflection emphasis on chemisty
students’ critical thinking abilities, Journal of Chemistry Education, 92(1),
32-38.
15Tawil and Liliasari, 2014. Keterampilan-keterampilan Sains dan Implementasinya
dalam Pembelajaran IPA.
16Valcarcel, Quo vadis analytical chemistry, 2016. Analytical and Bioanalytical
Chemistry, 408, 13-21.
Symposium
3
The Identity of Tradition in art Creation

(Dialectics In The Change of Era)
Zulkifli*, Nurwani, dan Ilham Rifandi
Faculty of Languages and Arts University of Medan
Jl. Willem Iskandar, Ps. V, Medan 20221, Indonesia
*zulkiflifbs@unimed.ac.id
Abstract
Every society and nation needs an identity, including a nation that has
developed its civilization. This is done to strengthen cultural resilience, and at the
same time as a counterweight to the dominance of global culture. The relevant
identities used are those based on traditional culture. The identity of tradition in the
creation of art works has often been expressed by artists, which gave birth to different
nuances and impacts in the dynamics of changing times. This article examines how
traditional identities can be expressed / preserved in the creation of art. This study
uses descriptive-qualitative methods, with ATUMICS and conservation approaches.
Data was collected through literature study (visual reference), observation, and
documentation. Based on the results of the study, it can be conluded: 1) Traditional
identity is generally preserved dynamically; 2) Traditional identity gives added value /
new to the work of art; and 3) Traditional identity supports cultural resilience.Every
society and nation needs an identity, including a nation that has developed its
civilization. This is done to strengthen cultural resilience, and at the same time as a
counterweight to the dominance of global culture. The relevant identities used are
those based on traditional culture. The identity of tradition in the creation of art
works has often been expressed by artists, which gave birth to different nuances and
impacts in the dynamics of changing times. This article examines how traditional
identities can be expressed / preserved in the creation of art. This study uses
descriptive-qualitative methods, with ATUMICS and conservation approaches. Data
was collected through literature study (visual reference), observation, and
documentation. Based on the results of the study, it can be conluded: 1) Traditional
identity is generally preserved dynamically; 2) Traditional identity gives added value /
new to the work of art; and 3) Traditional identity supports cultural resilience.
Keywords: tradition identity, arts, dialectics, change of era

Introduction
The creation of art is always based on a concept of creation. The concept of
creation is an expression of an artist's interest in something, based on dialogue or
monologue he does, so that the concept becomes whole and meaningful. One of
the concepts of creation examined in this article is one based on traditional identity.
In this increasingly sophisticated era in the era of the industrial revolution 4.0,
people continue to discuss traditional identity even more in the world of art, which
has passed the age of the influences of Western modern art and aesthetics. It should
be so that the development of art does not break the chains of the past. The past
that is inherited is an identity that can strengthen the identity of a nation. The future
is an inspiring past (tradition) (Zulkifli, 2018: 1). The following explains how the
identity of tradition is related to plurality and multiculturalism, and how the
expression of traditional identity should be in the creation of art.
1. Identity of Tradition
Identity in general can be understood as self-reflection or the reflection of
the community related to the perception of others or other people understand it
(Stella Ting Toomey, 2020). Identity is also related to identity as a nation, which
distinguishes it from other nations. Every society and nation needs an identity,
including a large nation that is well established in various ways. A simple example
can be seen through art products in the form of souvenirs, iconic media that
communicates a place to tourists. The shape of the telephone box or red mailbox
has become an icon of the City of London (England). Likewise with the shape of the
bus and taxis, as well as various forms of architectural and other cultural attributes.
Another example is the legend of a missing child who was finally discovered while
urinating which has also become an icon of the City of Brussels (Belgium). This
legend is manifested in the form of sculptures and souvenirs "Manneken Pis". These
two iconic examples are identities that are consistently maintained by the community.
Consistency is a terminology that is parallel with identity (Muh. Ariffudin, 2020).
To support the cultural resilience of a society, it should be built on a
tradition-based identity, including traditional arts. The importance of preserving
traditional arts, both in the form of preservation or conservation. Preservation is an
effort to maintain, care for and protect cultural traditions, while conservation is more
about preserving through its development process (Dharsono, 2018: 18). Preservation
of traditional identity creatively is more relevant and more productive through
Symposium
3
conservation efforts. Preservation of the identity of tradition in art creation has often
been revealed by artists, which in its dialectical process has given birth to different
nuances and impacts in the dynamics of era change.
Until recently, traditional identity has been used as a vehicle for various
nations to build their national identity. This is also done to counter or balance the
dominance of global culture, whose impact is so strong that it obscures the local
cultural identity (tradition). Developing traditions in the context of new life is a
national target of many countries. At present, every community and nation feels
challenged to strengthen their identity through efforts to transform and revitalize
traditional culture (Brynjulf Alver in Adhi Nugraha, 2019).
Based on the explanation above, the notion of traditional identity in the
creation of art is related to various aspects of the past, present and future. How to
preserve the traditional identity of the past, how to assign added value or new value
to the identity of tradition in the context of era change, and how the traditional
identity supports the future culture.
2. Identity and Plurality
In the current era of world openness, identity is certainly not understood
in a narrow perspective, as is the understanding of traditional identity. The mobility
and movement of people from one place to another, and across countries is so
massive. It is not uncommon for a family to have a dual cultural (traditional) identity
because of the marriage of parents or family of different ethnicities. Moreover,
urbanites live in heterogeneous environments with a plurality of traditional cultures.
Therefore, the identity that is built in order to strengthen the identity of a
community based on traditional values should remain in the framework of living side
by side with the surrounding community. The development of traditional identity
must be harmonized with the plurality of cultures around it. This is related to the
latent potential it contains, where the heterogeneous nature of society with its
cultural plurality also has the potential to cause social conflict (Bambang Rustanto,
2015: 39-40). Relevant to this, the approach offered is a multiculturalism approach.
Multiculturalism is a view and attitude that emphasizes the acceptance of
cultural diversity with various traditional identities, which are different from each other
and can be distinguished from one another (Agus Burhan, 2018: 1). This concept is in line
with the concept of "Bhinneka Tunggal Ika," which means different but still united. In the
recent development of art, with strong awareness of multicultural reality, many artists,
especially contemporary artists, work by incorporating various cross-cultural elements

without losing their own cultural identity. This is a choice of work, according to the
concept of each artist. That means artists integrate and carry out dialectical processes
based on cultural plurality, and harmonize the concept of art creation with the
dynamics of era change. The dialectical process in essence is how to harmonize efforts
to build traditional identity with existing plurality as a reality.
3. Tradition Identity in Art Creation
The essence of preserving traditional identity is to develop it continuously
in harmony with the dynamics of era change (Adhi Nugraha, 2019). This development
is carried out through conservation efforts, developing it by giving added value or
new value to the intended identity. This effort has a broad impact, namely on the
value of tradition and its development work. The creation of artworks based on
traditional values will be able to preserve the values of the traditions. This value is
revealed in the physical-material form, and also in the non-physical form. In addition,
the creation of tradition-based works of art also gives new value to the work of
creation. This new value is an identity that is maintained as the identity of artists and
their communities. In general, it will give birth to cultural resilience where traditional
identity will continue to develop because it has a strategic place in the creative
exploration of artists. Great nation is a nation that has cultural resilience, has a strong
identity, so that it is not easily swayed by the strength of external influences.’
The traditional culture of a society must have elements. One of these elements
can be transformed in the creation of art and already have contributed to the preservation
of tradition. Besides artifacts or whole forms, traditional arts have elements of form,
material, cultivation techniques, functions, icons, and concepts (Adhi Nugraha, 2019).
The traditional expression in the creation of open art is developed in modern
or contemporary aesthetic concepts. Modern aesthetics tend to represent forming
values. In the world of fine arts, for example, it is visible starting from the development
of patterns or impressionist streams to various abstract forms, expressionism that
represents the inner world, and surrealism that questions the nature of representation
itself (Bambang Sugiharto, 2002; Agus Burhan, 2018: 4). Conversely, contemporary
aesthetics tend to present concepts or ideas that are more communicative and
productive in impact because they have a shock power with contradictory content.
Contemporary aesthetics are expressed in satirical language on various issues. In practice,
it also often expresses eclectic elements of tradition, in a parody or irony tone, which no
Symposium
3
longer merely displays a hybrid form of the representation of the value of a valuable
tradition or the majesty of local genius traditions (Agus Burhan, 2018: 4, 2).
The aesthetic concept and method of creation are choices for artists. The
world of art does not recognize the word obsolete for a model of past work unlike
science which is progressive and always leaves the past. The development of art that
is etched in the passage of time can be displayed in the same event. Traditional art
can be developed and expressed in modern or contemporary aesthetic models.
Disclosure of traditional identity in the creation of art in a modern or
contemporary aesthetic should be through a deep introduction of the work of the
reference tradition, considering that traditional art is a communal expression that has
some sacred value and is glorified by the community. Traditional art is also based on
philosophical values and is related to the theological and cosmological views of its
people. Therefore, traditional works of art have their own aura, which does not exist
in modern or contemporary art (Walter Benjamin in Christopher P. Long, 2001: 91-92).
When traditional art is expressed in a new creation, it will certainly be
uprooted from its roots and will surely lose its aura. This is a logical consequence. What
can be maintained is the character of tradition. Therefore, the efforts made are through
creative exploration to maintain the character and value of tradition. This effort is the
opposite of destructive exploitation which not only removes the aura of tradition, but
also the characteristics and values of tradition. The latter is what artists must avoid. The
limits may be thin, gray, and may not be felt. However, when the artist realizes that he
no longer retains the characteristics and values of tradition, he must change course to
make improvements. More details are displayed in the following chart.
Kehilangan aura tradisi, tetapi masih

mempertahankan karakteristik dan nilai tradisi
has aura of
tradition
EXPLORATION Form of Creation
Art of Tradition
EXPLOITATION
Form of Destruction
Loses its aura of tradition and no longer maintains the characteristics and th
Figure: Explotaion in the preservation of tradition identity

Another effort that can guide artists in carrying out creative exploration is to
always refer to primary references. Every new development effort must refer to the
first reference, so that the artist does not lose track of past traditions. When the
reference referred to is something that has already been developed before from the
characteristics of tradition, surely the new work of creation will give birth to
superficial meanings. This is because artists do not know much and do not learn
more fully the tradition of reference that becomes the reference.
Methodology
In accordance with its characteristics, this study used qualitative methods.
This method was developed by formulating the ATUMICS method that was
previously developed by Adhi Nugraha and the Dharsono conservation method. The
ATUMICS method describes how the transformation of tradition can be developed
based on its elements: artifacts, techniques, utilities, materials, icons, concepts, and
shapes (Adhi Nugraha, 2019). The conservation method is one of the approaches in
preserving tradition (Dharsono, 2018: 18-19).
Data collection was done through literature studies (visual references), interviews,
observations and documentation. Data were analyzed through a descriptive-qualitative
approach, with an emphasis on the appreciative aspect. The focus of the discussion is
how and how far traditional identity can be expressed in the exploration of the creation
of works of art, both in the form of representation of values, and in the presentation of
an idea. Due to the exploration of the work of art that has been studied is related to
several aspects in the passage of time, past and present context, this study examines the
dialectical process in accordance with the dynamics of era change.
Findings and Discussion

As the problem examined in this article, the results and discussion are explained
based on several aspects, namely: 1) the dynamics of the form of disclosure of
traditional identity, 2) the added value or new value born from the creation of works,
and 3) cultural resilience as the impact of both things in on. Discussion works are taken
from various sources, which generally are the result of creative research conducted by
artists. The works referred to include two-dimensional and three-dimensional words (fine
art and applied art) as well as performance art works that synergize motion / dance,
music, drama and literature. Next discussed one by one in detail.
Symposium
3
1 2 3 4
Pictures: 1) Painting art; 2) Sigale-gale robot; 3) Cobekan design; and 4) Performing

arts, including dance, music, literature and drama
1. Dynamic Identity
Based on some of the works discussed, the first is paintings. The identity of
the tradition that is revealed in the discussion of the art of painting is mainly from the
element of form, which at the same time is also an iconic element. The identity of this
traditional form was developed from the Batak and Nias (Indonesian) ethnicities. Taken
from the Batak ethnicity is a form of lizard called boras pati was once declared as a
symbol of protection from danger, and gives good luck and wealth to humans. The
other one is the form Tunggal Panaluan, which is a symbol of the greatness of the Datu
or Traditional Batak leaders of the past. From the ethnic Nias, the form developed was in
the form of reliefs in the form of monkeys called "nio-bae", which traditionally were
placed at the top of Nias traditional houses (omo zebua). The other one is the form of a
statue called "Sarambia Adu", a symbol of a mother who has done all the traditional
rituals in his life. Its development is done through the representation of the forming
value by processing the elements and principles of art. The elements of this traditional
form are also icons of the traditional Batak and Nias traditions.
As a logical consequence of two dimensional artworks, of course the
material elements, cultivation techniques, and functions are far different. However, in
terms of artifact form and concept, the creation is developed in new expressions.
Traditional identity is developed dynamically through conservation efforts, namely
preserving it in an exploratory form of expression. In general, the process of creating
works is also realized through creative exploration based on primary sources, and still
shows the characteristics and values of tradition.
The second discussion is a three-dimensional work of art in the form of a
robot statue. In line with the development of robotics technology in the era of RI 4.0,
creators are also challenged to develop traditional products. Traditionally this product is
a wooden doll sculpture called "sigale-gale", a cathartic symbol for the Batak people of
old. In its development, some elements of tradition that are explicitly seen are artifacts
and contextual form elements. The contextual fun is for relationships, the adjustment of
the function of his past life as an entertainer to the king or family who is grieving in the
absence of a boy. What stands out from the exploration effort is in terms of material
and grappling techniques, namely using electronic devices. The creation of this work
maintains "sigale-gale" as an icon of the Batak tradition, in line with the application of the
concept elements as expressions of consolation.
The creation of this work clearly refers to the primary source, the sigale-
gale of the past. Its development is carried out in a conservation manner, mainly
through exploration of materials and creation techniques. This can be stated as an
effort to maintain traditional identity dynamically. Even though some of the elements
have been transformed according to the times, they still portray the identity of the
Batak ethnic group, as an iconic element.
The third discussion is a work of art that promotes the tradition or culture of
mourning from the Minang Kabau area (Indonesia), and transforming it into a Ratok Lareh
Pangulu dance (performance) work of art. This lamenting tradition was expressed in the
ritual of sadness due to the death of the headmen. This lament is expressed by expressions
of body movements, and is accompanied by a melody. Because the tradition of lamenting is
no longer done as before, the artwork is transformed into a performance art.
The traditional identity revealed in the creation of the performing arts is
mainly in the form of artifacts or overall forms because the process is carried out
through reconstructive processes. The other element is in the terms of form, material
in the form of performance property and contextual cultivation techniques. The
function element must have changed because it was conceptualized as a
performance, but it still remained an icon of the Minang Kabau traditional identity.
The identity of this tradition is dynamically preserved through conservation efforts,
namely displaying it in a new form according to changing times. Apart from the pros
and cons of the community against the tradition of lamenting the past, because it is
related to the creed of some people, certainly this new form of creation has been
performed in various cities by artists, including overseas.
2. Added Value of the Creation
Contrary to the identity carried by elements of tradition, added value is
the quality revealed in innovative new works. The traditional identity in the painting
Symposium
3
of art above gives added value to several aspects through the developed elements.
Since this work is expressed based on the tendency of the concept of modern
aesthetics, which represents the value of the formation, in general the added value
is in the form of the entire work (artifact). In this case, works created by Medan artists
express their identity as the identity of their people, even though they are expressed
in a common style and format. Obviously this work is different from the work of
other artists from various regions in Indonesia or the world. This difference
strengthens its originality, with added value obtained through the transformation of
elements of tradition. Modern art is usually claimed as belonging to the West
because its movements and developments are considered to take place in Western
Europe to North America. With this effort to transform traditional values, it certainly
gives a new spirit and aura to Medan (Indonesia) painting art.
The following work is a product of cooking equipment design or kitchen
equipment called "cobekan". Traditionally "cobekan" is made of stone or wood, in
the form of slabs and the center is made concave for functional purposes. This pair
of tools is a stirrer or grinder made of the same material. The added value of
traditional products that have been transformed into modern is so significant. This
added value includes technical and aesthetic aspects. Technically, this tool has been
prepared in one package so that it is not separate, and more practical. Aesthetically
very elegant, designed in a clean and minimalist form. The cultivation technique is
supported by the use of modern technology, so that precision shapes and sizes are
considered. Although it has been transformed into modern, the nuances of tradition
are still strong, and that is what adds value to the new products.
The traditional identity in this product serves as a marker of the identity of
the people themselves, supported by material elements and functions, which have
been developed in accordance with the existing potential. The material has been
equipped with metal and rubber materials for several purposes, and its function is
not solely as equipment in the kitchen but also as souvenirs and display objects. It is
certain that the steadfast value was born from the transformation of traditional
elements, namely in the form of artifacts, forms, materials, and others that are
contextually adjusted. Many cookware products are manufactured by factories,
which can be used practically with electrical power, but are felt unattractive.
Because of the quality of a product, what else is categorized as an art object is not
measured by the level of practicability. Because of the added value with the
nuances of tradition, this product can appear as a display, which contrasts with the
existence of its past which is always hidden.
New value as added value is also prominent in the performance art work
discussed in this article. Starting from the culture of wailing to the people of
Minangkabau (Indonesia), then based on the creative exploration of the artists,
innovative artworks are born. The added value of this new work is due to innovations
that are based on values and elements of tradition. Culture of wailing is rarely done
now and may become extinct and will not be known by future generations. However,
by transforming it into performance art, the present and future generations can still see
it throughthe concept of the show. There are many elements of tradition that can be
preserved in it, namely the form of dance, music, literature, and drama as a whole.
This is an identity and at the same time an asset that the community and regional
government can be proud of.
3. Cultural Resilience
Both of the above, the identity of traditions, that can be preserved and
works of art that have added value will create cultural resilience. Every society and
nation lives and develops in the passage of time. In each period in its path the
eternal history of art created by artists will be engraved. Every work created is not
born from a social vacuum, but is born from the dialectical dynamics of a process
that has been initiated by its predecessor. Traditional works of art as a forerunner
and new works that were born later should be able to be synergized. With these two
things, a society or nation will have cultural resilience.
In the discussion works, we can see aspects and values that support
cultural resilience. In the art of painting which is purely a two-dimensional art is
trying to preserve the elements of Batak culture (Boras Pati and Tunggal Panaluan)
and elements of Nias culture (Nio-Bae and AduSsarambia ). These elements of
traditional culture are difficult to expect to survive into future generations if they are
not transformed into innovative new works of art. In this way the traditional identity
can be preserved and at the same time will support cultural survival. Although the
shape of the new creation has changed, but its characteristics can still be
maintained. These characteristics provide added value, so that the new work has a
spirit with a clear identity.
The same thing happens to the work of three-dimensional robot Sigale-gale
and cooking equipment. Due to the change or era, it is difficult to hope that these two
Symposium
3
forms of product can survive. However, technology can help it adjust to current
conditions. When the sigale-gale form can be transformed into an electric robot, and
its characteristics can be maintained, surely one of the elements of the past culture
can be saved, and the cultural resilience of the community will be created. Likewise
with cooking utensils, where most of the characteristics of acrylic society usually use
tools made of wood and stone, and function manually with human hands. The shape
of this equipment used to be unattractive, just functional, now it is designed to be
attractive and exclusive, so that its function exceeds a product to use. Both of these
products succeed in combining tradition with modernization, which gives birth to works
with a strong identity that supports cultural resilience.
Performing arts from wailing culture are also very supportive of cultural
resilience. When the customary government structure is no longer strong, various
aspects of cultural arts that accompany it will certainly also potentially disappear.
The culture of wailing is related to the leadership structure of the prince in Nagari
Minang Kabau, which the community has begun to abandon because it is considered
irrelevant to changing era. Therefore, it is worth appreciating the efforts of artists to
make creative transformations into performance art. Without this effort, wailing
culture will not be known by future generations. With the existence of this form of
preservation that supports cultural resilience, where the community and local
governments still have the wealth of tradition as a very valuable identity.
The wailing culture-based performance art is a collaboration of several forms
of traditional art, dance, music, literature, and drama. These traditional art forms can
balance global cultural dominance. Global culture is a uniform culture that has no
identity, other than its global identity. Therefore, it needs to be balanced with
traditional culture which can be renewed at any time through creative and
innovative development. Efforts to continually renew tradition by not eliminating its
characteristics and noble values will create cultural resilience.
Conclusion
Based on the results of the study and discussion above it can be concluded:
1) Traditional identity is generally preserved dynamically, namely through an
exploration process carried out creatively by artists, through a dialectical process in
the dynamics of era change; 2) Traditional identity gives added value / new value to
the work of art, so that the work produced has a spirit of strong identity; and 3) The
traditional identity and the added value it generates support cultural resilience. From
various elements of tradition, if one of them can be developed, it means that it has
contributed to the development of tradition.
References
Zulkifli, “Sadantiang di Era ri 4.0: Masa Depan Adalah Masa Lalu yang Inspiratif”,
Makalah Seminar Seni Rupa dan Desain di UNP Padang, 2018.
Stella Ting Toomey, “Identitas”, dalam https://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Identitas (17
Februari 2020).
Muh. Ariffudin, “Konsistensi Identitas Visual: Kajian Viasul Branding Media
Publikasi Borobudur” dalam
https://jurnal.stmikasia.ac.id/index.php/jeskovsia/article/ view/329 (17
Februari 2020).
Dharsono, “Indonesia Masa Depan Adalah Indonesia Masa Lalu yang
Kreatif”, Prosiding Seminar Nasional Seni Rupa di Unimed, Medan, 2018.
Adhi Nugraha, “Transformasi Tradisi: Aplikasi Metoda ATUMICS dalam
Pengembangan Kekayaan Seni dan Desain Nusantara“, Slide Presentasi
Seminar Nasional Seni Rupa “Unoflatu” di Universitas Maranatha Bandung,
2019.
Bambang Rustanto, Masyarakat Multikultur di Indonesia, Bandung: Remaja Rosda
karya, 2015
Agus Burhan, “Seni Rupa Kontemporer Indonesia dan Multikuturalisme:
Keberagaman dan Kontradiksi Satiris”, Prosiding Seminar Nasional Seni
Rupa di Unimed, Medan, 2018.
Bambang Sugiharto, Post Modernisme: Tantangan Bagi Filsafat, Yogyakarta: Penerbit
Kanisius, 2002.
Christopher P. Long, “Art's Fateful Hour: Benjamin, Heidegger, Art and Politics”,
dalam: New German Critique, No. 83, Special Issue on Walter Benjamin,
Spring-Summer, 2001.
Sources of Pictures:
Seni Lukis, Zulkifli (2018 dan 2019)
Robot sigale-gale https://www.google.com/search?q=sigale+gale+robot&safe=strict&
source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwjFzvnd0djnAhW0zzgGHcmWBHYQ
_AUoAXoECAoQAw#imgrc=dELpjSxB4RZRmM (17 Februari 2020)
Cobekan, Adhi Nugraha (2019)
Seni pertunjukan, Nurwani (2019)
Symposium
3
A new latent fingerprint method using natural powder purple

sweet potato (Ipomoea batatas L. Poiret)
Sri Adelila Sari, Yudika Sinaga, Jasmidi, Mahmud and Tita Juwitaningsih
Department of Chemistry , State University of Medan-North Sumatera, INDONESIA
Tel : + 6285207783131, email : sriadelilasari@unimed.ac.id/adelila@gmail.com
Abstract
Fingerprint is one of human identity which cannot be changed or changed. In
addition, it is also from a fingerprint that someone can be recognized. Several
development methods can visualize latent fingerprints using natural ingredients. This
study was aimed to develop the purple sweet potato powder method as a
visualization of latent fingerprints. The purple sweet potato powder method was
developed on five media, namely: aluminum foil, transparent plastic, plastic cups,
CDs, and white paper. The development was carried out on a purple sweet potato
tuber by applying purple sweet potato powder to a media that previously had the
sebum content of a fingerprint. Purple sweet potato powder used were several kind
of sizes between 60 to 200 mesh. This research was carried out in the INAFIS regional
police laboratory. The results of fingerprint purple sweet potato powder was formed
brownish purple and with clear color contrast at sizes 100 and 200 mesh. The shape
of the fingerprint pattern obtained from the sample has the following patterns: radial
loop (11.6%), ulnair loop (44.1%), plain whorl (33.3%) twinted loop and arch (0.8%).
In this method visualization was clearly visible on the surface of aluminum foil and
CD. The results of the determination of latent fingerprint visualization between tribes
and blood groups were the most common patterns found are ulnair loop fingerprint
patterns.
Keywords: Latent fingerprint, natural powder, and purple sweet potato
Introduction
Forensic identification is an effort made with the aim of helping investigators
determine a person's identity. Determination of the identity of the victim as well as
the determination of the identity of the suspect of the crime is the most important
part of the investigation. Identification can be done in three ways: visual (relatives or
acquaintances seeing the body); detailed data (for example, ante-mortem data that
matches the information collected during autopsy and other situational information)
and scientifically or objectively (for example, dental examination, fingerprints, or
DNA). Identification is not absolute based on the order above; if the continuation of
the identification process becomes more difficult, the next method is taken. Where
possible, visual identification must be supplemented by one of two other methods1.
Some of the materials used as a way to find out fingerprints are chemicals which
always potentially toxic and harmful to health. To overcome this, several studies
have been carried out to use natural powders as the development of latent
fingerprints that are easily obtained, non-toxic and many properties (Sari, 2019a).
Therefore, this study was conducted a visualization study of latent fingerprints using
purple sweet potato. The simplest way to identify fingerprints was to use a dusting
fingerprint method. This method was used if the suspect's fingerprints are visible to
the naked eye or commonly called "visible fingerprints"2.
Identification of latent fingerprints using the powder method using natural
ingredients has previously been done by several researchers. A study conducted a
visualization study of latent fingerprints using herbal ingredients namely turmeric
(Curcuma longa)3. It also has been identified latent fingerprints with gambir powder,
the result of good visualization of the powder method carried out at sizes 100 and
200 mesh4. A finding from study on visualizing latent fingerprints using rangoli
coloring was in each development on various media differed in the time of
development. Initially after drying the sample is good on every surface but then on
the ridge it is not clear depending on the surface. Obviously every mold developed
is of good quality and easy to analyze5. A new technique used to visualize latent
fingerprints by the method of powder pulverization on various surfaces. Visualization
using turmeric powder from herbal plants (Curcuma longa), turmeric powder used as
the development of latent fingerprint visualization provides contrast printing on the
surface and gives good results for developing latent fingerprints6.
Therefore, this study was carried out using purple sweet potato powder due
to it has a contrasting color as a natural coloring agent. Purple sweet potato is one
type of sweet potato that is commonly found in Indonesia besides the white, yellow,
and purple ones7. Purple sweet potato of Ipomoea batatas L. Poir has a fairly deep
purple color on the flesh of the sweet potato, so it attracts a lot of attention. The
purple color in sweet potatoes is caused by the presence of anthocyanin purple
Symposium
3
pigments that spread from the skin to the flesh of the sweet potato. This
anthocyanin concentration causes several types of purple sweet potatoes to have
different shades of purple8. Based on the background mentioned above, then the
problem formulation in this study was how to develop purple sweet potato powder
method as a visualization of latent fingerprints on porous and non-porous surfaces?
The benefit of this research was as an alternative material to identify latent
fingerprints from tubers and non-toxic.
Literature Review
Fingerprints
Fingerprints are actually thickened and thinned skin forming a "ridge" on the
palm of a finger that forms a patter. Fingerprints will not disappear until a person
dies and rot, scratches or cuts usually when the skin changes will form the same
pattern, however fingerprints can be damaged because the skin is affected by severe
burns9. Fingerprints are a unique thing given by God to every human being10.
Everyone's fingerprints will be different and never the same. This makes fingerprints
often used in biometric technology. Another advantage of fingerprints is the
practicality and durability. Fingerprint is the result of printing fingerprints, either taken,
dipped in ink, or used marks left on an object because it was once touched with the
skin of the palm of the hand or foot11.
Latent fingerprints are deposits of water, fat, and the results of secretions on
a surface. Latent fingerprints are invisible even though there are actually fingerprint
patterns on the surface. Therefore it is necessary to have a material or compound
that is able to visualize latent fingerprints so that fingerprint strokes are clearly visible
on a surface. Many materials can be used to visualize latent fingerprints, but the
material used is adapted to the conditions or shape of the surface on which latent
fingerprints are attached12. Characteristics of fingerprints used are fingerprint strokes
that can be identified by analyzing the details of fingerprint strokes called "minutiae".
The characteristics of the fingerprint pattern can be in the form of curvature, number
of lines, feature vectors, etc.13.
The fingerprint distortion was divided into five categories, namely: oily, dry,
dirty, partially cut off, and rotation). The researcher reexamined the type of image
quality distortion (dry, oily, dirty, and neutral). In general, fingerprint quality depends
on ridge cleanliness/ clarity separated by valley. A fingerprint image can change due
to several reasons by environmental conditions, such as temperature, humidity and

pressure14. Fingerprint quality depended on the condition of the skin 15. A study of
fingerprint visualization based on sex and blood type, loops were the most
commonly found fingerprint patterns and arches16.
The simplest way to remove fingerprints is by dusting (powder sprinkling). This
method is usually used on latent or visible fingerprints with the naked eye. Latent
fingerprints usually stick to aluminum plates, paper, or wood surfaces. If any mold
appears, they are photographed and then removed from the surface with adhesive
tape. Revocation of the recording is then placed on a latent lift card to preserve
print17. The working principle of finger picking is the interaction or attachment of the
powder mechanically with the latent fingerprint component (water and fat) on a
surface. The mechanism for attaching powder to a fingerprint can occur through two
mechanisms. The first mechanism, the attachment of the powder base material is
inert to fingerprint fat deposits. The second mechanism is the process of dissolving
fingerprint deposit components with certain compounds to produce color changes18.
Purple Sweet Potato
Purple sweet potato powder (Ipomoea Batatas L. Poiret) is shown in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Purple sweet potato
Purple sweet potato is one type of sweet potato that has received a lot of
attention lately. Purple sweet potato has skins and flesh of tubers that are blackish
purple (deep purple) and reddish purple caused by anthocyanin pigments19.
Anthocyanin in purple sweet potato has antioxidant activity. The difference in
antioxidant activity in red and red sweet potatoes is in the type of color. In red sweet
potato found dominant is pelargonidin-3-routineoside-5-glucoside type, while in
purple sweet potato is anthocyanin and peonidin glycoside which have stronger
antioxidant activity.
Symposium
3
Thus, purple sweet potato has great potential as a source of natural antioxidants
and at the same time as a natural purple dye. Anthocyanin is water soluble and safe
for consumption, so it is generally used as a natural coloring for food and beverage
products20. Purple sweet potato also functions as an antioxidant and free radical
scavenger because it has high anthocinin. Besides anthocyanin plays a role in
preventing premature aging and degenerative diseases such as atherosclerosis and
cancer. Anthocyanins in purple sweet potato also act as antimutagenic and
anticarcinogenic, prevent interference with liver function, anti-hypertension, reduce
blood sugar levels and total blood cholesterol, improve memory, anti-inflammation
and anti-microbial21. Purple pigment in purple sweet potato (anthocyanin) which will
react with sweat so that the results of the latent fingerprint visualization with this
powder method are purple. Figure 2 is a reaction between anthocyanin compounds in
purple sweet potato with amino acids found in sweat.
R1
OH
B O
HO O H
R
A C 2 + C C OH
O-R3
H2N
OH CH3
- H2O
O
R1
H H
N CC OH
B
HO O CH3
A C R2
O-R3
OH
Figure 2. The reaction between anthocyanin and alanine
Experimental
This research was conducted at the North Sumatra Police Directorate General
of Criminal Sciences Laboratory (INAFIS) Medan, North Sumatera, Indonesia.
Tools and Materials
The tools used in this study were: lumping and pestle, sieve (Sieve Stell),
powder container (GM), bottle bottle, feather duster (sirchie), ballpoint (standard),
gloves (sensi), white A4 paper (white paper) paper one), measuring flask (Iwaki), watch
glass (Iwaki), beaker glass (Iwaki), measuring cup (Iwaki), and magnifying glass (Joy-Art).
While the materials used are purple sweet potato, aluminum foil (Dzworld), plastic
cups, compact disks (Sony), and transparent plastic sheets (Doremi).
Population and Research Samples

The population of this study was all students of the Department of Chemistry,
Chemistry Study Program, Medan State University. Latent fingerprint samples were
tested come from several individuals those who had the following criteria: i) several
terms; ii) the blood type of chemistry study program students were from 2016 to
2018 intakes.
Development of Latent Fingerprints with the Powder Method
Latent fingerprints were prepared on each porous surface (white A4 paper) and non-
porous surface (aluminum foil, glass cup, plastic cup, transparent plastic sheet, CD
surface). Each fingerprint was applied a little purple sweet potato powder with a
brush. Using a unidirectional pattern, wipe the brush over the mold so that latent
print has appeared on the surface of the object.
Making Purple Sweet Potato Powder
A total of 500 grams of sweet potato powder was selected and washed, then peeled
and cut into small pieces. Then it was dried at room temperature for 2 days and
blended until smooth with sizes 60, 80,100 and 200 mesh. After that, purple sweet
potato powder was sifted and placed in a powder container (Rezki, et al., 2015).
Latent Fingerprint Preparation & Examination
The method used was latent fingerprints prepared on each porous surface (white A4
paper) and surfaces that are non-porous (aluminum foil, glass cup, plastic cup,
transparent plastic sheet, CD surface). The results of the development of latent
fingerprints that have been seen, checked by identification manually and using a
magnifying glass to determine the shape of the fingerprints formed, print contrast on
the surface, the resistance of the test material to the length of the test time22.
Results and Discussion

Preparation of Purple Sweet Potato Powder
A 1 kg of purple sweet potatoes was selected and washed thoroughly. Then
the skin was peeled and sliced into small pieces. Then dried in the room at room
temperature or aerated for three days. After drying, it was mashed to produce purple
sweet potato powder. Purple sweet potato powder was sieved with a size of 60, 80,
100 and 200 mesh and then placed in each container. This is shown in Figure 3.
Symposium
3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Figure 3. Purple sweet potato powder from the sieve: (a) 60; (b) 80; (c) 100 and
(d) 200 mesh
The results of the purple sweet potato powder sieve were physically
brownish-purple, 200-100-mesh sweet potato powder was very fine. Purple sweet
potato powder size 80 was quite smooth. Another thing on the 60 mesh powder
sieve was a little rough. Purple sweet potato powder in the container was put silica
to keep it dry and odorless. Drying was not done in the sun or oven because drying
in the oven can occur biochemical changes, thereby reducing the quality of the
product to be produced. Meanwhile, if drying with sunlight will cause damage to the
chemical content of the dried material23.
Results of Development of Purple Sweet Potato Powder Method
Fingerprints containing sweat were printed on each surface of the media that
has been provided and then developed with the purple potato powder method. The
powder method was done by applying the sweet potato powder evenly on a sweat-
filled surface. To collect sweat prints, subjects were first asked the right thumb to
touch the scalp and rub it. So that, sweat could be applied to the fingers and
applied to various subtractions/surfaces 24. Visualization results of latent fingerprints
that were good with the application of powder to the mold by brushing techniques
easily and simply using a brush. The brush polishes purple sweet potato powder
slowly and in a direction so as not to damage the ridge/line characteristics of the
fingerprint25.
Analysis of Latent Fingerprints based on Differences in Mesh Size
The development of latent fingerprints using purple sweet potato powder
was not all clearly visible. Because the latent fingerprint visualization uses the
powder with a variety of mesh sizes namely 60, 80, 100 and 200 mesh. The
difference using several mesh sizes is shown in Figure 3 below:
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Figure 3. Visualization of latent fingerprints using purple sweet potato powder on

aluminum foil at sizes: (a) 60; (b) 80; (c) 100 and (d) 200 mesh.
Figure 3 shows the results of the latent fingerprint visualization using purple
sweet potato powder. Smaller powder particles would have better adhesion ability
than larger particle sizes. Figures 3(c) and 3(d) were the result of visualization of
latent fingerprints with powder sizes of 100 and 200 mesh forming an ulnair loop
pattern. A visualization study of latent fingerprints using a mixture of silica gel
(primary) and hydrated magnesium silicate (minor) and briliant blue R, the particle
size used as a powder was 100-200 mesh26. It has been examined that nano particle
size with particle size from 400-500 nm and powder micro particles with particle size
around 27 μm can be used as fingerprint development powder 27. Anthocyanins in
the sweet purple potato that react with alanine caused visualization of the latent
purple fingerprints in the purple powder method. The anthocyanin reaction with
alanine is shown in Figure 4.
R1
OH
O
B
HO O H
R
A C 2 + C C OH
H2N
O-R3
OH CH3
- H2O
O
R1
H H
N C C OH
B
HO O CH3
A C R2
O-R3
OH
Figure 4. The reaction between Anthocyanin and the amino acid alanine
Symposium
3
Anthocyanins act with the amino acid alanine which produces a purple color
from anthocyanin to purple on fingerprints because alanine electrons attack the
tertiary carbon in anthocyanins.
Latent Fingerprint Analysis Based on Media Surface
Development of latent fingerprints using purple sweet potato powder on
various development media, namely non-porous surfaces (transparent plastic, plastic
cups, aluminum foil and compact disks) and porous (white paper). Visualization of
latent fingerprints identified using 120 samples. Intake using purposive sampling
method that was sampling using certain considerations28. Figure 5 visualization of
latent fingerprints using purple sweet potato powder on aluminum foil compared to
plastic cups, transparent plastics and compact disks (CD).
(a) (b) (c)

Figure 5. Comparison of visualization of latent fingerprints using purple powder
on aluminum foil with: (a) plastic cups; (b) transparent plastic, and (c)
compact disk.
Figure 5(a) was the latent fingerprint on aluminum foil (left) compared to the
latent fingerprint that has been visualized on a plastic cup (right). Figure 5(b) was the
latent fingerprint on aluminum foil (left) compared to the fingerprint on (transparent
plastic). Figure 5(c) was a latent fingerprint on aluminum foil (left) compared to a
compact disk (CD). The result of a good surface comparison in visualizing latent
fingerprints was on the surface of aluminum foil and CD.
Figure 6 shows the visualization of latent fingerprints using purple sweet
potato powder on plastic cups compared to transparent plastic, CDs and white paper.
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 6. Comparison of visualization of latent fingerprints using purple potato

powder on plastic cups with: (a) transparent plastic; (b) CD; and (c) white paper.
Figure 7 shows the visualization of latent fingerprints using purple sweet

potato powder on transparent plastic compared to CDs, white paper and aluminum foil.
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 7. Comparison of visualization of latent fingerprints using purple otato

powder on transparent plastic: (a) CD; (b) white paper and (c) aluminum foil.
Figure 8 shows visualization of latent fingerprints using purple sweet potato

powder on a CD compared to white paper, aluminum foil and plastic cups.
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 8. Comparison of visualization of latent fingerprints using purple potato

powder on a CD with: (a) white paper; (b) aluminum foil and (c) plastic cups.
Figure 9 shows the latent fingerprint visualization using purple sweet potato
powder on white paper compared to aluminum foil, plastic cups and transparent
plastic.
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 9. Comparison of visualization of latent fingerprints using sweet purple

potato powder on white paper with: (a) aluminum foil; (b) plastic cups
and (c) transparent plastic.
Based on Figure 5 to 9, the latent fingerprints developed by the method of

purple sweet potato seed was declared successful. This was based on the results of
Symposium
3
the development of latent fingerprints showing ridge characteristics/lines on each
surface. Some visualization of latent fingerprints was not very clear due to the lack of
characteristic sebum or sweat contained in the substrate and the surface of the
substrate used. White paper ridge printing was less visible due to the porous surface
so that the mold is absorbed quickly down the surface. Therefore, after sebum was
printed, it was directly developed with purple sweet potato powder so that the ridge
characteristics are clearly visible.
This findings was in line with some previous studies. A research on the
development of latent fingerprints using turmeric powder on 6 surfaces namely: glass
preparations, aluminum foil, transparent plastics, CDs, plastic cups and transparent
plastics only 4 from the surface which gave good ridge characteristics. Plastic cups
and transparent plastic were not good due to the difficulty level of printing
fingerprints on media with smooth and cylindrical surfaces2. It also has been
examined that the development of latent fingerprints depends on the type of
powder and the type of surface of the fingerprint visualized. It was examined the
development of latent fingerprints depending on the powder used, the surface on
which the mold was placed and the type of latent mold deposited (sweat and
sebum)4 & 29.
Latent Fingerprint Analysis Based on Ethnicity and Blood Type
Latent fingerprint development was carried out using 120 samples.
Fingerprints were divided into three tribes and four blood groups, namely the Batak,
Javanese and Malay ethnic groups. Each tribe has ten people with blood type A, B,
AB and 0. The percentage of fingerprint patterns formed by the purple potato
powder method is shown in Table 1. Based on Table 1 shows that of the 120
samples had the highest percentage in the ulnair loop fingerprint pattern and plain
whorl in the second sequence. Batak tribe 70 percent ulnair loop fingerprint pattern
in blood group A, 50 percent in blood group AB and 60 percent in blood group 0.
This means that ulnair loop pattern was very dominant in the Batak tribe. This was
consistent with Sari’s research2 which stated that from 30 fingerprint samples had
the highest percentage in the 70 percent ulnair loop fingerprint pattern on the Batak
tribe. It might be due Hall30 that the ulnair loop pattern was the basic pattern of
human fingerprints, but there are several genes that play a role in fingerprint
formation so that the pattern experiences many variations.
Table 1. Percentage of fingerprint patterns with purple potato powder
Tribe/Blood Type
Pattern (%) Batak Javanese Malay
A B AB 0 A B AB 0 A B AB 0
Radial loop 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 3 2 2
Ulnair loop 7 4 5 4 7 4 5 5 2 4 4 5
Plain whorl 2 6 4 4 3 4 3 3 7 3 3 3
Twinted loop 1
Tented arch 1
Total 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Javanese ulnair loop pattern is highest in blood type A 70 percent, and blood
type 0 50 percent. This shows that in Javanese terms the loop pattern was also the
most dominant. Therefore according to Sari4 which stated the highest loop fingerprint
pattern in Javanese. The dominant Javanese loop fingerprint pattern, then in the
next sequence whorl and arch31.
Based on the data in Table 1, the finger pattern of each syllable of the most
dominant is the loop pattern. Blood group O was associated with more loops and fewer
whorls than blood groups A32. The study reported that high frequency loops with
moderate whorls and low curvature in individual A, B and O blood groups 33. The
distribution of the main fingerprint patterns is the same for different ABO blood groups (A,
B, AB and O): the loop has the highest percentage, followed by a coil and the least was
the arch34 Research has also reported a significant relationship between fingerprint
patterns and blood groups35. In contrast, it has been reported that there was no
significant relationship between thumb print patterns and A, B, O blood groups36.
Conclusions
The development of latent fingerprints using sweet purple potato powder
was done by slowly applying the powder assault. Then a fingerprint pattern was
formed. The results of this study indicated that fingerprints obtained from 120
samples were 11.6% radial loop, 44.1% ulnair loop plain whorl 33.3% twinted loop
and tented arch 0.8%. In this method visualization was clearly visible on the surface
of aluminum foil and CD. The results of the determination of latent fingerprint
Symposium
3
visualization between tribes and blood groups were the most common patterns
found are ulnair loop fingerprint patterns.
Acknowledgements
Thank you to the head of the INAFIS laboratory for the convenience and
facilities provided during this research.
References
1. Monika, G., Siwu J. F., Mallo J. F. 2013. Identifikasi Personal Dan Identifikasi
Korban Bencana Massal Di Blu Rsup Prof Dr R.D Kandou Manado Periode Januari
2010- Desember 2012. Jurnal biomedik. Vol 5 (1).
2. Sari, S.A., Jasmidi., Agus kembaren, & Aisyah Nurul Ilmi. 2019a. Development of
Eco- Friendly Fingerprint Visualization using Herb. Asian Journal of Chemistry.
Vol 31, No. 11 (2019), 2601-2606.
3. Siswanto , H. 2007. Analisis Peran Identifikasi Sidik Jari Dalam Pengungkapan
Pelaku Tindak Pidana. Jurnal Ilmu Hukum. Vol 1 (1).
4. Sari, S.A., Hartati Ningsih, Jasmidi, Agus Kembaren, & Naji Arafat Mahat. 2019b.
Development of Gambir Powder as aCheap and Green Fingerprint Powder for
ForensicApplications. AIP Conference Proceeding 2155, 020023 (2019). Pp.
020023-1 to 5.
5. Jain, N dan Pandey, A. 2018 . Development Of Latent Fingerprints On Various
Subtrates Under Wet Conditions By Powder Method (Rangoli Powders).
International Journal Of Criminal And Forensic Science. Vol 2 (1) . ISSN
2576 – 3563.
6. Garg, R.K., Kumari, H., dan Kaur, R. 2011. A New Technique For Visualization Of
Latent Fingerprints On Various Surfaces Using Powder From Turmeric A
Rhizomatus Herbaceous Plant (Curcuma longa). Egyption journal of forensic
sciences. Vol 1: 53-57.
7. Lingga P. 1995. Bertanam Umbi-Umbian. PT. Penebar Swadaya. Jakarta.
8. Supardi. 2002. Sidik Jari Dan Peranannya Dalam Mengungkap Suatu Tindak Pidana.
Bandung: PT. Citra Aditya Bakti.
9. Yang dan Gadi. R. L.2008. Effects Of Dehydration On Anthocyanins,
Antioxidant Activities, Total Phenols And Color Characteristics Of Purple-
Fleshed Sweet Potatoes (Ipomea batatas). American Journal of Food
Tecnology.
10. Dani, T. 2000. Buku petunjuk teknis polri di bidang identifikasi jilid 2. Jakarta:
Departemen pertahanan Markas Besar kepolosian Negara Republik Indonesia.
Symposium
3
11. Sesa I, M dan Nyoto, V. M. 2015. Identifikasi Sidik Jari. Refarat.
Universitas Tadulako; Palu.
12. Elishian , C dan Ketrin , R. 2011. Pengembangan Material Serbuk Silica
Untuk Identifikasi Sidik Jari. Jurnal Penelitian. Vol 10 (1).
13. Isnanto, R. R., Hidayatno, A., Hadi, N. M. 2007. Identifikasi Sidik Jari
Menggunakan Teknik Pencocokan Template Tapis Gabor. Jurnal telkomnika.
Vol.5(1).
14. Darujati, C., Spotato,R., Hariadi,M. 2010. Deteksi Citra Sidik Jari Terotsi
Menggunakan Metode Phase Only Correlation. SITIA Conconference 2010-
T.Elekto ITS.
15. Spotato, R., Hariadi, M., Purnomo, M.H. 2011. Penentuan Nilai Standar
Distorsi Berminyak Pada Akusisi Citra Sidik Jari. MAKARA TEKNOLOGI. Vol 15(1).
16. Bhavana, D., Ruchi, J., Prakash, T., L, Kalyan. J. 2013. Study of Fingerprint
Patterns in Relationship With Blood Group and Gender a Statistical Review.
Journal of Forensic Sciences. Vol. 1(1).
17. Hujjaj, M.B., Rizky, M., Adhadita, R., Afifah, A.A., Sari, D.N., dan Haryati, F. 2016.
Analisis Forensik Sidik Jari. Makalah Farmasi Forensik. 1-25.
18. Balitkabi (Badan Penelitian dan Pengembangan Pertanian, Kementerian Pertanian).
2015. Varietas unggul aneka kacang dan umbi. Artikel Penelitian.
19. Adhitya, Secretly Galih. 2011. Pengaruh Waktu Pengukusan dan Fermentasi
Terhadap Karakteristik Tape Ubi Jalar Ungu (Ipomoea batatas Var.
Apotatourasaki). Skripsi. Jurusan Ilmu dan Teknologi Pangan, Fakultas Teknologi
Pertanian Universitas Udaya : Denpasar Bali.
20. Chisté R.C., Lopes A.S., dan de Faria L. J. G. 2010. Thermal and Light
Degradation Kinetics of Anthocyanin Extracts From Mangosteen Peel (Garcinia
mangostana L.). Int J Food Sci Tech. 45: 1902–1908. DOI: 10.1111/j.1365-
2621.2010.02351.x.
21. Amriani . 2017. Analisis Kandungan Zat Gizi Biskuit Ubi Jalar Ungu
(Ipomoea batatas L. Poiret) Sebagai Alternatif Perbaikan Gizi di Masyarakat.
Skripsi S-1. Universitas Islam Negeri Alauddin Makassar. Makassar.
22. Rezki, R. S., Anggoro, A., dan Siswarni, M. Z. 2015. Ekstraksi Multi Tahap
Kurkumin Dari Kunyit (Curcuma Domestica Valet) Menggunakan Pelarut Etanol.
Jurnal Teknik Kimia USU. Article in Press, 29-34.
23. Winangsih., Prihastanti, E., dan Parman,S. 2013. Pengauh Metode Pengeringan
Terhadap Kualitas Simplisia Lempuyang Wangi (Zingiber Aromaticum L.).
Bulletin Anatomi Dan Fisiologi. Vol 21(1).
Symposium
3
24. Jaroensuk, S., Riengrojpitak, S., dan Chalermsooksant, S. 2009. Recovery Of
Latent Fingerprinting After Lifting With Water Soluble Tape. The 4th CIFS
Academic Day. 27-31.
25. Friesen, J. B. 2015. Activities Designed For Fingerprint Dusting And The Chemical
Revelation Of Latent Fingerprint. Journal Of Chemical Education. Doi:
10.1021/ed500406v.
26. Kapoor, S., Gurvinder, S., Sodhi., dan Kumar, S. 2015. Spectroscopic And
Photophysical Studies Of Fingerprint Dusting Compositions. Journal of forensic
investigation. Vol 3(2) : 1
27. Komalasari, I., Krismastuti, F. S. H., Elishian, C., Handayani, M., Nugraha, W. C., Ketrin,
R. 2017. Straight Forward Fabrication Of Black Nano Silica Dusting Powder For
Latent Fingerprint Imaging. AIP Conference Proceedings 1904. DOI10.1063/
1.5011899
28. Sugiyono. 2002. Statistika Untuk Penelitian. Alfabeta : bandung.
29. Kumari, H., Kaur, R., dan Garg, R. K. 2011. New Visualizing Agent For Latent
Fingerprints: Synthetic Food And Festival Colors. Egyption journal of forensic
sciences. Vol (1) 133-139.
30. Hall, J.G., G.F.I. Ursula., dan J.E. Allanson. 1989. Handbook Of Normal Physical.
Oxford University Press. New York; Toronto.
31. Purbasai, K., Angga., Sumadji, R. 2017. Variasi Pola Sidik Jari Mahasiswa
Berbagai Suku Bangsa Di Kota Madiun. Jurnal florea. Vol 4 (2).
32. Seema, M. A., Gandhi. D., dan Singh, M. 2012. Dermatoglyphics Study And
Review Of Literature. Novel Sci Int J Med Sci. Vol 1 (6):191-8
33. Gowda, M. S. T dan Rao, C. P. 1996. A Study To Evaluate Relationship Between
Dermatoglyphic Features And Blood Groups. Journal Anat Society of Ind.
Vol 45(39).
34. Mehta A. A., Mehta A.A. 2011. Palmar Dermatoglyphis In Abo, Rh Blood
Groups. Int J Biol Med Res. Vol 2 (4):961-4.
35. Bharadwaja, A., Saraswat, P. K., Agrawal, S. K., Banerji, P. dan Bharadwaj. S. 2004.
Pattern of Fingerprints in Different ABO blood groups. Journal of Forensic
medicine & Toxicology. 21(2), 4952.
36. Odokuma, E. I., Igbigbi. P. S. Emudianughe, T. S. 2008. A Study Of Thumb Print
Patterns And ABO Blood Group Distribution. Journal Exp Clin Anat. Vol 7
(1):22-6.
Clean drinking water from air conditioner
Suravut Snidvongs 1, Pol Polsen2 and Kajonsak Vongsumran3

Electrical Engineer and Affiliation of First author 1
Electrical Engineer and Affiliation of Second author 2
Civil Engineer and Affiliation of Third author 3
Corresponding author e-mail: airscan_t@yahoo.com
Abstract
In dehumidification type air conditioners, waste water is a by-product, caused
by air cooling and condensation, like an atmospheric water generator (AWG). The
water, in this case, is not purified. Refrigeration air conditioning equipment usually
reduces the absolute humidity of the air processed by the system. The relatively
cold (below the dewpoint) evaporator coil condenses water vapor from the processed
air, much like an ice-cold drink will condense water on the outside of a glass. Therefore,
water vapor is removed from the cooled air and the relative humidity in the room is
lowered. The water is usually sent to a drain or may simply drip onto the ground
outdoors.
The water from the AC are "good water", generally speaking, and "pure",
because they have no salts or residue solids in them. They are basically distilled
water. They contain some Co2 which is dissolved in them. With proper filter system
we can get very cheap clean drinking water. In a high humidity location, even a small
AC unit of 1 horsepower (7,000–8,000 BTUs) can produce as much as 9 litters of
water from about 6 hours of use or approx. 27 litters per day.
Keywords: Clean water from air conditioner, Chlorine water, Tap water poison
Introduction
How Safe is our Drinking Water? People are increasingly concerned about the
safety of their drinking water. As improvements in analytical methods allow us to
detect impurities at very low concentrations in water, water supplies once considered
pure are found to have contaminants. We cannot expect pure water, but we want
safe water. Drinking water can become contaminated at the original water source,
during treatment, or during distribution to the home.
Symposium
3
• If your water comes from surface water (river or lake), it can be exposed to
acid rain, storm water runoff, pesticide runoff, and industrial waste. This water is
cleansed somewhat by exposure to sunlight, aeration, and micro-organisms in the
water.
• If your water comes from groundwater (private wells and some public water
supplies), it generally takes longer to become contaminated but the natural cleansing
process also may take much longer. Groundwater moves slowly and is not exposed
to sunlight, aeration, or aerobic (requiring oxygen) micro-organisms. Groundwater can
be contaminated by disease-producing pathogens, leachate from landfills and septic
systems, careless disposal of hazardous household products, agricultural chemicals,
and leaking underground storage tanks.
The process to make fresh water used Groundwater mixed with toxic chemical
such as ammonia, chlorine, phosphate, and sodium carbonate to kill pathogens.
These chemical easy to remove and decompose from water but when we use it for
very long time it can cause problem to our health.
Objectives
To produce Clean drinking water that contain no Trihalomethanes, Chlorine,
Sodium, Potassium, Microbial Pathogens, Pesticides, Volatile organic chemicals and
Inorganics from humidity in the air with normal air conditioner.
Hypothesis
Contaminants in drinking water
The levels of contaminants in drinking water are seldom high enough to
cause acute (immediate) health effects, nausea, lung irritation, skin rash, vomiting,
dizziness, and even death. Contaminants are more likely to cause chronic health
effects, effects that occur long after repeated exposure to small amounts of a
chemical. Chronic health effects include cancer, liver and kidney damage, disorders
of the nervous system, damage to the immune system, and birth defects. Evidence
relating chronic health effects to specific drinking water contaminants is limited. In
the absence of exact scientific information, scientists predict the likely adverse effects
of chemicals in drinking water using human data from clinical reports and
epidemiological studies, and laboratory animal studies. Figure 1 shown how to make
portable water.
Figure 1 Portable Water Process

Source: http://zelay.wpart.co/water-treatment-process/the-water-
treatment-process-jersey-water.html
Contaminants are regulated when they occur in drinking water supplies and
are expected to threaten public health. Most levels established by the EPA allow a
sufficient margin of safety, but acceptable contaminant levels vary widely among
individuals and population groups. High sodium levels, harmless for most people,
can be dangerous for the elderly, people with high blood pressure, pregnant women,
and people having difficulty in excreting sodium.
Microbial Pathogens in drinking water are serious health risks. Pathogens are
disease-producing micro-organisms, which include bacteria (such as giardia lamblia),
viruses, and parasites. They get into drinking water when the water source is
contaminated by sewage and animal waste, or when wells are improperly sealed and
constructed. They can cause gastroenteritis, salmonella infection, dysentery, shigellosis,
hepatitis, and giardiasis (a gastrointestinal infection causing diarrhoea, abdominal
cramps, and gas). The presence of coliform bacteria, which is generally a harmless
bacterium, may indicate other contamination to the drinking water system. Organics.
People worry the most about potentially toxic chemicals and metals in water. Only a
few of the toxic organic chemicals that occur drinking water are regulated by drinking
water standards.
Four group of contaminants

1. Trihalomethanes (THMs), which are formed when chlorine in treated
drinking water combines with naturally occurring organic matter.
Symposium
3
2. Pesticides, including herbicides, insecticides, and fungicides.
3. Volatile organic chemicals (VOCs), which include solvents, degreasers,
adhesives, gasoline additives, and fuels additives, benzene, trichloroethylene (TCE),
styrene, toluene, and vinyl chloride. Possible chronic health effects include cancer,
central nervous system disorders, liver and kidney damage, reproductive disorders,
and birth defects.
4.Inorganics. These contaminants include toxic metals like arsenic, barium,
chromium, lead, mercury, and silver. These metals can get into your drinking water
from natural sources, industrial processes, and the materials used in your plumbing
system. Toxic metals are regulated in public water supplies because they can cause
acute poisoning, cancer, and other health effects. Nitrate is another inorganic
contaminant. The nitrate in mineral deposits, fertilizers, sewage, and animal wastes
can contaminate water. Nitrate has been associated with "blue baby syndrome" in
infants. Radioactive Elements. Radon is a radioactive contaminant that results from
the decay of uranium in soils and rocks. It is usually more of a health concern when
it enters a home as a soil gas than when it occurs in water supplies. Radon in air is
associated with lung cancer.
What is Chlorine?
Chlorine is a naturally occurring element; symbol Cl, atomic number 17 on
the periodic table. It's a very dangerous toxin that has many uses, from disinfecting to
bleaching. In small quantities, liquid and gas forms can be poisonous. In its gas form,
chlorine is a pale green colour and has a smelly odour and makes your breathing
laboured. In its solid form, it's more of a yellow green colour. It is abundant in nature
in its chloride ion form found in many of the salts that are in the earth. Many animals,
including humans need chlorine. But there is a limit to what we can physically tolerate.
Even taking a long bath or shower increases a person's risk for chlorine exposure
because chlorine can enter the body through skin absorption or through the eyes,
nose, and ears. Chlorine has long been used to disinfect our drinking water because
it controls the growth of such unwelcome bacteria such as E. coli and Giardia. You
have to be careful, to take precautions even when showering or drinking tap water.
Three Common Exposures to Chorine:
- Absorption through skin from water and from the air
- Drinking and Eating
- Breathing in the fumes that chlorine can create

It should be noted that the dangers of chlorine exposure also exist for people
who do not normally swim, but instead choose to sit by the pool sunbathing or
socializing. In some instances, non-swimmers have tested positive for high levels of
trichloramines. What all of this means is that people need to be more aware of
some of the seemingly innocent dangers that they are commonly exposed to.
Chlorine, by many schools of thought, has become a dinosaur for swimming pool
sanitation. There are alternative methods that can be used to keep pools disinfected,
including silver-copper ion generators.
Research has shown, however, that long-term exposure to chlorine leads to
the production of free radicals within the body. Free radicals are carcinogenic, and
cause tremendous damage to our cells. 1 the risk of developing cancer is 93% higher
in people who drink or are otherwise exposed to chlorinated water? ² Chlorine is a
potential health hazard to both children and adults, and it is an issue that should be
taken quite seriously.
According to a Belgian study that was released in 2003, certain irritants called
trichloramines are released any time chlorinated water reacts with organic materials
(such as sweat or urine) from people. ³ Trichloramines are believed to initiate a
biological process that effectively destroys the cellular barriers surrounding the lungs.
Children exposed to large amounts of chlorine could potentially suffer
asthmatic attacks. In one research study, rats exposed to chlorine and chloramines
developed tumours in their kidneys and intestines. Chlorine can irritate severely,
even burn; skin exposed directly to it. It can irritate and burn the eyes and throat as
well. Chlorine, Cancer, and Heart Disease. "We are quite convinced, based on this study,
that there is an association between cancer and chlorinated water." - Medical College of
Wisconsin research team.
The addition of chlorine to our drinking water began in the late 1800s and by
1904 was the standard in water treatment, and for the most part remains so today. We
don’t use chlorine because it’s the safest or even the most effective means of disinfection,
we use it because it is the cheapest. In spite of all our technological advances, we
essentially still pour bleach in our water before we drink it. The long-term effects of
chlorinated drinking water have just recently been recognized. According to the U.S.
Council of Environmental Quality, “Cancer risk among people drinking chlorinated water
is 93% higher than among those whose water does not contain chlorine.”
Symposium
3
Breast cancer, which now affects one in every eight women in North America,
has recently been linked to the accumulation of chlorine compounds in the breast
tissue. A study carried out in Hartford Connecticut, the first of its kind in North
America, found that, “women with breast cancer have 50% to 60% higher levels of
organochlorines (chlorination by products) in their breast tissue than women without
breast cancer.”
One of the most shocking components to all of these studies is that up to
2/3s of our harmful exposure to chlorine is due to inhalation of steam and skin
absorption while showering. A warm shower opens up the pores of the skin and
allows for accelerated absorption of chlorine and other chemicals in water. The
steam we inhale while showering can contain up to 50 times the level of chemicals
than tap water due to the fact that chlorine and most other contaminants vaporize
much faster and at a lower temperature than water.
Chlorine in shower water also has a very negative cosmetic effect, robbing our
skin and hair of moisture and elasticity, resulting in a less vibrant and youthful
appearance. Anyone who has ever swam in a chlorinated pool can relate to the
harsh effects that chlorine has on the skin and hair. What’s surprising is that we
commonly find higher levels of chlorine in our tap water than is recommended safe
for swimming pools.
Aside from all the health risks related to chlorine in our water, it is the
primary cause of bad taste and odour in drinking water. The objectionable taste
causes many people to turn to other less healthful beverages like soft drinks, tea or
other sweetened drinks. A decreased intake of water, for any reason, can only result
in a lower degree of health.
The good news is that chlorine is one of the easiest substances to remove
from our water. For that reason, it logically should serve its purpose of keeping our
water free from harmful bacteria and water borne diseases right up to the time of
consumption, where it should then be removed by quality home water filtration.
Air Conditioner Waste Water Recovery System

The use of air conditioning devices is becoming widespread; we are reaching
the point where people simply have to use them in order to live normally in
countries where daily summertime temperatures often climb as high as 45 degrees
Celsius. These high temperatures are sometimes coupled with high humidity, making
the actual temperatures seem even higher.
Creating fresh water from the condensation created by air conditioners is
nothing new as shown in Figure 1. But until recently, the water made from this
condensation has been simply allowed to run off, often to the ground, city storm
drains and other places. The derivation of water from water vapor in the air came to
many people’s attention.
Figure 2 shows a schematic of the A/C water recovery system.

Source: http://www.chiwaterservices.com/waterfromair/, 2019
A device that removes water from the very air we breathe, gallons of water
can be produced in hours. The water from the AC are "good water", generally
speaking, and "pure", because they have no salts or residue solids in them. They are
basically distilled water. They contain some Co2 which is dissolved in them.
The preliminary tests with a home-made A/C water recovery system showed
that, an average of 27 litters (7 gallons) of water were produced by a standard home
A/C in 1 day. If the A/C runs for 10 months in a year, the waste water may reach about
8,000 litters (2,114 gallons).
The tests also showed that the amount of water produced in the day does not
differ too much compared to the night. This wasted water could be used for plants or
gardens, when needed.
The system in this device is very similar to the cooling systems found in most
private and commercial air conditioners, in that water condensation from the
refrigeration coils is the end result. To give an indication of how much water can be
created by even a small household air conditioner, try collecting this “run off” water
in a bucket or large plastic bottle instead of letting it run off onto the ground. The
Symposium
3
amount of water that can be collected in this manner will vary according to the size
of the AC unit, the air temperatures when the unit is operating, and (very important)
the amount of humidity present in the air.
Those “blessed” with living in an area with high humidity (65-70%), such as a
seaside location for example, will be able to “collect” more water than those living
in dryer areas where the humidity is less than 45%. In a high humidity location, even
a small AC unit of 1 horsepower (7,000–8,000 BTUs) can produce as much as 9
litters of water from about 6 hours of use or approx. 27 litters per day.
Figures 3 AC water recovery system prototype.
It is safer to drink Air Conditioner Waste Water Recovery (ACWWR), you MUST
Filter it with good filter system to get rid of all Microbial Pathogens, UV, and ozone.
The filter must include sediment filter, pre carbon filter, RO membrane, and TOC
filter. It also necessary to add salt. The bare minimum is 9 grams per later, like a
saline solution IV. According to WHO and many other studies, most drinking water
sources contain less than 20 grams per later, so take that as the top. (Actually, the
max can go as high as ten times that, 200 mg/l, but that is becoming dangerous on
the salty side) or use mineral + pH filter in line instead. It also required 3 UV lamp
and ozone system.
Figure 4 Filter system for Air Conditioner Waste Water Recovery

Source: https://quenchwater.com/quenchwater-filtration/2019
1.Surveying various information
2.Study of factors affecting the design and experiment
3.Proceed with the design of the prototype to suit the working environment.
4.Perform experiments to collect data
5.Data Analysis
Result
The results of research from Table 1 show that Air Conditioner Waste Water
Recovery had heavy metal lower than WHO standard.
Table 1 Heavy Metal in Air Conditioner Waste Water Recovery compare with WHO standard
WHO
Element ACWWR
max
Arsenic <0.010 0.010
Antimony <0.001 0.005
Lead <0.010 0.010
Mercury <0.001 0.001
Chromium <0.010 0.050
Cadmium <0.001 0.003
Symposium
3
WHO
Element ACWWR
max
Calcium 0.050 -
Copper 0.900 2
Iron <0.010 0.300
Zine 0.020 3
Selenium <0.010 0.010
Beryllium <0.010 -
Magnesium 0.030 -
Manganese <0.01 0.5
Barium <0.1 0.7
Boron <0.01 0.3
Molybdenum <0.01 0.07
Nickel <0.01 0.02
Aluminium <0.01 0.2
Table 2 shown Air Conditioner Waste Water Recovery had better result than
WHO standard.
Table 2 Air Conditioner Waste Water Recovery compare with WHO standard
WHO
Other ACWAR
max
Colour <5 15
Turbidity <1 5
pH@25C 6.6 -
Conductivity 21 -
Taste OK OK
Odour OK OK
Total Dissolved Solids 1 1000
Total Alkalinity <1 -
Total hardness <1 -
Nitrate nitrogen <0.01 11.3
Fluoride 0.3 1.5
Chloride 1 250
Sulphate 1.7 250
WHO
Other ACWAR
max
Sodium 0.2 -
Phosphate <0.01 -
Silica 0.04 -
Total Aerobic Plate Count 110 -
Coliforms 0 -
Total Trihalomethanes <0.005 0.1
In Table 3 Compare Air Conditioner Waste Water Recovery with various type
of water shown Atmospheric Water is the best to drink as it has no dangerous
materials inside. It means Air Conditioner Waste Water Recovery use Atmospheric
Water to produce water.
Table 3 Compare Air Conditioner Waste Water Recovery with various type of water
Type of Water Viruses Chemicals Bacteria Dirt Pollution Residual Chlorine

Atmospheric Water - - - - - -
Hard Water x x x x x x
Raw Water x x x x x -
Boiled Water - - - x - x
Glacier Water - - x x x -
Filtered Water - - x - - x
De-ionized Water - x - - -
Bottle Water - - x - -
Source: Water Today Publication 2010
Discussions and Suggestion

It is possible to drink or agricultural by use water from the cooling coil
condensation from air conditioners with inexpensive methods exist to purify polluted
water from bacteria other biological impurities that may be present in such water.
This special water cleansing units turns this water into pure, tasty drinking
water. The water is sent through a series of filters to clean and remove harmful
bacteria and other organic substances. It can generate 20-30 litters of water per day.
Afterwards, minerals are added to the water to give it a pleasant taste.
Symposium
3
These portable water producing units appear to be so practical that they can
be used in all types of locations where normal drinking water contain Chlorine which
cause cancer, tumour. It may be scarce or not available, such as areas afflicted by
floods that pollute normal drinking water supplies, such as the flooding that
occurred in Bangkok and other locations in Thailand.
Even in low humidity desert regions, the devices can provide fresh drinking
water as they take the water from condensation in the air conditioning units. This
water would otherwise simply run off to the ground as it still does in millions of AC
units all over the world.
The water producing and treatment units are now installing, and variations of
them, are being used for people in Thailand.
References
The Hidden Danger of Chlorine in our Bath Water. http://ezinearticles.com/?The-
Hidden-Danger-Of-Chlorine-In-Our-Bath-Water&id=71857. Andie Klein.
Dangers of Chlorine. http://curezone.com/art/read.asp?ID=21&db=3&CO=7.Jerry Smith.
Accessed 29 May 2008.
Dangers of Chlorine? http://www.drweil.com/drw/u/id/QAA361110. Rd. Andrew Weil.
Proactive Service Delivery of the Old Age, Living Expenses :

A Case Study of Paktor Subdistrict Administrative Organization,
Paktor District, Rajburi Province
Preeyaporn Haetrakool1, Brent Kin-Iway2, Nattawan Sasingha3,

Choosak Chuengpanit4 and Sakda Siripattarasophon5,
1-5 Faculty of Political Science, BangkokThonburi University
e-mail: Kamolporn@hotmail.com
Abstract
The study was designed to investigate the service delivery of the old age,
living, expenses in the case of Paktor Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Paktor
District, Rajburi Province.
200 elderly persons eligible for receiving the old age, living expenses were the
sample of the study. The self-administered questionnaire was the study tool. The
collected data were analyzed by resorting to a t-test, and an F-test (one-way ANOVA).
As a result of the data analysis, it was found that, holistically, the service
users were satisfied with the proactive service delivery at a high level ( = 4.01).
Separately various aspects of the service delivery in descending order of degree were
as follows : transparency ( = 4.11, rapidity ( = 4.05), the quality of service delivers
(x= 4.03, keeping well-informed about the information ( = 4.02, and the sufficiency
of the service delivery ( = 3.83)
Keywords: proactive service delivery; old age, living expenses
History and Significance of the Problem

Today the elderly people were on the increase trend to the extent that the
population structures of Thailand has changed to a considerable degree. The elderly
suffer from a wide variety of diseases such as diabetes, hypertension, dementia, and
so on. Moreover, most of the elderly are poor and lead hard lives. For these reasons,
the Government has made attempts to help the poor elderly people, rather than
put them into the public nursing home. The government has provided old age living
expenses to the elderly since 1993. The Social Work Department of the Mininistry of
Symposium
3
Interior was in charge of the service delivery. But in 2001, the service delivery was
transferred to local governments. Since then all the local governments have been
responsible for the service delivery of the old age, living expenses to the elderly.
Since having a policy to decentralize to the local Subdistrict Administration
Organization which is an organization that is in the area that is close to the people
and therefore understand the problem and the needs of the people make it able to
work to meet the needs of people better than other agencies. The transfer of the
elderly welfare allowance mission to the local government organization to carry out.
It is considered another aspect that is very important to the Subdistrict
Administration Organization today. This is to promote and develop the quality of life
of people to have a better quality of life and well-being. And also has relationships
with other structural development tasks of Subdistrict Administration Organization
due to the limited amount of budget. And the number of elderly who are currently
increasing making it difficult to manage the elderly allowance to be effective and
meet the needs of people.
Independent Variables Dependent Variables
Personal Background Proactive Service Delivery

Research Objectives
 Sex  Sufficiency
1. To study the level of proactive living support of Paktor Subdistrict
 Education
Administrative Organization, Paktor District, RatchaburiProvince.
Rapidity
2.To
Marital
studyStatus  Transparency
the suggestions of the elderly towards provision of subsistence
services ofIncome  Exposure
Paktor Subdistrict administrative organization, Paktor toDistrict,
information
Ratchaburi
Province.  The quality of the service
providers
Related Concepts and Theories

Concepts and theories about satisfaction
Satisfaction is one of the important factors that affects the success of the job
and helps the job achieve its goals efficiently. As a result of responding to motivation
or the needs of each person in the way that he wishes. In general, it corresponds to
the English word that satisfaction has different meaning and similarities as
summarized below :
Victor Vroom (1964) states that attitudes and preferences for things can be
used interchangeably. Because both of these words mean the result of a person's
participation in that positive attitude will show the state of satisfaction in that thing,
and a negative attitude will show that state of satisfaction.
Wolman (1973) states that satisfaction means feeling happy when people
achieve their goals, wants, or motivation.
Poirot & Powell (1985) gives the satisfaction that it means a person's ability to
live happily and joyously without suffering. This does not mean every person must
receive a complete response. Things like but satisfaction means happiness that
results from a person's adaptation to the environment very well and achieve a
balance between the needs of the person.
The meaning of social work

Social work arises from the words "society" and "housing, which are separated
according to the meaning of the word. Society is the various parts that make up the
system of human relations and the aid is to help and support by using the word" to
"which should refer to science and art. Therefore, social work should mean science and
art and all the actions that will help each other, Human or national society which
cannot help themselves to have physical and mental happiness but it is difficult to give
a clear definition that social work means what, because social work is both science and
dynamic art. From the development of systematic social work concepts began and
spread in developed countries before spreading to developing countries which will give
an example of the definitions of social work scholars briefly as follows :
Mary Richmond (1999) means social work is the process of developing a
person's personality. By improving relations between people together and between
individuals and the social environment. The format that appeared at that time was
charity organization society.
Symposium
3
Bertha C. Reynolds (1975) defines social work as it means work that helps
people adapt in accordance with families, groups, and communities.
Werner Boehm (1998) defines that it is the social performance of individuals
and groups. By using activities that focus on social relationships which is composed
of human-environment interaction may be organized into 3 groups, namely the
rehabilitation of impaired abilities, use of human and social resources and prevention
of lost social functions.
Herbert Hewitt Stroup (1982) gave the meaning that social work is the art of
bringing resources using to meet the needs of individuals, groups, and communities
,scientific methods to apply. It will help these people to help themselves according
to this definition in terms of art. The meaning of knowing how to make relationships
is that social workers must have the art to create relationships with those who have
problems. The use of scientific principles means logic requires reasoning in gathering
facts about problems and problem people with analysis. There is a plan to help and
proceed to provide assistance in accordance with the procedures laid down in
addition, monitoring and evaluation are also required.
Social Work Theory

The social work theory used in theoretical teaching in most universities in
Thailand is a textbook that is based on the western theoretical framework. The most
taught theories are behavioral and social science theories (Nonglak
Sutthiwattanaphan, 2013), including :
1) Theoretical Psychoanalytic and Psychological Theory (Psychoanalytic
Theory and Ego Psychology)
This theory provides knowledge about the rules that are considered human
behavior has certain causes that are not accidental. Knowledge of the unconscious
mind that the feelings, thoughts and behavior of humans. Most of them are at the
unconscious level, emotional and social development, mental protection
mechanisms connection to feelings in various fields. These various knowledge will
help social worker practitioners better understand the feelings, thoughts, and
behaviors of those who have problems. Once understood, it can be evaluated or
diagnosed with the behavior of the problematic person. In order to be able to plan
for assistance more thoroughly.
2. Role Theory
This theory places importance on the roles of individuals, families, groups,
and communities in the social and cultural framework in which they live. Social
workers must understand that every human being has a social role. And has a certain
role each person's role is determined in conjunction with social status. If they do not
perform their roles, they will cause problems. Therefore, understanding the role
theory will help social workers to analyze human behavior as well as various causes.
Causing problems community groups from performing their duties socialize normally
and receive a response.
Concepts of public service

John David Milet (1954) says that the key goal of service is to create satisfaction
in service to people with principles or guidelines as follow :
1.Equitable service means justice in public administration with the same
principle that everyone is equal. Therefore, all citizens will be treated equally. No
discrimination in public service will be treated as an individual base that uses the
same service standards.
2. Timely service means that the service must be considered public
service on time. The operations of government agencies are considered ineffective. If
there is no punctuality which will create displeasure for the people.
3.Ample service means public services must have a suitable number of
services and locations. Equality or punctuality will be meaningless if there is
insufficient number of services. And the service location creates unfairness to the
clients.
4.Continuous service means the public service that is consistent based on
the interests of the public. It is not based on the satisfaction of the service
organization whether to give or stop the service at any time.
5. Progressive service means public services that have quality improvements
and performance in other words, increasing efficiency or ability to perform more
duties with the same resources.
Chuwong Chayabut (2003) proactively proposes service principles Must
adhere to the following principles :
1. Stick to responding to people's needs as targets
2. Speed of service
Symposium
3
3. Service must be completed.
4. Politeness
5. Enthusiasm in service
6. Equality, one-stop service
Data Analysis
The data analysis was performed by resorting to descriptive statistics (frequency
and percentage, mean, and standard deviation).
As for the analysis of data pertaining to the recommendations made by the
service recipients, the researcher used both quantitative and qualitative data analysis.
Findings
Holistically, the proactive service delivery of the old age, living expenses was
found to be at a high level (=4.01). Separately, the mean scores of various aspects
of proactive delivery in descending order of degree (or ranking from high to low)
were as follows : transparency ( = 4.11), rapidity (=4.05), the quality of service
providers (=4.03), exposure to information (= 4.02), and sufficiency (= 3.83).
The analysis based on the same aspects of personal backgrounds of the
respondents has cast light on the facts specified below.
On marital status, holistically, the mean score () was 4.15. Separately
considered, the scores of various aspects of marital statuses were in ranking order
(from high to low) were as follows : divorced or separated (= 4.51), and widowed
( =3.94).
On satisfaction with the service delivery, it was found that the elderly
people’s level of service delivery satisfaction was 3.96 (= 3.16).
Finding Discussions
The findings of the study was in line with the findings of Vichai Jitdee
conducted his study on the elderly persons’ satisfaction with the old age, living
expenses provided by Subdistrict Administrative Organizations of Songkla Province.
He found that the elderly persons were highly satisfied with the old age, living
expenses provided by Subdistrict Administrative Organizations of Songkla Province.
The results of the analysis of proactive allowance levels of Paktor Subdistrict

Administrative Organization, Paktor District, Ratchaburi Province, found that it is
classified by gender overall is at a high level ( = 4.02). This is consistent with the
study by Nittaprapa Kaewkrajang (2007), studying the evaluation of the elderly
welfare project in villages and urban communities. Case Study: Subdistrict
Administration Organization in U Thong District, Suphan Buri Province. The purpose of
study in order to evaluate the elderly welfare promotion project in villages and
urban communities (Allowance) and to compare the social welfare needs of the
elderly. The hypothesis test found that the elderly with different gender, age,
education level, marital status, occupation and domicile differ in social welfare
requirements.
The result of the analysis of proactive allowance of Paktor Subdistrict
Administrative Organization, Paktor District, Ratchaburi Province, found that the
marital status is in the high level ( = 4.15). Ranked at the highest level 1 item, high
level 3 items in order of average order from highest to lowest as follows: divorce /
separation status ( = 4.57) Single status ( = 4.06) marital status ( = 4.03) and
status as widowed (= 3 . 9 4 ) This is consistent with the study of Pornanan
Kitkitmankhong (2 0 0 4 ) to study the social welfare needs of the elderly in Nakhon
Ratchasima. The objective is to study the social welfare needs of the elderly and
compare the social welfare needs of the elderly in Nakhon Ratchasima classified by
variables, gender, age, education level. The sample consisted of 4 0 0 people aged
60years and over in Nakhon Ratchasima, sampling using multi-stage random sampling
questionnaire. The characteristics are a scale estimation model. The hypothesis test
found that the elderly with different gender, age, education level, marital status,
occupation and domicile differ in social welfare needs.
The results of proactive allowance support levels of Paktor Subdistrict
Administrative Organization, Paktor District Ratchaburi province, found that the
satisfaction classified by income other than the general allowance in the high level
(= 3.96). Consistent with the study of the Office of Social Development and Human
Security (2004), the study of the elderly as a whole found that the main problem of
the Thai elderly is the economic problems, such as low incomes and lack of
incomes, the higher age, the lower income. The main source of income for the
elderly is children, followed by health problems, having congenital disease caused
Symposium
3
by non-communicable diseases such as diabetes, high blood pressure coronary artery
disease, osteoarthritis, high blood cholesterol, dementia, etc.
The result of the analysis of proactive allowance of Paktor Subdistrict
Administrative Organization, Paktor District, Ratchaburi Province, found that the
income classified by the elderly, apart from the overall allowance, was at a high
level ( = 4.30). By item was at the high level in every item. This is consistent with
the study by Wiphuth Saranon (2 007 ). The study of the satisfaction of the elderly
towards the subsistence allowance of the Subdistrict Administration Organization in
Phuket Province. The main objective is to study the level of satisfaction of the
elderly towards the payment of living allowances of the local government
organization. And to study the needs of the elderly towards the social welfare
operation of the Subdistrict Administration Organization. The results of the study
show that the elderly have a moderate level of satisfaction, i.e. the amount of
money received is insufficient for the livelihood of the elderly. And there are still
poor elderly people who do not receive a lot of allowances want to have an agency
to monitor the payment of the allowance, should improve the method of payment
of allowances organize the elderly to form a network for coordination between
villages / communities. Going into checking the payment of allowances participation
in the selection of the elderly, and the perception of information on the allowance
Shows that most of the elderly have the most need for social welfare in the
allowance. Followed by health providing a nursing home for the elderly establishing
a social service center career promotion and providing or repairing residences
respectively.
Recommendations
1. Recommendations for Use
1)Paktor Subdistrict Administrative Organization should increase the old
age expenses for the elderly to keep pace with the increasing cost of living.
2)) Local leaders of local governments should make use of these
findings for plan making and for helping the elderly or the underprivileged.
2. Recommendations for Future Research
1) ) Attempts should be made to conduct research studies on the
service users’(the elderly) satisfaction with various kinds of welfare service
provided by Subdistrict Administrative Organizations.
2 ) A study on the likely changed pertaining to the rules and regulations

regarding the old age assistance in the future should be conducted.
References
Bertha C. Reynolds. (1975). Social Worker. Work Social Welfare History Project.
Retrieved from http://socialwelfare.library.vcu.edu/people/
Boehm, Werner W. (1998). Social Welfare History Project. University of Minnesota.
Choowong Chayabutra. (1996). One-Stop Service, Proactive Service Guidelines of
the Department Dominance. Taesapiban : 9-10 July, 1996.
Chuwong Chayabut. (2003). Full Services, Proactive Approach to Department of
Provincial Administration. Municipality 88, 30 (July).
James Poirot, Robert Taylor and James Powell. (1985). Dictionary of education. New York:
Mc Graw Americanmales.RetrievedNovember16,2009 from http://www.goliath.
Ecnext.com comsz/gi/Coo.
John David Milet (1954). Management in the Public Service. New york : Mc Graw
Hill Book, Company.
Kowit Puangngam. (2007). Thai Local Government. 6th edition. Bangkok. Sematham
Publisher.
Mary Ellen Richmond. (1999). Social Work Pioneer Administrator. Researcher and
Author The Social Welfare History Project VCU Libraries.
Ministry of Social Development and Human Security. (2 0 0 4 ). Payment Evaluation
Project Subsistence for the Elderly. Bangkok : Bangok Block Ltd.
Nisa Chooto. (1989). Thai Eldery. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University.
Nittaprapa Kaewkrajang. (2007). Studying the Evaluation of the Elderly Welfare
Project in Villages and Urban Communities. (Subsistence Allowance) Case
Study: Subdistrict Administration Organization in U Thong District,
Suphan Buri Province. Independent Study. Office of Academic Resources.
Khonkaen University.
Nonglak Sutthiwattanaphan (2013). Public Relations Strategy. Bangkok: Chulalongkorn
University Press
Pornanan Kitkitmankhong. (2004). Social Welfare Needs of the Elderly in Nakhon
Ratchasima. Master of Art Degree: Thesis (Social Sciences For Development).
Graduate School Rajabhat Nakhonratchasima University.
Symposium
3
Stroup, E. (1982). Members of Newer Sects such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses:
Herbert Hewitt Stroup, The Jehovah’s Witnesses. New York: Columbia
University.
Victor V.H. Vroom (1964). Work and Motivation. New York : John Wiley.
Wiphuth Saranon (2 0 0 7 ) . Satisfaction of the Elderly towards the Subsistence
Allowance of the Subdistrict Administration Organization in Phuket Province.
Thesis. Office of Academic Resources.Khon Kaen University.
Wolman, B. B. (1973). Dictionary of Behavioral Science, New York: Van Nostrand
Reinhold.
People’s Expectations of Public Services Provided by Khao-Din

Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Bangpakong District,
Chacherngsao Province
Chana Rattanapakdee1, Ringen Wanbe2, Siriporn Wanitthananantha3,

Kamolporn Kalyanamitra4 and Peera Intaratood5
1-5Faculty of Political Science, BangkokThonburi University
Abstract
The study was aimed at investigating the people’s expectations of public
services provided by Khao-Din Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Bangpakong
District, Chacherngsao Province. Also, the study attempted to compare the
expectations of service users with different personal backgrounds. The study was
survey in characteristic. 384 people living in the areas under the jurisdiction of Khao-
Din Subdistrict Administrative Organization comprised the sample of the study. The
study tool of the research was a set of self-administered questionnaires. The
collected data were analyzed by descriptive statistics, a t-test, an F-test, and the
Scheffe test.
As a result of the data analysis, the researcher has found out the following :
Holistically, people’s expectations were at a high levels.
Separately, the people’s expectations in ranking order (from high to low)
were as follows : education, public health, people’s registrations, public utilities, and
disaster prevention measures.
2) The hypothesis testing indicated that people with different personal
backgrounds (sex, age, marital status, occupation, and duration of living in Khao-Din
Subdistrict Administrative Office areas) failed to differ in their expectations.
Keywords: expectations; public services
History and Significance of the Problems

Local public services include all public services which are supervised or
controlled by local governments; the public services are provided by local
governments. There are two types of public services : one is the public services at
Symposium
3
the national level, and the other is the public service at the local level. The public
service at the local level itself can be categorized into three categories : the first
category is the public service at the subdistrict level; the second category is the
public service at the provincial level; and the third category is the public service at
the regional level.
As far as the Khao-Din Subdistrict Administrative Organization is concerned,
during the recent past. The organization managed to solve various problems and
meet the people’s needs only to a certain degree. In other words, the achievements
failed to meet the set plan due to some restraints particularly the insufficient budget
made available to the organization.
Objectives of the Study

1.To investigate the people’s expectations concerning the public services
delivered by Khao-Din Administrative Organization, Bagkapong District, Chacherngsao
Province.
2. To compare the expectations of people with different personal backgrounds.
Personal Background People’s Expectation of Public

Services
 Sex  People’s Registration
 Age  Prevention and Cure of Disasters
 Marital Status  Public Utilities
 Education  Public Work
 Occupation  Education
 Duration of Living in the Area  Public Health
Concepts and theories about public service

Penchansky & Thomas (1989) offers the following concepts of access to
services:
1. . Sufficiency of existing services (availability), which includes acceptance
of the characteristics of the service provider.
2. Convenient access to services taking into account the nature of the travel
location.
3. The convenience and facilities of the accommodation is the service that
the clients accept that providing convenience and facilities.
4.The ability of the client in order to incur expenses for the business.
5 . Acceptance of service quality (acceptability), which herein includes
accepting characteristics of service providers.
Kulthon Thanaphongsathorn (2005) said that the service principles include :
1. The principle of conformity with the needs of most people said that the
benefits and services that the organization provides must meet the needs of most or
all personnel, not to a particular group of people.
2. Principle of consistency That is to say, the service provided must
operate continuously and consistently, not continuously, according to the
satisfaction of service providers or operators.
3.Equality principles the service provided must be equal and equal for all
service users. No special privileges have been applied to individuals or any group in a
different way from other groups clearly.
4. Economical principles the cost of the service must not be too high for the
result.
5. Convenience the services provided to clients must be in a way that is easy
to perform, convenient, and requires not much resources. And also are not creating
too much trouble for service providers or users.
Verma (1986) considered public service as a service process. It has dynamic
characteristics, good service systems can occur when the responsible department
uses resources and produces services according to the work plan and access to
service.
Prathom Maneerot (2 0 0 8 ) has defined the meaning of public service as
being a service of the authority that has the power to act in response to the need for
satisfaction. From this definition, it is considered that the service consists of service
Symposium
3
providers and recipients, which the first party treats as a duty to provide services to
satisfy the latter.
Yongyuthapong Supap (1998) considered public service as moving the
service from one point to another in order to meet the needs. For this reason, the
service is viewed as having 4 important factors which are :
1) Service
2) Sources or locations of service
3) Channels of service
4) Client Groups
Sampan Phupaiboon (1 997 ) was of the opinion that public services must
consist of 3 important elements, namely the service delivery agency, the service,
which is the benefit that the service recipient delivers with the benefit or value of
the service received. The client will realize in the mind which may be able to be
measured in terms of attitude.
Anupan Weesuwan (2006) said that public service has 4 important
components which are :
1) Inputs or resources such as personnel, costs, equipment and facilities
2) Activities or processes which means the way to use resources
3) Results or outputs, which means what happens after a resource is used
4) Opinions (Impacts), which are the opinions of the public on the services
received
Prayoon Kanchanadun (1998) mentioned The concept of public service is as
follows :
1) Public services are activities that are under the supervision or control of
the state.
2) Public services are aimed at meeting the needs of the general public.
3) The organization and method of public services will always be changed
to suit the necessity of the times.
4) Public services must be continuously implemented and consistently,
without interruption. If public services must be stopped for any reason People would
suffer or be damaged.
5) The private sector has the right to equal benefits from public services.
Thepsak Bunrattanaphan (1997 ) has given the definition of public service
that the person, group, person or agency having authority related to public services
Which may be public or private, which has the duty to pass on public services to the
people with the aim to meet the needs of the public as a whole There are 6
important components:
1) Location and service persons
2) Import factors or resources
3) Process and activities
4) Product or service
5) Service channels
6) Impact on customers
Principles of Public Service

1) Equitable service means justice in public administration with the same
principle that everyone is equal. Therefore, all citizens are treated equally in terms
of law without discrimination in the provision of services, Citizens will be treated as
individuals using the same service standards.
2) Timely service means services must be considered public services must be
on time. The performance of government agencies would be considered ineffectual
without punctuality, which would create discontent for the people.
3 ) Ample service means public services must have the right amount of
services and facilities. Equality or punctuality will not have meaning, if there is
insufficient number of services. The location of the service creates unfairness to the
clients.
4 ) Continuous service means the public service that is consistent. Based on
the interests of the public is not based on the satisfaction of the service organization,
can give or stop the service at any time.
5 ) Progressive service means public service that has improved quality and
performance. In other words, increasing efficiency or ability to perform more duties
using the same resources.
Research Procedures
384 people living in the areas under the jurisdiction of Khao-Din Subdistrict
Administrative Organization were selected as the sample of the study. The simple
random sampling technique was used for the purpose of selecting the sample.
Symposium
3
Concepts and theories about people's expectations
Vroom’s Expectancy Theory (2 0 0 5 ) states that people will evaluate the
possibility of an outcome and implementing their expectations, selection, and
expectations regarding achieving their goals, in which the individual must know what
he or she wants to receive from the operation. The important with 3 components
which are
1) Valence = V means the understanding or perception of a person about
the value of the expected return based on the amount of liking - dislike, desire - do
not want to have that return or according to the actual situation.
2) The relationship between actions and results means the belief or
understanding of a person about the opportunity, the possibility of first
compensation, or the success of the work will be achieved, the next rank of rewards
or prizes.
3 ) Expectancy means the belief or understanding of a person about the
possibility of possibility. That work effort will affect the level of success of the job.
Expectations Theory of Edwards and Atkinson (cited in the Wannee Lim
Aksorn, 2005) developed the theory of expectations based on the belief that
individuals have successful motivation for any work depends largely on the
expectation of the temptation or reward that will be given. That is, how much of a
person's motivation for education or work depends on the factors two important
reasons:
The first is the perception or self-assessment that when he will do any thing. How
much Is it possible or likely to succeed in doing that? The second, the value of the
temptation that a person will receive as a reward for his work.
Data Collection
A number of self-administered questionnaires were used for collecting the
needed data. The data had been edited before they were analyzed.
Data Analysis
After the collected data had been edited and coded, they were analyzed
with the help of SPSS. The statistical techniques used for the analysis were
descriptive statistics, a t-test, an F-test and the Scheffe test.
As a result of the data analysis, the researcher has unearthed the following
facts :
Holistically considered, the people’s expectations were at a high level.
Separately considered, the expectations on various aspects in descending order of
strength or degree were as follows : education, public health, public parks, people’s
registration, public utilities, and prevention and cure of disasters.
Findings Discussions
As a rule, the public services of various kinds are provided by local
governments. In this research, it was found that people’s expectations were at a high
level. It was the responsibilities of the local government to provide public services.
Here, Khao-Din played a dominant role in providing the public services to the people
living in Khao-Din Subdistrict Administrative Organization areas. Most of the public
services provided by the organization were concerned with keeping peace and order
so that the people could lead their lives with safety and security. The findings of the
study were congruent with the finding of Prayoon Kanchanadule (1998). It also
corresponds to Panin Khruea Thai and Chichaya Changrian (2 0 1 1 ) , to study the
measuring public sector efficiency of Local government services in local
administration of Uttarait and Phitsanuloke Provinces. The study of the efficiency of
public services, it is found that medium sized local government organizations
outstanding in public services, basic utilities, investment, commerce and tourism, and
public health, while small local government organizations emphasize specific
function services, which are infrastructure, education and youth development public
health, community / social organization and peacekeeping planning for investment
promotion, commerce and tourism management and conservation of natural
resources and the environment and in the promotion of arts, culture, religion,
customs and local wisdom. In the study, data were collected by relating secondary
data. The results of the study on the efficiency of public services showed that
medium sized local government organizations outstanding in public services, basic
utilities, investment, commerce and tourism and public health. While the small local
government organization emphasizes on specific function such as community
organization and maintaining order in the promotion of arts, culture, religion, customs
and local wisdom and the management and conservation of natural resources and
environment, the local administrative organization uses too many importing factors in
Symposium
3
the promotion of arts, culture, religion, customs and local wisdom, management and
conservation of natural resources and the environment public services, basic utilities
investment and community organization and orderliness. In the study, data were
collected and collected related secondary data. The results of the study on the
efficiency of public services showed that medium sized local government
organizations outstanding in public services, basic utilities, investment, commerce
and tourism, and public health.
Recommendations
1. Policy Recommendations
1) On people’s registration. Since the people had great expectation
of the people’s registration, it is worthwhile to prepare people’s registration to
perfection. The people’s registration should be complete, easy to understand and
could be put in practical use with ease.
2) On the prevention and cure of disasters. Since the people living in
Khao- Din Subdistrict Administrative Organization areas had expectations of the
prevention and cure of disasters to a substantial extent, fire extingquishers should be
made sufficiently available. Also, great efforts should be made to keep the people
well- informed about the correct method of preventing the fire as well as other kinds
of disasters.
3) On public utilities. The sewage system and the traffic lights should
be
improved so that the local people will not suffer from the ineffective function of the
sewage system and the traffic light.
4)On public parks. The Khao-Din Subdistrict Administrative Organization
should give more prominence to rest and relaxation programs. For instance, public
parks filled with beautiful flowers and swimming pools should be made available.
Likewise, clean public toilets should be available to the public park visitors.
5) On education. Due to the fact that the human subjects of this
study expected education matter to a great extent. Therefore Khao-Din Subdistrict
Administrative Organization should attach great importance to education matter. In
other words, the administrative organization should pay more attention to the study
room, the study building and all teaching and learning facilities.
6)On public health. The findings clearly indicated that the people had
great expectations about hospitals and health centers. So Khao-Din Subdistrict
Administrative Organization should have hospitals and health centers built, and the
staff members of the hospitals or health centers should be made adequately
available.
2. Recommendations for Future Research
1) A study on the satisfaction with the public services delivered by
Khao- Din Subdistrict Administrative Organization should be conducted.
2)A study on the morale of the staff members of Khao-Din Subdistrict
Administrative Organization providing the public service should be conducted.
References
Department of Public Welfare. (2 0 0 2 ). Regulations of the Department of Public
Welfare on the Payment of Subsistence Allowance for the Elderly (No.2)
2002. (Printed Copy).
Department of Local Administration Ministry of Interior (2005).Elderly Welfare Service of
Singapore Attaches Importance to Housing and the Income Tax Reduction
to those Who Care for the Elderly.
Department of Public Welfare. (2005). Policy Formulation for Social Welfare of the
Elderly.
Prayoon Kanchanadule.(1998). Subtitles Governing Law. Chalalongkorn University.
Bangkok.
Panin Khruea Thai and Chichaya Changrian. (2011). Measuring Public Sector Efficiency
of Local Government Services in Local Administration of Uttarait and
Phitsanuloke Provinces. Faculty of Management Science. Rajabhat Uttaradit
University.
Rapeepan Khamhom. and others. (2005). Research Project to Assess the Payment
of Subsistence Allowance for the Elderly. Ministry of Social Development
and Human Security.
Penchansky, R., & Thomas, J. W. (1981). The Consept of Access Definition and
Relationship to Consumer Satisfation. Medical Care,19 (2).
Kulthon Thanaphongsathorn. (2005). Comparative Public Administration and
Development Administration. Nonthaburi: Sukhothai Thammathirat University
Verma B. M. (1986). A Dictionary of Biology. New Delhi: Academic.
Prathom Maneerote. (2008). Theory and Concepts in Management Development.
Bangkok: Suwiwiyasarn.
Symposium
3
Yongyuthapong Supap. (1998). Promote Health The New Role of Every Era.
Pathumthani: Rangsit University.
Sampan Phupaiboon. (1997). Organization and Management. Bangkok: Phithakaksorn.
Civil Registration Office, Kanchanadit Subdistrict Municipality, Kanchanadit
District, Suratthani Province.
Prayoon Kanchanadun (1998). Knowledge and Understanding of People about
Tambon Administrative Organization. Bangkok: The Rule of Law.
Thepsak Bunrattanaphan. (1 9 9 7 ) . Creating Effectiveness of Service Policy
Implementation. For the Public to Practice. Bangkok : Local.
People’s Participation in the Administration of Singha Subdistrict

Administrative Organization Traiyoke District, anchanaburi
Province Traiyoke District, Kanchanaburi Province
Suraporn Simakunthorn1, Brent Kin-Iway2, Kamolporn Kalyanamitra 3,

Tassanee Lakkanapichgonchat4 and Poorivat Poonyawutpreeda5
1-5Faculty of Political Science, BangkokThonburi University
Abstract
The study was designed to investigate the level of people’s participation in
the administration of Singha Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Traiyoke District,
Kanchanaburi Province. 361 people living in the area under the jurisdiction of the
organization comprised the sample of the study. The study tool was a set of self-
administered questionnaires. The collected data were analyzed by means of
descriptive statistics (percentage, mean, and standard deviation).
The data analysis has revealed the following facts :
Holistically, peoples’ participation in various aspects (planning, budget
management, and monitoring and supervisory activities) was found to be at a
medium level.
Separately, the strengths of people’s participation in various aspects in
ranking order (from high to low were : planning, budget and material management,
and monitoring and supervision.
Keywords: people’s participation; administration
History and Significance of the Problems

The Thai Constitution B.E. 2540 sets guidelines for use in promoting and
supporting the peoples’ participation in various activities with the emphasis that the
Government is required to promote and support the people’s participation. For
instance, Article 76 of the Constitution stipulates that the Government is required to
promote and support the peoples’ participation with regard to policy formulation,
political decision making, making socioeconomic and political development plans. In
Symposium
3
addition, the people are encouraged and supported to check the use of authority of
governments (central and local).
Furthermore, the Constitution stipulates that the people have their rights to
vote whenever local governments hold general local elections.
Objectives of the Study

1. to determine the levels of peoples participation in the administrative
activities of Singha Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Traiyoke District, Kanchanaburi
Province;
2. to make use of the findings derived from the study for the improvement
of the administration of Singha Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Traiyoke District,
Kanchanaburi Province. Also, the findings will be used as guidelines for recommendations
concerning people’s participation.
Personal Background People’s Participation in Administration

Concepts and Related  Making plans
 Sex
Theories about Participation  Budget and material management
Pairat
Age Taecharintr (1984) defined the people’s
 Monitoring and supervision
participation in community
 Education
development in this way “People’s Participation in community development means
 Occupation\process with regard to the promotion of people at large and the
the Government’s
 Monthly Income per Household
communities, foundations and volunteer groups to take part in currying one
collective activity or several collective activities to achieve the set goals.
People’s participation can be categorized into 8 types as specified below :
1) Participation in studying and constructing some models of problem solving.
2)Participation in checking and creating methods of problem-solving or lessening

the problems.
3) Participation in formulating policies or work plans with a view to curing
the community problems.
4) Participation in making decisions about the use of limited resources for
the good of the community members.
5) Participation in the renovation or revamping of the administrative system
toward greater efficiency and effectiveness.
6) Participation in making investment in some activities according to the
individuals or agencies’ capabilities.
7) Participation in behaving oneself in accordance with the set policies or projects.
8) Participation in following up on the work performance as well as
evaluating the implemented policies or projects.
Nirun Chongwuthiwataya (1984) pointed out the three conditions of people’s
participation, namely :
1) People must be free to participate.
2) People must have capabilities to participate.
3) People must be willing to participate.
Apart from the three conditions cited above, people’s participation requires
other three conditions. They are the following :
1) People must have time to take part.
2) People need not pay money more than the benefits they could reap.
3) People must be keenly interested in the participation.
4) People can communicate in a way that is understandable.
5 ) People do not have the feelings that their positions or statuses are in
jeopardy.
The public participation process can be in 4 stages as follows : according to
the nature or process of the project, which is :
1.Participation in planning involves participation in setting goals, scope of
work, gathering information to be factual. Accompanying analysis, arrangement of
alternatives which is an awareness of access to information regarding planning and
project planning.
2. Participation in operations or operations is an activity and decisions.
Symposium
3
3. Participation in the allocation of benefits is the participation in the
allocation of benefits or the result of the project.
4.Participation in monitoring and evaluation evaluates the effectiveness of
the project and considers how the project will be conducted by the people involved
in the evaluation criteria. The evaluation process will become an input in the process
of participation in the planning. The public participation process can show steps.
Theory of decentralization
There is a definition of the principles of power distribution as follows.
Chusak Tiangtrong (1987) explained the definition of the principle of decentralization:
"It is the government's granting of some governing authority to other organizations to
provide certain public services with appropriate independence. Do not be under the
control of the central administration, only under control. "
Prayun Kanchanadul (1998) gave the definition of the principle of decentralization as
"The method by which the government has given some governing power to other
organizations. To provide public services with appropriate independence. Do not
depend on the command of the central government In other words, The State
delegates certain duties in the governing body, which the officials of the central
administration operate in organizations that are not part of the central administration.
Characteristics of Decentralized Principles

Decentralization has the following important characteristics :
1. There is a local administrative organization which is a juristic person
separated from the central administration.
2.The staff of the local administrative organizations do not have a central
command.
3. Local government organizations must be independent from the central.
Decentralization has the advantage of giving local people the opportunity to
play an important role in formulating administrative and administrative policies
according to local needs in different environments. And it is to alleviate the central
mission of public service provision.
Decentralization to local government organizations is important in politics,
economy, and society, which are as follows (Likit Thirawakin, 2005) :
1. Decentralization is the foundation of democracy. This is because democracy

consists of national structures. And the structure at the bottom level is the local
level focusing on the development of the structure above such as the constitution,
the legislature without looking at the structure at the bottom level such as
knowledge and understanding of self-government. Political alertness, therefore made
the development of the structure at the top level not as effective as it appears
today.
2. Decentralization is very important for the development of local
government organizations. Because it is the aim of local people to be involved
in the local development and responsibility. If people don't care and not responsible
for their locality, it is difficult to achieve local administration in accordance with the
principle of decentralization successfully.
Theories and Concepts of Local Government

Chamber’s Encyclopedia (1987) defines the local autonomous organization :
"Local autonomous organization is an organization that manages each locality. In
which the elected people from the local people are responsible for the independent
administration. Including the power to set policies of the local autonomous
organization”.
William V. Holloway (1988) states that "Local autonomy is an organization
with certain territories. A population as specified self-governing have their own
warehouse management and local councils whose members are elected by the
people ".
The characteristics of the local government organization are as follows :
1.There is very little independence under the control of the central government.
Local employees are subject to local laws and regulations.
2. Local Administrative Organization is a juristic person established by law
centralized has certain boundaries. And executives are elected by citizens under
local.
3. To have independent authority in the field of finance such as tax
collection and income generation.
4. To have independent power to set policies and manage their own
operations. In this respect, if the local government organization has only the
authority and duty
Symposium
3
to offer suggestions or advice without the authority to offer advice or advice without
the authority to act, it is not considered a true decentralization.
Theories governing local administration, 6 theories are :

1. Theory about sociology
Sociological factors have an influence on local government in enhancing the
conscience and common sense in local development. In which the concepts or
theories related to sociology are theories that explain the development of local
government in each place by trying to focus on the feeling of connection in that area
or can say that the concept of local government is to create the sense of being part
of the organization in managing local government as much as possible.
2. Economic theory
The economic factor that influences local government in responding to the
problems and needs of the local people is that the local people will have different
ways of life according to the characteristics and conditions of that community. In the
case that the local conditions are rural communities. It will result in people living a
relatively poor lifestyle. Local administration is therefore to respond to the problems
and needs of the people in the economy by using community power in self-
development.
Importance of local government

1. Local importance government is the foundation of democracy. Because
the local government has a goal for people to know themselves under the principles
of democracy participation in the autonomy of the people. The local level is one of
the key to promoting the people to have a thorough understanding of the mechanism
of democracy.
2. Local government is an important factor necessary for national
economic development.
3. Local government will promote and support the service to respond to
the needs of the people and act quickly efficient and meets the needs of the
people.
4. Local government helps reduce central government missions, allowing the
government to devote more time to governance and national administration. For the
greater good Local government has two important objectives that can be summarized as
follows : First, it is an important mechanism for democratic city development. And
secondly is an important mechanism in responding to the needs of people in the

form of providing various services effectively for this reason. Local government is
useful to promote freedom, progress and stability.
Research Procedures
361 people living in the area under the jurisdiction of Singha Subdistrict
Administrative Organization comprised the sample of the study. A set of self-
administratered questionnaires were used for collecting the needed data. The
collected data were analyzed by dint of descriptive statistics (percentage, mean and
standard deviation).
Findings
Holistically, people’s participation in the administration of Singha Susbistrict
Administrative Organization was found to be at a moderate level. Separately, aspects
of people’s participation in ranking order (from high to low) were as follows : making
plan, budget and material management, and monitoring and supervisions.
It was noteworthy that 10 items were used to measure the people’s levels of
participation in administrative activities. One out of the 10 items was found to be at a
very high level, whereas the remaining 9 items were found to be a moderate level.
As for the people’s participation in budget and material management, it was
found that their participation was at a moderate level ( = 2.3).
With regard to the people’s participation in monitoring and supervision, it was
found to be at a moderate level.
Finding Discussion
People’s participation in the administration of Singha Subdistrict Administrative
Organization, Traiyoke District, Kanchanaburi Province, was found at a moderate level,
classified by each side, it was found that the participation of the people with a high level
in average is 1 aspect, namely participation in the village community. Which has an
average of 3.66. The rest have a mean at a medium level. The average value is between
2.70 to 3.20. The results of this research are consistent with the research of Pakjira
Prapong (2010) studying the administrative evaluation of the subdistrict administration
organization: a case study of the subdistrict administrative organization in Kham Khuean
Kaew District, Yasothon Province. The results of the research showed that participation in
Symposium
3
decision making and participation in the formulation of the district development plan,
both in the overall picture and separately for each item. The sample group participated
in every medium level. The item that has the most participation is that the subdistrict
administration organization organizes the community forum for people to suggest the
problems and needs. For information in the preparation of the plan, it also corresponds
to Thanyakan Sadiwong (2005) about public participation in the administration of the
Subdistrict Administration Organization: a case study of Kabin Subdistrict Administration
Organization. Kut Khaopun District Ubon Ratchathani at a medium level. Consistent as
the research of Manee Makkhao (2011), which studies the people's participation in the
administration of the Subdistrict Administration Organization : a case study of Maifad
Subdistrict Administrative Organization, Sikao District, Trang Province. The people
participation in the village, or various community groups are in order to determine the
direction or goal of Subdistrict Administration Development in the future. The result
found that most of the participation to be in the medium level and accordance with
Suphab Srimuangmuang's research (2011) which studies the people's participation in
Tambon development. A case study of Banna Pho Subdistrict, Phonphisai District,
Nongkai Province. The majority of people participated in the high level accounting for
37.5 percent and as a result of this research can explain that although the
implementation or organization of some activities of the subdistrict administration
organization will not have a direct effect on the people. But people are interested and
want to participate in the benefit of their local management. Especially, they are in
joining the village community including the proposal of the project to the members of
the Tambon Administrative Authority Council. The president of the sub-district
administrative organization must take action participation in the development plan,
making a strategic plan. The participation is being in a subdistrict administrative
organization development committee.
Recommendations
1. Policy Recommendations
1)People should be encouraged supported to take part in the three
activities previously mentioned.
2)People should be urged to come up with some ideas advice regarding
the method of checking or monitoring the operation of Singh Subdistrict Administrative
Organization.
2. Recommendations of Future Research :

1) Studies on people’s participation in the administrative activities
of all subdistrict administrative organization in Thailand should be done. And the
derived findings from those research studies should be used for the improvement of
people’s participation.
2) Comparative studies relevant with regard to the administration of
various subdistrict administrative organization should be conducted; the findings of
these studies should be used to improve the administration to perfection.
References
Chusak Tiangtrong (1987) Administration of Local Government in Thailand. Thammasat
University, Bangkok.
Clay, R. (1987). Chamber’s Encyclopedia. English Dictionary. Great Britain: Bunay
Suffolk.
Likit Thirawakin. (2005). Politics and Government of Thailand. (7th edition).
Bangkok: Publisher Thammasat University.
Manee Makkhao. (2011). People's Participation in the Administration of the Subdistrict
Administration Organization : A Case Study of Maifad Subdistrict
Administrative Organization, Sikao District, Trang Province. Thesis, M.P.
(Public Policy), Burapha University. Chonburi Province.
Nirun Chongwuthiwataya. (2007). Concept, Guidelines for Community Development.
Bangkok : Rathai Place Company.
Pakjira Prapong. (2010). Administrative Evaluation of the Subdistrict Administration
Organization: A Case Study of Subdistrict Administrative Organization in
Kham Khuean Kaew District, Yasothon Province. Thesis. Office of Academic
Resources: Mahasarakham University.
Pairat Taecharintr. (2011). Community Dvelopment Administration. Bangkok: Thai
Wattana Panich.
Prayun Kanchanadul. (1 9 9 8). Knowledge and Understanding of People about
Tambon Administrative Organization. Bangkok : The Rule of Law.
Suphasri Muangmuang.(2011). People Participation in Tambon Development A
case study : Banna Pho Subdistrict, Phonphisai District, Nongkai Province.
Master thesis (Public Administration): Rajabhat Mahasarakham University.
Symposium
3
Wutisarn Tanchai. (2 0 09 ). Strategy of Local Government. Bangkok: Exponet Company
Limited.
William V. Holloway. (1988). State and Local Government in the United States. Mc
Graw-Hill, New York.
Taweesak Paksa. (2007). Participation of Subdistrict Administrative Organization
Council Members towards the Operations of Subdistrict Administration
Organization in Mueang District, Mahasarakham Province. Thesis : Mater of
Public Administration. Maharakham Univerity.
Thanyakan Sadiwong. (2005). Public Participation in the Administration of the
Subdistrict Administration Organization: A Case Study of Kabin Subdistrict
Administration Organization. Kut Khaopun District Ubon Ratchathani.
Thesis. Office of Academic Resources: Mahasarakham University.
Some mistakes in English Usage of Public Administration

Students Studying at BTU
Satit Niyomyaht, Wiwat Impraiwan

Faculty of Political Science, Bangkokthonburi University
e-mail: research@bkkthon.ac.th
Abstract
This study was designed to investigate the common mistakes in English usage
of Bangkokthonburi University students majoring in public administration and political
science. The study was qualitative in nature. The needed data were collected from
the following sources: direct participation, in-depth interviews with 10 key informants
and related documents. The collected data were analyzed by resorting to categorizing,
systematizing, interrelating, synthesizing, describing and summarizing.
The data analysis has unearthed the following facts: the common mistakes in
English usage of Bangkokthonburi University students majoring in public administration
and political science as well as theThai students at large included nine aspects: (1)
errors in using nouns; (2) errors in using pronouns; (3) errors in using cases; (4) errors
in usingverbs; (5) errors arising from the confusion of adjectives and adverbs (6) errors
in usingadverbs; (7) errors in using modifying elements. (8)errors in using words in the
manner of gender discrimination; and (9) errors caused by the confusion between
American English and British English.
Keywords: ErrorsinEnglish usage; public administration students
The study was mainly designed to ferret out some mistakes in English usage of
Thai students particularly the students studying public administration at Bangkokthonburi
University. To achieve this objective, the researcherresorted to the qualitative research
method; the needed data were derived from three sources: documentation, participant
observations and in-depth interviews with ten key informants who had a lot of
experiences in teaching English.
The collected data were analyzed by means of categorizing, systematizing,
systematizing and summarizing.
The qualitative data analysis has brought to light the facts specified below.
Symposium
3
The students made mistake in English usage on nine aspects: ( 1) errors in
using nouns; (2) errors in using pronouns; (3) errors in using cases; (4) errors in using
verbs; ( 5) errors arising from the confusion of adjectives and adverbs ( 6) errors in
usingadverbs; (7) errors in using modifying elements. (8) errors in using words in the
manner of gender discrimination; and (9) errors caused by the confusion between
American English and British English.
It was noteworthy that there was another type of errors that seemed trivial.
That was, a great number of students made errors in using marks when they wrote
English sentences. Most, if not all,of the students preferred to use the period ( .)
rather than other marks. only a small number of students were knowledgeable
about using
The semi-colon, the colon, the parenthesis, and the quotation mark.
The Accurate and the Inaccurate English Sentences

The inaccurate sentences written by students are shown on the left column,
whereas the accurate sentences are shown on the right column.
Because of some constraints only 100 sentences are illustrated (50 sentencesare
inaccurate; another 50 sentences are accurate.)
Inaccurate Sentences Accurate Sentences

1 They went aboard on the boat 1 They went aboard the boat
2 Above a hundred people died in 2 Over a hundred people died in the
the storm. storm
3 The officer was accused with the 3 The officer was accused of the
crime crime
4 He performed an action of 4 He performed an act of heroism
heroism.
5 I hope this work is adequate 5 I hope this work is adequate
enouth
6 Our new system will affect a 6 Our new system will effect a saving
saving
7 I need an all inclusive list. 7 I need an all-inclusive list
8 All of our orders have been 8 All our orders have been delayed.
delayed

9 Do you feel alright today? 9 Do you feel all right today?
10 I am angry at him 10 I am angry with him
11 He is anxious to complete his 11 He is eager to complete his studies.
studies.
12 Neither you nor I are to go. 12 Neither you nor I am to go
13 This film is not as good as that 13 This film is not so good as that
one. one.
14 This is a clearcut case 14 This is a clear-cut case
15 The ferry collided against the tugboat 15 The ferry collided with the tugboat
16 Success does not always consist of 16 Success does not always consist in
achieving wealth achieving wealth
17 He helped me to identify the 17 He helped me identify the problem
problem
18 He can’t hardly see tha 18 He can hardly see that
19 You can’t help but like him 19 You can’t help like him
20 The content of the bottle proved 20 The contents of the bottle proved
to be sum to be sum
21 Dig deep under the earth 21 Dig deeply under the earth
22 Dig the hole deeply 22 Dig the hole deep.
Due to rain, the game was Because of rain, the game was
cancelled. cancelled
23 This is a far – size book 23 This is a far – sized book
24 This is a fair – size book 24 This is a fair – size book
25 This is a fair – size book 25 This is a fair – size book
26 Firstly, I want to thank all of you 26 First, I want to thank all of you.
27 It was him who called 27 It was he who called
28 One should be true to his faith 28 One should be true to his faith
29 We were given some ice coffee 29 We were given some iced coffee
30 She is ill of a cold 30 She is ill with a cold
31 He died in 1965 A.D 31 . He died 1965 A.D
32 He went in search of a new position 32 He went in search for a new position
33 What kind of a car does he drive? 33 What kind of car does he drive?
Symposium
3

34 It looks like it might rain 34 It looks as if it might rain.
35 They objected to me going there 35 They objected to my going there
36 This glass is more empty than that 36 This glass is more empty than that
one one
37 We sailed in a northeraly direction 37 We sailed in a northerly direction
38 I don’ never want to hear you say 38 I don’ never want to hear you say
that that
39 I having nothing much to do 39 I having not much to do
40 It is no use to go there 40 It is of no use to go there
41 The two men told one another 41 The two men told each other the
the answer answer
42 The two men told one another 42 The two men told each other the
the answer answer
43 . He runs the store by himself 43 He runs the store by himself
44 We seldom ever see Martin 44 We seldom if ever see Martin
without Bru without Bruce
45 I live in The United States 45 I live in the United States.
46 Be sure and come early 46 Be sure to and come early
47 Fresh flowers small sweetly 47 Fresh flowers small sweet
48 He is taller than any boy in the 48 He is taller than any other boy in
room the room
49 He likes dancing and to sing 49 He likes dancing and singing
50 . I like this type of a film 50 I like this type of film
In Regard to Development
“Development” refers to formal education, job experiences, relationships and
assessment of personality and abilities that help employees prepare for the future.
Because it is future-oriented, it involves learning that is not necessarily related to the
employee’s current job. And a rule training is focused on helping improve employees’
performance, whereas development helps prepare employees for, other positions in
the company or organization and increases their ability to move into jobs that may
not yet exist.
Table 1 Shows The Differences between Training and Development
Training Development
Focus Current Future
Use of work experiences Low High
Goal Preparation for current job Preparation for changes
Participation Required Voluntary
Approaches to Employee Development
1) Formal Education
Formal Education programs include- off-site and on-site program designed
specifically for the company’s employees, short courses offered by consultants or
universities, executive MBA Programs, and university programs in which participants
actually live at the university while taking classes.
In the United States, there are several courses to help you understand the
techniques used to facilitate development:
1. Corporate Entry Leadership Conferences
New hires learn about global competition and General Electric's values and
are asked to examine their personal values. Three years after attending this program,
the employees return for a program on total business competitiveness.
2. New Manager Development Course
New managers learn how to manage at GE. The program puts special emphasis
on teaching people skills to be used in hiring, appraising, and building work teams.
3. Senior Functional Programs
Senior functional managers attend programs on leadership development in
their specific functional areas such as marketing, finance, etc.
4. Executive Programs
Executive programs include adventure learning and projects. In one program,
the head of a business unit presents an unsolved business problem that teams of
managers must solve. The managers interview customers as well as competitors and
gather background information on which they base their recommendations.
5. Office Workshops
In the workshops, the CEO and the company officers meet to try to solve
company wide issues.
Symposium
3
All these five programs cited above provide descriptions of formal education
programs. Separate programs are usually offered for supervisors, middle managers,
and executives.
2) Assessment
Assessment involves collecting information and providing feedback to
employees about their behaviors, communication style, or skills. The employees,
their peers, managers and customers may be asked to provide information.
Assessment is most frequently used to identify employees with managerial potential
and to measure current managers’ strengths and weaknesses.
Assessment is also used to identify managers with the potential to move into
higher-level executive positions and it can be used with work teams to determine
individual team members’ strengths and weaknesses as well as their decision
processes that impede and impair the team’s productivity.
3. Job Experiences
Job experiences refers to relationships, problems, demands, tasks, or often
features that employees face in their jobs. A major assumption of using job
experiences for employees’ development is that development is most likely to
occur when there is a mismatch between the employee’s skills and past experiences
and the skills required for the job. To be successful in their jobs, employees must
stretch their skills. In other words, they must learn new skills, apply their skills and
knowledge in a new way, and master new experiences.
Recent research suggests that all job demands are related to learning.
Managers reported that obstacles and job demands related to creating change were
more likely to lead to negative stress than other job demands. This suggests that
companies should carefully weigh the potential negative consequences before
placing employees to development assignments involving obstacles or creation of
change.
There are various ways that job experiences can be used for employee
development such as enlarging the current job, job rotation, transfers, promotions,
temporary assignment with other organizations, and so on.
4. Interpersonal Relationships
Employees can also develop skills and increase their knowledge about the
company and its customers by interacting with a more experienced organizational
member. Mentoring and coaching are of great help to employees as far as the
employees’ interpersonal relationships are concerned.
4.1 Mentoring
A mentor is an experienced productive senior employee who helps develop
a less experienced employee (the protege). Most mentoring relationships develop
informally as a result of interests or values shared by mentor or protege. Research
suggests that employees with certain personality characteristics (e.g. high need for
achievement, emotional stability, ability to adapt their behavior based on the situation)
are more likely to seek a mentor and be an attractive protege for a mentor.
To be highly successful in regard to mentoring relationships, companies or
organizations should develop formal mentoring programs. The characteristics of
successful formal mentoring programs are specified below:
1. Mentor are protege participation is voluntary.
2.Mentor - protege matching process does not limit the ability of informal
relationships to develop.
3. Mentors are chosen on the basis of their record in developing
employees, willingness to serve as a mentor, and evidence of positive coaching.
4. The purpose of the program is clearly understands by both the mentor
and protege.
5. The length of the program is specified.
6.A minimum level of contact between the mentor and protege is clearly
specified.
7. Proteges are encouraged to contact one another to discuss problems
and share successes.
8. The mentor program is evaluated when the program has come to an end.
9. Employee development is rewarded, which signals managers that
mentoring and other development activities are worth their time, many, and energy.
4.2 Coaching Relationships
A coach is a peer or manager who works with an employee to motivate him,
help him develop skills, and provide reinforcement and feedback. There are three
important skills that a coach can play:
Symposium
3
1. A coach may be one-on-one with an employee .
2. A coach is to help employees to learn for themselves. This involves
helping them find experts who can help them with their concerns and teaching them
how to obtain feedback from others.
3. A coach can play a role in providing resources such as mentors, courses,
or job experiences that the employee may not be able to gain access to without the
coach help.
In general the best coaches should be empathetic and tough, practical,
interested in helping others do better, and self-confident.
Last but not least, coaches need to be able to suggest effective improvement
actions and must respect employee confidentiality.
References
Berry. Thomas Eliot. (1961).The Most Common Mistakes in English Usages. St. Louis:
McGraw-Hill Book Company.
Chin, Peter etal. (2012). Academic Writing Skills. Singapore: Cambridge University
Press.
Dunham, Henrietta C. and Summers. Catherine Vaden. (1977). English Integrated.
Glenview. Illinois : Scott, Foresman and Company.
Ehrlich, Engene and Murphy. Daniel. (1986). English Grammar. New York : McGraw –
Hill book Company.
Lieberman, Leo. (1961). Dictionary of Correct EnglishUsage. Patterson, New Hersey:
Little Field, Adams & Co.
Niyomyaht, Satit. (2018). English for Students Majoring in Public Administration.
Research Report. Bangkokthonburi University.
APPENDIX
Appointment of Persons in Charge
of the Arrangement for the
Symposium
Symposium
3
No.120/2020

“Research and Innovation for the Development of Society toward Sustainability”
Bangkokthonburi University has planned to arrange the eighth national symposium and
the fourth International symposium on Research and Innovation for the Development of Society
toward Sustainability. The Symposium includes the research works in the following areas: Humanities
and Social Sciences, Science and Technology and Health Science.
The symposium will be held on April 26 th, 2020 between 9.00 and 17.45 of online
conference program.
To enable the symposium to be efficiently and effectively operated Bangkokthonburi
University has appointed the following persons to serve on various committees:
1. Advisory Committee
1. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Bangorn Benatikul President of Bangkokthonburi Chairperson

University
2. Prof.Dr.Chaiyong Brahmawong Vice President for Academic Associate
Affairs Chairperson
3. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Satit Niyomyaht Vice President for Research and Adviser
Academic Service
4. Asst.Prof.Dr.Wittaya Benjathikun Vice President for Administration Adviser
Affairs
5. Mr.Chaisin Sukwiboon Vice President for Budget and Adviser
Finance Affairs
6. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Pisit Siriruk President of Phanomwan College Adviser
of Technology
7. Assoc.Prof.Sumalee Chaisuparakul President of Chandrakasem Adviser
Rajabhat University
8. Asst.Prof.Siwa Wasuntarapiwat President of Rajamangala Adviser

University of Technology
9. Asst.Prof.Kulthanee Siriruk Vice President for Administration, Adviser
Phanomwan College of
Technology
10. Dr.Wiparat De-ong Deputy Director of National Adviser
Research Council
11. Mr.Kongsak Yodmanee Sports Authority of Thailand Adviser
Duties and Responsibilities of the Advisory Committee

Providing advice, assistance and support to all committees appointed by BTU.
2. The Steering Committee
1. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Satit Niyomyaht Vice President for Research and Chairperson

Academic Service
2. Asst.Prof.Dr.Wittaya Benjathikun Vice President for Administration Associate
Affairs Chairperson
3. Prof.Dr.Chaiyong Brahmawong Vice President for Academic Committee
Affairs Dean, Faculty of Science Member
and Technology
4. Prof.Maj.Gen.Rungsit Boonta Dean, Faculty of Public Health Committee
Member
5. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Panya Roongruang Dean, Faculty of Music Committee
Member
6. Assoc.Prof.Thongnard Kumchai,D.D.S Dean, Faculty of Dentistry Committee
Member
7. Asst.Prof.Dr.Kamolporn Kalyanamitra Dean, Faculty of Political Science Committee
Member
8. Asst.Prof.Uthai Aoungcharoen Dean, Faculty of Engineering Committee
Member
9. Dr.Supatra Chantanasiri Dean, Faculty of Business Committee
Administration Member
10. Dr.Haruthai Panyarvuttrakuk Dean, Faculty of Communication Committee
Arts Member
11. Dr.Suvimol jodpimai Dean, Faculty of Nursing Committee
Member
Symposium
3
12. Dr.Prakit Hongsasaenyatham Dean, Sports Science and Committee
Technology Member
13. Dr.Suthasinee Wiyaporn Dean, Faculty of Liberal Arts Committee
Member
14. Dr.Chalida linjee Dean, Faculty of Accountancy Committee
Member
15. Dr.Kamolmal Chaisirithunya Dean Faculty of Education Committee
Member
16. Mr.Mathasit Addok Dean, Faculty of Fine Arts Committee
Member
17. Ms.Chatpaween Umpa Director of International Committee
language Institute Member
18. Dr.Saowanee Samantreeporn Director of Research Office Committee
Member
Duties and Responsibilities of the Steering Committee

1.Providing operating and coordinating support as well as monitoring the operations of
various committees.
2.Designing methods of arranging the symposium in collaborative efforts with various
participating parties and inviting participating groups to get together with a view to making plans to
conduct various activities concerning the arrangement of the symposium from start to finish.
3. Providing advice on the symposium arranging system and on the matter pertaining to
the presentation of research works.
4.Providing the conceptual framework of arranging the symposium or conference on
academic activities.
5. Providing advice on the appointment of various committees such as the action
committee, the monitoring committee and the work assessment committee.
6. Providing advice on the publication of the symposium activities.
7. Making plans and preparations for the symposium in a way that the objectives of
the symposium could be achieved with great success.
8. Making efforts to monitor the progress of the symposium arrangement and to
evaluate the results of the symposium arrangement.
3. The Symposium Arrangement Committee
3.1 The coordinating and Ceremonial Committee
1. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Prapaisri Holumyong Head of the English Department Chairperson

2. Dr.Saowanee Samantreeporn Director of Research Office Associate
Chairperson
3. Dr.Olan Kanjanakas Deputy Director of Committee
International Education Office Member
Member
5. Mr.Ali Sempher Staff Member of the Research Committee
Office Member
6. Ms.kuntinun jitraoon Staff Member of the Research Committee
Office Member and
Secretary
Duties and Responsibilities

1.Searching out the highly qualified lecturers such as a lecturer for introductory speech
and a lectures for keynote speech.
2. Organizing programs for various presentations.
3. Making plans and preparations so as to enable the symposium to meet its set goals.
4. Preparing the schedules of the symposium.
5. Making requests for the approval from the authorities concerned with an eye to
inviting persons of high caliber for making speeches, reviewing the submitted research works and
the like.
6. Inviting there who wish to present their research works - oral presentation or
presentation in the form of poster display.
7. Searching out the souvenirs or gifts for special lecturers and the person presiding
over the symposium.
8. Preparing some gifts for all participants such as cloth bags.
9. Preparing certificates for all participants.
10. Inviting the president of BTU to make an opening speech.
11. Making coordinating efforts with various sections or parties.
12. Following up on the likely research work presenters with regard to their research
papers to be presented and the form of paper presentation.
13. Summarizing the program activities and keeping the editors and the
symposium organizing committee members well-informed about the symposium activities.
Symposium
4
3.2 Publication and Website Committee
1. Dr.Haruthai Panyarvuttrakuk Dean, Faculty of Communication Chairperson

Arts
2. Dr.Sirachaya Karawek Director of Information Service Committee
Center Member
3. Miss.Varintorn jangroch Teacher attached to the Faculty Committee
of Communication Arts Member
4. Mr.Siam jarerninprom Teacher attached to the Faculty Committee
5. Miss.Kritiya Kawejarukon Director of BTU TV station Committee
Member and
Secretary

1. Making designs of posters, flip charts, etc. for publication purposes.
2. Publicizing the symposium by means of various media such as websites, televisions
and
radios.
3. Preparing websites to publicize the seminar and registering the participants by
resorting
to online.
4. Recording pictures and preparing videotapes about the symposium activities.
5. Inviting correspondents to make news about the symposium.
6. Taking care of the incoming correspondents.
7. Collecting information about the symposium for press release.
8. Sending the picture of the opening ceremony to various media for publication.
9. Preparing some souvenirs for correspondents.
10. Designing bulletin boards, pamphlets, and signs showing the directions leading to
the venue of the symposium.
11. Performing other assigned tasks.
3.3 Arts and Exhibition Committee.
1. Mathasit Addok Dean, Faculty of Fine Arts Chairperson

2. Nopanan Balisee Teacher attached to the Faculty of Committee
Fine Arts Member
3. Chutima Ngampipat Teacher attached to the Faculty of Committee
Fine Arts Member and
Secretary

1. Making designs of backdrops and decorating scenes on the stage.
2.Making designs of positioning various boards and demolishing the boards after the
symposium has come to an end.
3. Putting up the posters of the presenters.
4. Taking care of the places of exhibition and decorating the exhibition places.
5. Designing the cover of proceedings and the cover of CD proceedings.
6. Designing the souvenirs (cloth bags).
3.4 Building case and Safe Keeping Committee.
1. Mr.Somphop Srisampan Director of Building Department Chairperson

2. Mr.Phichai Sandoat Director of the Safety and order Committee
Keeping Office Member
3. Mr.Eak Sakang Staff Member of The Student Affairs Committee
Office Member
4. Mr.Pimpa Kiachaiyaphum Staff Member of the Safety and order Committee
Keeping Office Member
5. Ms.Ekanong Pertkhuntod Staff Member of the Presidents Office Committee
Member and
Secretary

1. Fixing signs pointing the directions leading to the symposium building.
2. Decorating the small conference rooms and the large rooms, taking care of the
cleanliness of the rooms, and making the rooms ready for use in the symposium activities.
3. Fixing the sound system and making sure that the sound system is in good order.
4. Making plans for use in the keeping of security and order in the symposium areas
and for dealing with the traffic flow in the campus.
Symposium
4
3.5 Documents Committee
1. Mr.Sitthiporn Porahong Director of Textbook and Academic Chairperson

Media Development Office
2. Mr.Ali Sempher Staff Member of the Research Office Committee
Member
3. Ms.kuntinun jitraoon Staff Member of the Research Office Committee
Member and
Secretary

1. . Preparing proceedings to publicize articles having been presented – oral
presentation and presentation in the form of poster display.
3.6 First Aid Service Delivery Committee
1. Dr.Suvimol jodpimai Dean, Faculty of Nursing Chairperson

2. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Sulee Tongvichean Teacher attached to the Faculty of Committee
Nursing Member
3. Dr.Suvimon sanveingchan Teacher attached to the Faculty of Committee
Nursing Member and
Secretary

1. Preparing nursing personnel, medical equipment and medicines for use in the
first aid service delivery.
2. Creating the suitable place in which first aid service can be delivered in a
convenient, timely manner.
3.7 Reception and Food Preparation Committee
1. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Prapaisri Holumyong Teacher attached to the Institute Chairperson

of International languages
2. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Patariya Ruaisamran Teacher attached to the Institute Committee
of International languages Member
3. Dr.Chulapunporn Thanapaet Director of International Committee
Education Member
Office
4. Ms.Chatpaween Umpa Director of International language Committee
Member
5. Lieutenant General Choocheep Sukhmue Teacher attached to the Institute Committee
of International languages Member
6. Miss.Wichsuda Roiphila Department of Hotels, Faculty of Committee
Liberal Arts Member
7. Mr.Kittikhun Kreangarmjornki Teacher attached to the Faculty Committee
of Liberal Arts Member
8. Me.Poonnirun Aungsutheeraku Teacher attached to the Faculty Committee
9. Miss.Punnapaporn Chancha Teacher attached to the Faculty Committee
10. Mr.Nattakorn Decha Teacher attached to the Committee
Department of International Member
Business Committee
11. Mrs.Gansiree Paonaktammarat Teacher attached to the Faculty Member
of Liberal Arts Committee
12. Miss.Wirawan Deelert Teacher attached to the Member
department of the Thai Language Committee
13. Miss.Darawan Ketawalha Teacher attached to the Member
Department of the Thai Language Committee
14. Mr.Wiphap Khantha Teacher attached to the Member
Department of the Thai Language Committee
15. Ms.Hayati Saha Staff Member of the Institute Member and
International languages Secretary

1. Receiving the symposium participants with a bright smile, kind words and pleasant welcome.
2. Registering the participants and giving documents as well as souvenirs to them.
3. Preparing flowers, foods and beverages.
4. Performing other assigned tasks relevant to the symposium activities
5. Putting up tables for registration and fixing exotic cloth to beautify the stage.
Symposium
4
4. Editorial Lection
1. Prof.Dr.Chaiyong Brahmawong Vice President for Academic Chairperson

Affairs
2. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Satit Niyomyaht Vice President for Research and Associate
Academic Service Chairperson
3. Asst.Prof.Dr.Wittaya Benjathikun Vice President for Committee
Administration Affairs Member
4. Prof.Dr.Vijittra Leardkamolkarn Dean, Faculty of Science and Committee
Technology Member
5. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Panya Roongruang Dean, Faculty of Music Committee
Member
6. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Kamolporn Kalyanamitra Dean, Faculty of Political Committee
Science Member
7. Assoc.Prof.Thongnard Kumchai,D.D.S Dean, Faculty of Dentistry Committee
Member
8. Asst.Prof.Uthai Aoungcharoen Dean, Faculty of Engineering Committee
Member
9. Prof.Maj.Gen.Rungsit Boonta Dean, Faculty of Public Health Committee
Member
10. Dr.Haruthai Panyarvuttrakuk Dean, Faculty of Committee
Communication Arts Member
11. Dr.Suvimol jodpimai Dean, Faculty of Nursing Committee
Member
12. Dr.Supatra Chantanasiri Dean, Faculty of Business Committee
13. Dr.Prakit Hongsasaenyatham Dean, Faculty of Science and Committee
Technology Member
Member
15. Dr.Chalida linjee Dean, Faculty of Accountancy Committee
Member
16. Mr.Mathasit Addok Dean, Faculty of Fine Arts Committee
Member
Member and
Secretary

1. Designing the method of registering the symposium participants.
2. Establishing criteria used for selecting the proposed research works – both for and
oral presentation for the presentation in the form of poster display.
3. Selecting experts for the peer review of the proposed research works.
4. Monitoring and evaluating the symposium activities.
4.1 Subcommittees for Research Work Peer review Humanities Social Sciences.
4.1.1 Subcommittee for Research Work Peer
Review. Internal Peer Reviews
1. Prof.Dr.Chaiyong Brahmawong Vice President for Academic Chairperson

Affairs
2. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Satit Niyomyaht Vice President for Research and Associate
Academic Service Chairperson
3. Asst.Prof.Dr.Wittaya Benjathikun Vice President for Administration Subcommittee
Affairs Member
4. Prof.Dr.Kanchana Kunaruk Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
5. Assoc.Prof.Lt.Gen.Dr.Weera Wongsan Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
6. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Panya Roongruang Dean, Faculty of Music Subcommittee
Member
7. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Prapaisri Holumyong Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
8. Assoc.Prof. Dr.Kamolporn Kalyanamitra Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Political Science Member
9. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Tassanee Lakkanapichonchat Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
10. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Somkiat Srijukkawal Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
11. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Chuanchom Chinatungkul Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
12. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Peerapong Tipnak Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
13. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Somying Chantaruthai Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
Symposium
4
14. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Pornpipat Permpol Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
15. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Sutep Uomcharoen Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
16. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Dara Teepapal Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Business Administration Member
17. Assoc.Prof.Orawan Banchongsilpa Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Music Member
18. Assoc.Prof.Siriporn Sajjanand Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
19. Assoc.Prof.Wiwat Impraiwan Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
20. Assoc.Prof.Piboon Teepapal Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
21. Asst.Prof.Dr.Sutida Howattanakul Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
22. Asst.Prof.Dr.Panom wanasiri Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
23. Asst.Prof.Dr.Buraporn Kumboon Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
24. Asst.Prof.Dr.Sakchai Hirunrax Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Music Member
25. Asst.Prof.Dr.Pranot Meesorn Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Music Member
26. Asst.Prof.Dr.Pramote Danprdit Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Music Member
27. Asst.Prof.Dr.Sutin Noppakate Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
28. Asst.Prof.Dr.Charin Suankaew Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
29. Asst.Prof.Dr.Pornthep Muengman Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
30. Dr.Kamolmal Chaisirithunya Dean Faculty of Education Subcommittee
Member
31. Dr.Tarinee Kittikanjanasophon Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
32. Asst.Proof.Dr.Kedsuda Ruchdawisitkul Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
33. Asst.Prof.Dr.Wilailuk Sereetrakul Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee

of Education Member
34. Dr.Suthasinee Wiyaporn Dean, Faculty of Liberal Arts Subcommittee
Member
35. Dr.Sompong Sumetkotchkorn Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
36. Dr.Chutasiri Yodvised Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
37. Dr.Haruthai Panyarvuttrakuk Dean, Faculty of Communication Subcommittee
Arts Member
38. Dr.Supatra Chantanasiri Dean, Faculty of Business Subcommittee
39. Dr.Chonkanok Kositkanin Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
40. Dr.Chutasiri Yodvised Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Music Member
41. Dr.Kritsada Daoruang Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Music Member
42. Dr.Sirachaya Karawek Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
43. Dr.Kanyanat Faikam Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
44. Dr.Tiplawan Kaewnin Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
45. Dr.Suchart Prakthayanon Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
46. Dr.Krisadaporn Rujithamrongkul Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
47. Dr.Napat Chandhrarome Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
48. Dr.Praputhson Piakson Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
49. Dr.Nutphuits Sripetch Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
50. Dr.Natcha Krimjai Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
51. Dr.Lavan Tonesakulrungruang Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
Symposium
4
52. Dr.Narathip Naewkhamdee Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
53. Dr.Phetcharaporn Wongluang Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
54. Dr.Pornprapa Sriraporn Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
55. Dr.Purithath Homudomsap Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
56. Dr.Saowanee Samantreeporn Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
57. Dr.Prin Weerapong Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
58. Dr.Chanidapha Deesukana Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
59. Dr.Benjatha wattanakul Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
60. Dr.Wanpen Pengsomboon Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
61. Dr.Ariya Phuvakeereevivat Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
62. Dr.Komsing Wiwatanapusit Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
63. Dr.Nichapa Koonpraneit Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
64. Dr.Surachet Lohthongkam Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
65. Dr.Uraiwan Pongsupakul Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
66. Dr.Adul. Laohapon Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
67. Dr.Chana Rattanapakdee Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
68. Dr.Thalerngsak Saenakham Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
69. Dr.Tawatchai Sawaengsab Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
70. Dr.Somchai Rattanapoompinyo Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
71. Dr.Preyaporn Haetrakoon Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee

72. Dr.Noppakun Todsanit Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
73. Dr.Banjong Somanee Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
74. Dr.Natsapak Chattupaittiwat Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
75. Dr.Khing Kwangwiseschaichan Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
76. Dr.Pratamaporn Rattanapakdee Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
77. Dr.Peera Intaratood Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
78. Dr.Kiattisak Kanlayasiriwat Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
79. Dr.Charae Panpruang Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Law Member
80. Dr.Pomrudee kumpant Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Law Member
81. Dr.Boonthariga Otaganonta Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Law Member
82. Lt.Gen Samalob Sudthinareepud Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Law Member
83. Dr.Chawiwan Pooranitee Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
84. Dr.Choosak Chuengpanit Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
85. Dr.Yatima Nuchdang Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
86. Dr.Warangkana Photiluk Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
87. Dr.Budsara Muiing Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
88. Dr.Laddawan Kongsomboon Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
89. Dr.Sukhum Moonmueng Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
Symposium
4
90. Dr.Prompiriya Panason Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
91. Dr.Chaiwat U-thaisen Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
92. Dr.Chulapunporn Thanapaet Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
93. Dr.Jutharut Nirundorn Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
94. Dr.Somkid Sakulsatapat Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
95. Dr.Tanadol Somboon Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
96. Dr.Prakan Kerdmeesuk Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
97. Dr.Prapatpong Senalith Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
98. Dr.Kiattisak Itchayanun Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
99. Dr.Sophat Sopaphimuk Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
100. Dr.Somchai Dechbumroong Subcommittee
Teacher attached to the Faculty Member
of Education Subcommittee
101. Dr.Sombat Dechbumroong Member
Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Education Member
102. Dr.Tarinee Kittikanjanasophon Subcommittee
Teacher attached to the Faculty Member
of Education Subcommittee
103. Dr.Petcharat Heeminkul Member
Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
Faculty of Education Member
104. Dr.Rossarin Ornamornrat Subcommittee
Teacher attached to the Member
Faculty of Education
105. Dr.Olan Kanjanakas
Teacher attached to the
106. Dr.Chaiwat U-thaisen
Teacher attached to the
External Peer Reviewers
1. Prof.Dr.Boonton Dockthaisong Mahachulalongkornrajavidyalaya Subcommittee

University Member
2. Prof.Samrieng Mekkriengkrai Chulalongkorn University Subcommittee
Member
3. Prof.Dr.Terry E.Miller Kent State University,USA Subcommittee
Member
4. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Roongpob Kongritrachan Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
5. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Andrew Shahriari Kent State University,USA Subcommittee
Member
6. Asst.Prof.Dr.Marc Voelker Mahidol University, Bangkok, Subcommittee
Thailand Member
7. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Yutthapong Leelakitpassarn Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
8. Assoc.Prof.Supamas Angsuchoti Sukhothai Thammathirat Open Subcommittee
University Member
9. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Saroch Sopeeruk Kasetsart University Subcommittee
Member
10.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Sutitep Siripipatkul Kasetsart University Subcommittee
Member
11.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Suphot Ongarch Ramkhamhaeng University Subcommittee
Member
12.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Kovit Khantasiri Kasem Bundit University Subcommittee
Member
13.Assoc.Prof.Chnida Mwngkaew Pension officer Subcommittee
Member
14.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Wilai Tungchitsomkid Dhonburi Rajabhat University Subcommittee
Member
15.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Vorakarn Suksodkiew Silpakorn University Subcommittee
Member
16.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Prayong Klurit Udon Thani Rajabhat University Subcommittee
Member
17.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Kla Thongkaw Dhurakij Pundit University Subcommittee
Member
18.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Laddawan Petchroj Rajapruk University Subcommittee
Member
Symposium
4
19.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Tongfu Siriwongse Pension officer Subcommittee
Member
20.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Suwit Phanujaree Mahamakut Buddhist University Subcommittee
Member
21. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Amornrut Pinyoanantapong Sukhothai Thammathirat Open Subcommittee
University Member
22.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Piyanart Boonmeepipith Suvarnabhumi Institute Of Subcommittee
Technology Member
23.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Manop Visuttiphat Srinakharinwirot University Subcommittee
Member
24.Assoc.Prof.Surachai Prasertsaruay Kasetsart University Subcommittee
Member
25.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Orawan Chomchaiya Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
26.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Pornpen Traiphong Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
27.Assoc.Prof.Pairut Punchatree Pension officer Subcommittee
Member
28. Assoc.Prof. Chadaporn Teekauttamakorn Ramkhamhaeng University Subcommittee
Member
29.Assoc.Prof.Thasothorn Tootongkarm Sukhothai Thammathirat Open Subcommittee
University Member
30.Assoc.Prof. Jongkol Kaenperm Kasetsart University Subcommittee
Member
31.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Sakda Daduang Khon Kaen University Subcommittee
Member
32.Asst.Prof.Dr.Prayong Meejaiseur Ramkhamhaeng University Subcommittee
Member
33.Asst.Prof.Dr.Therasak Bungmoom Mahachulalongkornrajavidyalaya Subcommittee
University Khon Kaen Campus Member
34.Asst.Prof.Dr.Chumpon Rodjam Suan Sunandha Rajabhat Subcommittee
University Member
35.Asst.Prof.Dr.Pichit Ratchathapiboolpob Rajapruk University Subcommittee
Member
36.Asst.Prof.Dr.Saovanard Leklersindhu Rajapruk University Subcommittee
Member
37.Asst.Prof.Dr.Jantana Sansook Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
Technology Suvarnabhumi Member
38.Asst.Prof.Dr.Vichit Boonsanong Rajapruk University Subcommittee

Member
39.Asst.Prof.Dr.thitima Holamyong Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
Technology Rattanakosin Member
40.Asst.Prof.Dr.Raywadee Sakdulyatham Rajapruk University Subcommittee
Member
41.Assoc.Prof.Dr.Thanapat Patchim Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
42.Asst.Prof.Dr.Thanakorn Paksa Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
43.Asst.Prof.Dr.Natthanich Nakpi Naresuan University Subcommittee
Member
44.Asst.prof.Kanidtha Suksawat Rattana Bundit University Subcommittee
Member
45.Asst.Prof.Dr.Sikasok Bunluelith Dhonburi Rajabhat University Subcommittee
Member
46.Asst.Prof.Dr.Amporn Panya Rajapruk University Subcommittee
Member
47.Asst.prof.Waraporn Wanapitak Sukhothai Thammathirat Open Subcommittee
University Member
48.Asst.Prof.Dr.Noppadol Chanayothin Rajabhat Rajanagarindra Subcommittee
University Member
49.Asst.Prof.Dr.Kamoltham Kueabhut Srinakharinwirot University Subcommittee
Member
50.Asst.Prof.Dr.Prapansak Pumin Srinakharinwirot University Subcommittee
Member
51.Asst.Prof.Dr.Sareewan Wathawatthana Bansomdejchaopraya Rajabhat Subcommittee
University Member
52.Asst.Prof.Dr.Ruji Srisombat Srinakharinwirot University Subcommittee
Member
53.Asst.Prof.Dr.Kittipong Poonchop Mahidol University Subcommittee
Member
54.Asst.Prof.Dr.Pram Inprom Mahidol University Subcommittee
Member
55.Asst.Prof.Dr.Vorakarn Suksodkiew Silpakorn University Subcommittee
Member
56.Asst.Prof.Dr.Dararat Sukkaew Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
Symposium
4
57.Asst.Prof.Dr.Kisda Pongpittaya Bansomdejchaopraya Rajabhat Subcommittee
University Member
58.Asst.Prof.Samphan Chandee Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
59.Asst.Prof.Dr.Anupan Raksasuwan Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
60.Asst.Prof.Dr.Pharkphoom Rukhamate Thammasat University Subcommittee
Member
61.Asst.Prof.Dr.Apichat Pansuwan Phranakhon Si Ayutthaya Subcommittee
Rajabhat University Member
62.Asst.Prof.Dr.Thakrit Panklip Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
63. Asst.Prof.Viboon Leemangkol Phanomwan College of Subcommittee
Technology Member
64.Asst.Prof.Phatraporn Punatung Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
65.Asst.Prof.Waree Srisuraphol Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
66.Asst.Wilaiwan Sirimekha Buriram Rajabhat University Subcommittee
Member
67.Asst.Prof.Akera Ratchavieng Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
68.Asst.prof.Noppadon Theerawongpinyo Buriram Rajabhat University Subcommittee
Member
69.Asst.Prof.Suwapatr Umpansukkho Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
Technology Srivijaya Member
70.Asst.Prof.Natthikan Pinjurai Kamphaengphet Rajabhat Subcommittee
University Member
71.Asst.Prof.Montree Wanitchayanuwat Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
72.Dr.Apichat Pansuwan Phranakhon Si Ayutthaya Subcommittee
Rajabhat University Member
73.Dr.Chetsanee Butdam Ramkhamhaeng University Subcommittee
Member
74.Dr.Thapanaphat Pratyameteetham Songkhla Rajabhat University Subcommittee
Member
75.Dr.Sasithorn Detprom Thammasat University Subcommittee
Member
76.Dr.Ruompol Jantasart Southeast Bangkok College Subcommittee

Member
77.Dr.Warissara Chanayothin Rajabhat Rajanagarindra Subcommittee
University Member
78.Dr.Thongchai Hemthanon Siam Technology College Subcommittee
Member
79.Dr.Vuttapong Larpcharoen Thammasat University Subcommittee
Member
80.Dr.Ratana Wongrusmeeduan Suan Dusit University Subcommittee
Member
81.Dr.Gmnuay Kaewsai University of the Thai Chamber Subcommittee
of Commerce Member
82.Dr.Chattrarat Hotrawaisaya Suan Sunandha Rajabhat Subcommittee
University Member
83.Dr.Siwakorn Ruttichot Ministry of Agriculture and Subcommittee
Cooperatives Member
84.Dr.Wilai Prueksakorn Wat Rong Khe School Samut Subcommittee
Prakan Province Member
85.Dr.Juraluk Supsutti Ministry of Education Subcommittee
Member
86.Dr.Krisada Chienwattanasook Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
Technology Thanyaburi Member
87.Dr.Chantana Sangvornyotin Silpakorn University Subcommittee
Member
88.Dr.Kanchana Rodkaew Thammasat University Subcommittee
Member
89.Dr.Kanokporn Piriyawuttikorn u-dom Wat PhraSiArray School Subcommittee
Member
90.Dr.Jamjuree Jummueng Wat Mongkolwararam School, Subcommittee
Bangkok Member
91.Dr.Sunanta Pannarong Wat Nuea School Subcommittee
Member
92.Dr.Supunnikar Pongphasuk Wat YaiSawangArom School Subcommittee
Member
93.Dr.Kulab Hongthong Banharn Jamsaiwittaya 7 School Subcommittee
Member
94.Dr.Sowwanee Raewatto Suwannakhiri Temple School Subcommittee
Member
Symposium
4
95.Dr.Sirirut Thongmeesri Phranakhon Rajabhat University Subcommittee
Member
96.Dr.Nuchchamon Pramepluem Ramkhamhaeng University Subcommittee
Member
97.Dr.Sirilak Thiangtham The Secondary Educational Subcommittee
service Area Office 1 Member
98.Dr.Kanlayanee Theerawongpinyo Buriram Rajabhat University Subcommittee
Member
99.Dr.Somwang Wongwaipaisarn Wat PuraNaWa School Subcommittee
Member
100 Dr.Lavun Srisungnoen Subcommittee
Phanomwan College Member
of Technology Subcommittee
101 Dr.Chirapa Member
Popattanacha Subcommittee
Phanomwan College Member
of Technology
102 Dr.Taveeporn
ToopojSisarin
Phanomwan College
of Technology
103 Dr.Wicharn Rianwilairut Thongsook College
Subcommittee
Member
104 Dr.Kamthorn Jitsir Phranakhon
Rajabhat
University
Subcommittee
Member
105 Dr.Nuttawan Pumdeeying Subcommittee
Nakhon Pathom Member
Rajabhat University Subcommittee
106 Dr.Soraj Pruettikomon Member
Rajamangala University
of Technology
Rattanakosin
107 Dr.Rakiat jarik
Ramkhamhaen
g University
Subcommittee
Member
108 Dr.Monsirada thonkerd Subcommittee
Rajamangala University Member
of Technology Tawan-Ok :
Chakrabongse Bhuvanarth
Campus
109 Dr.Arthit Phosrithong
Srinakharinwiro
t University
Subcommittee
Member
110 Dr.Kultida Nakasathein Subcommittee
Srinakharinwirot Member
University Prasarnmit
Demonstration School Subcommittee
111 Dr.Thanet Member
Unprechaowanich Pibulsongkram Rajabhat
University
112 Dr.Methawin Saranyan Phetchaburi
Rajabhat University Subcommittee
Member
Symposium
4
113 Dr.Hassaporn Thongdaeng Subcommittee
Sukhothai Thammathirat Open Member
University
114 Phra Maha Chatchai Suchattayo Mahamakut Buddhist
University Subcommittee
Member
115 Dr.Chaichana Potiwara Suan Dusit University
Subcommittee
Member
116 Dr.Krisada Subcommittee
Chienwattanasook Rajamangala University of Member
Technology Thanyaburi Subcommittee
117 Dr.Prin Weerapong Member
Rajamangala University
of Technology Thanyaburi
118 Dr.Phapaphunch Chaiyanont Chiang Rai Rajabhat
University Subcommittee
Member
119 Dr.SarahS.Miller Kent State
University,USA
Subcommittee
Member
120 Dr.Huang Ying
WuyiUniversit
y
Subcommittee
Member
121 Dr.HanYanyan Qinghuangtao
TV Station
Subcommittee
Member
122 Dr.HanXuejing Huang Shi City
Subcommittee
Member
123 Dr.XingFangjun Guangxi
Subcommittee
Member
124 Dr.Zhang Qian Shandong
University of
Arts
Subcommittee
Member
125 Dr.Yao Lin Independent
scholar
Subcommittee
Member
126 Dr.Tan Wei Wu Monah
University,
Australia
Subcommittee
Member
127 Dr.Lilian Khaw Monah
University,
Australia
Subcommittee
Member
128 Dr.Stephen Hamann Subcommittee
Adviser on Foreign Affairs Member
regarding Tobacco control
Symposium
4
4.1.2 Subcommittee on Research Work Peer Review : Science and
Technology Internal Peer Reviews
1. Prof. Dr.Chaiyong Brahmawong Dean, Faculty of Science and Chairperson

Technology
2. Asst Prof. Uthai Aoungcharoen Dean, Faculty of Engineering Associated
Chairperson
3. Prof. Dr.Vijittra Leardkamolkarn Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Science and Technology Member
4. Assoc.Prof.Direk Tongaram Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
5. Assoc.Prof.Boonchoo Ruengpongsrisuk Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
6. Asst.Prof.Prakob Maneenate Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Engineering Member
7. Let.Gen.Dr.Pithuk Keatpun Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
8. Dr.Soonthorn Saengpetch Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
9. Dr.Thachapan. Nooniem Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
10 Asst.Prof.Dr.Suthep Thongpae Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
11. Dr.Petcharat Chuntaratin Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
12. Dr.Chutiwan Phattranurakkul Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
13. Dr.Phoomyot Payakkawan Teacher attached to the Faculty Subcommittee
of Engineering Member
1. Prof. Dr.Jongjit Hirunlabh Subcommittee of Follow up Subcommittee

and make suggestions on Member
natural fuels
2. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Deeboon Methakullachat Kasetsart University Subcommittee
Member
3. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Preeda Chantawon King Mongkut’s University Subcommittee
of Member
Technology North Bangkok
4. Assoc. Prof.Dr.Kiriya Sungthongwises Khon Kaen University Subcommittee
Member
5. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Suthep Silapanuntakul Retired Teacher Subcommittee
Member
6. Asst. Prof.Dr.Suchart Khummanee Mahasarakham University Subcommittee
Member
7. Asst.Prof.Dr.Sarintip Sooksai Chulalongkorn University Subcommittee
Member
8. Asst. Prof.Dr.Olarik Surinta Mahasarakham University Subcommittee
Member
9. Asst.Prof.Dr.Thakrit Panklip Siam Technology College Subcommittee
Member
10. Asst Prof. Dr.Panya Aroonjarattham Mahidol University Subcommittee
Member
11. Asst.Prof.Dr.Thaneeya Rangseesuriyachai Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
12. Asst.Prof.Dr.Nuttawat Tarawadee Silpakorn University Subcommittee
Member
13. Asst.Prof.Udom Wongwaithongdee D.D.S Western University Subcommittee
Member
14. Dr.Sopa Heng Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
15. Dr.Chaiyan Thongsongyod Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
16. Dr.Supacha Siriwongyingcharoen Unique Engineering Subcommittee
Member
17. Dr.Sittisak Jamnam King Mongkut’s University Subcommittee
of Technology North Member
Bangkok
18. Dr.Nuchanat Buasri Mahasarakham University Subcommittee
Member
Symposium
4
19. Dr.Piyanan Panakarn Ubon Ratchathani University Subcommittee
Member
20. Dr.Buntida Chunngam Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
21. Dr.Santi Pattanavichai Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
22. Dr.Jirapipat Thanyaphongphat Chiang Mai University Subcommittee
Member
23. Dr.Nuchanaporn pojarn Ubon Ratchathani University Subcommittee
Member
24. Dr.Wiwat Jeungthanasirigool King Mongkut’s University Subcommittee
of Technology North Member
Bangkok
25. Dr.Nat Thuchayapong Silpakorn University Subcommittee
Member
26. Dr.Thongchat Kerdhol Kyushu Institute of Technology Subcommittee
Japan Member
4.1.3 Subcommittee on Research Work Peer Review: Health
Science Internal Peer Reviews
1. Assoc. Prof.Dr.Sulee Tongvichean Teacher attached to the Chairperson

Faculty of Nursing
2. Assoc.Prof.Thongnard Kumchai,D.D.S Faculty of Dentistry Assrerate
Chairperson
3. Assoc.Prof.Chaovayut Pornpimonthape Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
Bachelor of Public Health Member
Program in Public Health
4. Asst.Prof.Dr.Yosanan Chantravekin Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
Faculty of Dentistry Member
5. Asst.Prof.Dr.Raywadeetas Robkob Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
Faculty of Nursing Member
6. Asst.Prof.Dr.Chamlong Chuto Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
7. Asst.Prof.Udomsak Kongmuang Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
8. Dr.Suvimol Jodpimai Dean, Faculty of Nursing Subcommittee
Member
9. Dr.Prakit Hongsasaenyatham Dean, Faculty of Science and Subcommittee

Technology Member
10. Dr.Thawatchai Kanchanathaweekul Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
Faculty of Science and Member
Technology
11. Prof.Maj.Gen. Rungsit Boonta Dean, Bachelor of Public Subcommittee
Health Program in Public Member
Health
12. Dr.Kanchit Skulkaew Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
13. Dr.jeuajan wattakiecharoen Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
14. Dr.Arpakorn Preawnim Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
15. Dr.suvimon sanveingchan Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
16. Dr.Sudruk Chitthathairatt Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
17. Dr.Thitiya Meechai Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
18. Dr.Atitaya Yatsomboon Teacher attached to the Subcommittee
Faculty of Medicine Member
1. Prof. Emeritus Dr.Pimpan Silapasuwan Vice President for Academic Subcommittee

Affairs Member
2. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Roongrote Pumreew Retired Teacher Subcommittee
Member
3. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Chalermpol Tansakul Retired Teacher Subcommittee
Member
4. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Punyarat Lapvongwatana Mahidol University Subcommittee
Member
5. Assoc.Prof.Wonpen Keawpan Mahidol University Subcommittee
Member
6. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Acharaporn Seeherunwong Mahidol University Subcommittee
Member
Symposium
4
7. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Oraphan Lueboonthavatchai Saint Louis College Subcommittee
Member
8. Asst.Prof.Dr.Rujira Duangsong Khon Kaen University Subcommittee
Member
9. Asst.Prof.Dr.wisit tongku Mahasarakham University Subcommittee
Member
10. Assoc.Prof Dr.Sutteeporn Moolsart Sukhothai Thammathirat Subcommittee
Open University Member
11. Assoc.Prof.Atipan Pimkhaokham, D.D.S Chulalongkorn University Subcommittee
Member
12. Dr.Supattra Raksarson Rambhai Barni Rajabhat Subcommittee
University Member
13. Dr.Anusorn Montree Kasetsart University Subcommittee
Member
14. Dr.Somporn Songtrakul Burapha University Subcommittee
Member
15. Dr.Dollapha Pasokchat Kasetsart University Subcommittee
Member
16. Dr.Natnapa Padchasuwan Khon Kaen University Subcommittee
Member
17. Dr.Daris Samart Khon Kaen University Subcommittee
Member
18. Dr.Piyachart Thateenaranon Rajamangala University of Subcommittee
19. Dr.warawan wongboot National Institute of Health Subcommittee
of Thailand Member
20. Dr.Ekarat Sombatsawat The College of Public Health Subcommittee
Science, Chulalongkorn Member
university
21. Dr.Yang Lili Kunming Medical University Subcommittee
Member

1. Conducting peer reviews of all proposed research works – both oral presentation
and the presentation in the form of poster display.
2. Reporting the results of peer reviews of the editors nation and the symposium
organizing committee.
5. Financial Committee
1. Assoc.Prof.Dr.Prapaisri Holumyong Director of International Chairperson

language
Member
3. Dr.Sutthapat Amornruangtrakool Director of Personnel director Committee
Member
4. Miss Paweerisa Sirakuprasert Director of the Bureau of Committee
Budget and Finance Member
5. Mrs.Pranee Thongsrisuk Director of Audit Department Committee
Member and
Secretary
6. Ms.kuntinun jitraoon Staff Member of the Research Assistant
Office secretary
Duties and responsibilities

1. Making a report on receipts and expenses regarding the arrangement of the symposium.
2. Registering the participants and giving receipt slips to them.
3. Checking the expenses thoroughly.

P62 7 Dikompresi

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

P62 7 Dikompresi

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PREFACE

Bangkokthonburi University is the institution of education that focuses on

(Associate Professor Dr.Bangon Benjatikul)

1 Comparison of Bone Density and Quantity in Posterior Mandibular

2 Effectiveness of Augmented Corticotomy Assisted Orthodontics, Using

5 Assessment of the battery aging parameters affect on maximum

6 Short-Term Forecasting Model for Photovoltaic Generation Systems

8 Study of the PV panel installation on electric vehicles to reduce

9 Comparison of Performance Cuk, SEPIC converters and PSO Algorithm

10 A Study of Cuk Converter for Maximum Power Point Tracker on 80 W

12 Needs Analysis of Communication Tasks for English-Major Students

13 A Study on the Traditional and Functions of Dong’s Folk Songs and

14 The Marriage Custom and Culture of the Bu Yi Ethnic Minority in

15 A Study of Eastern Asian Songs to Create a Contemporary Music

17 Creative Music Phleng Ramwong Set For The String Combo.

18 Pi’s sound system of Por-kru Kuanda Chiangta.

19 A Creative Work: Program music on Vi-hok Leong-rom Song for Trombone

20 “SODTAWINYAN” the Composition Derived from Song of Luang

21 A study of Phra Abhidhamma Royal Chanting Case study: Dhamma

22 The instructional package of Compressor effect for Cubase.

24 Enhancing the Life Quality of the Elderly.

26 Determination of Antimony Compounds With Aas and Hg-Qfaas

27 Preliminary study for optimization frying oil condition in pan-frying

29 The Influence of Project Based Learning Model Based on Lesson

30 Improving Paragraph Writing Ability Using Process Approach of Thai

31 The effect of inquiry-based learning and eXe Learning towards

32 The Identity of Tradition in art Creation (Dialectics In The Change of

33 A new latent fingerprint method using natural powder purple sweet

34 Clean drinking water from air conditioner

35 Proactive Service Delivery of the Old Age, Living Expenses : A Case

36 People’s Expectations of Public Services Provided by Khao-Din Subdistrict

37 People’s Participation in the Administration of Singha Subdistrict

38 Some mistakes in English Usage of Public Administration Students

Appointment of Persons in Charge of the Arrangement for the Symposium. 397

Comparison of Bone Density and Quantity in Posterior

Keywords: Orthodontic Anchorage, Miniscrew Implant, Bone Density, Cortical Bone

Objectives and Hypothesis

Miniscrew Placement in Posterior Mandible

The Study of Bone Density

Figure 1 Measurement point, including bone quality, bone quantity,

Figure 4 The angulation of insertion, at 3, 5 and 7 mm from crestal bone level.

Conclusions, Discussion and Recommendations

Effectiveness of Augmented Corticotomy Assisted Orthodontics,

Suchanard Visetsiri1, Eduardo Yugo Suzuki2, Boonsiva Suzuki3

Keywords: Augmented Corticotomy Assisted Orthodontics, accelerated tooth movement,

Objective and Hypothesis

Accelerated tooth movement

Concentrated growth factor (CGF)

Patient’s satisfactory and pain

In order to support the decreasing trend of the Little’s irregularity Index in

Satisfaction and Complication

Suggestion and recommendations

The anthelmintic effects of Senna alata (L.) Roxb. extract

Sutthida Minsakorn1, Khwannapa Nuplod2, Runglawan Chawengkirttikul3,

Keyword: Anthelmintic activity, Gastrothylax crumenifer, Senna alata (L.) Roxb.,

Evaluating the viability of parasite using the RM and SI

n = score, N = number of flukes with the score of n

RM and SI (%) of worms after in vitro incubation

2. Alterations of tegumental surface as examined by SEM

from 3 to 6 h incubation, and complete immobilization (RM = 0) were detected in

Molecular occurrence of rickettsia and protozoa infections

Napassorn Poolsawat1, Keiichiro Tazawa2, Witchuta Junsiri3, Amaya Watthanadirek4,

Keyword: Anaplasma platys, Ehrlichia canis, Hepatozoon Canis, nested polymerase